View/Open - Digitised Collections

Transcription

Library Digitised Collections
Title:
Research Report, 1977
Date:
1977
Persistent Link:
http://hdl.handle.net/11343/24102
File Description:
Research Report, 1977
Terms and Conditions:
© University of Melbourne 2012
UNIVERSITY OF MELBOURNE
Research Report
1977
University of Melbourne
Parkville, Victoria 3052
UNIVERSITY OF MELBOURNE
Research Report
1977
University of Melbourne
Parkville, Victoria 3052
A summary of departmental research activities and
investigations, including published contributions to
science and literature, during the research year,
January 1 to December 31, 1977.
CONTENTS
Reports from departments connected with faculties are placed in alphabetical
order under faculty headings. Reports from departments not connected with
faculties are then placed in their own alphabetical order.
AGRICULTURE AND FORESTRY
1
ARCHITECTURE, BUILDING AND TOWN & REGIONAL
PLANNING
Architecture and Building
Town and Regional Planning
9
12
ARTS
Classical Studies
13
Criminology
15
East Asian Studies
17
English
L8
Fine Arts
21
French
23
Geography
24
Germanic Studies
26
History
28
History and Philosophy of Science
33
Indian Studies
35
Indonesian and Malayan Studies
36
Italian
37
Middle Eastern Studies
38
Philosophy
40
Political Science
43
Psychology
45
Russian
50
The Horwood Language Centre
51
DENTAL SCIENCE
Conservative Dentistry
52
Dental Medicine and Surgery
54
Dental Prosthetics
56
ECONOMICS AND COMMERCE
Accounting
58
Economic History
59
Economics
61
Graduate School of Business Administration
64
Institute of Applied Economic and Social Research
66
Legal Studies
70
Regional and Urban Economic Studies
71
EDUCATION
Centre for the Study of Higher Education
72
78
ENGINEERING
Chemical Engineering
80
Civil Engineering
83
Electrical Engineering
87
Industrial Science
90
Mechanical Engineering
91
Metallurgy
96
Mining
98
Surveying
LAW
100
101
MEDICINE
Anatomy
104
Biochemistry
106
Community Health
110
Medical Biology (Walter and Eliza Hall Institute)
111
Medical History
117
Medicine (Austin Hospital and Repatriation General Hospital)
118
Medicine (Dept. of the James Stewart Professor,
Royal Melbourne Hospital)
125
Medicine (St Vincent's Hospital)
129
Microbiology
132
Obstetrics and Gynaecology
135
Obstetrics and Gynaecology (Mercy and Austin Hospitals)
137
Ophthalmology
138
Otolaryngology
140
Paediatrics
142
Pathology
146
Pathology (Austin Hospital)
148
Pharmacology
149
Physiology
152
Howard Florey Institute of Experimental Physiology and
Medicine
156
Psychiatry
159
Radiology
162
Surgery (Austin Hospital and Repatriation General Hospital)
163
Surgery (Dept. of The Hugh Devine Professor,
St Vincent's Hospital)
Surgery (Dept. of The James Stewart Professor,
Royal Melbourne Hospital)
166
MUSIC
168
170
SCIENCE
Botany
172
Chemistry
178
Computer Science
186
Genetics
188
Geology
190
Mathematics
194
Meteorology
200
Optometry
203
Physics
205
R.A.A.F. Academy — Chemistry
— Mathematics
- Physics
212
212
213
Statistics
215
Zoology
216
VETERINARY SCIENCE
Veterinary Clinical Sciences
219
Veterinary Paraclinical Sciences
223
Veterinary Preclinical Sciences
226
Centre for Environmental Studies
228
Physical Education
231
Social Studies
232
Archives
234
The Library
236
ABBREVIATIONS
The abbreviations of the titles of journals used in the lists
of Published Work are based on those given in World
List of Scientific Periodicals published in the vears 19001960 (4th edition, 1963).
INTRODUCTION
This Research Report is shorler lhan those published in recent years. For some lime the
University's Committee on Research and Graduate Studies has doubted whether a substantial
descriptive volume - the 1976 edition was more lhan half as long again as that for 1977 - could be
easily justified as the official record of the University's research activities. Such a report took an
unconscionable time to produce. Perhaps it also gave more information concerning each project
than the general reader sought, though rather less than the specialist in each particular discipline
needed.
The Committee concluded, after some debate, that the old form of report attempted to fulfil too
many functions al once. As a formal record of research topics, of the staff involved, of theses in
progress and completed, and of publications it was insufficiently systematic, while the attempt to
describe research in progress in a brief compass was difficult for the writer and inadequate for the
reader. This year the report has been reduced to a record of basic information concerning the
research activities and interests of departments, set out as clearly and concisely as possible. The
categories are as follows:
• the names of members of a department actively engaged in research:
• a list of research topics in progress;
• published work:
• theses passed for higher degrees;
• theses in progress: and
• a list of substantial grants.
At the same time the Committee is encouraging departments to produce, as separate publications,
more extended descriptions of their predominant research interests and activities.
The change has not been welcomed by all within the University, and if any of our external readers
care to comment on whether they find thc new format more or less useful it would be helpful to know
their views. Certainly it should be possible to discover, from this volume, the fields of interest in each
department in sufficient detail to facilitate further inquiry.
The Report reveals, perhaps more clearly than in the past, the variety and scale ofthe research
efforts of a major Australian university today. A mere two decades ago no institution in Australia
approached even remotely such a level of creative activity. The research capacity which has been
developed in recent years, in universities and elsewhere in Australia, is an important national asset.
In these difficult limes it must be nurtured if it is not to waste away.
J.R. Poynter
Deputy Vicc-Chancellor
(Research)
21 August, 1978.
Chairman
of department:
A.
Professor
N. McC.
Tulloh
AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS
Head of section:
Professor
A. G.
Lloyd
Professor ALAN GRAHAME LLOYD
Senior Lecturers NEIL HENRY STURGESS
ALISTAIR STUART WATSON
Tulor MICHAEL W I L L I A M THORPE
R E S E A R C H T O P I C S IN P R O G R E S S
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Farm financial management and payment systems for agricultural products.
An economic study of the Victorian scallop fishery.
Storage of Australian wheat.
Stabilization of farm incomes.
Land leasing and tenure arrangements in East Java.
Energy policy.
T H E S E S P A S S E D FOR H I G H E R D E G R E E S
Doctor
1. OBORNE,
Master
2. CRAMB,
of
Philosophy
G. T. — The Effects of a market-share quota scheme in the dairying industry in Victoria
of Agricultural
Science
R. A. — Economies of Size in the Dried Vine Fruit Industry
T H E S E S IN P R O G R E S S
BELIN, P. — An economic study of the Viclorian scallop fishery
READ, P. M. — Farm financial management and payment systems for agricultural products
BRENNAN, J. - Stabili:ation of farm incomes
WIJAYA, H. — Land leasing and tenure arrangements in East Java
SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED
Grants have been received as follows: —
Rural Credits Development Fund, Reserve Bank: Two grants for topics 1 and 4 above.
B.
AGRICULTURAL EXTENSION
Head of section:
Dr H. S.
Hawkins
Senior Lecturers HENRY STUART HAWKINS
HARTLEY ARNOLD PRESSER
Lecturer JOHN WILLIAM CARY
Senior Research Fellows PETER WILLIAM SALMON
JOHN PATRICK O'CONNOR (until 30/6/77)
Research Fellows RUTH ELLEN WESTON
INGRID MAY BOCK (until 31/10/77)
Research Assistants CANAPATHIPILLAI SR1-PATHMANATHAN
ROBERT ANDREW PATTERSON
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Development of adult educational models for farm management.
Psychological stress factors in the dairy industry.
Impact of regional planning schemes on adjacent rural areas of large cities and rural towns.
Community involvement in agricultural adjustment schemes.
Role of market information on farm management decision-making.
Development of model for selection of senior research administrators.
1
2
FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE AND FORESTRY
PUBLISHED WORK
1. SALMON. P. W., BOCK. I . M., TURNBULL, E. D. and TRETHEWIE. R. J. - The Human Crisis of
Change of Agriculture. School of Agriculture and Forestry, University of Melbourne, 1977.
PhD Thesis in
Progress
R. A. WOOG — An Evaluation of the Contribution and Role of Extension in the Australian Pig Industry
M.AgrSc
Theses in
Progress
D. C. H. BREWIN — Factors Influencing Farmers' Behaviour as Soil Conservationists
J. R. CHILDS — An Economic and Psychological Assessment of Managerial Ability
K. J. DOWSLEY — Factors Influencing Decision Making in a Cereal Growing Area
A. J. HESLOP — Agricultural Extension Among Australian Fruitgrowers of Italian Descent
G. T. KENNEDY — Some Social and Economic Aspects of Farm Syndication
R. A. PATTERSON - Role of Agricultural Consultants in Rural Industry
C. SRI-PATH MANATH AN - Role of Agribusiness in Rural Industry
P. WYLIE — Adjustment by Extension Workers to Changes in Agriculture and in Perceptions of Their Role
Australian Extension Services Grant: Models of Farm Management.
Australian Extension Services Grant: Role of Agricultural Consultants.
Australian Extension Services Grant: Role of Agribusiness in Rural Industry.
Dairying Research Committee: Stress Factors in the Dairy Industry.
Geelong Regional Planning Authority: Rural Land Use Planning.
Rural Credits Development Fund: Market Information.
Victorian Department of Agriculture: Selection of Senior Research Administrators.
C.
ANIMAL PRODUCTION
Head of section:
Professor
D. E.
Tribe
Professors DEREK EDWARD TRIBE
NORMAN McCALL TULLOH
Senior Lecturers ROLF GEORGE BEILHARZ
ANTHONY COLTHUP DUNKIN
GEOFFREY ROGER PEARCE
Lecturer HORACE PHILLIP LEDGER
Tutors IAN ALEXANDER BARBER
ALISON ANNE CHRISTIE
Research Fellow GEOFFREY DAVID HUTSON
Research Assistants JANET BEARD
ROSEMARY JANE BELYEA
RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Ruminant and non-ruminant nutrition.
Thc growth, body composition and carcass quality of farm animals.
The behaviour of farm animals.
The utilization of crop and animal by-products and residues.
Energy efficiency in animal production systems.
The use of feed supplements by grazing animals.
The husbandry and management of pigs and sheep.
Thc genetic improvement of farm animals.
PUBLISHED WORK
ARTICLES
1. BAHARIN. K. and BEILHARZ, R. G. - A survey of reproductive performance in herds of beef cattle from
13 properties in Victoria. Aust. J. Exp. Agric. Anim. Husb. 17: 181-186 (1977).
2. BAHARIN, K. and BEILHARZ. R. G. - An analysis of reproductive performance in pigs based on records
of performance of the boar. Aust. J. Exp. Agric. Anim. Husb. 17: 256-262 (1977).
3. BAHARIN, K. and BEILHARZ, R. G. — A comparison of the performance of single and twin born
Corriedale ewes and lambs. Aust. J. Exp. Agric. Anim. Husb. 17: 242-246 (1977).
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
3
DOVE, H., PEARCE, G. R. and TRIBE, D. E. - Utilization of amino acids by pre-ruminant lambs. 1. The
effect of alterations in total essential amino acid intakes at constant nitrogen intakes. Aust. J. Agr. Res.. 28:
917-932 (1977).
DOVE, H., PEARCE, G. R. and TRIBE, D. E. - Utilization of amino acids by pre-ruminant lambs. 2. The
effects of independent alterations in total nitrogen and total essential amino acid intakes. Aust. J. Agr. Res..
28: 933-946 (1977).
DUNKIN, A. C , OLDF1ELD, S. E. and WILLIAMS, I . H. - Influence of a nutritionally-induced
difference in the body lipid content of the baby pig on subsequent changes in body composition. Proc. Nutr.
Soc. Aust. 2: 83 (1977).
HEMSWORTH, P. H , BEILHARZ, R. G. and GALLOWAY, D. B. - Influence of social conditions
during rearing on the sexual behaviour of the domestic boar. Anim. Prod. 24: 245-251 (1977).
NGIAN, M. F., NG1AN, K. F., L I N , F. H. and PEARCE, G. R. - Biogasification using NaOH treated pig
faeces. J. Am. Soc. Civil Eng.. Vol. 103, EE6, December 1977.
NIK-KHAH, ALI and TRIBE, D. E. — A note on the effect of diet on the inoculum used in in vitro
determination of digestibility. Animal Production 24: 100-104.
STEEL, J. D., BEILHARZ, R. G., STEWART, G. A. and GODDARD, M. E. - The inheritance of heart
score in racehorses. Aust. Vet. J. 53: 306-309 (1977).
TRIBE, D. E. - The conservation and improvement of resources: the grazing animal. Phil. Trans. R. Soc.
Lond. B. 27S. 565-582 (1977).
WELLS, R. J. H., WESTBURY, H. A., HARRIGAN, K. E„ COLEMAN, G. D. C and BEILHARZ. R.
G. - Epidemic adenovirus inclusion body hepatitis ofthe chicken in Australia. Aust. Vet. J. 53: 586-590.
THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES
Doctor of
Philosophy
1. HOGG, B. W. - The effects of growth patterns on Body Composition and Compensatory Growth in Sheep
2. WILLIAMS.
1. H. — Nutrition of the Young Pig in Relation to Body Composition
Master
of Agricultural
Science
1. BADH AM, F. V. - The Effect of Artificial Breeding on the Rale of Genetic Improvement of Bunerfat Yield in
Viclorian Jerseys
2. BLAKE. R. T. — The Pathophysiology of Trichostrongylus colubriformis in Sheep Surgically Modified to
Incorporate a Thiry- Velio Loop
Doctor of
Philosophy
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
CAMPBELL, R. G. — The Effect of Early Nutrition on the Growth and Body Composition of the Pig
GODDARD, M. E. — A Breeding Programme for Guide Dogs for the Blind
HEMSWORTH,
P. H. - Mating Behaviour in Boars
IBRAHIM. M. N. H. - 77ie Utilization bv Animals of Crop Residues and By-Products
LOBATO, J. F. - Intake of Molasses Blocks by Sheep
NATASASMITA, A. — Body Composition of Swamp Buffalo (Bubalus bubalis)
STANOGIAS, G. — Studies on the Occurence of some Trace Elements in Commercial Pig Diets. Carcasses
and Wastes
8. WILLIAMS,
K. C. — Utilization of Synthetic Lysine by the Growing Pigs
Master
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
of Agricultural
Science
ALGAR, D. — The Nutrition and Behaviour of Emus
BIRREL, H. A. - Aspects of Pasture Utilization by the Grazing Animal
BRIEN. F. D. - Nutritional and Hormonal Aspects of Reproductive Performance of Ewes
CORR, P. V. - Investigation into Bait Materials Palatable to the European Wild Rabbit (oryctolagus
cuniculus) in Victoria
COATS, S. T. — Sensory Perception of Electric Fences by Animals
CROKE. B. — Energy Inputs and Outputs on Irrigated Dairy Farms
DORNOM, HELEN P. — Energy Inputs on Non-Irrigated Dairy Farms
EGAN, J. K. — Management Factors Affecting the Productivity of Merino Ewes
FRANKLIN. JUDITH R. - The Effect of Visual Auditory and Olfactory Stimuli on Sheep Movement
GRAINGER. C. - Pre and Post Calving Feeding of the Dairy Cow
HAMILTON, D. — A Study of Grazing Sheep and Cattle Separately and Together on Animal Pasture
HEMMING, ALISON — Feeding Practices with Thoroughbred Horses
HILLIARD, E. P. - Heavy Metal Content of Pig Waste
HITCHCOCK. D. K. - Sheep Behaviour in Yards and Sheds
KROKER. G. A. — The Nutritional Management of Pregnant Beef Heifers
McLEAN. D. N. A. - Intake of Molasses Blocks by Cattle
MeDONALD, C. L. — Behaviour of Cattle in Relation to Electric Fences
NGIAN. M. F. - Feeding of Pig Faeces to Ruminants
PEEL, C. J. — The Nutritional Value of Crop Residues and By-Producis for Sheep
POLLARD. T. G. — Factors Affecting Intake of Supplements by Cattle
RANGKUTI. M. — Nutritional Value of Crop Residues and By-Products for Sheep
4
22. SHEPHERD, ROSAMUND C. H. - Studies of Wild Rabbit Populations (oryctolagus cuninculus (L.)) in
the Mallee and Central District of Victoria
23. SMITH, G. A. — Measuring and Improving Work Performance in Milking Systems
24. TANGDILINTIN,
F. K. - Alkali Treatment of Straws
25. THOMAS, G. W. - Experiments with Dairy Cattle Concerning Induced Parturition and Calf Rearing
26 TOLAND. P. C. - Whole Versus Farm Processed Grain for Cattle
27. TUPPER, G. J. - Vegetative and Sheep Production on a Semi-Arid Danthonia caespitosa (Gaudich) Stipa variabilis (Hughesi Grassland in Responses to Fertilizers and Deferred Grazing
SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS R E C E I V E D
Grants have been received as follows: Australian Meat Research Committee: Growth and Body Composition Studies. Ruminant Nutrition. Nutrient
Requirements and Growth of Meal Sheep.
Australian Pig Research Committee: Utilization of Different Levels and Sources and Dietary Protein and Specific
Amino Acids and Carbohydrates. Thc Nutrition and Management of the Young Pig and Its Relation to
Subsequent Performance and Carcass Composition. Pre-Slaughter Treatment of Pigs in Relation to Weight,
Shrinkage and Meat Quality.
Reserve Bank of Australia: Quantitative and Qualitative Aspects of Piggery Wastes.
Wool Research Trust Fund: Thc Behaviour of Sheep in Relation to Handling in Yards and Sheds.
KMM Pty. Ltd.: The Intake of Molasses Blocks by Grazing Animals.
D.
FORESTRY
Head of section:
Mr J. H.
Chinner
Reader JOHN HARDING CHINNER
Senior Lecturer AH I BHUSAN RUDRA
Lecturers TERENCE JOHN BLAKE
MICHAEL CHARLES FELLER
Tutor GARY CLIFFORD JOHNSON
Research Fellow WILFRED GUY TUDDENHAM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Silviculture and growth of Eucalyptus obliqua.
Management planning models.
Management of native Callitris stands in the Northern Territory.
Management information systems.
Optimization of production and stock control in sawmilling.
Coppicing and bud development in eucalypts.
Effects of salinity by agroforeslrv using coppiced eucalypts.
Effects of salinity on eucalypt growth and development.
Effects of heat stress on physiology of eucalypts.
Root/shoot relations in eucalypis.
Effects of pine planting on nutrient cycling and soil fertility.
Induction of sporulation in apparently sterile fungi isolated from roots.
Effect of host stress on fungal pathogenicity.
Digital image analysis for the remote sensing of changes in the natural environment.
Root/shoot relations of Eucalyptus with special reference lo root physiology.
PUBLISHED WORK
ARTICLES
1. BLAKE, T. J. — Diurnal rhythms in stem elongation in Eucalyptus obliqua in relation to temperature and
seedling water status. Aust. J. Bol. 25: 455-459 (1977).
2. FELLER, M. C. — Nutrient movement through western hemlock — western redcedar ecosystems in
southwestern British Columbia. Ecologv 58: (6), (1977).
3. MOORE, G. M.. ROWAN, K. S. and BLAKE, T. J. - The effects of heat on the physiology of seedlings of
Eucalyptus obliqua Aust. J. Plant Physiol. 4. 283-288 (1977).
Doctor of Forest
1. NICHOLLS,
2. SEMMENS,
Science
J. W. P. — Studies on the Phenotypic Expression of Wood Characteristics
E. J. - (Honoris Causa)
Master
of Forest
5
Science
1. BERNI, C. A. - The Properties. Uses and Characteristics of South American Timber. Part I. Influence of
Applied External Stresses on the Redrving of Treated Softwood Timber. Part 11.
2. MOURA, V. P. G. - Altitudinal Variation in Eucalyptus urophylla S. T. Blake
3. WILLIAMS. D. F. — Influence of Fuel Quantity. Distribution and Moisture Content on Fire Management of
Radiata Pine Plantations
PhD Theses in
Progress
L. J. BREN — Numeric Predictions of Hydrologic Processes on a Forested Catchment
R. F. HATELEY — A Sampling Strategy for Vegetation Study
J. HOGG — Vegetative Mapping Using Additive and Subtraciive Colour Photographic Techniques
A. B. MOUNT - An Ecological Evaluation ofthe Concept of Plant Wastes
I. TOMASELLI ~ The Influence of High Temperature on Some Physical and Mechanical Properties of Pinus
radiata D. Don.
W. G. TUDDENHAM — Multiband Imagery for Monitoring Spatial and Temporal Changes in the Biosphere
M.ForSc
Theses in
Progress
T. G. BAKER — Studies on the Distribution and Cycling of Nitrogen in Forests
E. A. CHESTERFIELD
— A Synecological Study ofthe Glenmaggie Reservoir Catchment
K. HIRST — The Bonding of Dense Timber Species
MARIANNE
LIEN — The Psychological Effects on Sawmill Employees, produced by Mechanization which
Increases the Rate of Decision Making
BADRANI PERERA - Root/Shoot Relations of Eucalypts with Special Reference to Root Physiology
M. B. TH APA — A Critical Appraisal of the Terai Forests in Nepal for the Rationalization of Management and
Marketing of Timber
Soil Conservation Authority of Victoria
Water Research Foundation
Wheat Research Council
E.
PLANT SCIENCES
Head of section:
Professor
L. L.
Stubbs
Professor LIONEL LESLIE STUBBS
Reader JOHN HEATHERBELL WILSON
Senior Lecturers GERALD MARTIN HALLORAN
DOUGLAS GEORGE PARBERY
Lecturer MICHAEL JOHN DALLING
Tulors RICHARD DESMOND CAVF.N
PHILLIP ANTHONY SALISBURY
Senioi Associate YVONNE AITKEN
Research Fellow PETER ROLAND FRY
Agronomy and Crop Physiology
1.
2.
3.
A.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Physiological, environmental and genetical factors influencing spikelet number in wheat.
Ecology and physiology of Carduus spp. (Slender thistle).
Factors affecting in vitro stability of nitrate reductase from wheat leaves.
Extraction and characterization of acid proteinase from wheal leaves.
Degradation of ribulose-l.5-bisphosphate carboxylase by proteolytic enzymes.
Studies on rehabilitation of mined areas on Groote Eylandt (N.T.).
Physiological, genetical and agronomic evaluation of new crop species for Australian agriculture.
Harvest index as a criterion of the yielding ability of a genotype.
Winter productivity of pastures in southern Australia.
Maturity genotype - environmental studies.
6
Genetics and Plant Breeding
1. Genetic and physiological studies of factors affecting grain size in barley (Hordeum vulgare).
2. Genetic and physiological factors influencing hardseededness expression in subterranean clover (Trifolium
subterraneum}.
3. Physiological and genetical studies of grain protein content in wheat.
4. Genetic control of spikelet number in hexaploid wheal.
5. Physiology of growth and establishment in bread wheat and its ancestors.
6. Influence of genotype and environment on yield in peas (Pisum sativum).
Plant Pathology
1. Effect of barley yellow dwarf virus on physiology and yield of perennial ryegrass (Lolium perenne).
2. Investigation of the etiology of rose will and decline disease.
3. Effect of cereal stem rust fPuccinia graminis tritici) on synthate distribution in relation to tolerance and
resistance in wheat cultivars.
4. Testing for resistance to take-all (Gaeumannomyces graminis) in 'wild' progenitors of wheat.
5. Studies of Ihe biology and taxonomy of Colletotrichum species.
PUBLISHED WORK
CHAPTERS OF BOOKS
1. PARBERY. D. G. - Isolation Techniques and Identification of Fungal Biodeleriogens from Soil, in
Biodeterioration Investigation Techniques Ed. A. Harrv Walters, pp. 123-148. Applied Science Publishers.
England (1977).
ARTICLES
2. AITKEN, YVONNE — Evaluation of Maturity Genotype - Climate Interactions in Maize (Zea mays L.) Z.
Pflanzenzuchtg. 78: 216-237 (1977).
3. BLAKEMAN. J. P. and PARBERY, D. G. - Stimulation of Appressorium formation in Colletotrichum
acutatunt by phylloplane bacteria. Phvsiol. Plant Path. I I : 313-325 (1977).
4. CHIN. H. F., NEALES, T. F. and WILSON, J. H. - The Effects of Cotyledon Excision on Growth and
Leaf Senescence in Soya-bean Plants. Ann. Bol. 41: 771-777 (1977).
5. DALLING, M . J. and LOYN, R. H. - Level of Activity of Nitrate Reductase at thc Seedling Stage as a
Predictor of Grain Nitrogen Yield in Wheat (Triticum aestivum L J Aust. J. Agric. Res. 28: 1-4 (1977).
6. LANGKAMP. P. and DALLING, M. J. - Mined Land Rehabilitation on Groote Evlandt - A Study.
B H P. Journal 1.77: 42-49 (1977).
7. HALLORAN, G. M . - The Developmental Basis of Maturity Differences in Spring Wheat. Agron. J. 69:
899-902 (1977).
8. LEE CHOO KIANG and HALLORAN. G. M . - Production and Characterization of an Early Dwarf
Mutant in Soybean IGlvcine max (L.) Merrill). Mutation Research. 42: 223-230 (1977).
9. MORGAN. WENDY. C. and PARBERY. D. G. - Ascospore Liberation. Germination and Attachment to
Host Surface by Pseudopeziza medicaginis. Aust. J. Agric. Res. 28: 777-784 (1977).
10. MORGAN, WENDY, C and PARBERY. D. G. - Effects of Pseudopeziza Leaf Spot Disease on Growth
and Yield in Lucerne. Aust. J. Agric. Res. 28: 1029-1040 (1977).
11. PARBERY, D. G. - A Means of Calculating Within — Sample Changes in Incidence of Seed Infection Due
to Changes in Proportion of Seed Types Within the sample. Aust. Plant Path. Soc. Newsletter 6: 40-41
(1977).
12. PARBERY, D. G. — Biolrophism versus nectrotrophism. Proc. Brit. Crop Protection Council Symposium
on-Svllabuses and Course Content for Crop Protection Courses — Monograph No. 20: 91-99 Univ. Stirling.
Scotland (1977).
13. R A H M A N . M . S., HALLORAN, G. M . and WILSON, J. H. - Genetic Control of Spikelet Number in
Hexaploid Wheat. Crop Science 17: 296-299 (1977).
14. R A H M A N , M . S. and WILSON, J. H. - Effect of Phosphorus Applied as Superphosphate on Rate of
Development and Spikelet Number pcr Ear in Different Cultivars of Wheat. Aust. J. Agric. Res. 28: 183-186
(1977).
15. R A H M A N , M . S. and WILSON, J. H . - Determination of Spilelet Number in Wheat. I . Effect of Varying
Photoperiod on Ear Development. Aust. J. Agric. Res. 28: 565-574 (1977).
16. R A H M A N , M . S.. WILSON, J. H. and AITKEN, Y. - Determination of Spikelet Number in Wheat. I I .
Effect of Varying Light Level on Ear Development. Aust. J. Agric. Res. 28: 575-581 (1977).
17. RAHMAN, M . S. and WILSON, J. I I . - Effect of Defoliation on Rate of Development and Spikelet
Number per Ear in Six Wheal Varieties. Ann. Bol. 41: 951-958 (1977).
18. R I A Z I - H A M A D A N I , A., PARBERY, D. G. and BEILHARZ. VYRNA C. - Vesicular-Arbuscular
Mvcorrhizal Nodules on Tomato. Trans. Br. Mvcol. Soc. 68: 138-140 (1977).
19. SMITH, P. R., STUBBS. L. L. and CHALLEN,'D. J. - Studies on the Epidemiology of Peach Rosetleand
Decline Disease in Victoria. Aust. J. Agric. Res. 28: 103-113 (1977).
20. SMITH, P. R.. STUBBS. L. L. and CHALLEN, D. J. - The Detection of Prune Dwarf Virus in Peach
Trees Affected with Peach Rosette and Decline with Golden Queen Peach as an Indicator, and the
Distribution of the Virus in Affected Trees. Ausi. J. Agric. Res. 28: 118-123 (1977).
21.
7
WAN ZAINUN NIK and PARBERY, D. G. - Studies of Seed-borne Fungi ofTropical Pasture l.enume
Species. Aust. J. Agric. Res. 28: 821-841 (1977).
T H E S E S PASSED FOR HIGH D E G R E E S
Doctor of
Philosophy
1. C. Met. PIGGIN — The ecology and control of Paterson's Curse (Echium plantagineum)
2. K. I . PEVERII.L — The availability of phosphorus and sulphur in soil (co-supervision with Soils Section)
Master
of Agricultural
Science
3. R. P. FIELD — Integrated pest control in Victorian canning peach orchards
PhD Theses in Progress
G. J. BERRY — The influence of genotype and environment on yield of Pisum
W. A. BOWKER - A study ofthe epidemiology of barley yellow dwarf virus and of its effect in the growth of
perennial ryegrass (Lolium perenne)
G. J. FRITH — Characterization of enzymatic aspects of nitrogen mobilization in wheal plains
R. P. KIRKHAM — Interspecific hybridization between Lycopcrsicum esculentum and L. peruvianum
JILLIAN M. LENNE - Studies on the biology and taxonomy of species of Colletotrichum
W. T. PARSONS — 77ie ecology and physiology of two species o/Carduus as weeds of pastures in Victoria
M. B. PEOPLES - Investigation of the degradativc processes involved in the turnover of ribulo.se 1,5-hiphosphaie
carboxylase in wheal leaves
M. S. RAHMAN — Determination of spikelet number in wheat
J. H. SHERRARD - A study of factors influencing ihe in vitro stability of nitrate reductase in wheat leaves
M AgrSc
Theses in
Progress
H. S. BAMAKHRAMA1I
- Harvest index as a criterion of ihe yielding ability of a genotype
S. G. COFFEY - Introduction and evaluation of .some new crop species of potential importance for Australian
agriculture
A. D. CRAIG — Winter productivity of pastures in southern Australia
S. E. ELLIS — 7Vie physiological basis of genotype differences in yield
P. J. LANGKAMP — Studies on the revegetalion of mined areas at Groote Eylandt
LEONIE MULVANEY
- Testing for take-all (Gaeumannomyces graminis) resistance in 'wild' progenitor and
related species of wheal
P. A. SALISBURY - Inheritance of hardseededness in subterranean clover (Trifolium subterraneum)
. SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS R E C L I V E D
Rural Credits Development Fund (Reserve Bank of Australia): Physiological, genetical and agronomic evaluation
of the potential for new crop species for Australian agriculture.
Wheal Industr\ Research Council: Physiological and genetical investigations of yield in wheal.
Wheat Industry Research Council: Development of new selection criteria for use in breeding for high protein in
cereals.
Wheat Industry Research Committee of Victoria: Genetic and physiological studies of yield and baking quality of
wheat.
Wheat Industry Research Committee of Victoria: Survey ofthe efficiency of nitrogen utilization by wheat cultivars
used by Victorian wheat breeders.
Whca: Industry Research Committee of Victoria: Take-all resistance in wheat - "wild' progenitors and related
species.
Wheal Industry Research Committee of Victoria: Funds to support visit of a research fellow from Israel.
Australian Wool Corporation - Wool Research Trust Fund: Winter productivity in pastures of Southern
Australia.
Groote Eylandt Mining Company Ply. Lid.: Studies on the revegetalion of mined areas on Groote Eylandt.
Rowden While Bequest: Contribution towards purchase of an untra-centrifuge.
Australian Research Grants Committee. Study of ihe relation between the activity of proteases in wheat leaves and
translocation of nitrogen to the grain.
F.
S O I L SCIENC E
Head of section:
Senior Lecturer LYLE ANGUS DOUGLAS
Lecturer PHILLIP MICHAEL CHALK
Tutor ALISON MclNTOSH ROSE
Dr L. A.
Douglas
8
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Losses of gaseous N from soil following N-fertilizer applications.
Effect of piggery affluent applications on the elemental contents of soil and plants.
Inhibition of soil urease.
Availability of phosphorus, sulphur, potassium and nitrogen in soils.
Production of urease by bacteria isolated from piggery effluent.
PUBLISHED WORK
ARTICLES
1. PEVERILL, K. 1., DOUGLAS, L. A. and GREENH1LL, N. B. - Leaching losses of applied P and S from
undisturbed cores of some Australian surface soils. Geoderma 19: 91-96 (1977).
2. R I A Z I - H A M A D A N I , A., PARBERV, D. G. and BEILHARZ, V. C. - Vesicular-arbuscular mycorrhizal
nodules on tomato. Trans. Br. mycol. Soc. 68: 138-140 (1977).
THESES IN PROGRESS
Doctor of
1.
2.
3.
4.
Philosophy
MAY. P. M. — An Investigation ofthe Use of Soil Urease Inhibitors
PEVERILL, K. I. - Availability of Phosphorus and Sulphur in Soil
R1AZI-HAMADANI,
A. - Availability of Potassium and Nitrogen in Soil
SMITH. C. J. — Gaseous Nitrogen Losses from Soil Caused by Chemodenitrification
Master
of Agricultural
Science
1. FISHER, H. M. - Urease Production by Bacteria in Piggery Effluent
2. REID, R. — Effect of Piggery Effluent Applications on the Elemental Composition of Soils and Plants
A grant has been received as follows: Wheat Industry Research Council: Use of Urease Inhibitors for Improving the Efficiency of Urea as a Fertilizer.
ARCHITECTURE AND BUILDING
Chairman
of department:
Mr G. R.
Tibbits
Professors ALLAN RODGER
JOHN COLEMAN SCRIVENER
Reader ELIZABETH BOYLE COLDICUTT
Senior Lecturers ALLAN BROWNLEE COLDICUTT
BLANCHE ISOBEL MERZ
HUGH ANDREW O'NEILL
HELEN MARGARET TIPPETT
GEORGE RICHARD TIBBITS
JOHN DAVID WATSON
Lecturers MILES BANNATYNE LEWIS
DARYL JOHN LE GREW
MICHAEL PETER TREV1LLIAN LINZEY
JON ROBERT WESTELL ROBINSON
DEBORAH WHITE
Tutors MICHAEL PINCHES
TERRY WILLIAMSON
Research Assistants ALISON MENZIES BLAKE
SUSAN COLDICUTT
PETER HAYNES LOVELL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
The collection of heat in roof spaces for conversion to heat in space heaters - Professor A. Rodger.
The role of super-elites in the Third World — Professor A. Rodger
Thermal performance and life-cycle costs of public housing - A. B. Coldicutt.
Heating fuels in public housing - costs and user satisfactions — A. B. Coldicutt
The thermal environment of building - design guidelines — A. B. Coldicutt.
Window management systems - A. B. Coldicutt.
The behaviour of structural masonry — Professor J. C. Scrivener.
Daylight design and the control of skyglarc — B. I . Merz.
Building lighting and task lighting energy savings - B. I . Merz.
Visual problems arising from changes of visual tasks in work areas — B. I . Merz.
Computer aided architectural design — M . Linzey.
Creative problem solving in groups and by individuals — D. LcGrcw, D. Watson.
Aboriginal housing problems - M . Pinches.
Organisation and Management aspects of architectural and building practice — H. Tippett.
The development of building technology — Dr M . Lewis.
Urban Conservation in Victoria - Dr M . Lewis.
Reference index of architects in Victoria — Dr M. Lewis.
Beechworth historical reconstructions — G. Tibbits.
Reader of source material on Australian architecture — G. Tibbits.
Typology of church architecture in Victoria — G. Tibbits.
Renovation and restoration of old buildings — P. Lovell.
Annotated bibliography 20lh Century architecture in Indonesia — H. O'Neill.
PUBLISHED WORK
BOOKS
1. LEWIS, M . B. - Victorian Primitive. Melbourne, Greenhouse. 1977 (87 pp).
2. LEWIS, M . B. - Don John of Balaclava. Melbourne. Brian Atkins, 1977 (viii + 100 pp).
ARTICLES
3. BLAKE, A. M. T. - The State ofthe Art: Urban Conservation in Victoria. Urban Conservation, University
of Melbourne: 1-16 (1976).
4. LEWIS, M . B. — Typological Analysis of Building Forms in Urban Conservation Areas, Urban
Conservation, University of Melbourne: 24-40 (1976).
5. LEWIS, M . B. - Progress towards a National Inventory of Historical Buildings, Urban Conservation,
University of Melbourne: 57-68 (1976).
6. LEWIS, M. B. - Commonsense Conservation. Architecture in Australia. 66,2: 62-3 (1977).
7. LEWIS, M . B. - Learning to live with thc Cily. Polis. 4.2: 33-9 (1977).
8. LEWIS, M . B. - Architectural Drawings as Historical Sources. La Trobe Librarv J.5,20: 69-89 (1977).
9. PARK, A. G. and SCRIVENER, J. C. - Prestressed Cylindrical Shells after Cracking. Proc. American
Society of Civil Engineers. 103,ST9: 1757-1770 (1977).
10. TIBBITS. G. R. - Significance in Buildings. Urban Conservation. University of Melbourne: 41-49 (1976).
9
10
II.
FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE, BUILDING, TOWN AND REGIONAL PLANNING
RODGER, A. — Software and Hardware Solutions to Energy Problems in the Built Environment.
Architectural Science Review, 20.1: 3-6 (1977).
REPORTS
12. BLAKE, A. M. T. and LEWIS, M. B. (eds) - Urban Conservation, Proceedings of a Seminar conducted al
thc University of Melbourne. 25th February. 1976. Melbourne. National Estate Project 130, 1976
(vi + 186 pp).
13. BLAKE. A. M. T. and LEWIS, M. B. - St. James Park. Hawthorn. Melbourne, National Estate Project
130, 1976 (iii + 40 pp).
14. BLAKE. A. M. T. and LEWIS, M . B. - Estimating the Old Building Stock in Australia. Melbourne.
National Estate Project 130, 1976 (42 pp).
15. BLAKE, A. M. T. and LEWIS. M. B. - Technical Bulletin 1.2: Exterior Paint Colours. Melbourne.
National Trust of Australia (Victoria), 1977 (77 pp).
16. COLDICUTT, A. B., COLDICUTT, S„ BARLOW, W., WHITE, D. - The Value of Insulation.
Melbourne, Thermal Insulation Institute of Australia, 1977 (v + 12 pp).
17. COLDICUTT, E. G. - A Design Approach to the Theorv of Structures: A Studv Guide. University of
Melbourne, 1977 (iv + 164 pp).
18. LF. GREW, D. J. and WATSON. J. D. — Getting it Together: Introductory Notes on Creative Problem
Solving. Universitv of Melbourne, 1977 ( 35 pp).
19. LE GREW, D. J„ WATSON, J. D.. MACDONALD, G., O'CONNELL. M. - Creative Problem Solving in
Small Groups: Problems in Research Method. University of Melbourne, 1977 ( 22 pp).
20. LEWIS, M. B. - Architectural Survev: Final Report. Melbourne. National Estate Project 130, 1977
(143 pp).
21. LOVELL. P. H. - Dwelling Repairs and Renovation. Part A: Structural Crackling and Dampness.
University of Melbourne, 1977 (xi + 94).
22. TIBBITS. G. R.. TRETHOWAN, B., HARMER, P., VINES. E. - Beechworth - Historical
Reconstruction. Melbourne, National Estate Project 244, 1977 (V.I: vii + 86 pp; V.2: vii + 291 pp; V.3 +
219 pp).
23. TIBBITS. G. R. - Technical Bulletin 2.2: Lettering and Signs on Buildings c 1850-1900. Melbourne,
National Trust of Australia (Victoria) 1977 (29 pp).
24. TIPPETT, H. M. — Basic Finance: text and case material. University of Melbourne. 1977 (64 pp).
25. TIPPETT, H. M. - Building Project Investigation: index and summaries. Universitv of Melbourne. 1977
(V.l, 24 pp, V.2 191 pp).
T H E S I S P A S S E D FOR H I G H E R D E G R E E
Master
of
Building
MOHR. W. E. — Operations Control and Management in the Building Industry
ABIDIN, I. S. — Investigation into the Design of an Urban Environmental Systems Model
BR EALEY. T. B. — Identification and Measurement of Significant Environment Variables and the Study of this
Interaction
LINZEY, M. P. T. — A Theory of Systems related to Design
M Arch
Theses in
Progress
ANDREWS. J. - Briefing information
DAVENPORT. F. — Planning for rehabilitation facilities
DOVF.Y, K. — Perception of meaning in'architecture
FOOKS, M. - Appraisal of buildings in use
FOX, P. — The computer as an aid lo design synthesis and evaluation
HALAFOFF, S. — Cluster grouping of operating theatres
KIDD, B. — Factors involved in community location of housing for the elderly
LI HOCK HUNG — Analytical survey of architectural profession in Singapore
LINDELL, M. — Ways space conditions behaviour with emphasis on designing a therapeutic environment
LONGACRE, R. — Recreational open space at the neighbourhood level
M1SS1NGHAM, G. — Comparison between behavioural and semantic response ro architectural space
MOORE, D. — Holistic approach lo design conceptualization and communication
ONGAN, A. - System planning — an approach lo industrialized building
PREST, D. — Computer applications in architectural practice
RIGG, M. — Medium density housing
SCAN LAN, M. — Flexibility in hospilal design
SNEATH, D. — Effects of atmospheric contaminants on building materials
SWEETNAM,
D. — Space projection model for campus planning
WALKER. D. — Vic. government architecture of Public Works Deparimeni
EILENBERG, I. - Safely in the building industry
MARSHALL.
G. — Programme network planning procedure
OLIVER, S. — Housing markets, public housing and ihe planning of residential areas in Melbourne
WATTS, G. — Statutory authorities and the building process
ARCHITECTURE AND BUILDING
M Bldg Thesis in
WILLIAMS,
Progress
P. H. M. - Fire and Us Control in Multi-Storey
M Bldg Sc Theses in
11
Buildings
Progress
CAMPBELL. R. - Thermal behaviour of materials, new techniques in solar energy and the design of buildings to
conserve energy
HOLMES, C. S. — The implementation of Housing Controls at a Local Government level in Australia
O'BRIEN, E. J. - The Benefit of Cost-Benefit Analysis
ROBINSON, J. R. W. — Cost-Benefit Solutions for Elements of a Multi-Storey Office Building
SALOMONSSON,
G. — Evaluation of construction processes
Grams have been received as follows: —
Australian Housing Research Council: Termal Performance and life-cycle cost of Public Housing.
Australian Housing Research Council: Renovation and Rehabilitation of Older Australian Dwellings.
Australian Heritage Commission - National Estate Projects.
TOWN AND REGIONAL PLANNING
Chairman
of department:
Professor
F. W.
Ledgar
Professor FREDERICK W I L L I A M LEDGAR
Senior Lecturers CHRISTIAN MARIO GUTJAHR
BASIL TREVOR TYSON
Lecturers W I L L I A M JAMES NIGEL FLANNIGAN
ANTOINETTE LOGAN
NICHOLAS PHILPOT LOW
ANTONY PATTERSON WINFIELD WILLIAMS
1.
2.
3.
4.
Metropolitan planning in Australia: development of comparative planning theory.
Preparation of index of decisions by Victorian Town Planning Appeals Tribunal.
Remote sensing and urban area analysis.
Urbanization in nineteenth century Australia.
PUBLISHED WORK
C H A P T E R S OF BOOKS
1. LEDGAR, F. W. — Planning Theory in the Twentieth Century in Man and Landscape eds. G. Seddon and
M . Davis, Australian Government Publishing Service, Canberra, 1976.
2. LEDGAR, F. W. - The Plan and Its Purpose in Urbanization ed. G. Seddon. Centre of Environmental
Studies, University of Melbourne, 1977.
3. LEDGAR. F. W. - Commentary on the uses of thc Greenspace in Greenspace and the Cities by Dr. John
Pullen, Australian Institute of Urban Studies, 1977.
ARTICLES
4. LOGAN, A. - Women in Planning, Environs 1/4 (1977).
5. LOW, N. P. — Urban Management and the Learning Process Education for Planning 7, 3 (1977).
6. LOW, N. P. — Urban Management: Some Integrative Models, Research Paper Urb I , Faculty of
Architecture, Building and Town & Regional Planning, University of Melbourne (1977).
7. WILLIAMS, A. P. W. - Residential Planning Standards or Metropolitan Regional Housing Policy. Polis 4. 2
(1977).
T H E S I S PASSED FOR HIGHER D E G R E E S
Master
of Town and Regional
Planning
1. GRUBB, W. M. - History of Town Planning in Victoria: 1914 to 1940
M.T.R.P.
Theses in
Progress
G. CAMPBELL — Social aspects of decision-making at Livingston New Town: 1962-1970
A. T. COCKS - Development levies
M. FA U BEL — Implementation of Statements of Planning Policy
L. LAWTHER — Design of a regional information system for the Melbourne Metropolitan Area
R. MARTON — Citizen participation: authority and decision-making at local government level
A. ONGAN — Relationship between lifestyle and urban form
12
CLASSICAL STUDIES
Chairman
of department:
Mr R. D.
Scott
Professors GRAEME WILBER CLARKE.
GEORGE HENRY GELLIE
Readers KENNETH JOHN McKAY,
ALBERT DENNIS PRYOR
Senior Lecturers PETER JAMES CONNOR,
JOHN ROBERT CHARLES MARTYN,
ROGER DAVID SCOTT
Lecturers JOHN BERNARD BURKE,
EFSTATHIOS GAUNTLETT,
KENNETH ROBIN JACKSON
Tutors DIMITRIS DEDES.
JEFFREY NEVILLE KEDDIE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
The Epistles of Cyprian.
The Plays of Euripides.
The Workshop of Nikoslhcnes.
The Epigrams of Callimachus.
The Comedies of Plautus.
Neo-Latin Literature.
Juvenal's Satires.
Modern Greek Folksong and thc Rebetiko tragoudi.
The Poet Angelos Sikclianos.
PUBLISHED WORK
CHAPTERS OF BOOKS
1. CLARKE, G. W. - Seneca der Jilngere unler Caligula, in Seneca als Philosoph, ed. G. Maurach, pp. 27-28,
Darmstadt, 1975.
ARTICLES
2. CLARKE, G. W. - Review of M. M. Sage, Cyprian (Cambridge, Mass., 1975). Phoenix 31: pp. 82-6(1977).
3. CONNOR, P. J. — Propertius' vein ol'humour: in which some discrimination is proposed. Ramus 5, 2: pp. 103136 (1976).
4. CONNOR. P. J. - Review of E. W. Leach. Vergil's Eclogues (Cornell, 1974). A tJMLA 45: pp. 98-9 (1976).
5. CONNOR, P. J. - Review of T. Woodman and D. West, Quality and Pleasure in Latin Poetry. A UMLA 46:
pp. 282-3 (1976).
6. KEDDIE, J. N. - Justice in Sophocles' Oedipus Tyrannus. Antichthon 10: pp. 25-34 (1976).
7. McKAY, K. J. - Solar Motifs or. Something New Under the Sun. Antichthon 10: pp. 35-43 (1976).
8. MARTYN, J. R. C. - Juvenal 6. pp. 582-591. Hermes 104: pp. 500-502 (1976).
9. MARTYN, J. R. C. - The Melbourne University Ancient Greek Summer School. NZACT Bulletin 43:
pp. 50-51 (1977).
Master
1. WATSON,
of
Arts
M. - Ancient Attitudes to Art
PhD Theses in
Progress
P. GORMAN — Plotinus and the Pylhogoreans
5. N. KEDDIE - The Claudian Books of Tacitus
J. WEBB — Bronze Age Religion in Cyprus
M.A.
Theses in
Progress
J. BUTLER - Studies in Early Christian Biography
A. DONN — Suetonius' Life of Titus
J. G REN NESS - 77ie Early Books of Malalas
S. HOGAN — Dionysius of Alexandria
13
14
FACULTY OF ARTS
A. M. HOLMES - Greek Knowledge of Egyptian Religion 6-4 Cent. BC
J. HOUGH — Theophanes' Account of the Emperor Heraclius
J. MeDONALD — The Role of the Gods in Apollonius' Argonautica
R. PITCHER - People in Martial
C. STALLMAN
- Studies in Early Patristic Literature
T. TYLER — Aelred of Rievaulx: de standardo
ARGC: (G. W. Clarke) Editing the Epistles of Cyprian.
ARGC: (J. R. C. Martyn) Editing Juvenal's Satires.
CRIMINOLOGY
Chairman
of department:
Mr S. W.
Johnston
Reader STANLEY WILLIAM JOHNSTON
Senior Lecturer: KERRY LEON MILTE
Lecturers: DENNIS OWEN CHALLINGER
LYNETTE ETHEL FOREMAN
STANLEY AUSTIN LOVEGROVE
DEIDRE NGAIO GREIG
Tutor MAXWELL CHARLES HART
S. W. JOHNSTON
1. Crimes and sanctions in United Nations law.
2. The principles of sentencing legislation. .
K. L. MILTE
1. A study into the police occupational role.
2. Police strategies against patrol preventable crime.
3. Homicide in Victoria (1964-1976).
4. Political terrorism.
D. C. CHALLINGER
1. Recidivism amongst young offenders.
2. The extent and control of shoplifting.
I . . E. FOREMAN
1. The welfare role of Victoria Police.
2. Family and juvenile courts in Australia.
3. The feasibility and implications of establishing a family-orientated welfare system in Australia.
4. Social welfare research in Australia.
5.
1.
2.
3.
4.
A. LOVEGROVE
The place of the law in road traffic control.
Driver's response to the amber and red lights at signalised intersections.
Driver's observance of the give-way-to-the-righl rule at uncontrolled cross-intersections.
Personality and juvenile offending.
PUBLISHED WORK
BOOKS
1. CHALLINGER. D. (Fd.) - Studies in Shoplifting. Australian Crime Prevention Council, 1977.
2. CHALLINGER, D. - Young Offenders, Victorian Association for the Care and Resettlement of Offenders,
1977.
3. MILTE, K. L. and WEBER, T. A. - Police in Australia- Development. Functions and Procedures,
Butterworths, Sydney, 1977.
CHAPTERS OF BOOKS
1. FOREMAN, L. F. and CLUNIES-ROSS, .1. - Deviance or Deprivation - the Dilemma olTdenlification, 77ie
Australian Criminal Justice System, eds D. Chappell and P. Wilson, pp. 163-169. Butterworths, Sydney, 1977.
2. JOHNSTON, S. W. - Utilitarian Sentencing, in The Australian Criminal Justice System, eds D. Chappell and
P. Wilson, pp. 263-276, Butterworths, Sydney, 1977.
3. JOHNSTON, S. W. - Crime and Punishment, in Hevdavor Doomsday'/ Australia 2000. ed. P. Tennison.
pp. 136-151, Hill of Content, Melbourne, 1977.
ARTICLES
4. CHALLINGER. D. C. - Thc Young Shoplifter, Summons, 1977.
5. FOREMAN, L. E. CLUNIES-ROSS, J. - A Case Study of Girls Exposed to Moral Danger, Summons. 1977.
6. MILTE, K. L„ BARTHOLOMEW, A. A., and BADGER, P. - The Psychologist as an Expert Witness in
Criminal Courts, Australian Psychologist, 12:2, 133-149 (1976).
T H E S I S PASSED FOR HIGHER D E G R E E
Master of Arts
I. McKINNA. C. - Delinquent Schools
15
16
FACULTY OF ARTS
PhD Thesis in
FOREMAN,
Progress
L. E. - The Welfare Role of Victoria Police
M.A.
Theses in
Progress
HART, M. D. - Authority and the Prison Officer
MILTE, K. L. - Contemporary Australian Police Administration
SPAIN, M. - Employee Theft
Grants have been received as follows: Criminology Research Council, Australian Bankers' Association, Totalizator Agency Board of Victoria, Mayne
Nickless Pty Limited. Wormald International Security Pty Limited. State Savings Bank of Victoria, Savings Bank
of South Australia.
EAST ASIAN STUDIES
Chairman
of department:
Professor
H. F.
Simon
Professor HARRY FELIX SIMON
Senior Lecturers in Chinese TSAI-HSIEN CHANG
ROBERT CHENG-1 KING
Senior Lecturer in Japanese WILLIAM BRAITHWAITE EGGINGTON
Lecturer in Chinese CHRISTINE McEACHRAN LIAO
Lecturer in Japanese LESLIE RUSSELL OATES
Senior Tutor in East Asian Studies JOAN ALISON ANDERSON
Tutor in Japanese CHIZU PATRICIA SHERRHFF
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
The structure of spoken texts in standard Chinese.
Script reform and romanization in China!
Contemporary Chinese and Japanese literature.
Succession issues in the Ching Dynasty.
Nationalism and romanticism in post-war Japan.
PUBLISHED WORK
CHAPTER OF BOOK
I . SIMON, H. F. — Surface Marking Features and Event and Discourse Related Categories, in Chinese
Language Use, ed. Beverley Hong, pp. 37-68, A.N.U. Press, Canberra, 1978.
ARTICLES
I . KING, R. C. I . - The Life of Yin-chen. Bulletin of the Institute of Modern History. Academia Sinica, Taiwan.
Volume VI; 95-122 (June, 1977).
PhD Thesis in
Progress
C. M. LIAO — A study of clause words in standard Chinese
M.A
Thesis in
Progress
F. HUA - A study of some selected leftist writers from 1930-1942
C. NAILER — Ch'ii Yuan: The emerging personality — a study of the evolution and adaptation of the legends
surrounding the 4th century B.C. poet, Ch'ii Yuan
17
ENGLISH
Chairman o f department: Prof. G. H . Russell (until June 1977)
M r T. J. Kelly (from June 1977)
Professor of English Language & Literature GEORGE HARRISON RUSSELL
Robert Wallace Professor HOWARD FELPERIN, (from June, 1977)
Professor VINCENT THOMAS BUCKLEY
Readers THOMAS PYE DOBSON,
HUME DOW,
THOMAS BRIAN TOMLINSON,
CHRISTOPHER KEITH WALLACE-CRABBE
Senior Lecturers ROBIN MARSHALL GROVE,
EVAN LLOYD JONES,
TIMOTHY JOHN KELLY,
MARY TERESA TOMLINSON
Lecturers ADELE AUDREY CHESSELL,
TERENCE JOHN COLLITS,
JAMES MARK QUENTIN DAVIES.
RICHARD DOUGLAS JORDAN,
PETER DANIEL STEELE
Lockie Fellow in Creating Writing & Australian Literature ROBERT RAWDON WILSON
Tutors DAVID NEIL BENNETT,
DAVID CARTER,
ROSEMARY ANNE CLEREHAN,
EWAN KEITH COFFEY,
MICHAEL DAVID FUNSTON,
JOHN MILTON GODDARD,
VIVIENNE MADELEINE KELLY,
PAULINE ANNE NESTOR,
BARRY NONWEILER,
W I L L I A M JAMES SIMPSON,
GEOFFREY TOUT-SMITH,
PETER FRANK PIERCE
Part-lime Lecturer Professor Emeritus IAN RAMSAY MAXWELL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Conrad's novels, in particular Victory (T. Collits).
Contemporary criticism; articles on Shakespeare & Milton (H. Felperin).
Demotic & Formalist strains in C20th poetry (C. Wallace-Crabbe).
Essays on Blake and commentary on Blake's design sequences to Milton's major poems ( M . Davies).
Landscapes of countries of the Empire as represented in late C19th Fiction (P. Pierce).
Langland's Piers Plowman C-Version (G.H. Russell).
Modern Australian Drama: J. Hibberd's treatment of legendary figures (P. Pierce).
Neo-Platonism in Donne's Anniversaries (R. Jordan).
Pope's revisions to 777? Rape of the Lock (R. Grove).
Shakespearean Comedy (T. J. Kelly).
Shakespearean Drama (R. Grove).
Shakespeare's Measure for Measure (T. Collits).
Symbolic imagery in Tourneur (R. Jordan).
Study of effects of the Restoration on Milton's poetry (R. Jordan).
Transition: Joyce & W. C. Williams: The Literature & Criticism of Intransitive Language in the Age of
transition (D. Bennett).
PUBLISHED WORK
BOOKS
1. FELPERIN, H. — Shakespearean Representation: Mimesis and Modernity in Elizabethan Tragedy,
Princeton U P., 1977.
2. WALLACE-CRABBE, C. K. - The Foundations of Joy: Poets ofthe Month Series 2. Angus & Robertson,
Syd., 1976.
ARTICLES
3. BUCKLEY, V. T. - Introduction lo the Poetry Course. Viewpoints 78, pp. 3-9 (1977).
4. CHESSELL, A. - "The Twa Corbies" and "The Three Ravens", Viewpoints 78, pp. 16-20 (1977).
18
ENGLISH
19
5. DANIEL, H. - "Observer & Accomplice: The Narrator in Ireland's The Flesheaters" Westerly, No. 3,
pp. 39-46, (1977).
6. DANIEL, H. - "Ways of Resistance in David Ireland's The Unknown Industrial Prisoner", Westerly,
No. 2, pp. 59-66 (1977).
7. DANIEL, H. - "Narrator and Outsider in Trap and Johnno", Southerly No. 2, pp. 184-195 (1977).
8. GROVE, R. M . - "Shakespeare's Measure for Magistrates", 77ie Critical Review, 19, pp. 3-23 (1977).
9. GROVE, R. M . - "Novel and Reader", Viewpoints 78, pp. 138-141 (1977).
10. GROVE, R. M . - "The Importance of Not Being Earnest", Viewpoints 78, pp. 237-247 (1977).
11. JORDAN, R. D. — "Una among the Satyrs"; The Faerie Queene", Modern Language Quarterly, No. 38,
pp. 123-131 (1977).
12. JORDAN, R. D. - "The Trouble with Dubliners", Durham University Journal, pp. 35-40(1977).
13. KELLY, T. J. - Twelfth Night, The Critical Review, No. 19, pp. 54-70 (1977).
14. MAXWELL, I . R. - "Fit, though few"? Paradise Lost (from Book IX), Viewpoints 78. pp. 32-35 (1977).
15. PIERCE, P. - "Rider Haggard in Australia, Meanjin, Vol. 36, No. 2 (1977).
16. PIERCE, P. - "A Good Life if you don't weaken: Professing Australian Literature", Meanjin, Vol. 36,
No. 3.
17. TOMLINSON, T. B. - "Dramatic Foreshadowing in Ibsen's Ghosts", Viewpoints 78, pp. 225-230, (1977).
18. TOMLINSON, T. B. - "Energy in Decadence: The Duchess of Mal f t . Perspectives 78. pp. 223-232, (1977).
19. TOMLINSON, M . T. - "A Violent World. Shakespeare's King Lear, Viewpoints 78. pp. 98-109, (1977).
20. WALLACE-CRABBE, C. K. - "Images or Freedom" Aalade, No. 5, pp. 6-8, November, 1976.
21. WALLACE-CRABBE, C. K. - "The Keatsian Autumn", Viewpoints 78. pp. 53-57, (1977).
22. WILSON, R. R. - "Spooking Oedipa: Godgames in Literature", Canadian Journal of English Studies.
June, 1977.
T H E S E S PASSED FOR HIGHER D E G R E E S
Master
of Arts
1. COFFEY, Ewan - Paradise Lost
2. SMITH, J. — 77ie Development of Pessimism in the Works of Mark Twain
i. WRIGHT, J. - On'. Country & Self in Contemporary Australian Poetry
K. ARTHUR - T. S. Eliot & Samuel Beckett
T. J. COLLITS - Greek & Shakespearean Tragedy
P. CURTIS - A Critical Study of Chaucer's Chanterbury Tales
H. DANIEL - The Outsider & Society: A Study of the Post-War Australian Novel
J. GODDARD - Medieval Drama
J. HANRAHAN
- James Joyce's Ulvsses
R. SHARR - The Religious Subject in White's Early Novels
M.A.
Theses in
Progress
J. ACKLAND - Aspects of Poetry of the Late 15th & 16lh Centuries
J. BARNES - Poetry & Plavs of Christopher Marlowe
P. BELL - Public Service Writing
C. BURVILL - Women in the Novels of D. H. Lawrence
K. DOWN - Samuel Johnson
G. DUNCAN - William Langland's Piers Plowman
P. GROWNEY - Innocence & Experience - William Blake
A. HANSFORD - Troilus i Criseyde
I . HARRIS - Australian Poetry - 1950-1970
G. KIRBY - Anthony Trollope: The Pallisser Novels
D. LANG - Wordsworth's Poetry
A. LYNCH - Chaucer's Earlv Poetrv
H. McGUINESS - The Short Story:' D. H. Lawrence, Faulkner
D. McMULLEN - The Novels of Thomas Keneally
M. MYLONAS - The Poems of Auden
M. NESTOR - Dickens & the Family
H. O'SHEA - Writings of Blake and Yeats
J. PENDER - 14th Century Devotional Prose
M . PERRETT - Greek Tragedy
L. RADIC — The Changing Face of Comedy
J. REIDY - The Novels of Patrick White
J. SCAHILL - Old Norse Literature
G. SHAW - George Eliot
B. SYMES - Alexander Pope
J. SPENCELEY - Novels of Bellow
D. TURNER - Patrick White
D. WILSON - Coleridge's Poetry
20
FACULTY OF ARTS
LINGUISTICS SECTION
Reader RICHARD JANUSZ ZATORSKI
Lecturer GEOFFREY McLAREN MILLAR
Tutor ELIZABETH HASTINGS PEARCE
THESIS PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREE
Master of Arts
ELIZABETH H. PEARCE - "A Study of the French Universal Quantifiers: tout, tous, chaque. chacun."
(French Department, Monash)
PUBLISHED WORK
PERIODICAL
1. ZATORSKI, R. J. and PEARCE, E. H., eds - Working Papers in Linguistics, University of Melbourne,
Linguistics Section, No. 3, 1977.
FINE ARTS
Chairman
of department:
Miss M. Plant
Professor JOSEPH TERENCE BURKE
Senior Lecturers LAURENCE JOHN COURSE
MARGARET MANION
MARGARET PLANT
Lecturers A N N ELISABETH GALBALLY
BASIL JAMES GILBERT
Senior Tutor BIRUTA RUTH ZUBANS
Tutors LEIGH ASTBURY
MARY EAGLE (part-time)
JOHN GREGORY (part-time)
MARGARET RIDDLE (part-time)
PATRICIA SIMONS (part-time)
GERARD VAUGHAN (part-time)
Curator JUNE MAUREEN STEWART (part-time)
Asst. Curator DINA CUTTS
J. BURKE
1. Benjamin West and the Anglo-American Revival of History Painting.
2. William Blake's reading in the Library of the Royal Academy after his admission as a student.
3. Invented Orders in Architecture 1700-1840.
L. COURSE
4. The Reliability of Teacher Assessments of H.S.C. Art Appreciation.
ANN GALBALLY
5. The Art of Frederick McCubbin, a monograph.
6. Lord Leighton and Sir Richard Burton at Damascus.
B. GILBERT
7. A Resource Guide to International Film Periodicals in Australian Libraries.
MARGARET MANION
8. Marginal illustrations in a group of 13th and 14th Century French psalters.
9. A comparative study of medieval illuminated manuscripts.
10. Image, word and donor in a group of 15th Century Flemish paintings.
PUBLISHED WORK
BOOKS
1. GALBALLY, A N N - The Art of John Peter Russell, pp. 1-124, 33 colour plates, 44 b and w illustrations, Sun
Books, South Melbourne, 1977.
2. PLANT, MARGARET - French Impressionists and Post Impressionists, pp. 1-32, 21 b and w illustrations,
second revised edition, National Gallery of Victoria, 1977.
ARTICLES
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
BURKE, J. - British Painting 1600-1800. A n and Australia, 15 No. 2: 141-2 (1977).
BURKE, J. - The Clavev Family by Arthur Devis, Art Bulletin o f Victoria, 18: 21-24 (1977).
GALBALLY, A N N - William Delafield Cook, Art International X X I / I 33-36, (1977).
GILBERT, B. J. - Peter Sykes: Interview, Cinema Papers 13: 34-36; 95 (1977).
GILBERT, B. J. - The Making of . . ., Cinema Papers 13: 87-88 (1977).
GILBERT, B. J. - Film Periodicals: A Historical Survey, Part I : The United States, Cinema Papers 14: 142143; 187 (1977).
9. MANION, MARGARET - The 13th Century Psalter Offices of Joffroy d'Aspremont, Art Bulletin of
Victoria 18: 3-20 (1977).
Master
GRAY,
JOCELYN
of
Arts
- Louis Buvelot
21
22
FACULTY OF ARTS
PhD Theses in
Progress
HARRIET EDQUIST — Thematic Development and Design in Piero delta Francesco
J. GREGORY — The Christological cycle of Ottoman manuscripts from "Reichenau" and Echiernach: the case
for their common origin in the Trier-Echternach complex
MARGARET
PLANT — Italian fresco painting in the fourteenth Century
MARGARET
RIDDLE - A Study of Joseph the Patriarch in Early Christian and Medieval Art
C. UHL — The Concept of Grazia in relation to the art of Raphael
VERA VINES — Concepts of reality as evidenced by certain Netherlandish artists ofthe fourteenth century
M.A.
Theses in
Progress
LEIGH ASTBURY - Late 19th Centurv Australian Subject Painting
LESLEY BORLAND - Some altitudes to the Fine Arts Present in Diderot's Encvclopedia (17.15-1765)
VERONICA CONDON - A Study of Ms. Douce 31 J. a 14th Century Illustrated Franciscan Missal
DINA CUTTS — The Iconographical Tradition of King David the Musician
RUTH EDQUIST - A Study and Catalogue of the Sadeler Collection of Prints in the Baillieu Librarv
ELIZABETH FINK - The Art and Criticism of Blamire Young
JILL GRAHAM - Visual Imagery in the French Symbolist School ofthe 1890s
J. HOLMES — Aspects of mid-l9lh Century French Art Criticism
SANDRA KIRBY - Mallarme and the French Symbolists
MARGARET
LEGGE — The Iconography of Vulcan's Forge in the Renaissance
PATRICIA SIMONS - Family Group Portraiture in the Florentine Quattrocento
P. SMITH — Stylistic relationships between the Decorative Arts and Painting in English 18th Centurv Art
JOYCE THOMSON - Kenneth Rowelt. Painter and Stage Designer
VIVIEN THWAITES - Aspects ofthe Art of Rosso Fiorentino
MARJORIE TIPPING - The Oeuvre of Ludwig Becker
G. VAUGHAN - The Art of Maurice Denis before 1910
RUTH ZUBANS - The Art of E. Phillips Fox
Grants have been received as follows:
The Visual Arts Board of the Australia Council.
FRENCH
Chairman o f department: Dr A. K. Holland
Research projects were initiated or continued by the following members of the Department:
DR S. BLACK
MR T. R. CASEY
DR P. A. CLANCY
SR J. DUNPHY
MRS S. GUTIERREZ
DR A. K. HOLLAND
DR D. K. KEUNEMAN
DR L. LAS GOURGUES
DR S. J. SCOTT
DR C. B. THORNTON-SMITH
MRS W. A. TRINDADE
DR G. D. WATSON.
(a)
(b)
Language - Romance linguistics (including Old Provencal and Calabrian Greek); word frequency lists and
vocabulary lists; phonetics and stylistics.
Literature — Narrative structures in Old French and Middle High German Tristan romances; the theme of
death in 17th century French tragedy; tragic irony in the theatre of Racine; Mme Leprince de Beaumont and
the education of women in the 18th century; a physical bibliography oi Manon Lescaut; 19th and 20th century
poetry; Paul Tillich and theoretical discourse; Mauriac and Jansenism; accounts of French-speaking pioneers
in Australia; Bachelard; the theatre of Sartre; problems in literary criticism.
PhD Theses in
Progress
B. A. M. GALLI — 77ie Idea of the Transcendant in Early Romantic Poetry
V. WANIS — The Family Constellation in the Fiction of Herve Bazin
M.A.
Theses in
Progress
M. FLINTOFT - 77ie Medieval Garden
J.-C. GASSIN - Development of a Political Commitment in the Work ofJ.-J. Rousseau
N. M. PASQUA - Study of Family and Social Roles as evident in two or more of Herve Bazin's Novels
J. M. P1NDER — Narrative Structure in Old French Lives of Saints
G. J. WILSON — Morality and Personal Relationships in the Fiction of Jean-Paul Sartre
S. M. WOODMAN - Da'udet and the Naturalist School
23
GEOGRAPHY
Chairman
of department:
Professor
H. C.
Brookfield
Professor HAROLD CHILLING WORTH BROOKFIELD
Readers ERIC CHARLES FREDERICK BIRD
THOMAS MELVILLE PERRY
JOHN ROBERT VICTOR PRESCOTT
ARTHUR A L A N WILCOCK
Senior Lecturers JOHN SIRLES MASSEY
GEOFFREY JAMES MISSEN
Lecturer DAVID ALASTAIR WADLEY
Academic Associate (Honorary) MURIEL BROOKFIELD
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Analysis of shoreline change during the past century — Bird.
Delineation and management of coastal scientific sites — Bird.
Population, environment and development in eastern Fiji — H. & M. Brookfield.
Regional aspects of land settlement and development in Malaysia and other countries — H. Brookfield.
Quantitative methods of terrain classification - Massey.
Agricultural and pastoral land-use dynamics in Australia, c. 1890 to present - Massey.
Formal and informal sectors in Kelantan, Malaysia — Missen.
Malay settlements in Kuantan, Malaysia — Missen.
Historical geography of Australia around 1800, with special reference to work to Matthew Flinders — Perry.
Growth of Melbourne's inner suburbs — Perry.
International boundaries of Asia, especially southeast Asia, and Africa — Prescott.
Political geography of the oceans — Prescott.
Australian industrial geography - Wadley.
Resettlement in the Yallourn valley - Wadley.
International interaction in the early history of geographical thought — Wilcock.
PUBLISHED WORK
BOOKS
1.
BIRD, E.C. F. — Sites of scientific interest in the Victorian coastal region: geological and geomorphological.
Town and Country Planning Board, Melbourne, 1977, 86 pp.
2. BIRD. E. C. F. — Geology and landforms of Beach Park: an excursion guide. Sandringham Environment
Series 2, Sandringham, 1977, 20 pp.
3. BROOKFIELD, H. C. and BEDFORD, R. D. wilh BAYL1SS-SM1TH, T. P., BROOKFIELD, M . ,
CAMPBELL, J. R., HARDAKER, J. B., LATHAM, M . and SALVAT, B. - Population. Resources and
Development in the eastern islands of Fiji: information for decision-making. A N U for UNESCO, Canberra,
1977, x + 407 pp.
4. PRESCOTT, J. R. V., COLLIER, H. J. and PRESCOTT, D. F. - The Frontiers of Asia and Southeast
Asia. Melbourne University Press, Melbourne, 1977, xi + 107 pp.
CHAPTERS OF BOOKS
5. BROOKFIELD, H. C. — Comment: Dissent from the periphery, in The International Allocation of
Economic Activity: Proceedings of a Nobel symposium held at Stockholm, eds. B. Ohlin, P-O Hesselborn
and P. M . Wijkman, pp. 40-49, Macmillan, London, 1977.
6. BROOKFIELD, H. C. — Constraints to agrarian change, in The Melanesian Environment, ed. J. Winslow,
pp. 133-8, A N U Press, Canberra, 1977.
7. BROOKFIELD, H . C. - Editorial introduction, in The Hurricane Hazard: natural disaster and small
populations (UNESCO/UNFPA Fiji Island Reports 1), pp. 1-7, A N U for UNESCO, Canberra, 1977.
8. BROOKFIELD, H. C. and YEN, D. E. - Concluding remarks, in 77ie Melanesian Environment, ed.
J. Winslow, pp. 544-52. ANU Press, Canberra, 1977.
9. BROOKFIELD, M . - Hurricane Val and its aftermath: report on an inquiry among the people of Lakeba in
1976, in The Hurricane Hazard: natural disaster and small populations (UNESCO/UNFPA Fiji Island
Reports 1), pp. 98-147. A N U for UNESCO, Canberra, 1977.
10. PRESCOTT, J. R. V. — Territorial and maritime aspects of the Torres Strait question, in The Torres Strait
Border issue: consolidation, conflict or compromise, ed. J. Griffin, pp. 9-27, Townsville College of Advanced
Education. 1976.
11. WADLEY, D. A. - The geography of wholesaling in the Australian agricultural machinery industry 196772, in Spatial Analysis: industry and the industrial environment, eds. F. E. I . Hamilton and G.J. R. Linge,
Wiley, London, 1977.
24
GEOGRAPHY
25
ARTICLES
12. BIRD, E. C. F. - Cliffs and bluffs on the Victorian coast. Viclorian Naturali.it 94 (I): 4-9, 1977.
13. BIRD, E. C. F. - (A world-wide review of shoreline changes during the past century), hvestia Academia
Nauk CCCP. Geographical Series 3. 113-19, 1977, [in Russian).
14. BIRD, E. C. F. and BARSON, M . M . — Measurement of physiographic change on mangrove-fringed
estuaries and coastlines. Marine Research in Indonesia 18: 73-80, 1977.
15. BROOKFIELD, H. C. — Effects of transport arrangements on the human geography of outer islands. Paper
for Expert Meeting, United Nations Conference on Trade and Development, 1977.
16. MASSEY, J. S. — Teaching applied geography: the Alexandra timber-historical village feasibility study.
Australian Geographical Studies 15: 174-77, 1977.
17. PERRY, T. M. - Seasons for exploration. Proc. Rov. Geogr. Soc. Australasia S. Australia Branch 76. 51-8,
1977.
18. PRESCOTT, J. R. V. - Asia's maritime boundaries. Dyason House Papers 2 (4): 1-4, 1976.
19. PRESCOTT. J. R. V. - Political organization in Chinese agriculture. Proc. Geogr. Assoc. Rhodesia 10.
(1977).
20. PRESCOTT, J. R.V. - Africa's maritime claims. South African Geographer (Stcllenbosch) 6. 453-64,
1977.
21. PRESCOTT, J. R. V. - Imperial mapping pens. Current Affairs Bulletin (Sydney) 54 (8), 4-19, 1977.
22. PRESCOTT, J. R. V. — Who should call the tune? Toward a resources policy for Australia (Australian
Conservation Foundation), 34-50, 1977.
23. WILCOCK, A. A. - Fritz Loewe, 1895-1974. Australian Geographer 13: 306-10, 1977.
Doctor
McQUILTON,
of
Philosophy
F. J. - 77ie geographical dimensions of social banditry - Ned Kelly outbreak 1878-1880
Master
of
Science
MILES, I. W. - The morphology of northern Westernport Bay
PhD Theses in
Progress
BIRD, J. - Historical geography of Victoria's lakes and wetlands
BOSTON, H. G. - The physiographic role of Spartina
DEVRIES, B. — The nature of the interior — an examination of the explorers' assessment of landscape in the
State of South Australia. 1802-18
TEH. TEONG-SA — Beach ridge-systems in Malaysia
M.A
Theses in
Progress
BALLOCK, M. — Land-use and planning in Pakenham Shire
CABENA, P. B. - Transhumance in the Victoria Alps
COHEN, S. E. - Urban development in Kuala Pilah District. Malaysia
CROOKS, M. — The Grampians: environmental interpretation and recreational planning
LANCASHIRE,
C. — Historical geography of central Victoria
PHILLIPS. A. - Catchment areas of some private Melbourne Schools
ROSENGREN, N. J. - Coastal dune systems in east Gippsland
SHARP, N. R. - Land-use and settlement in the Daylesford Region
TUAN-MU, A. — Population projections of the M.S.D.
M.Sc
Theses in
Progress
BRINSMEAD. G. - A geographical study of the dairy manufacturing industry in Gippsland. 1840-1910
GELL, R. — Beach systems on the Victorian coast
FETTERPLACE. P. - The development of a hydro-logical model of the Gippsland Lakes
SYMONS, C. - Geomorphology of the sand hummocks
QUINN, P. B. - Erosion surfaces in geomorphology of southern central Victoria
WILLIAMS,
M. — Geomorphology of Mallacoota inlel
ARGC: Regional aspects of land settlement in Malaysia and other countries - Brookfield.
ARGC: Malay settlements in Kuanlan, West Malaysia - Missen and Swift, Monash U.
Town and Country Planning Board, Victoria: Sites of scientific interest - Bird.
Menil Foundation (Texas): Regional development in developing countries - Brookfield.
Ministry of Conservation, Victoria: Revision of Gippsland Lakes monograph - Bird.
UNCTAD: Human geography of small isolated islands - Brookfield.
UNESCO: Population, resources and development in the eastern islands of Fiji — Brookfield.
GERMANIC STUDIES
Chairman
of department:
Professor
G.
Schulz
Professor GERHARD SCHULZ
Reader HECTOR MACLEAN
Senior Lecturers MARION ADAMS
JOHN STANLEY MARTIN
Lecturers BRUCE C. DONALDSON
CHRISTIAN GRAWE
HEINRICH ALFRED HESSE
HANS JOACHIM POTT
EVA RUFF
CHRISTOPHER ZWALF
Principal Tutor ALMA JOHNSON
Tutor LENNART PALLSTEDT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Early 20th Century Literature in Germany (Adams).
A Reference Grammar of Dutch (Donaldson).
Translation into English of C. van Haeringen's Nederlands lussen Diuls en Engels (Donaldson).
A Fontane Companion (Grawe).
Critical Commentary of Goethe's Torquato Tasso (Grawe).
Wedekind's Dramatic Work (Maclean).
Analysis of Swedish Textbooks (Martin).
History of German Literature 1789-1830 (Schulz).
PUBLISHED WORK
BOOKS
1. GRAWE, CH. — Jane Austen: Stolz und Vorurleil. Ubersetzt (in collaboration with U. Grawe).
Anmerkungen und Nachwort. Reclam, Stuttgart, 1977, 460 pp.
2. MARTIN, J. D. — (ed.). The Teaching o f Swedish in Melbourne. Department of Germanic Studies,
University of Melbourne, 1977, 60 pp.
3. SCHULZ, G. — (ed.), Friedrich de la Motte Fouque. Romantische Erzahlungen. Nach den Erstdrucken mit
Anmerkungen, Zeittafel und einem Nachwort herausgegeben. Winkler, Munchen, 1977. 517 pp.
CHAPTERS OF BOOKS
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
M A R T I N , J. S. — "Swedish in Melbourne, 1962-1976" in: The Teaching of Swedish in Melbourne. 1977,
pp. 4-5.
SCHULZ, G. - Arno Holz: Kunst und Natur. In: Frankfurter Anlhologie. Vol. I I , ed. M . Reich-Ranicki,
pp. 81-84. Insel, Frankfurt/M., 1977.
-, Jean Pauls "Siebenkas". In: Aspekte der Goethezeit, eds. M . Curschmann et al., pp. 215-239. Vandenhock
and Ruprecht, Gottingen, 1977.
— Kleist poetische Meditationen iiber die Riickkehr ins Paradies. In: Festschrift for Ralph Farrell. eds.
A. Stephens, H. L. Rogers and Brian Coughlan.
SCHULZ, G. — Burgerlichc Epopden? Fragen zu einigen deutschen Romancn zwischen 1790 und 1800. In:
Deutsche Literatur zur Zeil der Klassik, ed. K. O. Conrady, pp. 189-210, Reclam, Stuttgart, 1977.
ARTICLES
9. GRAWE, CH. — Zur Deutung von Kleisls Novelle 'Der Zweikampf. In: Germanisch-Romanische
Monatsschrifi NF 27/4 (1977), pp. 416-425.
10. MACLEAN, H. - Brecht's Die heilige Johanna der Schlachthofe and the Fall. In: Seminar XIII 11977).
pp. 29-41.
11. MARTIN, J. S. — 'Augustin Lodewijckx' Bijdrage tot het Australisch Onderwijs'. In: ViW. Nieuws, Nr. 25,
mei — juli 1977, pp. 4-5.
PhD
Theses in
Progress
M. E. ADENEY — Drama as Thought: A Study of the Medieval Religions. Drama in Germany and England
H. A. HESSE — Peter Huchel and die Tradition der deutschen Erlebnislyrik
Y. PERCZUK — Max Frisch's Novels and the Romantic Tradition
26
GERMANIC STUDIES
M.A.
Theses in
Progress
M. FRIEDEL - Motive aus Hoffmans Die Elixiere des Teufels im zellgenb'ssischen Koniexi
J. KALITO - The Theme of Self-Realisation in the Novels of Max Frisch
GRANTS RECEIVED
ARGC Grant for Professor Schulz' History of German Literature.
HISTORY
Chairman
of department:
Dr Alison
M. H.
Patrick
Max Crawford Professor GREGORY MOORE DENNING
Ernest Scott Professor GEOFFREY NORMAN BLAINEY
Readers WESTON ARTHUR BATE
W I L L I A M CULICAN
LAWRENCE ROY GARDINER
DONALD EDWARD KENNEDY
NOEL DAVID McLACHLAN
LLOYD ROBSON
Senior Lecturers GRAEME DAVISON
JOHN BRADLEY HIRST
SOW THENG LEONG
DONALD FARQUHAR MACKAY
DONNA MERWICK
JOY PARNABY
ALISON MARY HOUSTON PATRICK
RONALD THOMAS RIDLEY
IAN GORDON ROBERTSON
Lecturers CARNEY THOMAS FISHER
JOHN HARVEY FOSTER
A L L A N JOHN JOHNSTON
COLIN JAMES MITCHELL
DAVID PHILIPS
CHARLES ORVIS SOWERWINE
CHARLES FRANCES ZIKA
Principal Tutor JACQUELINE TEMPLETON
Senior Tutor SUSIE EHRMANN
Tutors DAVID DUNSTAN
PATRICIA GRIMSHAW
PHILIPPA MADDERN
BEVERLEY ROBERTS
Aboriginal and Oceanic Ethnology Research Fellow WAYNE ORCHISTON
Research Fellow ROBERT DEVELIN
Research Associate BARBARA FALK
Associate DANNY SPOONER
A. AMERICAN HISTORY
1. D. MERWICK - Dutch Uses of Land and Space in Colonial Albany, New York, 1652-1700; Translation of
the Works of Domini Henricus Selyns, a Dutch Minister of New York in the 17th Century.
2. A. JOHNSTON - The Black Community of Washington, 1860-1880; Ethnicity and the American Past.
PhD Thesis in
Progress
A. HOWE - Popular Action in New York in the American
M.A.
P. NEWBURY
Thesis in
Revolution
Progress
- Social Structure and Political Allegiance in Revolutionary New York City. 1765-1775
B. ANCIENT HISTORY
1. R. DEVELIN - Roman History.
2. R. T. RIDLEY - Completed six articles on the Palermo Stone. Thucydides' audience, Pompey's career in the
50s, Roman extraordinary military commands, the economic effects of the civil wars, and reactions to
Augustus; Monograph Study on Perizonius.
PhD Theses in
Progress
R. GILLIAM - Character of the Goddess Hathor
W. TABBERNEE — The Opposition lo Monlanism from Church and State
28
HISTORY
M.A.
Theses in
29
Progress
E. HOOPER — Antiquarian Theory Concerning the Origin ofthe
A. HORSLEY — An Urban Study of a Town in Roman Gaul
J. ZIMMER — Islamic Jewellery
Cells
C. ASIAN HISTORY
1. S. T. LEONG - Swatow and its hinterland since the mid-19th Century; Traditional issues in Contemporary
Sino-Soviet Relations.
2. C. FISHER — The Great Ritual Controversy in Ming China.
PhD Theses in
Progress
L. DIXON — Australian Participation in the Christian Missionary Enterprise in China. 1888-1953
A. G. MOLLER - Chinese Intellectuals under the KMT. 1930's and 1940s
M. UNDERDOWN — Mongolian nationalist movements
D. AUSTRALIAN HISTORY
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
W. BATE - Ballarat History.
L. ROBSON - Historv of Tasmania.
J. PARNABY - Biography of Sir Charles Gavan Duffy.
J. HIRST - Social and Political History of New South Wales, 1788-1860.
B. FALK - Five generations of Jewish assimilation in Australia: The ethos of Australian universities.
PhD Theses in
Progress
A. G. BARRETT - Local Government in Victoria 1835-70
G. S. COPE — 77te Woollen industry in 19th Century Victoria
J. D. DAVIES — Some Aspects of Commonwealth Government Policy towards Germans and German
Descendants in Australia 1914-20
D. J. JORDAN - Nettie Palmer and Woman Writers of the 1920s and 30s
D. J. McCONVILLE - Irish Immigrants in ihe Societies of Melbourne and Sydney in late 19th and early 20th
Centuries
J. TEMPLETON - 77ie Boys Come Home: A Study of World War I Veterans
M.A.
Theses in
Progress
J. CRITCHETT - A Study of Victorian Government Aboriginal Policy in the period I860 to early 1900s and its
Impact on the Aborigines in Western District
M. EAGLE — Sydney Painters and Svdnev Society in the 1920s
D. EDWARDS - History of Diamond Valley
J. C. FAHEY - Land Settlement in North of Victoria
C. R. GIBBS — Transportation Debate in Van Diemen's Land
T. D. HOLLAND - The Importance of Irish Immigrants in Victoria 1850-70
C. JOHNSTONE
- Study of the establishment 119151 and Growth and Development of the Broken Hill
Associated Smelters Ply. Ltd., at Port Pirie, S. Australia
G. D. JONES — Study of the Employment of Single Women in the Teaching Profession in 19th Century
Australia, with special reference to the work of governesses.
R. KISS - History of Fitzroy
M. LETHLEAN - Historv of Ballarat An Gallery
R. W. MARRIOTT - The Patterns of Land Settlement around Ballarat after the Gold Rushes 1850-60
J. MILLMAN — 77ie Organization and Administration of Institutions for the Mentally 111 in Victoria 1850-86
P. McKAY — A Historv of the Cement Industry in Australia
A. McPHERSON - William Butterfield and the building of St. Paul's Cathedral. Melbourne
L. O'BRIEN — Destitute Old Age in Victoria in the Colonial and early Commonwealth Period
K. J. PEOPLES - Social Elites in Bendigo 1860-90
H. POOK — Depression and Government in Victoria 1929-35
C. RASMUSSEN
- History of Coburg Branches ofthe A.L.P.
F. ROCCA — Italian Community in Australia
A. ROLFE — Themes Relating to the Development of Swan Hill
E. ROSANDER - Viclorian Museums
D. THOMPSON - Gambling in Australia
P. B. THORNTON-SMITH
- 1917 General Election in Australia
B. R. USSHER - Protestant Churches and the Working class in Melbourne, 1880-1900
D. W. WEBSTER - 77ie Radical Press in the 1840's
J. WHITESIDE - 77ie Live Theatre in Australia during the First World War
A. WORRALL — The Single Tax Movement in Eastern Australia
30
FACULTY OF ARTS
E. BRITISH HISTORY
1.
2.
3.
4.
L. GARDINER — Cardinal Wolsey's Household and associated activities
N. McLACHLAN - Biography of Wilmot Horton
D. PHILIPS - Crime and Authority in England, c. 1780-1850
D. McKAY - British Women and the Risorgimento.
PhD Thesis in
P. OLIVER
Progress
- Quaker Testimony and Lamb's War
M.A. Theses in Progress
L. M. CONWAY — Nationalism. Feminism and Revolutionary Ireland
5. COFFEY — Sabbatarianism
J. DODDS - 77ie Pilgrimage of Grace
J. DOLAN — Newspaper Press in Britain during [he Great War
J. ELLIS — Puritanism and the Jacobean Church
J. C. HARRIS — Richard Sibbes and early I6th century Puritanism
A. G. L. LEMON — Biography of James Balfour
G. R. TREMBATH
— Women and the Owenite Movement Within Great Britain
J. C. MAGUIRE — Hegelianism in 19lh Century Scottish Intellectual Life: the Influence of the Brothers John and
Edward Caird
F. EUROPEAN HISTORY
1. J. FOSTER - Bavarian Jewish Communities in the 19th Century.
2. A. PATRICK — French revolutionary history, concentrating on the response of local government bodies to
revolutionary policy, and the problem of implementing policy in local areas; Completed for publication a paper
on religious policy in the department ofthe Maine-et-Loire, and an article on the problem of public information
during the revolutionary period.
3. I. ROBERTSON - The Papal State under Paul II.
4. C. O. SOWERWINE - Revision of Les Femmes et le socialisme en France, un siecle d'hisloire; 300
biographical notices for the Dictionnaire biographique du mouvemenl ouvrier francais; Socialists, Syndicalists,
and Women: The Couriau Affair; The Origins of Socialism and Communism in the Department of the Ain.
5. C. ZIKA — Aspects of the interrelationship between humanism, religion and the occult sciences at the turn of
the 16th Century.
PhD Thesis in
P. MacLEAN
Progress
— Eastern Jews in Germany
C. J. MITCHELL
— 77ie French Legislative Assembly. April — September 1792
M.A.
Theses in
Progress
J. ADLER — Jewish Resistance in Paris
M. HOPKINS - German-Russian Relations
C. J. McGUFFIE — International Labour Organizations, 1914-21
G. PACIFIC HISTORY
1. G. M. DENING - Completed editing of The Journal of William Pascoe Crook and a Marquesan-English
Dictionary for publication; Research on Islands and Beaches, a study of cultural boundaries and those who
crossed them; Social history of lower-deck sailors in the Pacific; completed for publication "Violent Men:
Americans in the Pacific".
2. W. ORCHISTON - Continued research into Culture Contact and Culture Change in Early Protohistoric New
Zealand; Prehistoric South Island New Zealand Maori Culture; The Quaternary Geology and Prehistory of
Flinders Island; Analysis of most of the Material Derived from Dr Gallus'. A Excavation at Dry Creek near
Keilor. Also maps and text for section of Times Atlas of World History; continued as Editor of The Artefact.
PhD Thesis in
E. WOOD-ELLEM
M.A.
J. CARTER
Studies
Progress
- Queen Salole Tupou III
Theses in
Progress
— Role of Collectors of Archaeological Relics in Victoria prior to Professional Archaeological
HISTORY
31
M. CHAMBERS - Polynesian Missionary Teachers in the W. Pacific 1830-70
C. HELMS — The Reception ofthe Anglican Church Mission in British New Guinea
L. C. HORROCKS - Dynamics of Culture Contact in the Pacific
H. URBAN HISTORY
]. G. DAVISON - Origins of Urban Sociology: Britain and the United States, 1880-1930.
PUBLISHED WORK
BOOKS
1. BLAINEY, G. — The Causes of War. Sun Books and Macmillan, London, 1977 (enlarged edition),
pp. x + 302.
2. DENING. G. M . - Xavier. A Centenary Portrait. Graphic Press, 1977.
3. PHILIPS, D. - Crime and Authority in 'Victorian England: The Black Country 1835-1860. Croom Helm,
London, 1977.
BOOKLET
4. BLAINEY, G. — The Politics of Big Business: a History. Academy of Social Sciences, Canberra, 1977,
pp. 17.
CHAPTERS OF BOOKS
5. BLAINEY. G. — Forward to Adelaide Lubbock, People in Glass Houses. Nelson, Melbourne, 1977, pp. xixii.
6. BLAINEY, G. — Foreword to R. Lacour-Gayet, A Concise History of Australia, Penguin Books, 1977,
pp. ix-x.
7. MERWICK, D. - Orestes Brownson and the Boston Catholic Clergy, 1844 to I860 in American Studies
Down Under: Proceedings of the Australian and New Zealand American Studies Association, ed. Norman
Harper, University of Queensland Press, 1976.
ARTICLES
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
CULICAN, W. C. - Seals in Bronze Mounts. Rivista di Studi Fenici. V, 1, (1977) 1-4.
CULICAN, W. C. - Syrian and Cvpriot Cubical Seals. Levant, IX, 162-7 (1977).
CULICAN, W. C. - The Case for the Baurat-Schiller Crowns. J. Wallers Art Gallery. 35. 15-36 (1977).
ORCHISTON, D. W. - Discovery of the bones of the extinct giant rail, Aptornis otidiformis, at an archaic
site near Needles Point, Marlborough. New Zealand Archaeological Association Newsletter 20, (1977).
ORCHISTON, D. W. - Petrological studies in South Island New Zealand Prehistory. 2. Maori use of while
limestone. The Artefact (n.s.) 2: 171-196 (1977).
ORCHISTON. D. W. - Prehistoric man in the Nth. Canterbury Downlands, New Zealand Archaeological
Association Newsletter 20: 114-121 (1977).
ORCHISTON, D. W. et al. - "A historv of 19th Centurv investigations at the Lancefield megafaunal site.
77je Artefact (n.s.) 2: 105-122 (1977).
ORCHISTON, D. W. et al. - The significance of the Dry Creek archaeological sites in Australian
prehistory. In 48th ANZAAS Congress Abstracts 2, 473 (1977).
RIDLEY, R. T. - Ettore Pais. Heltkon 15/16, 500-533.
RIDLEY, R. T. - Reactions to Octavian-Augustus. Iris, 9-27.
SOWERWINE, C. O. - Le Groupe feministe socialiste (1899-1902). Le Mouvemem social. No. 90.
SOWERWINE, C. O. - The Organization of French Socialist Women, 1880-1914: A European Perspective
for Women's Movements. Historical Reflections/Reflexions Historiques. Winter 1976.
SOWERWINE, C. O. - Revolution and Introduction (the latter with D. Philips), ABC Civilization Series.
The 19th Century.
SOWERWINE, C. O. - Women and the Origins of the French Socialist Party: A Neglicted Contribution.
Third Republic/Troisieme Republique. Winter 1976-77.
SOWERWINE, C. O. - Women, Socialism, and Feminism, 1872-1922. Third Republic/Troisieme
Republique. Winter 1976-77.
ZIKA, C. - Reuchlin and Erasmus: Humanism and Occult Philosophy. Journal of History of Religions,
9: 223-246 (1977).
T H E S E S P A S S E D FOR HIGHER D E G R E E S
Doctor
of
Philosophy
1. HOFFMAN, J. E. - "The Malay Language as a Force in Nationalism in the Indonesian Archipelago, 18701930".
2. McPHEE, P. - "The Study of the Nature of, and Reasons for the Emergence of a Left Wing Tradition in
France under the 2nd French Republic".
32
FACULTY OF ARTS
Master
of
Arts
3 FERGUSON, B. A. - "Quadripartite Interaction of Portland, Mt. Gambicr, Adelaide and Melbourne 18601917".
4. KEANE. Ms. M . D. — "Missionary Families in thc New Hebrides".
5. WALKER. D. J. - "Puritan Arguments in the 1640s".
HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
Chairman
of department:
Dr F. J.
Clendinnen
Professor RODERICK WEIR HOME
Readers FREDERICK JOHN CLENDINNEN
DIANA JOAN DYASON
Senior Lecturer JOHN CLIFTON POTTAGE
Lecturers MONICA MACKINTOSH MACCALLUM
HENRY PAUL KRIPS
HOMER EUGENE LE GRAND
Part-time Lecturer LESLIE JAMES JONES
Graduate Research Assistant HAZEL GWEN M A X I A N
Senior Research Fellow LYNDSAY ANDREW FARRALL
A. H I S T O R Y O F S C I E N C E
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
R. W. HOME - Thc evolution of physics during the eighteenth century.
D. J. DYASON - Aspects of thc germ theory of disease.
D. J. DYASON - Public health in colonial Victoria.
J. C. POTTAGE - Mathematical heuristic, with special reference to classical (Euclidean) geometry.
M . M . MACCALLUM - James Blake and the history of pharmacology in thc nineteenth century.
H. E. LE GRAND — The French chemical community and the 'chemical revolution' of the eighteenth and
early nineteenth centuries.
7. L. A. FARRALL - Biology and society in Australia, 1850-1940.
8. L. A. FARRALL — Aspects of the history of the English eugenics movement.
9. L. A. FARRALL — Aspects ofthe history and epistemology of Microncsian navigational knowledge.
B. P H I L O S O P H Y OF S C I E N C E
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
F. J. CLENDINNEN - The analvtic-synthetic distinction.
F. J. CLENDINNEN - Mathematical truth and ontology.
F. J. CLENDINNEN — Identity and inter-theoretic reduction.
H. P. KRIPS — Demarcation of science from non-science.
H. P. KRIPS — Theories of space and time.
H. P. KRIPS — Foundations of quantum theory.
P U B L I S H E D WORK
C H A P T E R O F BOOK
I.
HOME, R. W. and CLENDINNEN, F. J. - Commentary and Exercises, pp. 54-59 in Bernard Jafl'e,
Michelson and the Speed of Light. 2nd. ed., with additional material by R. W. Home and F. J. Clendinnen.
Heinemann Educational, Melbourne. 1977.
ARTICLES
2. HOME, R. W. - Aepinus, the Tourmaline Crystal, and the Theory of Electricity and Magnetism, his. 67
pp. 21-30 (1976).
3. HOME, R. W. - Review of Raymond J. Seeger, Benjamin Franklin: New World Phvsicisl (Oxford, 1973),
/.tit. 67: pp. 130-131 (1976).
4. HOME, R. W. - The Scientific Education of Catherine the Great, Melbourne Slavonic Studies. No. 11,
pp. 18-22 (1976).
5. HOME, R. W. - The History and Philosophy ofScience: Its Place in Science Teaching. Some Introductory
Remarks, Australian Science Teachers Journal. 23(2): pp. 5-7 (1977).
6. HOME. R. W. - "Newtonianism" and thc Theory of the Magnet. Historv ofScience. 15: pp. 252-266
(1977).
7. CLENDINNEN, F. J. - Inference, Practice and Theory. Svnthese. 34: pp. 89-132 (1977).
8. DYASON, D. J. - After Thirty Years: History and Philosophy of Science in Australia, 1946-1976,
Melbourne Studies in Education, 1977. pp. 45-74.
9. KRIPS. H. P. - Quantum Theorv and Measures on Hilbert Space, J.Math.I'hvsics. IS: pp. 1015-1021
(1977).
10. LE GRAND. H. E. - Genius and the Dogmati/ation of Error, Organon (Warsaw), 13: pp. 193-209 (1977).
11. FARRALL. L. A. - On Teaching Social Studies ofScience in Papua New Guinea, 4S Newsletter, 2(3):
pp. 25-27 (1977).
33
34
FACULTY OF ARTS
Master
1. JARASIUS,
of
Arts
VIDA - An Analysis of Quine's Philosophy
ofScience
PhD Theses in
Progress
PETER J. GALLE — The Meaning of Theoretical Terms
MARGARET A. NAYLER — Theories of Muscle Function after the Seventeenth
M.A. Theses in Progress
Century
VIVIAN E. BOUNDS - Some Problems in Epistemology
JOHN F. CLARK - The Quantification of Electrostatics in the Early Nineteenth Centurv
GEORGE G. DURBRIDGE - Probability and the Coherence Theory of Knowledge
JEANETTE EICH1NSKI — The Controversy between Richard Kirwan and James Hutton concerning the Theory
of the Earth
GRAEME A. K. HUNT - The Role ofthe Concept of Set
LESLIE J. JONES — The Contribution of John Ridley to Australian Technology
JILL R. KEEN — Dr William McCrae. First Chairman of the Central Board of Health in the Colony of Victoria
ROBERT B. KENNEDY - The Development of the Concept of Normal Distribution
DENIS C. KENNEDY - On Zeno's Paradoxes
MARGARET J. McCARTH Y — Investigations of Scientific Methods and Predictions with Special Reference to
Lakatos
JOHN D. O'HAGAN — A Work on Human Generation formerly attributed to Albert the Great. 'De secrclis
mulierum et virorum'.
RAYMOND J. OVERTON - The'Beginnings of Group Theorv
THEODORE F. SCHMECKPEPER
- The Interaction of Scientific and Theological Considerations in the
Leibniz—Clarke Correspondence
ANTHONY P. SMITH — The Statistical Relevance Account of Explanation
ALAN B. TAYLOR - The Royal Society under Newton
G. DAVID TURNBULL — Some Historical and Philosophical Aspects of the Demarcation between Science and
Non-science
M.Sc
Theses in
Progress
BRENDEN G. DAVEY — Kantian Explications ofthe Metaphysical Residues of Newton's Concept of Space
WILLIAM GILL - Chemistry and Public Health in the Nineteenth Century
JOHN T. OZOLINS - An Examination of Personalisi Probability
GRANT
R. W. HOME — ARGC grant for a study of 'The Mathematization of Physics during the Eighteenth Century'.
INDIAN STUDIES
Chairman
of department:
Mr S. N.
Ray
Reader-in-Charge SIBNARAYAN RAY
Senior Lecturer ATINDRA MOJUMDER
Lecturer JOHN MARTIN DUNHAM
Tutor TELWATTE RAHULA
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
British Interests in Religious Matters in Eastern India.
A critical study of Rasavahini.
A critical study of Gatha-Saptasati.
Intellectuals and Social Change in Asia.
Renaissance in Bengal.
M. N. Roy: projected biography of a revolutionary, in three volumes.
Social organization and religious beliefs of the Santals.
PUBLISHED WORK
BOOKS
1. DUNHAM, JOHN - Sources for the Study of British India in the Stale Library of Victoria Part I Serials.
Library Council of Victoria. Melbourne, 1977 (pp. vii + 74).
2. MADDERN, M A R I A N — Bengali Poetry into English: an impossible dream?. Melbourne University Indian
Studies Monograph I , Editions Indian, Calcutta, 1977 (pp.xiii + 104).
3. RAY, SIBNARAYAN - Apartheid in Shakespeare and other Reflections. United Writers, Calcutta, 1977
(pp. 166).
4. RULE, PAULINE - The Pursuit of Progress: A study of ihe intellectual development of R. C. Dull 18481883. Melbourne University Indian Studies Monograph 2, Editions Indian, Calcutta, 1978. (pp. 170).
ARTICLES
1. RAY, SIBNARAYAN - Radicalism and the Bengali Intelligentsia (1827-1930), Solidarity xi:2:41-50 (1977).
2. RAY, SIBNARAYAN - Hinduism, the Bengal Renaissance and Tagore. The Visvahharati Quarterly 41:14: 181-215 (1976).
3. RAY, SIBNARAYAN - Thc Sikha Movement (1927-32): Bengali Muslim Intelligentsia in search of
Modernity. The Radical Humanist 41:9 and 10: 10-15; 11-15 (1977-78).
4. RAY, SIBNARAYAN - Bharat - jijnasa: Problems of Indian Hisloriographv. Kolkata V: 2:1-28 (1977).
5. RAY, SIBNARAYAN - Gandhi's Charisma. Methodology and Utopia, Desh 44:49:11-23 (1977).
T H E S I S S U B M I T T E D FOR H I G H E R D E G R E E
Doctor
I. BACSKOVSZKY,
ELIZABETH
nf
Philosophy
- The Last Phase of Rabindranath Tagore
PhD Theses in
Progress
1.
2.
3.
4.
G. M. BAILEY — The Mythology of the god Brahma
J. M. DUNHAM — Time and History in ihe Mahabharata
MARIAN MADDERN — A Bengali Grammar: Structure of Bengali in relation to that of English
PAULINE RULE - Crime and Society in Calcutta 1859-1947.
5.
6.
7.
8.
NILANJANA
DEY - Bengal Congress in Legislative Politics 1937-47
MOH1NDAR S. DHILLON - Radical Trends in Indian Literature 1920-47
JOSEE MACH - A Critical Study of 19th Century Moslem Elites
ROMA O'NEILL — Institutionalized Spirit Possession in Religious Ceremonies in the Ganyar District of
India
G. J. PRATT - M. A. Jinnah and the Partition of India
I. R. PURVIS - Bauls of Bengal
L. B. RIVERS — Tagorc's Approach to the Education of the Child
L. G. SHOME — Women in post-independence Indo-English Fiction
L. STRANGE — The Dynatnios of Vernacular Education in Bengal in the ISJO's.
D. J. WHITE — Tradition and Innovation in Badnore Painting
M.A.
9.
10.
II.
12.
13.
14.
Theses in
Progress
35
INDONESIAN AND MALAYAN STUDIES
Chairman
of department:
Mr J. P.
Sarumpaet
Senior Lecturers JAN PIETER SARUMPAET,
M U H A M M A D SLAMET
Lecturer CHARLES ANTONY COPPEL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Syntax and etymology of Bahasa Indonesia.
Modern usage in Bahasa Indonesia.
Compilation of Toba-Batak — Bahasa Indonesia dictionary.
Collection of material on the life and work of the writer, Idrus.
Priangan gentry-peasantry relationships.
"Subud" and "Pangestu" spiritual movements.
History of Confucian religion in Indonesia.
Comparative study of Chinese and Arab minorities in Indonesia.
PUBLISHED WORK
BOOKS
1. SARUMPAET, J. P. - The Structure of Bahasa Indonesia, Sahata Publications, Melbourne, 1977
(pp. X I I + 280).
CHAPTERS OF BOOKS
2. COPPEL. C. A. — The Chinese Minority: Politics or Culture?, in People and Society in Indonesia: A
Biographical Approach. Leonard Y. Andava, Charles Coppel and Yuji Suzuki, pp. 12-30, Monash University,
Melbourne, 1977 (pp.ii + 50).
3. O'NEILL, ROMA - Institutionalized Spirit Possession and Healing Rites in a Balinese village, in Australian
Essavs in World Religions, ed. Victor C. Hayes, pp. 49-65, Australian Association for the Study of Religions,
Adelaide, 1977, (pp. 128).
4. SLAMET, M . — Priyayi Value Conflict, in Religion and Social Ethos in Indonesia. Benedict R. O'G.
Anderson, Mitsua Makamura and Muhammad Slamet, pp. 33-47, Monash University, Melbourne, 1977
(pp. ii + 61).
ARTICLES
5. COPPEL, C. A. — Values and thc Study of the Indonesian Chinese, in Review of Indonesian and Malayan
Affairs X/2: 77-84 (Julv-I)ec. 1076).
6. COPPEL. C. A. - Studying the Chinese Minorities: A Review, in Indonesia 24: 175-183 (October, 1977).
THESIS IN PROGRESS
Master
R. O'NEILL
36
— Trance and Religion in Bali
of
Arts
ITALIAN
Chairman
of department:
Professor
C A.
McCormick
Professor COLIN ANGUS McCORMICK
Senior Lecturer CORDELIA GUNDOLF
Lecturer MYRA C A U O
Principal Tutor ANNA MARIA SABBIONE
1.
2.
3
4.
5.
The poetry of Montale.
Ferdinando Gagliardi and his book on Australia.
Italian dialects in Australia.
Early Italian anarchists in Australia.
Enlightenment in 18th century Italy.
M.A
Theses in
Progress
P. GENOVES1 - Periodization of Italian 20th century literature
J. GIOSCIO - The dialects of Lucania
W. MUSOLINO - 77ie poctrv of Eugenio Montale
I. O'HALLORAN
- The poetry of Umberto Saba
MIDDLE EASTERN STUDIES
Chairman
of department:
Mr A. D.
Hallam
Professor JOHN BOWMAN
Readers A1M0 EDWARD MURTONEN,
JOHN ARTHUR THOMPSON
Senior Lecturers ARTHUR DUDLEY H A L L A M ,
ABDUL KHAL1Q KAZI,
NASSEH MIRZA
Lecturer JAMES GARFIELD FRASER
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Commentary on Jeremiah - Dr J. A. Thompson.
The character of Israel's 'Haters' in the Old Testament — Dr J. A. Thompson.
Hebrew in its West Semitic Setting - Dr A. Murtonen.
History of Islam in Australia since World War 2 - Dr A. K. Kazi.
A Study of Modern Arab Society — Dr N. Mir/.a.
Baptism and Atonement in Syriac Christianity — Professor J. Bowman.
A. A R A B I C AND I S L A M I C ( M I D D L E E A S T i S T U D I E S
PhD Theses in
Progess
ATA. I. — Impact of the Australian culture on the assimilation and social behaviour of Lebanese migrants in
Melbourne
MOJUMDER, A. J. — Arabic, Persian and Turkish words in Bengali
SALT. J. — The building of the Hejaz railway
M.A.
Theses in
Progress
DAY, A. — Sources and elements of Mughal Miniatures at the time of Akbar and Jahangir
DIAB, E. — Conditions in Egypt leading up to the political revolution of 1952
KEDEM, R. — Symbolism in Islamic Art. Middle Eastern art and art concepts
MOUSSA, MOHAMMAD
— Crime and Punishment in Islamic Sharia
MOUSSA, MOHAMAD EM AD A. A. - A Comparative Study of Al-Farabi'.s First Chief and the Muslim
Caliph
NAZRALLAH.
N. - The Palestine Problem
B. A R C H A E O L O G Y ( M I D D L E E A S T E R N )
PhD Theses in
Progress
CLARK, V. — A study of Safaitic Inscriptions from the Eastern Desert of Transjordan
OSBORNE, W. — The Development of Judicial Procedures in the Ancient Near East
M.A.
SAMSONAKIS,
Thesis in
Progress
S. — Sociological aspects ofthe Safaitic Society
C. COMPARATIVE RELIGION (MIDDLE EAST]
M.A.
Theses in
Progress
FLATTLEY. K. — God and Suffering in Biblical and Post-Biblical Literature
WHITE, P. J. — 77ie Influence of Syrian Asceticism on the Ascelical Theology of St. John Chrysostom
D. H E B R E W S T U D I E S
PhD Theses in
Progress
AMINOKF, I. — The Conflict between Jacob and Esau as Refected in Midrashic-Talnntdic Sources and
Contemporary Parallel Literature
BERGMAN. B. — Hebrew Literature — A New Method of Analysis
HALLAM, A. D. — Jesus and the Hebrew Heritage
SHAVITSKY,
Z. — A Critical and Comparative Study of Methods of Teaching language to Immigrants to
Israel and in Australia
38
MIDDLE EASTERN STUDIES
M.A.
Theses in
39
Progress
AVIAD, E. — The Language of the Mishnah According to Manuscripts and Oral Tradition
KAL1CH, E. — The Part-lime Education in the Jewish Community as a Contributing Factor Determining the
Maintenance of their National Identity in their Country of Adoption 1920-40
E . J U D A I C A AND J U D A E O - C H R I S T I A N S T U D I E S
M.A.
Theses in
Progress
FIELD, R. - The Symbol Fire in Biblical and Post-Biblical Literature
LENG, W. — Symbolism in Selected Prophets in Israel
LLOYD, A. — The Exegetical Methods of John Chrysostom
McNAIR, D. - Biblical Influences in Writing of C. S. Lewis
TUDBALL, B. — A form critical study of the Seventh Century Minor Prophets of Israel
F. S Y R I A C S T U D I E S
PhD Theses in
Progress
FRANK, E. — A Translation and Critical Edition of Medieval Syriac Manuscripts
OKNO, G. — A Critical Theological Analysis of St. Ephraem's Hymns and Homilies
M.A.
MAHON,
Thesis in
Progress
P. — Early Christian lives oj the Saints or Martyrs
PUBLISHED WORKS
BOOKS
I . BOWMAN, J. - Samaritan Documents - Relating lo their History. Religion and Life. Translated and edited
by John Bowman. (Pittsburgh 1977). pp. 370.
CHAPTERS IN BOOKS
2. THOMPSON, J. A. — The root 'Im in Semitic Languages and some proposed new translations in Ugaritic and
Hebrew, in A Tribute to Arthur Vobbus, Studies in Early Christian Literature and its environment primarily in
the Syrian East. (Chicago, 1977), pp. 159-166.
3. BOWMAN, J. - Exorcism and Baptism, in /( Tribute to Arthur Voobus. Studies in Early Christian Literature
and its environment primarily in the Syrian East. (Chicago, 1977), pp. 249-263.
ARTICLES
4. THOMPSON, J. A. - Israel's 'Lovers', Vents Testamenlum. X X V I I . 4. 1977. pp. 475-481.
Doctor of
Philosophy
1. JAWARY, S. - A Critical Discussion and Translation of the Anonymous Garshuni Commentary on Genesis
— 11:26 36:20 According to Mingana Ms. 132A.
Master
of A rts
2. FARQUER. A. M. - Christology in the Quran
3. PRESTON, L. - Gnosticism: A Psychological Interpretation of Gnostic Themes
4. SALT, J. — Islam in Syrian Ideology and Political Practice
PHILOSOPHY
Chairman
of department:
Fr. J. E.
D'Arcy
Boycc Gibson Professor LEONARD GODDARD
Readers CECIL ANTHONY JOHN COADY
JOSEPH ERIC D'ARCY
GRAEME DONALD MARSHALL
JAN TADEUSZ JFRZY SRZEDNICKI
Senior Lecturers DONALD LAWRENCE GUNNER
MARY AGNES McCLOSKEY
Lecturers BRENDA MARY JUDGE
BRUCE LANGTRY
LEONARD JOHN O'NEILL
W I L L I A M KEVIN PRESA
VERNON IRVING RICE
BRIAN FRANCIS SCARLETT
BARRY MARSHALL TAYLOR
Research Fellow Visiting Professor ALLAN CAMERON JACKSON
Senior Tutor ANN ELIZABETH JACKSON
Full-time
Tutors LYNDA CLAIRE BURNS
DENIS JOHN ROBINSON
Part-time
Tutors MELVYN AKIE
IRENE BLONDER
LYNNE BROUGHTON
ALEX DEL PORTO
BARBARA GREY
RUSSELL GRIGG
VIDA JARASIUS
HINTON I.OWF
CATHY LOWY
GEOFFREY MARNELL
RICHARD MILLER
ANN NEGRI
CHRIS OPIE
TA MAS PATAKI
WAYNE PATTERSON
JOHN PRICE
NATHAN TIERNEY
STANISLAUS VAN HOOFT
RICHARD WYATT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
40
Representation and Reality (for PhD thesis al ANU) - Brenda Judge.
Locke on Representative Ideas: Agency and Causation - Brenda Judge.
The Semantics of Mass Terms (for PhD thesis at La Trobe) — D. J. Robinson.
Logical probability; identity through time: the philosophy of Leibniz - B. Langtry.
Definition of knowledge — C. Lowy.
Social Problems — C. Lowy.
Principles of Rational Enquiry - I . . J. O'Neill.
Studies on the Tractatus I.ogico Philosophicus — L. J. O'Neill.
Leibniz; objectivity, identity through time - L. J. O'Neill.
Critical problems — J. T. i . Srzednicki.
Inquiry into the nature of ethical discourse — J. T. J. Srzednicki.
Examination of concepts of democratic and responsive governments — J. T. J. Srzednicki.
S. Lesniewski's Logical papers (a translation and edition of Lesniewski's collected published work in
collaboration with the Institute of Logic, Jagicllon University, Krakow, and D. Barnett, department of
Philosophy, Flinders University) - .1. T. J. Srzednicki.
Limits of computation — J. T. J. Srzednicki.
The semantics of natural language - B. M. Taylor.
Reductionism — D. I.. Gunner.
Rawls's Reflective Equilibrium, especially his account of Conscientious Refusal and Tolerating the Intolerant
- Eric D'Arcy.
Intellectualist, Symbolist, and self-contained-language-games accounts ofthe logical status of religious belief
and ritual — Eric D'Arcy.
Four Essays on Rationality - G. D. Marshall.
Ovcrdetermination and the Emotions - G. D. Marshall.
PHILOSOPHY
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
41
Activity and Passivity - G. D. Marshall.
Epiphenomenalism — B. F. Scarlett.
Sensation - B. F. Scarlett.
Reasons, Morals and Mental Conflict - M. A. McCloskey.
An Interpretation of Kant's Critique of Aesthetic Judgement — M. A. McCloskey.
Foundations of Aesthetic Appraisal - M. A. McCloskey.
Intrinsic Good — M. A. McCloskey.
Pleasure, Beautv and Good in Plato - M. A. McCloskey.
Mysticism - VV. K. Presa.
Emotions - W. K. Presa.
Metaphor and imagination - \V. K. Presa.
PUBLISHED WORK
BOOKS
SRZEDNICKI. J. T. J. ed. - Melbourne International Philosophy Series. (With L. M. Broughton, assist, editor.)
(Publisher: Martin Nijhoff, The Hague.)
Published volumes:
1. N. KOTENSTRE1CH - Philosophy. History and Politics. 1976.
2. J. T. I . SRZEDNICKI - Elements of Social and Political Philosophy. 1976.
3. W. TATARKIEWICZ - Analysis of Happiness. 1976.
Others in preparation.
ARTICLES
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
D'ARCV, E. - Conscience in Journal o f Medical Ethics. London, June 1977.
JUDGE, B. - On Reflection in Psychotherapy (forthcoming).
LANGTRY. B. - Popper on Induction and Independence in Philosophy of Science 44 (1977). pp. 326-331.
LANGTRY. B. - Young on Decisions Concerning Medical Aid in Theory and Decision S (1977). pp. 377-379.
LOWY. C. - Gettier's Notion of Justification in Mind, January 1977.
LOWY. C. — The Distinction between Health and Welfare — a Conceptual Discussion with Special Reference
lo the Arthritic. Paper presented at A.N.Z.A.A.S. Conference, August 1977.
7. O'NEILL, L. J. - Account of Hume's Causation in Philosophical Studies (forthcoming).
8. SRZEDNICKI. J. T. J. - The Two Paradoxes of Induction in Dialectics and Humanism, Februarv 1976.
9. TAYLOR, B. M. - Tense and Continuity in Linguistics and Philosophy I : pp. 199-220 (1977).
Doctor of
1. PATTERSON,
W. A. - The Identity Theory of Mind
Master
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Philosophy
of
Arts
AK1E, M. — A Characterization of Justice
BRIN. P. — Self Realization: an analysis
HUGHES. D. - An Examination of an Argument of E. L. Mascall's in The Christian Universe
JARASIUS. V — An Analysis of Quine's Philosophy ofScience
JONAS, R. - Metaphysics and the Consciousness of Individuals
WYATT, R. - Slramon's Metaphysics in his Individuals
PhD Theses in
Progress
L. BROUGHTON — Language and Innate Structure
L. BURNS — Precision and Vagueness
J. CROSSTHWAITE
— Analysis and Comparison of Some Theories of Meaning
C. GARDNER - Punishment'
B. GREY — 77me. Responsibility and the Essential Attributes of Persons
H. LOWE — Aeslhelic Judgement
C. OPIE - Vagueness
T. PATAKI - Facts. Events and Stales of Affairs
A. THEOPHANOUS
— The Structure of Experience and the Foundations of Science
J. WECKERT - Conceptual Schemes
M.A
Theses in
Progress
I. BLONDER — Psychologism: Frege-Husserl Dispute
R. COTTER — Teleological Explanation and Action
A. DEL PORTO - Davidson's Identity Theory
R. GR1GG — Hermeneulic Phenomenology of Paul Ricoeur
42
G.
R.
R.
A.
G.
A.
C.
G.
N.
FACULTY OF ARTS
MARNELL - Hypothetical Universalization in Ethics
MILLER - On Explanation
MILTIADOU - The Status of Reality
NEGRI - Equality - Political Philosophy
RAWNSLEY
— The possibility of Formalizing an Inductive Logic — Philosophy
RAY — Philosophical Problems of Political Utopianism
SANDS — A Review of Freud and Sartre's Theories of Mind
SMITH - Kant: 3rd Antinomy
TIERNEY - Philosophy of Natural Science
ofScience
POLITICAL SCIENCE
Chairman
of department:
Professor
A. F.
Davies
Professors ALAN FRASER DAVIES
JOHN MARCUS POWER
Readers KENNETH GREGORY ARMSTRONG
LLOYD GORDON CHURCHWARD
EDWIN ARTHUR HUCK (Dean of Arts)
LEON GEORGE PERES
Senior Lecturers PHILLIP GEORGE CAVELL DARBY
MARJORIE JEAN HOLMES
A L A N H U G O HUGHES
D A V I D ALASTAIR KEMP
FRANK GRAHAM LITTLE
DONALD FRANCIS MILLER
Lecturers
BRUCE WYNDHAM HEADEY
JONATHAN KING
DAVID FRANCIS
BURKE TUCKER
Research Assistant ELSIE HOLMSTROM
Senior Associate SIR W I L L I A M KILPATRICK
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
A rollcall analysis of U.S. Congressmen's ideology.
A survey of the Australian public's expressed values and aspirations, to be used as a basis for designing
appropriate "positive'' welfare programs.
An econometric study of different rates of economic return available to homeowners and tenants under
different sets of assumptions about inflation, mortgage interest rates and investment returns.
Work roles of Victorian public servants.
The structure of federal/state public opinion in Australia.
Culture and party politics in Australia.
Swinging voters.
Electoral analysis.
The concept of metaphor and its relation to knowledge and social exchange.
Local government in Australia.
Intergovernmental relations in Australia.
Urban development corporations in Australia.
Skills, passions and outlooks.
A social and political history of Australia.
Research into strains on responsible government in Australia today.
Anomic sentiment in prisons.
The measurement of optimal liberal sentiments.
Worker participation in management in West Germany.
PUBLISHED WORK
BOOKS
1. DAVIES. A. F., ENCEL, S. and BERRY, M . - (eds.) Australian Society A Sociological Introduction (3rd
Edition), Longman Cheshire. Melbourne. 1977.
2. HOLMES, J. and SIIARMAN, C. - (joint authors) - The Australian Federal Svstem Allen & Unwin,
Sydney. 1977.
CHAPTERS OF BOOKS
1.
DARBY. P. G. C. — "East of Suez Reassessed" in British Defence Policy in a Changing World. J. Baylis
(ed.), Croom Helm London, 1977,_pp. 52-65.
2. LITTLE. G. (with E. HOLMSTROM) - "Family Authority" in A. F. Davies, S. Enccl. M . Berry (eds.),
Australian Society A Sociological Introduction. Longman Cheshire, 1977.
3. LITTLE. G. - "Students' Conceptions of the University", in O. Dent, P. Kringas and S. Mugford, (eds.)
Readings in Social Research and the Life Cycle. A.N.U. Press. 1977.
ARTICLES
4.
HEADEY, B. — "Governing Parties as Agenda Setters. Policy Initiators and Policy Reactors: Housing
Politics in Sweden, the U.K. and the U.S.A." American Political Science Association Conference
proceedings. September 1-4, 1977.
43
44
FACULTY OF ARTS
5. HOLMES, J. — "Administrative Style and Sir Frederic Eggleston", Australian Journal of Public
Administration 36: 3, 249-257 (1977).
6. HOLMES, J. — "Administrative Chronicle of Victoria" in Australian Journal of Public Administration 36:
3, 285-291 (1977).
7. HOLMES, J. - "Making Federalism Work: The State Perspective in The Politics of New Federalism of
"New Federalsim". ed. Dean Jaensch, A.P.S.A., Adelaide, pp. 192-6 (1977).
8. HOLMES, J. - "Bureaucrats on the Brink? - a Critique in Bureaucrats on the Brink. R.I.P.A. Qld..
pp. 115-23, 1977.
9. HOLMES, J. - "Political Chronicle - Victoria" in Australian Journal of Politics and Historv 22: I , pp. 8591; 22: 3, pp. 405-10 (1977).
10. HOLMES. J. - "Victorian State Politics" CA B. 53: I I . 16-31 (1977).
11. KEMP, D. A. - "Political Parties and Australian Culture" Quadrant. X X I . No. 12: 3-13 (1977).
In 1977 there were 17 Doctor of Philosophy candidates and 35 Master of Arts (16 full-time and 19 part-time)
enrolled in the department.
Doctor of
1. McINTYRE,
A ustralia
ANGUS
PILCHER
Philosophy
- Political Styles and Political Change in the Communist Party of
Master
of
Arts
2. MARKWICK, ROGER DENNIS - Leon Trotsky: The Rise of Fascism and the Communist International
3. NICHOLLS, MARGOT VIOLET - Growing Crisis in Commonwealth/State Financial Relations 1948-1973
4. PALMER, DAVID F. - Army Base-Host Community: A Case Study of the Social Integration ofthe Military
and Larger Society
5. WEBB, ANN VALERIE - Biafra: Foreign Policy in the Quest for Statehood. 1967-1970
6. WIENEKE, DIANE - Politics and Personality
7. WHITFORD, KEITH JAMES - 77ie Political Imagination of British Migrant Schoolchildren
PSYCHOLOGY
Chairman of department: Professor
Professors SAMUEL BATTLE HAMMOND
GORDON VEITCH STANLEY
ALEXANDER JAMES WEARING
Readers FRANK KNOPFELMACHER
ROGER JULYAN WALES
Senior Lecturers WARREN KEITH BARTLETT
LOREN ROSS BORLAND
GODFREY GARDNER
NORMA GRIEVE
TAMARA KOTLER
CHARLES W I L L I A M LANGLEY
KEITH FRANCES TAYLOR
KEVIN W I L L I A M WALSH
Lecturers PATRICIA LESLEY BROTHERTON
TERRENCE MICHAEL CAELLI
I A N MATTHEW CAMPBELL
ANTOINETTE GABRIELLE CROSS
GORDON RICHARD GATES
VIRGINIA MARGARET HOLMES
NANCY ELLEN McMURRAY
JEFFERY JOSEPH SUMMERS
Senior Tutors SUSAN MARY CHAMBERS
MARIA CHRISTINA LAWSON
CHRISTINE MARGARET MARTIN
THEODORUS GERARDUS WERNER NIENHUYS
ROBYN PENMAN
Tutors RIGMOR HELENE BERG
ROSS McNElL GURNEY
LYNNE JENKINS
GERALD1NE O'CONNOR
GWYNETH OTTREY
MICHAEL WALLIS ROSS
YVONNE STOLK
HUGH TONER
Alexander
J.
Wearing
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
Markovian stability in behaviour sequences.
Symmetrization of incidence matrices.
Geometry of visual space-time.
Processes underlying visual shape, texture, and motor perception.
Multidimensional scaling of curved spaces.
Instrument effect in objective personality inventories.
The natural history of personality disorders.
The efficacy of restricted sensory input as a therapeutic technique.
Thc role of parent and sibling speech in normal, delayed, and aphasic language development.
Language acquisition and cognitive development in normal, deaf, and communicatively disordered children.
The development of speech, language, and conversation abilities in day-care centres.
Investigations of mother-infant interaction at the pre-linguistic stages.
Handedness.
Audiogenic seizures.
Timing and behaviour.
Neuropsychology of multiple sclerosis.
Cerebral asymmetry.
Context effects in sentence comprehension.
Early visuo-motor experience in the kitten.
Freud and Weber.
Paradigms in the social sciences.
Parental involvement and school achievement in a socio-economically homogeneous group.
Methods of representing interpersonal relations in families — by structural analysis and by mutual
evaluations.
Socio-economic contrasts in same-sex and cross-sex parent-child interactions.
Contrasting resources in disturbed and non-disturbed family systems.
Personal space, body build, and self-esteem.
Assertion training with adolescents.
Human relations training, self-esteem, and socialization with primary school children.
Aspects of concept learning with mentally retarded students.
Effects of assertion training on adolescent delinquent self-esteem.
Acquisition and development of phonology in children.
Sex roles, homosexuality, and societal control.
45
46
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
FACULTY OF ARTS
Cross-cultural studies in conservatism and political socialiation.
Developmental assessment techniques in developmental neuropsychology.
Psychological factors in pain.
Visual information processing in dyslexia.
Memory representation and the production of skilled movements.
A longitudinal study of career development.
Intonation and ambiguity.
Children's abilities to use words involving spatial and temporal references.
The analysis and synthesis of speech by computer.
Subjective models of the economy.
Methodological problems in dynamic modelling.
Social judgment theory and decision making.
Complexity and problem solving and decision making.
Social impact analysis.
Stages in problem solving.
PUBLISHED WORKS
BOOK
I.
DAY, R. H. and STANLEY, G. V. - Eds. Studies in Perception. University of Western Australia Press,
1977.
CHAPTERS IN BOOKS
2. CROSS, A. G. — Mother's Speech Adjustments: the Contribution of Selected Child Listener Variables, in
Talking to Children: Language Input and Acquisition, eds C. E. Snow and C. A. Ferguson, pp. 151-188.
Cambridge University Press, 1977.
3. HAMMOND, S. B. — Personality Studied by the Method of Rating in the Life Situation, in Handbook of
Modern Personality Theorv, eds R. B. Cattell and R. M . Dreger, pp. 43-68. Halstead Press, New York. 1977.
4. HERON, A., GARDNER, L. and GRIEVE, N. - Concrete Operational Development in Yugoslav
Immigrant and Australian Children, in Basic Problems in Cross-Cultural Psychology, cd. Y. H. Poortinga,
pp. 43-68. Swets and Zeitlinger, Amsterdam, 1977.
5. STANLEY, G. V. - Visual Information Processing and Specific Reading Disability (Dyslexia), in Studies in
Perception, eds R. H. Day and G. V. Stanley, pp. 224-240. University of Western Australia Press, 1977.
ARTICLES
6. ARMSTRONG, A. F. and WEARING, A. J. — A Social Impact Assessment of Changes in Mornington
Peninsula. Social Impact Assessment 23: 14 (1977) (abstract).
7. BROTHERTON, P. L. and PENMAN, R. A. - A Comparison of Some Characteristics of Male and
Female Speech. Journal of Social Psychology 103: 161-162 (1977).
8. CAELLI, T. M . - Is Perceived Length Affected by Interactions between Orientation Detectors? Vision
Research 17: 837-941 (1977).
9. CHEN, C. S. and GATES, G. R. — Maturational State of the Auditory Receptor System and the Sensitive
Period for Priming for Audiogenic Seizure in Mice. Experimental Neurology 54: 283-290 (1977).
10. CHEN, C. S. and GATES, G. R. — Effects of 6-Aminonicotinamide on Abolition and Induction of
Audiogenic Seizure. Experimental Neurology 57: 1049-1053 (1977).
11. CHEN, C. S. and GATES, G. R. - Offset-induced Audiogenic Seizures. Experientia 33: 1467-1468 (1977).
12. CLARK, G. M . , O'LOUGHLIN, B. J.. RICKARDS. F. W.. TONG. Y. C. and WILLIAMS. A. J. Assessment of Cochlea Implant Patients. Journal of Laryngology and Otology 91: 697-708 (1977).
13. CROSS, A. G. — Mothers' Speech Adjustments and Child Language Learning: Some Methodological
Considerations Working Papers in Linguistics No. 3: 15-32. University of Melbourne, 1977.
14. ELTON, D. and STANLEY, G. V. - Relaxation as a means of pain control. Psychotherapy 63: 22 (1977).
15. ELTON, D., BURROWS, G. D. and STANLEY, G. V. - Psychological Control of Pain. Australian
Journal of Clinical Hypnosis 5: 12-24 (1977).
16. GARDNER, GODFREY — The Higher-order Needs of London Bus Crews: a Two-factor Analysis. Human
Relations 30: 767-785 (1977).
17. GARDNER. GODFREY - Is there a Valid Test of Herzberg's Two-factor Theory? Journal of Occupational
Psychology 50: 197-204 (1977).
18. GARDNER, GODFREY - Workers' Participation - a Critical Evaluation of Coch and French. Human
Relations 30: 1071-1078 (1977).
19. HILL, D. J., GARDNER, G. J., CARSON, N . E., EAST, SUSAN, GRAY, N. J.. HEFFERNAN, M . W.
and PAGET, N . S. — General Practitioners and Cancer Education. Australian Familv Phvsician 6: pp. 4
(1977).
20. McMURRAY, N . E. and BERNARD, M. E. - Instructional Design for Accelerating Children's Concept
Learning. Journal of Educational Psychology 69: 660-667 (1977).
21. NIENHUYS, T. G. W. and CLARK. G. M'. - Frequency Discrimination and Critical Bands following the
Selective Destruction of Cochlea Inner and Outer Hair Cells. IRCS Medical Science 5: 586 (1977).
22. ROGERS. L. J„ ROSS, M. W. and McCULLOUCH, H. - Stigma, Sex and Society: Gender
Differentiation and Sexual Variation. Social Biology Resources Centre Report. University of Melbourne
(1977).
PSYCHOLOGY
47
23.
ROSS, M. W. - Paradigm Lost or Paradigm Regained? Behaviour Modification and Homosexuality. New
Zealand Psychologist 6: 42-51 (1977).
24. SCHNEIDER, M . A., BROTHERTON, P. L. and HAILES, J. - The Effect of Exogenous Oestrogene on
Depression in Menopausal Women. Medical Journal of Australia 2: 162-163 (1977).
25. STANLEY, G. V. — Visual Information Processing and Reading. Australian Journal of Remedial Education
9: 10-13 (1977).
26. SUMMERS, J. J. — Adjustments to Redundancy in Reaction Times: a Comparison of Three Learning
Methods. Acta Psychologica 41: 205-223 (1977).
27. SUMMERS, J. J. — The Relationship between the Sequencing and Timing Components of a Skill. Journal
of Motor Behavior 9: 49-59 (1977).
28. TAYLOR, K. F., KELSO, G. 1., and REMENYI, A. G. - Psychological Perspectives on the Work ofthe
Commonwealth Employment Service. Australian Psychologist 12: 273-281 (1977).
29. WALES, R. J. — Revue du language et de la pensee chez Tenfant. Hommage a Jean Piaget: Bulletin de
Psychologie 30: 406-408 (1977).
30. WALKER, J., FLETCHER, C. A., WILLIAMS, R. S. and TAYLOR. K. F. - Performance Appraisal: an
Open or Shut Case? Personnel Review 6: 38-42 (1977).
31. WEARING, A. J. - An Exploration of the Long Term Development or Telecommunications in Australia.
Program on Information Technologies and Puhlic Policy. 1977 (abstract).
REPORTS
32. S. M. CHAMBERS - Melbourne Psychology Report No. 28. 1977 - An Inhibition Effect in Word
Recognition?
33. TAMARA KOTLER and PH1LIPPA PATTISON - Melbourne Psychology Report No. 29, 1977 Representing Interpersonal Relations in Families; I : A Structural Analysis.
34. TAMARA KOTLER and PETER W. SALMON - Melbourne Psychology Report No. 30, 1977 Representing Interpersonal Relations in Families, 11: Mutual Evaluations.
35. NEIL J. McLEAN and I A N M . CAMPBELL - Melbourne Psychology Report No. 31, 1977 - The
Drinking Driver: a Personality Profile.
36. S. M . CHAMBERS - Melbourne Psychology Report No. 32, 1977 - The Use of Visual Stimulus
Information in Word Recognition: Letter and Order Information.
37. ANONA F. ARMSTRONG and ALEXANDER J. WEARING - Melbourne Psychology Report No. 33,
1977 — A Social Impact Assessment of Some Current and Expected Changes in the Social Environment of
the Mornington Peninsula.
38. SUSIE ALLANSON and TAMARA KOTLER - Melbourne Psychology Report No. 34, 1977 Socioeconomic Contrasts in Same-Sex and Cross Sex Parent-Child Interactions.
39. PAUL LAF1TTE - Melbourne Psychology Report No. 35, 1977 - Personality: an Introduction to a
General Psychological Theory of Action.
40. CARMEN STEGER and TAMARA KOTLER - Melbourne Psychology Report No. 36. 1977 Contrasting Resources in Disturbed and Non-Disturbed Family Systems.
41. R. W. DAWSON and N. E. McMURRAY - Melbourne Psychology Report No. 37, 1977 Desensitization without Hierarchical Presentation and Concomitant Relaxation.
42. ROBYN A. PENMAN - Melbourne Psychology Report No. 38, 1977 - Manifest and Latent
Communication: a Conceptual Scheme for thc Classification of Marital and Family Interactions.
43. B. J. ROBBINS and P. L. BROTHERTON - Melbourne Psychology Report No. 39, 1977 - Mood Change
with Alcohol Intoxication.
44. GREG MURPHY and GODFREY GARDNER - Melbourne Psychology Report No. 40, 1977 - Job
Satisfaction and Turnover among Psychologists in Two Government Departments.
45. DAVID HILL and GODFREY GARDNER - Melbourne Psychology Report No. 41, 1977 - RepressionSensitization and Yielding to Threatening Health Communications.
46. M . W. ROSS - Melbourne Psychology Report No. 42, 1977 - Societal Reaction Theory: a
Phenomenological Approach.
47. SUSAN C.SOMERVILLE, B. A. HADKINSON and C. GREENBERG - Melbourne Psychology Report
No. 43, 1977 — Two Levels of Inferential Behaviour in Young Children.
48. GRAEME HOLLOWAY and A L A N ISAACS - Melbourne Psychology Report No. 44, 1977 - A
Versatile Laboratory Interface System.
Master
of Arts
1. ALLOWAY, WENDI J. - Effects of Behavioural Self-Control on Disruptive Behaviour in Classrooms: a
Method of Programming Generalization
2. FARHALL, JOHN F. - The Nature ofthe Third Factor in the W1SC-R
3. MOLLOY, MAUREEN P. — A Neuropsychological Investigation of the Memory Disorder found in Chronic
Alcoholism
4. PRESS, MALCOLM — An Investigation into the Effects of Assertion Training and Increasing Positive Male
Statements on Raising Self-Esteem in Juvenile Delinquent Males
5. SECOMB, MEREDITH A. — Religious Experience and Ego Permissiveness in a Charismatic and a Divine
Light Group
6. STUART, IAN M. — The Study of the Origins and Nature of Number Conservation
7. WANGEMAN, JOHN F. — Coping with Stress: Impulsivity Trait-state Reactions under Stressful Conditions
8. WYATT, GOERGE A. - The Acqusition of English by Turkish and Italian Children
48
FACULTY OF ARTS
Doctor of
Philosophy
1. M. CAMPBELL - The Joint Domain ofthe MMPI and the CPI
P. N. CLARKE - Pre-training Influences upon Student Teachers
A. G. CROSS — An Analysis ofthe Course of Development of Language in the Pre-school Child
M. G. DARBYSHIRE
— A Study of Behavioural, Cognitive, and Development Anomalies: Deficits in Children
R. DAWSON — An Investigation into the Consequences of the Direct Manipulation of Covert Behaviours in
Behaviour Therapy
D. ELTON — Cognitive Control of Pain
M. FORD — Planning in Sentence Production
L. GETHING - Extreme Response Styles
J. D. GUDKOVS — Depression — a Psychoanalytic and Cognitive Development Approach
R. M. GURNEY — The Self under Stress: a Study of School Leavers in a Period of High Unemployment
D. J. HILL — Situational and Personality Determinants of Precautionary Health Behaviour in Response to
Persuasive Communications
R. W. HOLDEN - The Delinquent Self
A. H. HUGHES — Some Aspects of Subjective Alienation (including its measurement)
S. E. JONES — Divergent Thinking in Primary School Children
F. D. KIELLERUP — Social Class, Ability, and Anxiety Contrasts in the Written Language of Primary School
Children
T. N. G. NIENHUYS
— A Behavioural Study of the Role of Hair Cells in Frequency Processing in the Cal
P. E. PATTISON — The Analysis of Social Structure by the Algebra of Semi-groups
R. PENMAN — The Structure of Communication in Dyadic Systems
R. C. ROBINSON — Learning in Courses of Continuing Education
M. W. ROSS — Homosexuality. Sex Roles, and Societal Control
H. ROWE — The Interrelation of Various Componential Processes in Problem Solving
C. SHARP — Lateralization of Motor Functions in the Cerebral Hemispheres
S. SMALE — Transactions and Perceptions within Families
J. A. UMANSKY
— Reading Retardation: an Information Processing Approach
A. WILLIAMS
— Investigations of Speech Perception in Young Children
Master
of
Arts
L. A. ALBERTSON
— Psychological Aspects of Visual Teleconferencing
S. J. ALLANSON
— Efficacy of Certain Small-group Training Procedures for Workers in Social Welfare
A. F. ARMSTRONG
- An Application of Social Impact Analysis
F. A. BAGOT — Effects of Anaesthesia with Children
R. J. BARKER - Validation of Personality Types from Internal Data
I. M. BOCK — The Role of Information in Farm Management Decision Making
V. BOYD — Judgments of the Relationship between Students' Facial Expressions and Proximity in Interaction
between Greek and Australian Subjects
C. A. BURTON - Disorders of Higher Cortical Function
G. J. CHANT - Managers' Preferences for Compensation Packages
A. E. CROOK - Organizational Strategies for Turbulent Environments - Coping with Uncertainly
F. R. FAIR — Item Level Factorial Relationships among CPI and EPI Assessment Devices for Males and
Females
M. M. E. FIELD — Agenesis of the Corpus Callosum: a Developmental Neuropsychological Studv
P. D. FOX - Is nach a Situation Artifact?
G. GALLAGHER
- A Study of Cognitive Development as it Relates to Mathematical Learning - Children's
Understanding of Proportionality and Operations on Fractions
J. GREEN - Perceptions and Constructs of Health Professionals
M. E. HENDERSON - Work Role Centrality
R. HUDSON - Patterns of Alcoholism
K. M. KIRBY - Structural Ambiguity
M. A. KOTZMAN - Memory and Testing of Patients with Related Brain Damage
J. LANGFORD - Presuppositions
A. R. LOWE - Personality in Sport
I. W. MACMILLAN
— Parameters of Recognition Memory
N. MAIZELS - Self Ratings on Personality Attributes: a CPI Validity Study.
C. M. MARTIN — The Vocational Choices of Males and Females
J. P. MATTHEWS
— Importance of Semantics and Classification Tasks
P. E. MILLIS — Cognitive Behavioural Therapy: Group vs Individual
C. J. S. MOLLOY - Employee Job Compatibility: a Study of Low-level Technical Workers
J. MUNRO — Intellectual and Linguistic Abilities Involved in ihe Solution of Verbal Arithmetic Problems
B. M. O'CONNEL - Sex, Personality, and Background of Melbourne's Illicit Drug Users
G. O'CONNOR — Perception and Production in Children's Speech
G. L. O'NEIL — Local and Global Processing in the Visual System
G. OTTREY — Investigation of Verbal I Vocal Exchanges between Mothers and their Infanls
P. PERSHIN — Developmental Stages in Graphic Production in Preschool Children
R. PICKERING - Cumulative Deficit Hypothesis
L. RECHTER — Patterns of Interaction, Disruption and Stress Coping Mechanisms through First Pregnancy,
Childbirth, and Infancy — Parent Variables
A. J. RZECHORZEK
— Functional Asymmetry of the Frontal Lobes of Man
M. A. SCHNEIDER - Rape: The Effects on the Victim. A Pilot Study in Melbourne
PSYCHOLOGY
49
C. M. STEGER — Client's Ferceptions of Useful Therapeutic Interventions within a Cognitive-Behavioural
Framework
Y. STOLK — Social and Psychological Factors in the Life-Style of Single Women
S. A. THOMAS — Methodological Problems of Social Judgment Theory
S. F. UMANSKY
— Demographics of Menstruation and Menstrual Discomfort
A. WALT A — The Development of an Understanding ofthe Properties of the Whole Number System in Primary
School Children
G. G. WEARNE — Patterns of Interaction. Disruption and Stress Coping Mechanisms through First Pregnancy,
Childbirth, and Infancy - Baby Variables
Master
of
Science
L. D. ARNOTT — Spatial Abilities and the Teaching of Mathematics
P. E. FOREMAN — Clinical Training of Occupational Therapy Students
M. McGARTLAND
— Comparisons of Factorial Structures of Standard and Short Forms of the MMPI
B. ROBBINS — Personality Factors in Mood Changes with Alcohql Intoxication
R. M. ROSA LION — Cognitive Performance of Tobacco Smokers
ARGC: A Longitudinal Study of Career Development
ARGC: Instructional Variables in Concept Teaching with the Educable Mentally Retarded Student
ARGC: Context Effects in Sentence Perception
ARGC: Some Studies of Children's Ability to Infer Location and Reference from Verbal Instructions
ARGC: Visual Information Processing in Dyslexia
RUSSIAN
Chairman
of department:
Mr P. V.
Cuhberley
Professor ROLAND DENIS SUSSEX
Senior Lecturers PAUL VINCENT CUBBERLEY
IGOR MESHAKOV-KORJAKIN
Lecturers JUDITH MARY ARMSTRONG
RAE DORAN SLONEK
Senior Tutor NATALIA GRISHIN
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Moveable affixes in Polish.
Affix-hopping and the typology of movement rules.
Anglo-Polish. The Polish language in Australia and Britain.
North American English in the media.
Features of phonetic stylistics in the Slavonic languages.
PUBLISHED WORK
ARTICLES
1. ARMSTRONG, R. M. - Desire of desire, Southern Review 29,2: 101-110 (1977).
2. SUSSEX, R. D. — 'A tribute to the Kahanes: contributions to contemporary linguistics.' Review article of
Issues in Linguistics. Papers in Honor of Henry and Rente Kahane. Edited by Braj B. Kachru, Robert B. Lees,
Yakov Malkiel, Angelina Pietrangeli, and Sol Saporta. Urbana, Chicago and London: Universitv of Illinois
Press, 1973. In: Journal of Literary Semantics. 6, 2: 101-108 (1977).
T H E S E S P A S S E D FOR H I G H E R D E C R E E S
Doctor
1. CUBBERLEY,
of
Master
2. KREISMANIS,
Philosophy
P. V. - The role of suprasegmental features in the Slavonic languages.
of
Arts
BA1BA - Towards an understanding of Mikhail Bulgakov's Mauer i Margarita.
Doctor
of
Philosophy
J. E. M . CLARKE - A. A. Barsov's Rossijiskaja Grammatika - a critical study
ZHANNA DOLGOPOLOVA - The structure and humourous effects of modern anecdotes
I. MESHAKOV-KORJAKIN - Yevgeny Yevtushenko: a critical study.
HELEN MAE VICKERY - The Dolgushin case and Dostoevsky's novel A Raw Youth.
IHITA KESARCODI-WATSON - The 'Fallen Woman' in Dostoevsky's Work
Master
of
Arts
L. E. BAGG — A re-examination of Dostoevsky's House of the Dead
HELEN ELIZABETH BORLAND - The Learning of Russian as a second language by native English speakers
in Australia
A. L. COCKERILL — Stylistic examination of the work of Platonov
D. HINTZE — Russian intellectuals as depicted by Chekhov
BELLA HIRSHORN - The influence of Russian literature on the Polish literature of the 20th century
LYDIA VICTORIA KLIMOVITCH - Literature for children in the period 1920-1970: its role in Soviet
literature
A. MOLNAR — 18th Century Russian literature with special reference to the socio-political ideas of Radishchev
R. J. REISNER — The philosophy of Pasternak's art; creative/aesthetic views as an artist and how this manifests
itself in his novel Dr Zhivago
JILL ROSEMARY SCURFIELD - Medieval language influence of Scandinavian on Russian
JULIA WERCHOLA - Contemporary Russian poetry
50
THE HORWOOD LANGUAGE CENTRE
Chairman
of department:
Dr T. J.
Quinn
Reader TERENCE JOHN QUINN
Senior Lecturers WERNER HAARBURGER,
VICTOR AUSTIN
Lecturer PETER GEORGE KELLY
Tutor JOHN STANLEY
Research Assistant COLLEEN ISAAC
1. A position paper on foreign language teaching research in Australia.
2. A programme using uncontrolled language data as source material for training foreign students in the
comprehension of Australian speech.
3. Self-instructional cassette programmes for acquiring basic communicative competence in five ethnic languages.
PUBLISHED WORK
ARTICLES
1. QUINN. T. J. - Choosing among the Options. Babel. 13, 1: 28-29 (1977).
2. KELLY, P. G. - Focus on Reading Skills. Babel. 13. 2: 36-39 (1977).
Grants have been received as follows:Education Research and Development Committee: Position paper on foreign language teaching research in
Australia.
51
CONSERVATIVE DENTISTRY
Chairman
of department:
Dr W.A.
McDougall
Professor of Child Dental Health ELS DON STOREY
Professor of Conservative Dentistry VACANT
Reader WALLACE ARTHUR McDOUGALL
Senior Lecturers MELDRUM JAMES ARTHUR CAMPBELL
RICHARD HENRY HAMMOND
A L A N SCOTT MALCOLM
HARRY ATHOL MclNTOSH
ASJA ALMA VERIEKS
FREDERICK A L L A N CLIVE WRIGHT
Senior Lecturer in Orthodontics VICTOR CHARLES WEST
Lecturers GRAHAM ELLENDER
IAN HOWARD JOHNSON
Lecturer-fixed tenure JOHN ANDREW CARROLL
Special Dental Clinical Tutors ANDREW JOHN SPENCER
SOPHIE FEIK
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
The relationship between force and function during growth, development and maintenance of bone and bones.
Ultrastructure of low calcium/high phosphorus rickets
Connective tissue responses to heavy metals
Effects of beverages on tooth enamel
Permeability of gingival blood vessels in diabetic animals
Dental health status and treatement needs of selected groups in Victoria.
PUBLISHED WORK
ARTICLES
1. BEIGHTON, D. — The effect of cadmium on the normal fissure plaque flora of Sprague-Dawley rats. Archs
oral Biol 22: 99-102 (1977).
2. WEST, V. C , BANG, S„ BAUD, C. A. and MALCOLM. A. S. - The electron microprobe analysis of
osteofluorosis in the rabbit. Calcif Tiss Res. 22: 285-296 (1977).
3. BEIGHTON, D. and MILLER, W. A. - A microbiological study of normal flora of macropod dental plaque.
J dent Res 56: 8 (1977).
4. McDOUGALL, W. A. — The effect of milk on enamel demineralization and remlneralization in vitro. Caries
Res I I : 166-172 (1977).
5. MOR, B. M. and McDOUGALL, W. A. - Effects of milk on pH of plaque and salivary sediment and the oral
clearance of milk. Caries Res I I : 223-230 (1977).
6. WRIGHT, F. A. C. and LEWIS, M. - The palatal-arch pontic appliance. Aust Soc dent Child Bui I : 14-17
(1977).
Doctor of Dental
Science
1. R. K. H ALL - A study of factors inducing hypoplasia and hypocalciftcalion in teeth of man and animal and
associated structural changes
2. G.J. HINRICHSEN
- Changes in the bones and associated structures induced by lateral expansion of the
upper jaw by orthodontic appliances
3. A. S. MALCOLM — Biophysical relationships of osteofluorotic bone
4. V. C. WEST — An investigation into the liquid/solid system of biological calcified tissues
Doctor of
5. D. BEIGHTON
6. G. ELLENDER
Master
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
52
Philosophy
— Effects of various agents on rat fissure plaque.
— Connective tissue responses to some heavy metals
of Dental
Science
ANG WOO YORK - Correlation between dental and skeletal age of two groups of Melbourne children
S. O. AXELSON - Experiments with partial mandibular resection in the rat
J. CARROLL — The delivery of denial care within a University Clinic
D. J. CRACK — The effect of cytotoxic agents on developing dental issue
P. M. DEVES — Tissue changes associated with a caudal vertebral implant
P. J. FARREN - 77ie effects of mechanical stress on the growing rat tail
CONSERVATIVE DENTISTRY
53
13. T. R. HELSBY - Bone and bones, revascularization and subsequent osteogenesis after subcutaneous
transplantation into the rat
14. T. J. HIGGINS — Formation of microbial dental plaque on the root surface of displaced periodontatly
involved teeth
15. T. HOLDER - The effect ofsurgical incision of the transeptal fibres on relapse ofexpanded upper incisors in
the guinea pig
16. G. M. LEVY — Experiments on the caudal vertebrae of the rat
17. JUDITH LEWIS - A summary of subcutaneous autoiransplants of the rat tail
18. A. J. SPENCER - The determination of treatment needs in a secondary school population
19. CHEE STEIDLER - A study of the revascularisation of mucosal grafts in the rat
20. A. J. SUTTON — A study of dimensional changes related to orthodontic therapy
21. J. F. G. WILDE — Stress mediated effects on the morphogenesis of bone in animal systems
NH and MRC: Adaptation of connective tissue, cartilage and bone under altered physical stress in vivo.
Milk Board of Victoria: Factors modifying the effect of milk on dental plaque.
DENTAL MEDICINE AND SURGERY
Chairman
of department:
Professor
P. C.
Reade
Professor PETER CLARENCE READE
Reader in Oral Pathology BRYAN GRAY RADDEN
Senior Lecturer in Dental & Oral Pathology HECTOR JOSIAH ORAMS
Senior Lecturer in Oral Surgery JOHN PRITCHARD STEWART CAMPBELL
Lecturer KENNETH DAVID HAY
Special Dental Clinical Tutor ANTHONY PETER BARRETT
Senior Associate PHILIP RICHARD NEVILLE SUTTON
Senior Research Officer FRANK RUSSELL PARKER SIM
Visiting Research Fellow HAROLD HENRY MESSER
Research Fellow (Part-Time) BARRY FEIGLIN
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
The role of extracellular matrices in dental organogenesis.
Ultrastructural studies of dental hard tissues using ion beam thinning.
The behaviour of cells from odontogenic tissues.
A technical and immunological study into the storage and transplantation of teeth.
The regulatory effect during growth and development of epidermal growth factor.
The brush tail possum Trichosurus vulpecula in experimental oral embryology.
A study of a method of preventing infective endocarditis.
The pathogenesis and histopathology of oral dermatoses.
The effects of tobacco products on human and animal oral mucosa.
Histopathological changes related to the cryotherapy of oral mucous membrane lesions.
Oral carcinoma as it occurs in Victoria.
Oro-facial pain and dental phobia.
PUBLISHED WORKS
ARTICLES
1. BEIGHTON, D. and MILLER, W. A. - (1977) A microbiological study of normal flora of macropod dental
plaque. J.Dent.Res. 156: Aug. pp.995.
2. GERSCHMAN, J. A., BURROWS, G. D. and READE, P. C. - (1977) Oro-facial pain. Aust.Fam.Physic. 6:
Oct. pp. 1219.
3. MILLER, W. A. — (1977) Extreme tooth loss in a specimen of Isoodon macrourus (Peramelidac:
Marsupialia). Aust. Wildl Res. 4: 229-232.
4. ORAMS, H. J. - (1977) Clinical Pathology. A diagnostic aid to the general practitioner. Aust.Dent.J. 22: I ,
37-45.
5. ORAMS, H. J. - (1977) The Swollen Face. Aust.Fam.Physic. 6: Oct. pp. 1243.
6. RADDEN, B. G. and READE, P. C. - (1977) Oral Medicine. Aust.Fam.Physic. 6: Oct. pp. 1259.
7. ROBERTS, M . L. - (1977) Epidermal growth factor concentration in hyperplastic and hypertrophic
submandibular salivary glands of mice. Arch.Oral Biol 22: 233-236.
8. ROBERTS, M. L. - (1977) The in vitro secretion of epidermal growth factor by mouse submandibular salivary
glands. Naunyn-Schmiedeberg's Archives of Pharmacology. 296: 301-305.
T H E S E S PASSED FOR HIGHER D E G R E E
Master
of Dental
Science
1. STEIDLER, N. E. - A study of middle third fractures of the facial skeleton.
2. HENNESSY, J. R. - A clinical study of oro-antral fistulae.
3. FOWLER, G. G. - Oral carcinoma in Victoria.
Doctor of
Philosophy
BARRETT,
A. P. — An investigation into the technical and immunological problems of storage and
transplantation of teeth.
CHALK, A. J. — A study of the kinetics and prevention of bacteraemias induced by oral surgery procedures.
GERSCHMAN,
J. A. — An investigation of oro-facial pain and phobia.
PRIME, S. S. - Studies of bovine odontogenic epithelium.
TATE, G. W. - Differentiation of odontoblasts in vivo and in vitro.
54
DENTAL MEDICINE AND SURGERY
Master
of Dental
Science
BERRY, R. W. — A retrospective survey of patients requiring repealed oral biopsies.
GAFFNEY, T. J, — A study of psychological aspects of pain in clinical dentistry.
HALL, G. M. — A study of autotransplanted teeth.
HAY, K. D. — A clinicopalhological survey of some aspects of oral dermatoses.
McKELLAR, G. M. — The epidemiology of penicillin allergy.
NEWBURY, R. D. — A survey of oral surgery needs in the Victorian community.
NH & MRC — "Studies in dental organogenesis"
Richardson Merrell - "Prophylaxis for bacterial endocarditis"
Rowden White Foundation - The Late Sir A, E. Rowden White Summer Vacation Scholarships.
DENTAL PROSTHETICS
Chairman o f department: Dr C. G. Dennis
Professor HENRY FORM AN ATKINSON
Readers JOHN KENNETH HARCOURT
ROY WILFRED SHEPHERD
Senior Lecturers CLIVE GEOFFREY DENNIS
KEITH DOUGLAS BURTON FAULKNER
HARRY IAN GILL
A L L I N LEONG
W I L L I A M JAMES RALPH
Lecturer MARTYN HARRY SPRATLEY
Part-lime Staff GERARD CONDON
KENNETH JOHNSON
JAMES FREDERICK MCCARTHY
ALEJZY SZWAJCER-PRICE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Studies in dental materials.
Cleft palate and speech.
Mandibular movements.
Temporomandibular joint dysfunction.
Jaw muscle EMG and force.
Properties of peridental ligameni and bone.
Changes in biting force.
Post extraction healing — volume changes.
Posl extraction healing — immediate denture therapy.
Saliva and dental appliances.
Prosthetic needs of the community.
Properties of mouthguard materials.
Factors involved in gerodontics.
Development of the mandibular alveolar process.
PUBLISHED WORKS
ARTICLES
1. ATKINSON, H. F. and RALPH, W. J. - In vitro strength of the human periodontal ligament. J Dent.Res.
56: I , pp. 48-52 (Jan 1977).
2. CONDON, G. — Modified in vivo replica technique for scanning electron microscope. J.Dent.Res. 56: 5,
pp. 542-543 (May 1977).
3. HARCOURT, J. K. — Some common problems with materials. Annals of the Royal Australasian College of
Dental Surgeons, vol. 5, pp. 144-152 (June-1977).
4. GILL, H. 1. - Some aspects of electromyography. Annals of the Royal Australasian College of Dental
Surgeons, vol. 5, pp. 71-75 (June 1977).
5. JOHNSON, K. - A study of the dimensional changes occurring in the maxilla following closed face immediate
denture treatment. Aust.Dent.J. 22: 5, pp. 393-396 (Oct 1977).
6. JOHNSON, K. — A study of the dimensional changes occurring in the maxilla following open face immediate
denture treatment. Aust.Dent.J. 22: 6, pp. 451-454 (Dec 1977).
7. SPRATLEY, M . H. - An estimation of demand for prosthetic dentistry in the year 2000. Aust.Dent.J. 22: 1,
pp. 17-19 (Feb 1977).
Doctor
1. RALPH,
of Dental
Science
W. J. - A study of the tooth support system.
Master
of Dental
Science
2. JACKSON. R. A. — Continuing changes in the contour of the maxillary residual alveolar ridge.
3. KROONE, R. — A clinical survey of partial denture patients.
Doctor
of Dental
GILL, H. 1. — Jaw muscle EMG and force
JOHNSON, K. — Post-extraction healing — volume changes
56
Science
DENTAL PROSTHETICS
57
MCCARTHY, J. — Development of the mandibular alveolar process
PRICE, A. S. — Factors involved in gerodonlics
Master
SPRATLEY,
of Dental
Science
M. H. — An estimate of the supply and demand for prosthetic services in the State of Victoria in
NH & MRC: Studies in dental materials.
ACCOUNTING
Chairman of department: Professor
Professors ROBERT EDWARD GEORGE NICOL
FREDERICK KENNETH WRIGHT
Reader JEAN ST. GEORGE KERR
Senior Lecturers ROBERT CHARLES CLIFT
EDWARD McLAREN HOLMES
KENNETH ALEXANDER MIDDLETON
Lecturers GEOFFREY HERBERT BURROWS
GEOFFREY JOHN HARRIS
NEIL ROBERTS
PETER BEAUFORT SEDDON
A L A N GEORGE TOPP
CHRISTOPHER JOHN WARRELL
JOHN WATERHOUSE WILSON
Visiting Lecturer A L A N EDMOND TALBOT
Tulors COSTA ENGLEZOS
JOHN JAMES GAVENS
GARY JAMES JONES
DAVID ANTHONY ROBERTS
TERRY JAMES SHEVLIN
JOHN ROBERT TREACY
R. E. G.
Nicol
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Inflation accounting.
A comparative study of capital markets in the United States of America and Australia.
Working capital management.
Some aspects of government accounting and budgeting in Victoria.
An empirical investigation into the preferences of corporate report users and Australian corporate disclosures.
Accounting for foreign exchange.
Current cost accounting, especially with regard to purchasing power gains and losses on monetary items.
PUBLISHED WORKS
BOOKS
1. MIDDLETON, K. A. - Economics of Capital Expenditure. 4th ed. Butterworths, Sydney, 1977.
2. WARRELL, C. J. and others - Project Report No. I : On the Proposals of the Committee of Inquiry into
Inflation Accounting. University of Waikato, Hamilton, 1977.
3. WARRELL, C. J. and others - Guidelines for Current Cost Accounting - 1977, University of Waikato,
Hamilton, 1977.
4. WARRELL, C. J. and others - Project Report No. 2: The Application of CPP. CCA and CoCoA,
University of Waikato, Hamilton, 1977.
CHAPTER OF BOOK
5. WRIGHT, F. K. — Asset Values and Enterprise Income, in Studies in Accounting eds W. T. Baxter and S.
Davidson, pp. 195-209, Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales, London, 1977.
ARTICLES
6. BURROWS, G. H. - Lease Evaluation: The Saga Continues, The Australian Accountant, 47 pp. 437-442,
August 1977.
7. BURROWS, G. H. — The Lease Evaluation Solution: A Further Comment, Accounting and Business
Research. 27 pp. 208-210, Summer 1977.
8. CLIFT, R. C. — Financial Co-Ordination and Control at the State Level, Australian Institute of Tertiary
Educational Administrators Newsletter Vol. 2, No. 2, December 1977.
9. MIDDLETON, K. A. - Lease Evaluation: Back to Square One. Accounting and Business Research, 26
p. 127, Spring 1977.
10. WILSON, J. W. - The Trading Stock Valuation Adjustment, A.I.D.A. Bulletin 288, pp. 6-9, August 1977.
THESES IN PROGRESS
G. H. BURROWS
— An Investigation into Problems and Accounting for Research and Development
Expenditure
I. H. HILTON - An Investigation into Trasnfer Price Policies used by Firms in Industry.
P. J. MONAGHAN - The Financial Effects ofthe Wool Price Decline 1969-1972
58
ECONOMIC HISTORY
Chairman of department:
Professor Vacant.
Senior Lecturers EDWARD ALAN BEEVER
JOHN PHILLIP FOGARTY
A L L A N GEORGE THOMPSON
MARJORIE GRACE HARPER (Half-Time)
Lecturers PAUL LAWRENCE ROBERTSON
ANTONIA MARIKA VICZIANY
Senior Tutors MALCOLM JAMES KENNEDY
JENNIFER JEAN SOUKUP
Part-Time Officers
Lecturer BENITA CARTER
Tutors DARYL FORDE
KATHLEEN M. LEWIS
KELVIN JOHN ROWLEY
Dr A. G.
Thompson
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Research into British popular attitudes towards Australia — 1830-1880 - their origin and influence.
British economic thought c1825-35 with particular reference to E. G. Wakefield.
Research on Argentine economic history.
Non-economic influences on industrialization in Asia.
Tallow production in Australia before 1830.
The economic consequences of corruption on economic development in Northern Thailand.
The economics of Scottish universities, 1850-1914.
The Opium Trade of Bombay, 1830-1850.
The deindustrialisation of India, 1800-1911.
The Politics of Birth Control, The Indian Emergency and the Sterilization Campaign.
PUBLISHED WORKS
CHAPTER OF BOOK
1. JOHN FOGARTY - Diffusion of technology in areas of recent settlement: the case of Australia and
Argentina, Ciencia y technologiu en la Cuenca del pacifico ed. Francisco Orrego Vicuna (Coleecion Esludios
Internacionals, Universidad dc Chile. Santiago, 1976).
ARTICLES
2. JOHN P. FOGARTY - Difusion dc lechnologica en areas dc asentamiento reciente: F.I cast) de Australia y de
la Argentina, Desarrullo Economico Vol. 17. No. 65, 1977.
3. A L L A N THOMPSON - "The Origins of a Harvesting Revolution: The Development of the Combine
Harvester in Australia. Canada and U.S.A." Tools und Tillage Vol. I l l : 2. 1977.
Master
of
Arts
1. W. M. CHAMBERLAIN
- Victorians in the South African War 1899-1902
2. F. D. BIRCH — The History of Australian involvement in Tin Mining in South-East Asia
3. A. E. PLYMPTON — John Stuart Mill and the Question of Inconsistency
Doctor
of
Philosophy
W. T. DUNCAN - The Impact ofthe Baring Crisis on the Development ofthe Argentine Economy 1890-1904
L. A. FRICKER - Aspects of Melbourne's Urbanization Process. 1835-1901
M.J. KENNEDY — The Role and Significance of horses and bullocks in the economic development of Australia
1788-1929
K. J. ROWLEY - Development of Manufacturing Industry in Australia 1880-1914
Master
B. W. FRANCIS
M. J. HOWARD
of Arts and Master
of
Commerce
— 77ie Rise of Trade Unions in the Fijian Sugar Industry during the 1930'.s
- Unemployment in Victoria to 1900
59
60
FACULTY OF ECONOMICS AND COMMERCE
K. M. LEWIS - Changing Structure of the Female Workforce in Geelong
R. PHILCOX - Early Computer Systems in Australia
T. J. RYAN - Australian Shipbuilding Industry 1940-1976
J. E. SMITH - The Movement for Equal Pay between the Sexes. 1940-1972
J. J. SOUKUP - The Stock Exchange in the Australian Economy in the late 19th Century - its influence and
image, with an investigation of the late Mining Share Boom of 1888-89
ECONOMICS
Chairman
of department:
Dr J. P.
Nieuwenhuysen
Professor JAMES OLIVER NEWTON PERKINS
CHARLES SAMUEL SOPER
Truby Williams Professor LESLIE ROY WEBB
Professor of Econometrics ROSS A L A N WILLIAMS
Readers ERNEST ARTHUR BOEHM
JOHN PETER NIEUWENHUYSEN
Senior Lecturers RAYMOND JOHN ALBERT HARPER
KEVIN W I L L I A M HINCE
ARNOLD K A N
NAOMI MOLDOFSKY
NEVILLE ROBERT NORMAN (on leave)
JOHN ERNEST SULLIVAN
Lecturers LESLIE GORDON CUPPER
A L A N W I L L I A M GUNTHER
JUNE MARGARET HEARN
ROBIN DOUGLAS HOCKING
IAN M A R T I N MeDONALD
DENNIS MICHAEL MAHONEY
UNG-SUH PARK
RHONDA LYNETTE SMITH
Senior Tutors DAVID ANDREW ELDER
TERENCE DAVID FRIEND
JOHN ROBERT LLEWELLYN HICKS
JULIE ELIZABETH LEE
I EUAN LESLIE MAPPERSON
Tutors JACOB ABRAHAMI
ANDREW LEUNG
JUDITH SLOAN
Part-time Lecturer JOHN HERBERT REEVES
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
The Economic Status of Australian Aborigines.
Stability of Dynamic Macroeconomic Models.
Foundations of the Neo-Keynesian Theory of the Rale of Profit.
Application of recent developments in Labour Economics to the Theory and Experience of Inflation.
Property Relationships.
Methodological issues in Economics.
Income distribution, poverty and the relationship between personal variation and means testing.
A revised edition of book titled Twentieth Century Economic Development in Australia.
Wages, Inflation and Economic Policy in Industrial Countries.
Australia's Economic Development since 1930.
Growth Cycles in Australia since World War I I .
Trade Unions in China.
Migration Policies, the Migrant Worker and Trade Unions.
Political Strikes in Australia: Case Studies.
Concepts and structure for social accounting.
Pseudo-dynamics in aggregate demand and supply analysis.
Investment decision-making processes of Australian industry.
Econometric Analysis of Last Report Borrowing in the Australian Money Market.
Analysis of Price Expectations.
Demand Behaviour of Socioeconomic Groups in Australia.
Technical School Students' Attitudes to Trade Unionism.
An Appraisal of the 1977 ACTU Congress.
The Transport and Civic Aviation Industries.
The Macro-Economic Policy Mix.
Trade in Motor Cars between the Major European Producers.
Disaggregated farm cost data — construction of historical cost series for main agricultural product groups.
Intersectoral linkages between the rural sector and the rest of the Australian economy.
Study of Australian population, including migration, and its relation to the Australian economy.
Bougainville: A Case Study in the theory and practice of change.
PUBLISHED WORK
BOOKS
I.
NIEUWENHUYSEN, J. P. and DRAKE, P. J. - eds Australian Economic Policy. Melbourne University
Press, 1977, pp. 260(+ xviii).
61
62
2. NIEUWENHUYSEN, J. P. and DALY, A. E. - The Australian Prices Justification Tribunal. Melbourne
University Press, 1977, pp. 234 (+ x).
3. WILLIAMS, R. A.: LLUCH, C. and POWELL, A. - Patterns in Household Demand and Saving. New
York: Oxford University Press, 1977, pp. 280 + (xxxi).
CHAPTERS IN BOOKS
4. NIEUWENHUYSEN, J. P. and DALY, A. E. - An Assessment of the Prices Justification Tribunal, in
Applied Australian Economic Policy Issues, (eds W. E. Norton and D. Stammer), RBA 1977, pp. 149-167.
5. NIEUWENHUYSEN, J. P. - Chapter 5, The New Inflation, in Australian Economic Policy, ed. J. P.
Nieuwenhuysen and J. P. Drake, pp 53-65, Melbourne University Press, 1977.
6. PERKINS, J. O. N . - Chapter 1, Lessons of Macro-economic Policy in Australia, 1951-1976, in Australian
Economic Policy, ibid., pp. 1-15.
7 WEBB, L. R. — Chapter 13, Criteria for Micro-economic Policy, in Australian Economic Policy, ibid..
pp. 159-175.
ARTICLES
8.
BOEHM, E. A. with DEFRIS, L. V. - Recurring Periods of Plateau Slumps and Sluggish Recoveries in the
Australian Economy: 1950 to 1976. Australian Economic Review 1.77. pp. 53-60.
9. CUPPER, L. G. - Legalism in the Australian Conciliation and Arbitration Commission: A Reply. The
Journal of Industrial Relations 19121 (June 1977) pp. 198-200.
10. HEARN, J. - The Problems of Migrant Workers: An Overview. Social Policy and Problems ofthe Work
Force, volume 1, Australian Government Department of Social Security, 1977: pp. 27-37.
11. HEARN, J. - Whither the Trade Unions in China'. Journal of Industrial Relations 19121 (June 1977)
pp. 158-172.
12. MeDONALD, I . - A Dynamic Macro-Economic Model. Commerce 'Singapore) Vol. IS. Julv 1977, pp. 8799.
13. MeDONALD, I . - The Monetary Theory of the Trade Cycle. Economic Journal (Economic Society.
Nanyang University, Singapore) Vol. 8, 1967-77, pp. 43-48.
14. NIEUWENHUYSEN, J. P. - Trade Practices Law Changes and thc Institutions of Australian Economic
Policy. The Australian Economic Review. 4th Quarter, 1977, pp. 56-63.
15. NIEUWENHUYSEN. J. P. - Economic Recovery: A Trade Union Perspective: Comment Economic
Papers. January 1977, pp. 73-75.
16. SMITH, R. L. and SMITH, A. W. - Cereal Supply Adjustment to Slock Variation in the United Kingdom.
Journal of Agricultural Economics tUK). Mav 1977, pp. 161-171.
17. SMITH, R. L. and SMITH, A. W. - A Model o( the Australian Farm Sector: A Progress Report.
Economic Record. December 1976, pp. 462-482.
1
Doctor
of
Philosophy
G. D. GRIFFIN — While-Collar unionism in Australia: the growth of militancy
M. MAHMOOD - Jute and synthetics: a study of technical change and trade in the jute market
J. RICH — Flow theory of the labour market
R. L. SMITH — An econometric model of Australian agriculture wilh emphasis on disaggregated profitability.
Master
of
Commerce
M. BEVAN — Case study of a union wage policy — an inquiry into the influence of trade union militancy on
relative wages.
R. P. CRANE — Determinants of industrial relations in professional employment: the case of the Victoria
Institute of Colleges
M. A. DA SILVA — The impact of the cost offunds on business operations wilh special reference to government
interest rate policy and bank minimum amending rales in Australia
S. J. DEERY — Industrial relations in the Australian Stevedoring Industry
R. ENSLEY — Some aspects of industrial relations in small manufacturing business firms
A. W. HARRISON
- The statutory corporation in industrial relations
T. M. HOGG — The valuation of private time savings by inter-urban travellers
R. F. JONES — An examination and devaluation of the major Jactors causing longer term variations in private
capital expenditure on new housing in A uslrlalia from 1948-49 to the present and an assessment ofthe implications
of the analysis for future private capital expenditure on new housing.
P. C. L. KHAW — Dualism in the Malaysian economy
J. M. McPHEE - The industrial relations svstem in the pulp and paper industry in Australia
Y. M. MELOTTE - Urban Development
R. NOTTLE — Income taxation and life assurance: an economic analysis
M. J. RAWLINSON
— Labour turnover in the technical muslerings of the RAAF — an economic analysis.
J. H. ROBERTS — A comparative study of short term forecasting techniques used in planning a telephone
network.
G. A. SANDY — Socio-economic levels of living in Heidelberg
ECONOMICS
63
I. R. SYMONS — Accounting for productivity
J. A. TOME — Industrial relations and technological change: a comparative study of the metropolitan daily
newspaper industry in Melbourne and Madrid
C. L. WARING - Changes in land use in the Wonthaggi areas 1950-70
C. J. WARRELL — A comparative study of the taxation of company income
I. R. WATSON - Price Determination in Australian industry
0. G. WILLIAMS — Local government finance in Victoria
P. A. XAVIER — Principles to guide road user changes in Australia — economic issues
Grants have been received as follows:Australian Wool Corporation Trust Fund: Modelling the Agricultural Sector.
Department of Aboriginal Affairs - Economic Status of Australian Aborigines.
GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Chairman o f department: M r J. B. K i n g
Deputy Chairman RICHARD JOHN McGl.ASHAN
Director of Advanced Management Education HAROLD FAR LOW CRAIG
Sidney Myer Professor PHILIP JOHN BARNES ROSE
Readers W I L L I A M JOHN BYRT
HAROLD FARLOW CRAIG
Senior Lecturers TERENCE JOSEPH CUMMINS
JOHN BERRESFORD KING
MERVYN GEORGE LINCOLN
RICHARD JOHN McGLASHAN
HENRY GERALD STANTON
Dunlop Automotive and Industrial Group Senior Research Fellow PETER ROWSELL MASTERS
Lecturers GEOFFREY DAVID ALLEN
IAN DAVID BOYD
ADRIAN PAYNE
Senior Tutor JOCELYN LOIS HOWLETT
Visiting Fellow W I L L I A M ALLAN DICK
Senior Associate VICTOR LESLIE GOLE
Academic Associate REV. FR. BRIAN SALVATORE BAINBRIDGE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Inventory Control — G. H. Stanton.
Women in Management - J. L. Howlett.
The Structures and Strategies of Australian Organizations - W. J. Byrt and T. J. Cummins.
Leadership - W. J. Byrt.
Business-Government Relations - G. D. Allen.
Organization Development and Change in Small Organizations - B. S. Bainbridge.
Master
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
64
of Business
Administration
ABSOLON, V. J. - Field Study of the Capital Structure of Selected Companies Operating in Australia
BARRETT, L. J. — Small computers in Australia
BROWNELL, D. J. - Retail Marketing at Golden Fleece
BRYCE, C. L. — Accounting for Company Income Tax
BURGER, R. O. — An appraisal of the inventory control procedures issued by McPhersons Ltd
CRABB, M. — Competition in Australia's Domestic Air Freight Industry
FERME, W. D. — A Study of the Numerically Controlled Machine Tool Market in Victoria
FRANCIS, T. — A cost Escalation in Civil Engineering Contracts
HARFORD, P. F. - A Feasibility Study for the Establishment of a Sporting Centre.
HOPE, P. C. - An examination ofthe tertiary enrolments of the Ballarat Institute of Advanced Education in
recent years and some predictions of the future enrolments as an aid of planning
JACKSON, G. W. - Corporate planning for Caulfield Institute of Technology
JOHNSON, G. K. - Analysis of industry pressure to information decisions of import restrictions relating lo
the Footwear Industry
KIMPTON, G. H. - A Feasibility Study of Computerizing Melbourne Theatre Company Sales
McCULLOUGH, P. J. - Flexible Working Hours - A Local Perspective
McKENZIE, R. A. - An appraisal of the Victorian Canoe Market
MONTEIRO, A. W. L. - Corporate Social Responsibility
MORGAN, L. G. - A Study ofthe Numerically Controlled Machine Tool Market in Victoria
MUIR, P. D. — Human Resource Accounting
MURPHY, K. E. - Investigation into weather parameters lo attempt an upgrade of SEVC transmission
lines
NEWTON, R. G. - An appraisal of the Viclorian Canoe Market
NICHOLSON, G. J. - Dividend Policy: An Australian Study
OR FORD, D. C. - Report on the Marketing of Life Insurance
PIZZEY, G. - The Quality of Work Life of the Southern European Migrant to Australia
PORTER, C. H. - The Marketing of Provisional Business Service
RICKARD, V. — Consumer Organizations
ROOKE, P. N. - Human Resource Accounting
ROSE, H. E. - An analysis of the Poseidon Company with particular reference to ihe receivership in
October 1976
SPICER, W. N. - Australian Business-Government Relations
STACH, P. E. — A Feasibility Study of Computerizing Melbourne Theatre Company Sales
STEVENSON,
K. M. - (Confidential) The nature and implementation of current cost accounting
GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
31.
32.
33.
34.
SULLIVAN,
N. — An altitude study of a Government Department
TSUI, D. P. - Study of EDP system of L. M. Ericsson Pty. Ltd.
WOOLLEY, R. L. — Accounting for Company Income Tax
RUDD, P. — An attitude study of a Government Department
T H E S E S I N PROGRESS
Doctor of
Philosophy
T. J. CUMMINS — Mid-Career Development of the Australian Manager
P. C. KELL — Conflict and Power Escalation: In Search ofa Paragin
J. B. KING - Patterns of Behaviour of Boards of Directors of Selected Australian Companies
M. G. LINCOLN
Financial and Economic Model of Melbourne's Transport System
P. R. MASTERS — The Structure and Content of Post-Experience Management Development Programs
A. F. PAYNE - An Empirical Analysis of Option Trading in the Australian Stock Market
G. H. STANTON — Application of Heuristic Programming Techniques to Resource Scheduling
—
65
INSTITUTE OF APPLIED ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL RESEARCH
Director:
Professor R. F.
Henderson
Director and Professor RONALD FRANK HENDERSON
Deputy Director - Econometric and Statistical Research DUNCAN STAN DON IRONMONGER
Deputy Director - Administration ROBERT BROOK LEWIS
Senior Research Fellows RICHARD BAILEY SCOTTON
PETER JAMES SHEEHAN
Research Fellows PETER JOHN BRAIN
PATRICIA RUTH DAVEY
LORRAINE VIVVAINE DEFRIS
BEATRICE CLAUDE MARIE DERODY
GEOFFREY LEWIS REVELL DIXON
HELEN LAYTON FERBER
BARRY SELWYN GRAY
DAINA MCDONALD
JOHN SIMON MCDONNELL
HELEN JEAN OWENS
GERARD PETER SCHUYERS
ALFRED WILLIAM SMITH
RESEARCH STAFF
Research Scholars ANDREW BURBIDGE
PETER FRANCIS CUTTANCE
Research Assistants LOUISE BARTON
JENNIFER CLARE BUCHANAN
PAMELA ISOBEL BURGESS
CATHERINE JANE CURTIS
SUSAN MARY DONATH
W I L L I A M FRANCIS FOSTER
RODERICK NICHOLLS HARRIS
• SUSAN MARIE HOLMES
CHRISTINA EUGENIE JUCHNIEWICZ
JAMES W I L L I A M LANG
COSIMA HILARY McPHEE
DEBORAH JANE NIALL
JUDITH ANNE O'NEILL
PETER PAUL STRICKER
CLAIRE CHRISTINE THOMAS
RICHARD JOHN CAMPBELL WALLIS
A. CURRENT ECONOMIC CONDITIONS AND SHORT-TERM FORECASTS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Analysis of economic conditions in Australia - Barton, Derody.
Short-term forecasts of economic developments — McDonald.
Publication of the Australian Economic Review — Sheehan, et al.
Surveys of Consumers attitudes and intentions — McDonnell (with the Roy Morgan Research Centre).
Analysis of Consumers attitudes and the saving ratio - Defris.
Youth unemployment — Sheehan, Strieker.
B. ECONOMETRIC FORECASTING PROJECT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
66
A medium-term econometric model of the Australian economy — Brain.
Analysis of industrial activity in Australia — Gray.
A model of supply and demand for energy in Australia — Schuyers.
A mode] of thc Australian financial sector — Burgess.
Econometric modelling of the operations of Telecom Australia — Donath.
Economic activity in the Australian States — Lang.
Analysis of demographic factors underlying the Australian economy — Brain, Smith, Schuyers.
An econometric model of Australian agriculture — Smith.
Analysis of selected international economies as they effect Australia — Niall.
Preparation of annual data bank for econometric modelling - McPhee, Curtis.
C.
67
I N D U S T R I A L AND F I N A N C I A L S T U D I E S
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
The Optimal Allocation of North West Shelf Natural Gas Reserve - Dixon.
Factors Contributing to Structural Change in the Australian Economy - Dixon.
A Study of the mining industry - McDonald.
Influence of import prices on Australian cost structures — Sheehan, Niall.
Analysis of costs of production in Australian agriculture — Smith. Wallis.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
A Study of social expenditure patterns in Australia — Scotton, Davey, Ferber, Juchnicwicz.
Study of social indicators — Owens.
Analysis of Youth 2007 Questionnaires on Local Government - Thomas.
Study of welfare operations of seven municipalities - O'Neill.
Funding local government welfare operations - Lewis.
Responsibilities of local government in welfare operations - Henderson.
Assessment of the Action and Resource Centre (jointly with the Brotherhood of St. Laurence) — Brooke.
Unemployment and social policy — Strieker.
D. SOCIAL EXPENDITURE AND SOCIAL POLICY
E. ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL STATISTICS
1.
2.
3.
4.
Institute's
A Survey
Computer
Computer
Econometric Data Bank - Buchanan.
of Socio-Economic Data Systems in Australia — Ironmonger.
programming for econometric modelling — Harris.
programming for analysis of economic conditions — Foster.
PUBLISHED WORK
BOOKS
1. McCAUGHEY, .1.. FERBER. H. L., SHAVER, S. and others - Who Cares? Family Problems,
Community Links and Helping Services. The Macmillan Company of Australia for Institute of Applied
Economic and Social Research. March 1977. Sun Books - Reprinted May 1977.
2. HENDERSON, R. F. - (Editor) Youth Unemployment (Second Academy Symposium, November 1977).
Academy of thc Social Sciences in Australia, Canberra, December 1977.
CHAPTERS OF BOOKS
3. BRAIN. P. J. — Evaluation of the Medium Term "Impact Model" in Protection in Perspective, an
Australian Industries Development Association Studv of Leading Issues in the Australian Tariff System,
AIDA. Canberra. December 1977.
4. SCOTTON, R. B. with DEEBLE. J. S. - Health Services and the Medical Profession, in K. A. Tucker, ed.
Economics and the Australian Service Sector. Croom Helm, London, 1977.
5. SHEEHAN. P. J. — Economic Aspects of Youth Unemployment, in R. F. Henderson, ed. Youth
Unemployment. Academy ofthe Social Sciences in Australia, Canberra. December 1977.
6. STRICKER, P. P. — Statistical Appendix on Youth Unemployment, in R. F. Henderson, cd. Youth
Unemployment. Academy of the Social Sciences in Australia, Canberra, December 1977.
JOURNAL
7. SHEEHAN, P. J., Ed.. MeDONALD. DAINA, Assoc. Ed. and BUCHANAN, JENNY, Asst. Ed. Australian Economic Review, Nos. 37, 38, 39 and 40, published quarterly by the Institute of Applied
Economic and Social Research.
REPORTS
8. IRONMONGER, D. S. — Socio-Economic Dala Systems in Australia: A Survey for the United Nations
Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation, Paris, May 1977.
9. THOMAS, CLAIRE - Local Government Study Questionnaire Results. "Youth 2007 - Local
Government" Project. Youth Council of Victoria, June 1977.
ARTICLES AND PAPERS
10. BRAIN. P. J. - The Institute Atulti-Purpose Model: An Outline — Australian Economic Review, 3rd
Quarter 1977.
11. BRAIN, P. J. and GRAY, B. S. — The Australian Manufacturing Sector and ihe Economy l°Q0. Paper
presented at Conference on Trade, Growth and Structural Change in an Open Economy, Salamander Bay,
Centre for Applied Economic Research. University of New South Wales, November ]977.
68
12. BURBIDGE, A. — Housing and Unemployment. Eklasis. Journal of the Centre f o r Urban Research and
Action No. 17. May 1977.
13. DEFRIS, L. V. - "Australian Consumer Expectations, Evaluation, Uncertainty and the Saving Ratio" Australian Economic Review, Ist Quarter 1977.
14. DEFRIS, L. V. and BOEHM, E. A. — Recurring Periods of Plateau Slumps and Sluggish Recoveries in the
Australian Economy: 1950 to 1976 - Australia Economic Review, Ist Quarter 1977.
15. DIXON, G. L. R., FERGUSON. B. J. and McPHERSON, D. - Transcontinental Pipeline or Natural Gas
Exports? A Quanlitive Analysis — Paper presented to the sixth Conference of Economists, Hobart. May
1977.
16. FERBER, H. L. - Citizens' Advice Bureaux, Victorian Year Book 1977. pp. 852-4.
17. HENDERSON, RONALD F. - Criteria for Welfare: Needs or Earnings? Australian Journal of Social
Issues. Volume 12, Number 2, May 1977.
18. HENDERSON, RONALD F. - Why Have a Guaranteed Minimum Income Scheme? Poverty in Australia.
W.E.A. of NSW. May 1977.
19. HENDERSON, RONALD, F. - The Role of Local Government and Voluntary Agencies in Welfare.
Poverty in Australia. W.E.A. of NSW. May 1977.
20. HENDERSON, RONALD F. and LEWIS, R. B. - Changing Responsibilities of Local Government.
Australian Economic Review, 3rd Quarter 1977.
21. HENDERSON, RONALD F. - Poverty in Australia. "Poverty", Child Poverty Action Group, London.
No. 37, August 1977.
22. IRONMONGER, D. S. - A Survey of the Primary Socio-Economic Dala Structure of Australia,
International Social Science Journal. 29. 4, December 1977.
23. LEWIS, R. B. — Changing Responsibilities in Rural Local Government, paper presented at the workshop on
Local Government, Community Groups and Social Welfare, Kellogg Rural Adjustment Unit, University of
New England, Armadale, November 1977.
24. LEWIS, R. B. — Changing Responsibilities of Local Government with R. F. Henderson (q.v.) Australian
Economic Review, 3rd Quarter 1977.
25. MeDONALD, DAINA, SHEEHAN, P. J. and DIXON, G. R. L. - Mining Investment in Australia 19771980, Australian Economic Review, 2nd Quarter 1977.
26. McDONNELL, J. S. and DEFRIS, L. V. - The Informational Content of Australian Consumer Surveys
and Their Explanatory and Forecasting Value. Paper presented at the Sixth Conference of Economists,
Hobart, May 1977.
27. McDONNELL, J. S. and DEFRIS, L. V. - Recent Developments in the Australian Field of Psychological
Economics. Paper presented at the 48th ANZAAS Congress, Melbourne, August 1977.
28. O'NEILL, JUDITH A. - "Human needs and patterns of segregation" in 2001: Urban Space for Life and
Work. Introductory report to the International Conference of thc Council on Tall Buildings and Urban
Habitat and UNESCO, Paris, November 1977.
29. O'NEILL, JUDITH A. - School and work: equality of outcomes. Paper given at thc annual conference of
Australian Council of Slate School Organizations, Darwin, September 1977.
30. O'NEILL, JUDITH A. - "Poverty and Education". Paper given at the National Conference on Educational
Disadvantage, Schools Can Make a Difference. Latrobe University, August 1977.
31. OWENS, HELEN — The OECD Social Indicator Development Programme — The Australian Experience.
Paper presented to a conference on Social Indicators in Australia: Health and Housing at the Research
School of Social Sciences, A N U , Canberra, 8-9 September 1977.
32. SCOTTON, R. B. - "Medibank 1976", Australian Economic Review, Ist Quarter 1977, pp. 23-35.
33. SCOTTON, R. B. - "Health Costs and Health Policy", Australian Quarterly. Vol. 49, No. 2, June 1977,
pp. 5-16.
34. SCOTTON, R. B. - Public Expenditures and Social Policy. Paper delivered to the 48th Congress of the
Australian and New Zealand Association for thc Advancement of Science. Melbourne, August 1977.
35. SCOTTON, R. B. with FEEHAN, H. V. and SINGH, FATTEH - Expenditure on Drugs. Medicines,
Therapeutic Goods and Appliances in Victoria: Summary Report 1977. Victorian College of Pharmacy,
1977.
36. SHEEHAN, P. J. and DERODY, B. - A Forecasting Model of the Money Supply Process. Paper presented
at the Sixth Conference of Economists, Hobart, May 1977.
37. SMITH, A. W. and SMITH, RHONDA L. - "A Model of the Australian Farm Sector: A Progress
Report", Economic Record, Vol. 52, No. 140, December 1976, pp. 462-482.
38. SMITH, A. W., DOBES, L. and SMITH. RHONDA, L. - Inlersectoral Linkages Between the Rural
Sector and the Rest of the Australian Economy, paper presented lo thc 21 si Annual Conference of the
Australian Agricultural Economics Society. Brisbane. Februarv 1977.
39. SMITH, A. W. and SMITH, RHONDA L. - "Slock Variations and Cereal Supply Models for thc United
Kingdom", Journal of Agricultural Economics. Vol. 28, No. 2, May 1977.
A.
P.
E.
G.
P.
BURBIDGE - Government Policies for the Work-force Poor
CUTTANCE — Educational Achievement at the Secondary School Level
HAYWOOD - Economic Fluctuations: Australia and its States. 1950-1972
P. SCHUYERS - An Economic Analysis of Energy Resources in Australia
P. STRICKER - Operation of the Australian Labour Market
M.Com
D. MeDONALD
Thesis in Progress
- Measurement of Potential Output in Australia
69
Grams have been received as follows: —
ARGC: Analysis of Industry Input/Output Tables.
ARGC: Analysis of Social Expenditures in Australia.
ARGC: A Study ofthe Influence of Imports on Domestic Prices.
Australian Wool Corporation: Preparation and Analysis of Farm Cost Data.
Felton Bequests: Analysis of Social Expenditures in Australia.
Social Welfare Department of Victoria: A Study of Local Government Welfare Activities.
Utah Foundation: Study of Social Expenditure Patterns in Australia.
Youth Council of Victoria: Analysis of Local Government Questionnaires for "Youth 2007" Project.
Details of subscribers lo the Consumer Surveys and Econometric Forecasting Projects will bc found in the Annual
Report of ihe Institute for 1977.
LEGAL STUDIES
Chairman
of department:
Mr A. J. St.J.
Hannigan
Reader AIDAN JAMES ST JOHN HANNIGAN
Lectures BOB BOASE
FRANCES CAROL HANKS
RICHARD JAMES MITCHELL
ZALMON SINGER
Senior Tutors DENISE ADRIENNE KERR
GRAEME JOHN LOWE
LORETTA MARGARET RE
Tutor ROBERT IAN McQUEEN
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
The extent to which laws against deception impose a duty to disclose information.
Comparative aspects of British and Australian labour law.
Various aspects of commercial law — for publication as a textbook.
Natural resources law.
Federal law and government.
Child abuse.
Immigration laws in Australia.
Worker participation in statutory corporations.
PUBLISHED WORK
ARTICLE
1. RE, L. M . - Child Abuse: Victorian Workshop Report 2 Legal Service Bulletin 233 (1977).
70
REGIONAL AND URBAN ECONOMIC STUDIES
Chairman
of department:
Mr C. S.
Woods
Reader ROBERT KENT WILSON
Senior Lecturers CLIFFORD SELBY WOODS
CLIVE SAUNDERS BEED
Lecturer ROBERT ADRIAN CARTER
Senior Tutor DAVID LESLIE MARSHALL
Tutor DAVID ROSS BOOTH
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
The relation of recent planning experience in Melbourne to relevant socio-economic theory — C. S. Beed.
Distributional impacts of federal government housing policy — R. A. Carter.
Small area analysis of housing markets in Melbourne - R. A. Carter.
Metropolitan employment structure and urbanization processes — R. A. Carter.
An analysis of regional and urban policies instituted by the Australian Government from end 1972-1975
inclusive, as a contribution to a monograph being produced by the Institute of Applied Economic and Social
Research, on social policy in the period - R. K. Wilson.
6. Data collection for an estimate ofthe regional income of the Albury-Wodonga growth centre and its hinterland
- R. K. Wilson.
PUBLISHED WORK
REPORTS
1. CARTER, R. A. - "The Post-Industrial Society", in Melbourne's Inner Areas: A Position Statement,
Melbourne and Metropolitan Board of Works, April 1977, 40-45.
2. CARTER, R. A. — "A Strategic Approach to Urban Project Evaluation" and "The Income Model" in Outer
Ring Studv. Technical Report .\n. 6. Road Planning Liaison Committee, Planning Branch, Melbourne and
Metropolitan Board of Works, August 1977, pp. 2-12 and 143-242.
ARTICLE
3. CARTER, R. A. - " M t . Ridley: Negotiated Development, But Not Planning", Polis. Vol. 4, No. 2, August
1977, pp. 12-19.
M.Ec.
Thesis in
Progress
BOOTH, D. R. - Inter-regional Migration in Victoria. 1966-71
M.Comm.
Thesis in
Progress
MARSHALL,
D. L. — Trends in property prices and land values in some inner suburbs of Melbourne and the
economic consequences
71
EDUCATION
Chairman
of department:
Professor
K. C. Lee
Dow
Professors ALBERT GORDON AUSTIN
KWONG CHIU LEE DOW
KENNETH BRIAN START
Readers GWYNETH MAUDE DOW
EDGAR LIONEL FRENCH
I A N VICTOR HANSEN
STEPHEN MURRAY-SMITH
OLIVE WYKES
Senior Lecturers PETER NORMANTON GILL
WILMA DENESE HANNAH
K A T H L E E N I M E L D A PALMER
MORRIS STANTON WILLIAMS
Lecturers JEAN FAY BARSALOUX
MICHAEL EDWIN BERNARD
DONALD FREDERICK CAVE
ELIZABETH ROSEMARY DINES
RODERICK ALAN FAWNS
KEITH GRANT FLEMING
LESLEY RUTH JOHNSON
W I L L I A M GEORGE SHAND SMITH
RICHARD VAUGHAN TEESE
A. C O M P A R A T I V E E D U C A T I O N
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Progress of reforms in higher education in France — O. Wykes.
Changes in curriculum of secondary schools in France — O. Wykes.
History of secondary education in Australia 1788-1900 — E. L. French.
History of secondary education in Victoria 1901-1938 — E. L. French.
The educational ethics of a free society — E. L. French.
M.Ed
Theses in
Major
H. N. POSTEMA
Progress
Thesis
- Some Aspects of Policy in Public Education in Victoria 1918-1940
Minor
Theses
B. M. COLDREY — Lord Somers Camp and Power House: An Educational Programme for Older Adolescents:
The Each Years 1929-1941
M. J. ELLIOTT - 'Migrant Education' in Fitzroy 1965-1975
L. A. FRYAR — A Comparative Study of Courses for Prospective Teachers of Physical Education
C. R. GARDNER — Developments in Australia Government Public Service Board Training Policy 1945-75
F. MERLINO — The Three Teachers' Unions in Victoria: A Comparative Study
R. J. SNEDDON - Legal Rights of Teachers in the United Stales and Australia
M. O. H. WATSON — An Examination ofthe Nature of Teacher Accountability in Relation to Changes in the
Victorian Education Department School Council Regulations
F. G. WILLIAMS — The Educational Recommendations ofthe World Bank Mission Report on Papua New
Guinea 1964-74
B. CURRICULUM STUDIES
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Learning lo teach: teaching to learn — G. M . Dow.
Curriculum innovation - G. M. Dow.
Individualized instruction, individualized curricula, and the education of the gifted child — W. D. Hannah.
The teaching of evolution in secondary science courses: the social interface — R. A. Fawns.
The 'clinical' components of pre-service supervision in science teacher education: Iheory and practice — R. A.
Fawns.
See also Substantial Grants Received below.
PhD Theses in
Progress
J. G. AINLEY — An Evaluation ofthe Australian Government Science Facilities Programme and its Effect on
Science Education in Australian Schools
P. N. CLARKE — Staff in Teachers' Colleges: Their Role, Position and Attitudes in Higher Education
A. N. GRANT — A Study of the Response lo the Reading of Fiction by Pupils at the Upper Secondary School
Level
72
EDUCATION
M.Ed
Theses in
Major
73
Progress
Theses
B. L. BELL — In-Service Courses — Evaluation in Educational Administration
K. BERRYMAN
— 16 mm Film in the Classroom: Trends in Victorian Schools
C. J. BIGUM - HSC Subject Choice Trends 1966-1975
B. H. BOADLE — Music Teaching in Victorian State Primary Schools in Relation to Teacher Training
J. A. BOWDEN — Role of Laboratory Work in Undergraduate Science Courses
M. R. BRENTNALL
— Enquiry Processes at the Junior Secondary Science Level
J. BR YCE — The Heterogeneity of Music Backgrounds of Students al the Beginning of Secondary School, and
Implications for the Secondary School Music Curriculum
C. S. CHRISTIE — Co-Education in Independent Schools
P. C. CLARKSON — Activitv Learning and Individualization in Mathematics in Junior Secondarv Schools
T. COSOPODIOTIS - The Social Role ofthe English Teacher
M. T. HAMERSTON - The Public Examination of English in Victoria: A Study of one external influence on the
Secondary School English Curriculum, 1944-1974
T. J. HEINE - Introduction and Development of Rudolf Steiner Schools in Australia
G. M. MILES — The Primary to Secondarv Transition and Concept of Curriculum ofthe Middle School
I. H. ROBINSON - The Place of Models'in Curriculum Theory
Y. RYAN — Role Change in Mature Age Students returning lo Full-lime Education
M. S. SPEAR - Curricular Innovation in Victoria's Secondary Schools 1968-1976
G. M. TROYNAR — Alternatives in Junior Secondary Science: A Critical and Comparative Study of A.S.E.P..
S.C.I.S.P. and Nuffield Junior Secondary Science
C. VINCENT - An Investigation into the Historical Development of Instrumental Music at the Secondary Level
in Victoria
G. L. WILLCOX - An Analysis of ihe Recent Reform Movement in Education: With Special Reference to
Victorian Secondary Schools in the Late I960's
Minor
Theses
R. O. COSGRIFF — Investigation of the Role of Writing in Secondarv Schools
P. J. DAFFEY — Games in the Junior Secondary Mathematics Curriculum
R. GULLAN - A TAFE Staff Profile
G. T. INCHLEY - The Applicability of the Current HSC Programme ro Mature Age Students
M. LIM CHIOW BENG - Curriculum Sludies - Classroom Research
R. McLEAN — Computer-Assisted Instruction in the Primary School
I. M. ROBOTTOM - The Socio-Hislorical Approach to Science Teaching: Theory and Practice
N. A. SHAW - Nurse Education
A. D. WHITE - Strategies for Promoting Curriculum Change: A Literature Survey
C. DEVELOPMENT OF EDUCATIONAL THOUGHT
1. Matthew Arnold: culture, society and education - K. I . Palmer.
2. Progressive and alternative school theory - P. N. Gill.
3. A. S. Neill and the education of the 'free' child - P. N. Gill.
PhD Theses in
Progress
V. D'CRUZ — 77ie Educational Thought of Vivekananda in its Ideological and Cultural Context
J. R. GRIFFITHS - Education as an Aspect of Social Reform in ihe Works of Some Victorian Writers
M.Ed
D. P. TAYLOR
B. C. TRANTER
Theses in
Progress
Major
Thesis
Minor
Thesis
- Yoga and Education
- Raymond Williams' Theory of Culture: A Critique
D. HISTORY
1. Biographical essays on Sir James Barrett, Mother Paul Barron, John Brownlee, Percy Edgar Deane, Theodore
Fink, Julia Flynn, for Australian Dictionary of Biography.
2. Australia and our recollections 1914-1975 — A. G. Austin.
R. W. BIDDINGTON — 77ie Origin and Development of Primary Teacher Education and Training in Victoria
1850-1950
M. A. CLEMENTS - Middle Class Education and Matriculation in Victoria 1890-1912
A. J. DARE — The Educational and Social Significance of Senior Technical Education in Victoria 1890-1965
K. E. DEAR - 77ie Role ofthe Inspectorate in Victorian Education 1862-1901
P. N. LING — An Analysis of Arrangements made for the Provision of Technical Education in Australia, 18801914
74
FACULTY OF EDUCATION
J. D. McLAREN — The Influence ofthe Writings of F. R. Leavis on the Teaching of Humanities with particular
reference to Australia
J. A. MITCHELL - The Evolution ofthe Viclorian Stale High School System 1905-1928
G. W. NOBLE - The History of Secondary Education in Australia from 1800-1858
D. H. TASKER — The Place of Religion in Commercial Television in Australia from 1956 lo the Present Time
M.Ed
Theses in
Major
Progress
Theses
J. BIDDINGTON — Survev ofthe Role of Women in the Education Department of Victoria from 1872-1925
G. BOURAS - The Biography of A. J. Hicks
0. COUSINS - History of Melbourne University 1880-1889
S. J. EDWARDS - Liability of Teachers in Law: Past History and Present Position of Legal Liability
L. F. C. GARLICK — Movements that Led to the Establishment of The Viclorian Teachers' Tribunal and its
Operations during the Years 1946-66
D. R. GIBBS — Biography of John Thomas Lawton 1878-1944: An Educational and Social Reformer
P. N. GILL — Government Aid to Non-Government Schools 1959-1970
R. F. KIMBER - The Development of the Primary School Curriculum in Victoria 1901-1940
E. LYONS - The History ofthe
VCTA.
B. P. McPHEE — Catholic Education: The Contribution of Archbishop Carr of Melbourne
C. R. MacPHERSON - Biography of Thomas Arnold the Younger in Van Dieman's Land
1. A. MORATH - Studv of the Social and Political Forces that Influenced the Formulation of ALP Education
Policy between 1968-1972
G. R. REID - The Effect of the Decade of the Depression 1925-193} upon Three Upper Middle Class
Independent Schools
D. E. SPRATT - History of Melbourne Universitv 1901-1914
A. TURNER - Independent Working Class Education in Australia 1917-1927
Minor
Theses
R. F. BAKER - Payment by Results in Victoria 1864-1905
R. A. BARKLEY - A History ofthe Hermitage CE.G.G.S.
P. E. BLYTH — Payment by Results as an Innovation in Viclorian Education
M. T. GILCHRIST - The Role of Dr Mannix in Victorian Catholic Education 1913-1928
3. J. McDONOGH — Some Aspects of Secondarv Technical Education in Victoria
C. O'DWYER - Catholic Migrant Education in Victoria in the I950's
R. P. WAKEHAM
- Vocational Education and Apprenticeship
D. L. WHITE - History of Geelong High School
R. WHITELEY - The'Administrative Style of Donald Clark
E. LINGUISTICS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Variability in the language of Australian children aged five to seven — E. R. Dines.
Longitudinal study of the acquisition of English by an Albanian child - E. R. Dines
Multicultural education policy for thc Victorian Teachers' Union - E. R. Dines.
Learning and variation in classroom language - E. R. Dines.
Mothers' attitudes to children's language — E. R. Dines.
M.Ed Theses in Progress
C. D. DUNSTAN — Mathematical Ability and Linguistic Framework
L. M. HOLROYD — The Development of Language Facility of Students between Grade 6 and Forms 2 and 4
K. P. K1NDLER - Language Differences in Fifteen Year Olds of Differing Socio-economic Backgrounds
F. PHILOSOPHY
1. Perceptions of excellence: studies in educational theory - W. D. Hannah, ed.. with essays by various staff
members.
2. Propositional analysis of the criteria of the concepts of learning and teaching - K. G. Fleming.
3. Education and training — K. G. Fleming.
4. Criteria of learning and teaching - K. G. Fleming.
5. Education and intrinsic value — W. G. S. Smith."
6. An analysis of rights in an educational context — W. G. S. Smith.
7. Philosophy of music education - W. G. S. Smith.
8. Giovanni Gentile and Antonio Gramsci — D. F. Cave.
M.Ed
Theses in
Major
Progress
Theses
J. M. BRADBEER - Religious Knowledge and Education
J. K. R. GOOD - The Philosophic Bases of T. S. Eliol's Thought: The Concept of Objectivity
L. R. GRESCHKE — The Relevance of Transcendental Arguments and Values in Education
J. E. M. MICHEL — Freedom and Education: An Evaluation of the Ideas of D. H. Lawrence
J. NICHTERLEIN
- Kant's Philosophy of Education
W. T. RICE — Meaning and Understanding in Concept Acquisition
EDUCATION
Minor
75
Theses
J. F. ATKINSON — A Discussion of ihe Distinctiveness of Hirst's Forms of Knowledge
P. D. HARRISON - Panerns of Authority in the Classroom
W. J. MITHEN — The Value of Educational Activities
P. RZECHORZEK
- Criteria Knowledge and Teaching
B. SANTAMARIA
- Equality and Education
G. PSYCHOLOGY
1.
2.
3.
4.
Attitudes and achievements of 9-11 year old children - K. B. Start.
Attitudes and achievements or teachers and the learning of their pupils — K. B. Start.
'Time-on-task' relations with pupil learning — K. B. Start.
Curiosity and affective arousal — J. Barsaloux.
PhD Theses in
Progress
M. AINLEY — The Role of Curiosity in Problem-solving
I. L. BALL — Performance in Si&ssful Situations
J. McMILLAN - The Effects of Counselling on Pre- and Post-Partum Anxiety in Primiparae
R. MILNE — Moral Development in Early Childhood
H. SCHOFIELD - The Relationship between Teachers' Attitudes and Pupils' Achievements
M.Ed
Theses in
Major
Progress
Theses
A. BALLARD — Curiosity and Cognition in Early Adolescence
M. J. BOURNE — Cognition and Spatial Relations in Mathematics
G. J. BOYLE - Delimitation of Slate and Trail Curiosity in Relation lo Stale Anxiety and Performance on a
Learning Task
H. GILMOUR - Survey of Oral Reading of Grade 2 Children
A. KENNEDY - Personality Factors and Mathematics Performance in Primary School Children
J. PARKER — Aspects of Peer Group Relationships in Primary School Classes wilh a Significant Migrant
Component
A. M. RIDSDALE - The Achievement of and AuiiudeTowards the Teaching of Reading in Pre- and Post-science
Teachers
I. F. SH ER WELL - Learner and Instructional Variables Contributing to the Learning and Retention of Related
Concepts al the Formal Levels of Attainment
R. K. WATSON — Sources and Consequences of Classroom Empathy
J. D. WHITE - Personality and Achievement in Computer-based drill and Practice for Primary School Children
V. C. YULE — Literacy for Educationally Disadvantaged Children
Minor
Theses
J. BECROFT - Relationships between Home Environment and Spelling Achievement of Grade 6 Pupils in
Canberra
H. J. DAP1RON — Achievement of Migrant Children in Secondarv Schools
B. T. DICKIE - Anxiety Scales
J. L. EVANS — Components of Test Anxiety
B.C. HESKETH - Provision of a Centralized Computing Facility for Secondary Schools in a Victorian Regional
Area
R. D. HEWITT - Some Factors Contributing to the School Performance of 10 and 14 year old Migrant Children
in Australia
B. HODGSON - Relieving Anxiety in Multiple Choice Examinations
B. F. JACKLING — .SV.v. Sex Role Identity and Field Independence
B. JOHNSON - The Effects of Schools on the Reading Ability of Primary School Children
T. C. MATTHEWS — The Effects of Item Wording on Item Characteristics in the Slate-Trail Anxiety Inventory
and the State-Trait Curiosity Inventory
M. MAYERS - The Use of the Rasch Model in Mathematics
G. MORGAN - Application of Bayesian Decision-theoretic Procedures to Criteria-referenced Texts
N. A. PATEMAN — Remediating Elementary Mathematics of First Year Primary Teaching Students
A. SCOTT — Motor-Sensory Therapy for Under-Achieving Children
K.J. SHARM AN - Relationship between Television Viewing Habits and Reading ofT welve Year Old Children
B. W. SMITH - Investigations into "Time on Task" Concepts
M. SMITH — The Relationship between Peer Group Status and Academic Achievement in the Primary School
R. 1. TINNING - Evaluation of the Status of Physical Education in a Sample of Geelong Primary Schools and
an Analysis of the Constraints Affecting its Teaching
R. J. WELSH - Time on Task Study involving Grade 3 Primary School Children
H. SOCIOLOGY
1. Social differences in educational achievement — R . V . Teese.
2. Matthew Arnold: a study in culture and ideology - L. R. Johnson.
3. F. R. Leavis and the role ofthe English literary intellectual - L. R. Johnson.
76
FACULTY OF EDUCATION
4. The concept of culture and thc English intellectual — L. R. Johnson.
5. Innovations in schools in Victoria - L. R. Johnson and P. N . Gill.
6. Australian intellectuals in the inter-war years — L. R. Johnson.
M.Ed
Theses in
Major
Progress
Theses
H. BANNISTER — An Analysis of the Development ofa Centralized Educational Bureaucracy in Victoria during
the Nineteenth Century
O. FORD — A Study of Local Communities and their Schools in the Shire of Braybrook 1871-1951
J. D. GOODALL — The Application of Freire's Theory on Literary Teaching to English with particular reference
to the Linguistic Aspects
J. C. HOWELLS — Sociological Aspects of Curriculum Development in Religious Education
M. KEANE — The Phenomenonological Perspective as a Methodology for the Social Sciences
D. D. McCALLUM — Aspects of Ideological Functioning of Schools
M. J. ORR - Critical Review of Deviance Literature with Emphasis on its Relevance to the Modern Urban
Secondary School Situation
P. T. TONER — Sex-Rote Conditioning in Technical Schools Curriculum
Minor
Theses
M. DELARGY HEALY — Teachers' Involvement in the Juvenile Justice System
E. DETH RIDGE - Problems in Art Education
M. J. FAULKNER - Some Reality Constructions of Gifted Working Class 11 Year Olds in Inner Suburban
Primary Schools
J. GRANT — Sociology of Educational Ideas
B. HOPKINS — 77te Role of the Primary School Teacher as seen by Teaching College Students
L. LICHTMAN — Role of Education in the Creation of New Societies: An Analysis of Durkheim. Mannheim and
lllich
B. PASQUA — Institutionalization of Community Participation Projects
R. S. STEWART
— Religious Development of Senior Students in Selected Single-Sex and Co-Educational
Catholic Schools
PUBLISHED WORK
BOOKS
DOW, G. M . — Uncommon Common Sense. Pergamon Press, Sydney, 1977. Revised and republished.
FAWNS, R. A. (cd.) - Handbook for the Science Talent Search. Science Teachers' Association of Victoria, 1977.
HANSEN, I . V. - 77ze Meaning Machine: an introduction to sentence making for secondary students. Jacaranda
Press, Brisbane, 1977.
MURRAY-SMITH, S. (consulting editor) - Freedom from Prejudice: an introduction lo the Australian
collection in the National Gallery of Victoria, by Brian Finemore, National Gallery of Victoria, 1977.
MURRAY-SMITH, S. (ed.) - Melbourne Studies in Education 1977, Melbourne University Press, 1977.
CHAPTERS OF BOOKS
DOW, G. M . — 'Course B': School-Based Teacher Education, in Innovation in Teacher Education, cd. C. Turney.
pp. 241-6, Sydney University Press, 1977.
ARTICLES AND PAMPHLETS
DINES, E. - Variational Analysis ofa Discourse Pattern - and stuff like lhal. in Working Papers in Linguistics.
eds R. J. Zatorski and E. H. Pearce, pp. 33-56, University of Melbourne, 1977, No. 3.
FAWNS, R. A. - Humanistic Goals and Competency Based Teacher Education, in Journal of the South Pacific
Association of Teacher Education. 1977.
FAWNS, R. and BUSHELL, A. - Open Ended Research and the Science Talent Search, in Journal of the
Science Teachers' Association of Victoria 21(1): pp. 6-10 (1977).
FAWNS, R. A. - Science in the Compulsory Years, in Journal of the Science Teachers' Association of Victoria
21(4): pp. 34 (1977).
FAWNS, R. A. — Science Teacher Questioning in Two Enquiry Directed Settings, in Research in Science
Education, 1977. (Australian Science Education Research Association).
FAWNS, R., SHEERS, A. and SPEHR, J. - 'Struggle for Survival' - A Game lor Senior Biologists, and a
review of a trial version, in Journal of the Science Teachers' Association of Victoria 21(4): pp. 31-33 (1977).
GRIFFIN, P. E. and START, K. B. - Evaluation of Museum Education Services, in New Directions in Museum
Education. Australian UNESCO Seminar, Adelaide, 1977.
N . E. McMURRAY, M . E. BERNARD, K. VORWEYK and J. SCHILLING - Instructional Design for
Accelerating Children's Concept Learning. Journal of Educational Psychology. 69(6): pp. 660-667.
SCHOFIELD, H. and START, K. B. — Attitudes towards Reading and the Teaching of Reading in a Group of
Student Teachers. Journal of Educational Research 7(5): pp. 246-51 (1977).
SMITH, W. G. S. — Knowledge, Objectivity and the Paradigm Case Argument, in Educational Philosophy and
Theory. 9(2): pp. 19-30 (October 1977).
EDUCATION
77
Master
of
Major
Education
Theses
1. CARDELL, K. J. — Very Little Poetry. Tertiary Literature Students and the Study of Poetry: Some Case
Studies
2. ECKERSALL, K. E. - A History of Aims in Printing Education in Melbourne 1870-1970
3. GARDNER. P. R. - The Philosophy of Creativity
4. PALMER, K. I. — Matthew Arnold's Perception of Culture and the Implications of that Perception for his
Educational Writing
Minor
Theses
5. BOYD, L. C. — Origins and Development of General Science in Victoria 1942-1962
6. BRICK, J. M. — An Analysis of Christian Socialist Thought with particular reference to Education as
represented in their Journals "Politics for the People", "The Christian Socialist" and "The Journal of
Association"; 1848-1852
7. BUNBURY, R. M. - Children's Understanding of Literature
8. CARNEGIE, A. B. — Continuing Education for Farmers in Victorian Agricultural Colleges
9. CLAUGHTON,
W. G. - Self Overestimate
and Scholastic Success
10. COOPER, M. C. - Women and Social Change
11. CROSS, R. J. — Distinguishing the Science content taken by Grade 12 students
12. ELLIOTT, R. H. - An Investigation of some Educational Implications of Holland's Theory of Vocational
Choice
13. GEORGIOU, E. H. - Greek Migrant Parents' Attitudes Towards Handicap
14. MARTIN, R. A. — The Victorian Agricultural High Schools: Origins, Development and Failure, with
special reference to Ballarat. Sale. Shepparton and Wangaratta Agricultural High Schools
15. MITCHELL. W. J. — Educational Leadership of Regional Directors
16. McDOUGALL, A. B. — Computer-based learning in an Australian setting: A Study of the Development and
use of a Foreign Language Vocabulary Program at the University of Melbourne
17. NIELSEN, G. A. — A Comparative Study of three State Colleges of Victoria — Burwood. Frankston,
Toorak 1973-1976
18. NORMAN. M. J. — Curriculum Design and Contemporary Values
19. NORTHROP, J. M. - Education in a General Sense
20. PARROTT, M. C. - Some conceptual problems in curriculum integration
21. QUIN, M. J. - The State College of Victoria
22. RAWLINGS,
D. — Validation of the state-trait distinction in curiosity
23. RAWLINGS,
M. L. — The effects of imputed popularity and imputed success on self-esteem and school
achievement in the eighth grade
24. STUTTERD,
A. B. — The nature and organization of secondary "method" programmes in teacher
education: A comparison between selected institutions in Australia and England
ERDC: A 'Think Tank' Approach to Educational Policy - K. B. Start.
ERDC: Formal and Functional Variation in Urban Children's Language - E. Dines.
ERDC: Pupil Outcome as Criteria in Educational Research - K. B. Start.
ERDC: Small Group Responses to Literature in Undirected Learning Situations — I . V. Hansen.
ERDC: Subject Choice in the Upper Secondary School in Victoria — K. Lee Dow.
ERDC and Victorian Education Department: Establishment and First Three Year of an Open Plan Design School
Complex — K. B. Start.
Victorian Education Department: Assessment of Educational Progress — K. B. Start.
CENTRE FOR THE STUDY OF HIGHER EDUCATION
Director:
Professor
D. G.
Beswick
Director and Professor DAVID GEORGE BESWICK
Senior Lecturers JOHN EDWARD ANWYL
SAMUEL CYRIL DRIVER (on leave)
ROBERT FREDERICK GARTON
Lecturers JOHN ALBERT BOWDEN
JOHN CRIGHTON JULIAN
•GORDON ANDERSON SHEARER
Research Fellows FELICITY CATHERINE LOUISE BEIGHTON (until June)
TERRENCE RICHARD DUNN
•ANNE McDOUGALL
GUTTA LAKSHMANA RAO
Visiting Research Fellows WILFRED NEIL BARDSLEY (from August - December)
ROBERT COPE (June - August)
PATRICK McDONNELL (from October - December)
1. A study of the social and educational values of Australian academics - Anwyl, Bowden, Rao.
2. A longitudinal study of the transition from secondary to tertiary education and career development —
Beswick, Rao.
3. An analysis of Australian experiences during the first three years after matriculation — Beswick, Bardsley,
Dunn, McDonnell.
4. An Australian study of equality of opportunity in education — Rao.
5. Intrinsic motivation, curiosity and career related behaviour — Beswick.
6. The evaluation of university courses — Beswick, Garton.
7. An investigation into computerized information systems in the United Kingdom — Bowden.
8. Design of materials for teaching manipulative skills in the chemistry laboratory — Bowden.
9. Studies of analysis of examination data and assessment and selection methods — Dunn.
10. A survey of student housing needs — Beswick.
11. Problems of part-time students - Anwyl, Garton.
12. Characteristics of women entering science — McDougall, Beswick.
PUBLISHED WORK
BOOKS
1. BOWDEN, J. A. and RIX, C. J. — Manipulative Skills in the Chemistrv Laboratory: Volumetric Techniques
Guide. CSHE University of Melbourne, 1977.
2. RAO, G. L. — Overseas Students in Australia. ERU Australian National University. Canberra, 1977.
3. RAO. G. L. - Internal Migration and Political Change in India. National Publishing House. New Delhi,
1977.
ARTICLES
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
78
BEIGHTON, F. C. L. and GALLAGHER, A. P. - A Nationwide Survey of Tertiary Students" Budgets.
Vestes 20: 35-36 (1977).
BESWICK, D. G. and McDOUGALL, A. B. - Characteristics of Women Entering Science. Proceedings
48lh ANZAAS Congress. Melbourne 1977.
BOWDEN, J. A. and FALK, B. - Confravision Links' - An Alternative to Interstate Travel for
Conferences. Vestes 20: 58-60 (1977).
McDONNELL, P. and BESWICK, D. G. - School Effects on Educational Intentions in Australia.
Education Research and Perspectives 4: 3-12 (1977).
McDOUGALL, A. — Student-Computer Communication for Foreign Language Learning in Davis, M .
(ed.). Communication in Science — Papers given during the 48th ANZAAS Congress. Melbourne, 1977, 5461.
McDOUGALL, A. - The use of computers in foreign language teaching, 1-7.
McDOUGALL, A. — The computers in Education Research Group at the University of Melbourne, 8-18.
McDOUGALL, A. - Evaluation of Swedish vocabulary practice program, 31-40 in Martin, .1. S. (ed.), The
Teaching of Swedish in Melbourne 1977: Department of Germanic Studies, University of Melbourne, 1977.
RICHMOND. A. H. and RAO, G. L. - Recent Developments in Immigration lo Canada and Australia.
International Journal of Comparative Sociology, XVII: 183-205 (1977).
BEIGHTON, F. C. L. and VOWELS, L. - Student Parents al Melbourne University. Their Needs and
Problems. Student Services Office. University of Melbourne (1977).
CENTRE FOR THE STUDY OF HIGHER EDUCATION
79
PhD Thesis in
KENNETH
NORMAN
M.Ed
HELEN GARRETTY
Progress
ROSS - Social area indicators and education achievement
Thesis in
Progress
— Placement of E type applicants with previous tertiary experience
Rural Credits: Career development.
Council for Educational Technology for the U.K.: Computerized information systems.
University of Melbourne: Student housing survey.
Committee of Inquiry into Education and Training: Australian experiences during the first three years after
matriculation.
Australian Research Grants Committee: Intrinsic motivation and higher education preferences.
Australian Research Grants Committee: A study of the social and educational role and values of Australian
academics.
Education Research and Development Committee: Career development.
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
Chairman
of department:
Mr D. C
Evans
Professor STANLEY ROBERT SIEMON
Visiting Professor HENRY REGINALD CLIVE PRATT
Readers DAVID GORDON EVANS
IESTYN JAMES HARRIS
WERNER STRAUSS
Senior Lecturers W I L L I A M REGINALD BULMER MARTIN
DAVID GEORGE WOOD
ROBERT SELWYN YOST
Lecturers GARY NORRIS KERKIN
SHENG HSIUN L I N
BRIAN RALPH STANMORE
DONALD GEORGE VANSELOW
Tutor HOWARD ROYCE DEVLIN
Senior Research Officer FREDERICK ADRIAN BULL
Junior Research Fellow HENDRIK ADRIAAN JACOBUS BATTAERD
Graduate Research Assistant JOHN MURRAY CHARLESWORTH
A. FUEL ENGINEERING
3.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Fluid bed combustion — Dr B. R. Stanmore.
Processes for dewatering brown coal — Dr B. R. Stanmore, Professor S. R. Siemon and Mr D. G. Evans.
Production of hard carbon from brown coal — Dr B. R. Stanmore and Professor S. R. Siemon.
Extrusion of brown coal — Dr B. R. Stanmore.
Structure of brown coal — Professor S. R. Siemon.
Conversion of brown coal to liquid fuels - Professor S. R. Siemon and Mr R. S. Yost.
Handling of solid fuels - Dr F. A. Bull.
Electrode grist and pitch from brown coal char - Dr F. A. Bull.
Identification of petroleum residues in arsons - Dr F. A. Bull.
Solvent extraction of brown coal — Mr D. G. Evans.
Interaction of ammonia with brown coal - Mr D. G. Evans.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
Role of activated carbon in waste water treatment — Mr W. R. B. Martin.
Algae growth on sewage — Mr W. R. B. Martin.
Uptake of phosphorus from waste water by algae — Mr W. R. B. Martin.
Recovery of useful products from piggery wastes — Professor S. R. Siemon.
Thermal dewatering of piggery effluent - Dr D. G. Vanselow.
Thermal and mechanical dewatering of lucerne leaves — Dr D. G. Vanselow and Mr D. G. Evans.
Kinetics of phenol biodegradation — Dr D. G. Vanselow.
Utilization of oxygen in activated sludge plants — Dr I . J. Harris.
Effect of air pollutants on Australian plants — Dr W. Strauss.
Continuous high temperature/short time sterilization of liquid foods using steam injection — Dr D. G. Wood.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
Backmixing in solvent extraction — Professor I I . R. C. Pratt.
Droplet coalescence and breakdown in packed liquid extraction columns — Professor H. R. C. Pratt.
Mass transfer coefficients in multi-component vapour-liquid systems - Mr R. S. Yost.
Theoretical and experimental investigation into the melting of a sphere — Dr D. G. Wood
Condensation inside horizontal and vertical tubes — Dr D. G. Wood.
Pressure drop studies in annular two-phase flow — Dr D. G. Wood.
Thc structure of the interface during condensation iwo-phase flow — Dr D. G. Wood.
Correlations for two-phase.convective heat transfer — Mr D. G. Evans.
B. BIOCHEMICAL ENGINEERING
C. TRANSPORT PHENOMENA
D. OTHER
30. Heat loss during anasthaesis - Dr I . J. Harris.
31. The supply and demand of Chemical Engineers in Australia — Dr D. G. Wood.
32. The effect of transportation options on urban air pollution — Dr W. Strauss.
80
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
81
ARTICLES
1. BATTERHAM, R. J. and WOOD, D. G. - The Effect of Return Bends on the Heal Transfer from an
Internationally Flowing Turbulent Air Stream in Smooth Tubes. Second Australasian Conference on Heat
and Mass Transfer, Sydney University, February I977. pp. 93.
2. DOWNING, P. G., STANMORE, B. R. and YOST, R. S. - An Assessment of Brown Coal as a Feed for
Conversion to Liquid Fuels. Chemeca 77, 5th Australian Conference on Chemical Engineering, pp. 83-88.
Canberra, I977.
3. EVANS. D. G. - Oil from Coal in Australia. Session K; Energy Resources and Utilization, Section 1 —
Physics, 48th ANZAAS Congress, Melbourne, 1977.
4. EVANS. D. G. — A New Approach to Convective Heat-Transfer Correlations. Second Australasian
Conference on Heat and Mass Transfer, pp. 305-312, Sydney, 1977.
5. GOLDING, R. M., HARRIS, B., RALPH, B. J., RICKARD, J . A. D. and VANSELOW, D. G. - The
nature of the Passivation Film on Covellite exposed to Oxygen, in GBF (Gesselschaft fur Biotechnologische
Forschungj Monograph Series, No. 4, 1977, Braunschweig.
6. KERKIN, G. N„ BULL, F. A. (University of Melbourne) and KENNEDY, G. L. (Australian Char Pty.
Ltd.) — A Simple Routine-control Drop-shatter Test in Proceedings of an International Conference on
Fracture Mechanics and Technology, eds G. C. Sih and G. L. Chow, pp. 1381-1395, Sijthoff and Noordhoff
International Publishers, Alphen aan den Rijn, The Netherlands, 1977.
7. NGUYEN, K. L. and WOOD, D. G. — Filmwise Condensation of a Pure Substance inside a Horizontal
Tube. Second Australasian Conference on Heat and Mass Transfer, Svdney University, February 1977.
pp. 347.
8. PRATT. H. R. C. and ANDERSON, W. J. - On Axial Mixing and the Design of Packed Extraction
Columns from First Principles, Proc. Internal. Solv. Extraction Conf. (Toronto), 1977.
9. ROWNEY, J. E. and WOOD. D. G. - Melting o f a Single Body in a Hoi Gas Stream. Second Australasian
Conference on Heat and Mass Transfer, Sydney University, February 1977, pp.93.
10. STANMORE, B. R. and BOYD, A. R. - Heat Transfer and Thermal Effects in Healed Cylinders of
Victorian Brown Coal. Second Australasian Conference on Heat and Mass Transfer, pp. 115-120, Svdney,
1977.
11. L I N , S. H. — Consecutive Immobilized Enzymatic Reactions with and without Enzyme Denaturation,
Biophysical Chemistry 7. pp. 229 (1977).
12. LIN. S. H. — Particle Deposition due to Thermal Forces in a Tube, 32, pp. 637 (1977). Applied Scientific
Research.
13. LIN, S. H. — Optimal Design of Mechanical Aeration Systems for Thermally and Organically Polluted
Streams, International J. of Systems Science 8, pp. I l l (1977).
14. L I N , S. H. - Analysis of Thermophoretic Deposition of Aerosol Particles from Laminar Gas Stream.
Chemical Engineering Science 32. pp. 458 (1977).
15. LIN, S. H. - Longitudinal Dispersion in Porous Media with Variable Porosity. Journal of Hvdrology 34,
pp. 13 (1977).
16. L I N , S. H. — Nonlinear Adsorption in Layered Porous Media Flow. Journal of Ilvdraulics Division.
American Society of Civil Engineers 103 (HY9), pp. 951 (1977).
17. L I N , S. H. — An Analysis of Immobilized Enzymatic Reaction in a Packed Bed Reactor with Enzyme
Denaturation. Chemical Engineering Journal 14. pp. 125 (1977).
18. NGIAN. M . F„ NGIAN, K. F.. LIN, S. H. and PEARCE, G. R. - Biogasification using NaOH Treated
Pig Faeces. (Technical Notes), Journal of Environmental Engineering Division, American Society of Civil
Engineers, 103, EE6.
19. SHARPE, K. and BEKTASH, R. M . - Heterogeneity and the Modelling of Bacterial Spore Death: The
Case of Continuously Decreasing Death Rate, Canadian Journal of Microbiology. 23. pp. 1501, (1977).
20 STRAUSS, W. and MAINWARING. S. J. - Report to the S.A. Dept. of Transport. A Study of Air
Pollution in the North East Area Public Transportation Review (Adelaide) 53 pages.
1
Doctor of
1. RADFORD,
Philosophy
R. D. - Chemical conversion in turbulent tubular reactors
Master
of Engineering
Science
2. PATTERSON, P. J. — 77ie reaction of brown coal with formaldehyde
3. ROBINSON, E. P. — A study ofthe effect of an anionic detergent on the performance ofa standard septic lank
PhD Theses in
Progress
ANDERSON, W. J. — Studies of axial mixing in liquid-liquid systems
BEKTASH. R. M. — Effects of heat and pressure on bacterial spores
CAM1ER, R. J. — Brown coal structure
CHIAM, H. F. - Kinetics of bacterial growth on phenol
COVEY, G. H. — Application of the parallel plate plastometer to brown coal rheology
HOOPER, R. J. — Solvent extraction of brown coal
82
FACULTY OF ENGINEERING
NGIAN, K. F. — Microbial activity in a fluidized bed of carbon
NGUYEN, K. L. — Condensation inside a horizontal tube
OUSSA, A. R. — Interaction of ammonia with brown coal
PATHAK, J. P. - Heat treatment of lucerne
PYKE, L. H. — Econometrics of residue recycling
ROWNEY, J. E. — Melting of a sphere due to convective heat transfer
SUBRAHMANIYAM,
S. — Studies of the frictional pressure drop in annular two-phase flows.
TANG, T. O. — Heal loss during anaesthesis
WRIGHT, M. J. — Kinetics of chlorine dioxide sterilization
M.EngSc
Theses in
Progress
BROWN, S. R. — The treatability of brown coal dewatering effluent
DROHAN, P. J. A. - Effect of lithotype in coat dewatering
FISHER, R. J. - Luxury uptake by the algae Chlorella Pyrenoidose
ROYLANCE, S. J. — Oxygen utilization in an activated sludge aeration
Grants have been received as follows:Esso Australia Ltd: Interfacial studies using hot film anemometers.
NCRAC: Handling properties of solid fuel
NCRAC: Electrode pitch from brown-coal char.
VBCR & DC: Effect of lithotype on coal dewatering
ARGC: Petroleum substitutes from coal.
CIVIL ENGINEERING
Chairman
of department:
Professor
L. K.
Stevens
Professor of Agricultural Engineering CHARLES GLENN ELDRICK DOWNING
Professors JOHN DEMPSTER LAWSON
LEONARD KELMAN STEVENS
Visiting Professor LARRY STEWART SLOTTA
Readers DAVID EDGAR ANGUS
PETER JOHN MOORE
LEWIS CHRISTIAN SCHMIDT
BRUCE BURNELL SHARP
ALFRED KEITH TURNER
Senior Lecturers GEOFFREY DONALD BASE
DAVID WINSTON BENNETT
HARALD RICHARD GRAZE
PETER JAMES HOADLEY
PETER RONALD MORGAN
IAN CHAPMAN O'NEILL
Lecturers HUGH PATERSON BROWN
ROSS HEATLEY M A C M I L L A N
JOHN RICHARD STYLES
KULDEEP SINGH VIRD1
Part-time Lecturer,-joint appointment with Chemical Engineering DONALD GEORGE VANSELOW
Senior Research Fellow ROBERT BRUCE FREEMAN
Research Fellows RONALD CHARLES BASSETT
JOHN LINCOLN BURROW
REGINALD PAUL BURROW
Tutor BRUCE GAVIN CRAWFORD
Academic Associates LEON GOTTLIEB
SAMUEL FRYDMAN
Research Consultant ALSTAIR JAMES MACKENZIE
A. AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Retardancc coefficients for shallow flow through vegetation.
Spray irrigation method for orchards with heavy soils.
Increased runoff from rural catchments.
The numeric description of some hydrologic processes on a small forested catchment.
Evaporation patterns in an agricultural catchment.
Calculation of actual evaporation from inland Australia.
Soil moisture and hydrology of the Basalt Plains of Western Victoria.
Runoff from cattle feedlots.
Thermal dewatering of piggery effluent.
Pneumatic separation of grain from chaff.
Systems analysis of engineering operations in wheat harvesting.
Engineering aspects of sheep and wool handling.
Dewatering of forage.
Protein extraction.
The effect of ultrasonic waves on soil and seeds.
Dehydration of grapes using a heated granular medium.
Fogging for frost prevention.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Basic physics of particle transport.
Two-phase flow in closed conduits.
Unsteady flow (water hammer) in closed conduits.
Boundary layer and friction properties of corrugated conduits.
Unsteady flow in open channels.
Mathematical modelling of stream channel morphology.
Mathematical modelling of sediment sources and transport within catchments.
Simulation modelling of water resources and multicomponent systems.
Coastal erosion studies.
Wave forces and wave run-up on coastal/offshore structures.
Properties of a real sea state through simultaneous measure of wave height and current.
Dynamic physical properties of rivers and estuaries.
Research into the rational behaviour of air chambers.
B. HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING
84
14. Dynamic Held investigations of integrated pumping installation.
15. Developments of novel velocity measuring techniques.
16. Modelling of air-entraining vortices.
C. SOIL ENGINEERING
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Behaviour of surface foundations on clay.
Soil-structure interaction in piled foundations.
Earth pressure distributions on rigid and flexible walls and braced excavations in clay and sand.
Evaluation of subgrade and flexible pavement materials.
Determination of strength and deformation properties of soft clays.
Foundation performance of deep sea sediments.
D. STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
Stresses in end-zones of pretensioned concrete beams.
Shrinkage and thermal cracking in reinforced concrete.
The shear-friction analogy in reinforced concrete.
Thermal effects in bridge decks.
Composite construction.
Fatigue in stud shear connectors.
Concrete structural hinges (articulations).
Dynamic response of structures and structural elements to various loading systems (wind, sea, or traffic).
Analysis of column-supported reinforced concrete slabs.
Limit design of reinforced concrete slabs.
Prepacked aggregate concrete.
Inelastic behaviour of space trusses.
Corrosion of reinforcement in concrete.
Behaviour of bolted joints.
The response to load of elastomeric bridge bearings.
Stiffened steel plates as structural element for multi-storey buildings.
Testing procedures for scaffolding.
Effects of impact on structural elements.
Behaviour of stiffened plates in non-elastic range.
Development and application of limit design.
Inelastic behaviour or compression members.
The use of analytical and other techniques in construction management.
Management games in construction management education.
E. TRANSPORT ENGINEERING
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Behavioural modelling of urban travel demand.
Studies of public transport operations.
Transport and land use structures for new urban areas.
Transport and residential location.
Selection and evaluation of highway locations.
Usage patterns for private automobiles.
Traffic flows at T-intersections.
Urban trip generation characteristics.
PUBLISHED WORK
ARTICLES
1. BASE, G. D. and MURRAY, M. H . — Control of Shrinkage Cracking in Reinforced Concrete. Conf. of the
Australian Fracture Group. Melbourne, Oct. (1977).
2. BASSETT, R. C. - Transport and Urban Structure for New Cities, l.E.Aust. National Transportation
Conference, Orange, October 1977.
3. BROWN, H P. - Attiludinal Measures in Models of Mode Choice, Australian Transport Research Forum,
Melbourne, May 1977.
4. FARRAN, I . G„ TURNER, A. K. and MULLANEY, P. D. - Management of Piggery Effluent in
Victoria. Agricultural Engineering. Aust. 6 No. 2 (1977).
5. GRAZE, H. R., SCHUBERT, J. and FORREST. J. A. - Field Data Analysis of a Large Air Chamber
Installation. Sixth Australasian Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics Conference. Adelaide, Vol. 5, pp. 556,
August 1977.
6. HARITOS, N . — Modelling the Dynamic Response of Simple Structures to Stochastic Inputs via a Fast
Fourier Transform Algorithm. Sixth Australasian Conference on the Mechanics of Structures and Materials.
University of Canterbury, Christchurch, N.Z., August (1977).
7. MACKENZIE, A. J. and BURROW, R. P. - The Structures ofthe Australian Wool Industry by Size and
Flock. Wool Technology and Sheep Breeding. Vol. xxv, No. 3, pp. 7-13 (1977).
CIVIL ENGINEERING
85
8. MORGAN, P. R. and COGAN, K, - Problems in the Modification and Analysis of Space Trusses, Sixth
Australasian Conference on the Mechanics of Structures and Materials. University of Canterbury,
Christchurch, N.Z., August (1977).
9. MORGAN, P. R. and SCHMIDT, L. C. - Improving the Structural Behaviour of Flat Double Layer Space
Trusses by Simple Modification, Civ. Engg. Trans.. l.E.Aust. Vol. CEI9, No. 1, pp. 75-83 (1977).
10. MORGAN, P. R. and SHAW, D. W. - The Reliable Use of Precedence Diagram Lag Factors, Gen. Engg.
Trans. l.E.Aust. Vol. GEI (1977).
11. SCHMIDT, L. C , MORGAN, P. R. and COULTHARD, B. R. - The influence of Eccentricity and
Continuity on the Inelastic Behaviour of a Space Truss. Sixth Australasian Conference on the Mechanics of
Structures and Materials. University of Canterbury, Christchurch, N.Z., Aug. (1977).
12. SCHMIDT, L. C , MORGAN, P. R. and STEVENS, L. K. - Effects of Imperfections on Space Frame
Stiffness, Journal of Structural Division, >1SC£, Vol. 103, STI, pp. 197-210, Jan. (1977).
13. SHARP, B. B. - A Simple Model for Water Column Rupture, Proc. l l t h Congress of Int. Assoc. for Hyd.
Res. Baden Baden, Vol. 5, pp. 155, Aug. (1977).
14. SHARP, B. B. and HARITOS, N . - Flow Direction and Magnitude, A Suspension Wire Application, Sixth
Australasian Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics Conference. Adelaide, pp. 608, Dec. (1977).
15. STEVENS, L. K. - Review of Limit State Design Effects. Conf. on Limit State Design. Assoc. Consult.
Struct. Eng. May (1977).
16. VIRDI, K. S. - A New Technique for Moment-Thrust-Curvature Calculations for Columns in Biaxial
Bending. Sixth Australasian Conference on the Mechanics of Structures and Materials. University of
Canterbury, Christchurch, N.Z. Aug. (1977).
17. V1TELLESCHI, S. and SCHMIDT, L. C. - Damping in Fiction - Grip Bolted Joints. Journal of
Structural Division. ASCE, Vol. 103, ST7, July (1977).
18. WESCOTT, R. J. — Nonlinear Static Response of Clamped Circular Arches. Sixth Australasian Conference
on the Mechanics of Structures and Materials, University of Canterbury, Christchurch, N.Z., Aug. (1977).
T H E S E S PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES
Master
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
of Engineering
Science
CLIFT, T. R. - 77ie Hydraulics of Bay Irrigation - A Field Study
JOYCE, P. F. - The Choice of Access Mode to a Rail Interchange
KENT, M. J. - Optimal Location of Modal Interchanges
LONGLEY, T. S. - Determination of Recharge in a Combined Aquifer Using Numerical Methods
MARTIN, T. C. - Behaviour of a Flexible Wall Subjected to Incremental Excavation
McMENAMIN,
D. A. — Traffic Restraint Through Congestion Pricing
PEDLAR, I . V. - The Geotechnical Properties of Sanitary Landfills
SINGLETON. D. J. - The Effect of Fare Increases on the Use of Public Transport in Melbourne
SMITH, R. A. — The Evaluation of Small Scale Bus Improvements
TURNBULL, D. A. - A Self Locking Joint for Steel Structures
Wl LSDON, J. - Regional Groundwater Flow Modelling by the Finite Element Method with Application to
the Murray Valley Irrigation Area of Victoria
PhD Theses in
Progress
N. R. BACZYNSKl
— Application of Physical Modelling Techniques to the Assessment of Ground Stability
Around Mine Openings
W. E. BAMFORD - Some Geomechanical Studies for Tunnelling Projects
R. C. BASSETT — A Methodology for Generating Transport/Land use Structures for New Urban Areas
L. J. BREN — Numeric Description of Some Hydrologic Processes on a Smalt Forested Catchment
H. P. BROWN - Attitudes in Behavioural Modelling - a Study in Modal Choice
I. J. CHANDLER — Transfer of Preslress in Pretensioned Prestressed Concrete
A. J. GABRIC — Investigation of Buoyant Plume Distribution
S. GOLDSTEIN — An Investigation in Moment Distribution of Non Prismatic Members and its Application lo
Flat Slab Analysis
A. HANAOR - An Aspect of Space Truss Behaviour
N. HARITOS — Wave Spectra and Energy Transfer to Dynamic Structural Response
P. H. JOWETT - Effect of Ultrasonic Waves on Soil and Seeds
M. KENT - 77ie Measurement of Public Transport Accessibility and its Effect on Car Ownership
M. MURRAY - The Control of Thermal and Shrinkage Cracking in Reinforced Concrete
J. P. PATHAK — Dewatering of Crops by Thermal and Mechanical Treatment
T. A. PATTON — Transport and Residential Location in Western Cities
I. D. RICHARDS - An Optimization of Rural Rail Goods Movement
G. SCOTT — Investigation of Imperfections in Stiffened Steel Plate Structures
J. STYLES — Foundation Performance in Deep Sea Sediments
J. D. THOMAS — Temperature Measurement in Bridge Decks
A. G. THOMPSON - Slab Foundations on Clay Subgrade
C. B. UBER — Road Traffic Aspects of Gap and Lag Acceptance
R. J. VASS — Simulation of Water Quality in a River System
J. WASHUSEN — Investigation into Stress Strain Time Behaviour in Rocks
R.J. WESCOTT - Lateral Stability of Trusses
B. J. WILLIAMS - A Systems Study Involving the Water Environment of Westernport Bay
R. J. WILLIAMSON
- Soil Moisture and Hydrology of The Basalt Plains of Western Victoria
86
M.EngSc
Theses in
Progess
N. AGELIDIS - Ortholropic Steel Plate in Multi Storey Buildings
A. ALTMANN
— Urban Hydrology and Sediment Transport
J. APELBAUM — Ground Traffic Generation at Airports
J. ATTARD - Hillerborgs Strip Method of Design of R. C. Slabs
V. BECK — Repealed Uplift and Shear Loading on Steel Roofing
A. BENNETT - Response of Structures to Impact Loading
A. J. BETHUNE - Behaviour of Very Soft Silts and Clays
I. BOLAND — Shear Friction Analogy (Concrete)
G. COOK - Brittle Type Instability of HSFGB Joints
B. COULTHARD
— Design of Space Frameworks
B. CRAWFORD - Fogging for Frost Prevention
P. M. DIGHT - Pipeline Flotation
M. J. DOWN — Pneumatic Grain Cleaning in Combine Harvesters
J. R. DUNNE — The Evaluation of Rural Highway Locations
S. A. FACHRI - Alternative Industrial Roof Structure
L. FAIRHURST
- Moment Rotation Characteristics of R.C. Beams
H. A. FRIEND - Behaviour of Rock Socketed Piles
L. GOTTLIEB - Vibration Cutting of Coal
W. R. GRAYSON — Non Linear Analysis of Structural Systems of Steel and Concrete
B. M. GREGG — Space Structures
M. E. LANGDON - Wind Effects on Structures
K. K. LO — Fatigue Behaviour of Shear Connectors in a Steel and Concrete Composite Structure
B. P. McNAMEE — Dynamic Response of Marine Structures
S. J. MILLS — Dissolved Oxygen in the LaTrobe River
J. MOODY — The Effect of Elastomeric Bridge Bearings on Bridge Dynamics
A. O'MEAGHER — Behaviour of Space Trusses in the Inelastic Range
M. D. O'ROURKE — An Analysis of the Operating Costs of the Melbourne Suburban Railway Network
M. PATRICK - Large Scale Nonlinear Finite Element Analysts
J. P. PIPER - Vibration of Tension Piles
J. A. PORTER - Trip Generation Characteristics of Parks and Recreation Facilities in Urban Areas
W. L. PUMP — In situ strength of a residual fissured clay
P. R. SEAMER — The Temporal Stability of Trip Generation Relationships
D. SHEEHAN — Watershed Modelling with Particular Attention to Sediment
D. M. SMITH — Selection of Flexible Pavement Materials
R. M. STAMPBACH
- Effects of Wind on Structures
C. K. TANG — Properties of Prepacked Concrete
J. A. TAYLOR — Design of Joints in Timber Structures
J. L. VANDERMOLEN
— Corrosion of Reinforcement in Concrete
L. W. WALKER - Quantity and Quality of Stormwater Runoff from a Cattle Feedlol
K. WATTERS - Progressive Failure in Stiffened Plate Structures
P. J. WATTS — Evapotranspiration from an Agricultural Catchment
N. B. WELLINGTON
- Watershed Hydrology and Sediment Transport
P. D. WHITE — Evaluation ofa Repealed Loading Triaxial Machine as an Indicator of Base Course Material
Performance
Y. S. WOO — Fatigue Behaviour of Composite Construction of Concrete and Stiffened Plate
P. J. YTTRUP - Consolidation Characteristics of Hydraulic Fill
C. ZOPPOU — Computer Simulation of Transport and Sedimentation Processes Overland and in Rivers.
M.AgrSc
Theses in Progress
N. CHANMEESR1
- The Role of Stem Diameter for Shallow Flow of Water through Vegetation
E. M. P. B. EKANAYAKE
- Simple Method of Estimating Potential Evaporation
M. J. WILLIAMSON
- Estimation of a Degree of Cell Rupture in Lucerne Leaves Macerated by Extrusion
M.AppISc
Theses in Progress
R. CRAIGIE - Groundwater Hydrology
J. W. GRAVES - The Potential Market for Limited Range Automobiles
A. E. PARISH — Simulation of Traffic Flows at a T-intersection
Australian Engineering and Building Industries Research Association Limited: Thermal and Shrinkage Cracking
in Reinforced Concrete.
Australian Research Grants Committee: Rational Behaviour of Air Chambers.
Australian Welding Research Association: Fatigue Behaviour of Welded Stud Connectors.
Australian Wool Corporation: Musheep Program on Wool Harvesting.
Australian Water Resources Council: Australian Water Resources (Cattle Feedlots).
Australian Water Resources Council: Australian Water Resources (Soil Moisture).
Commonwealth Scholarship and Fellowship Plan: Dewatering of Forage by Thermal and Mechanical Means.
Wheat Industry Research Council: Pneumatic Grain Cleaning Device for a Wheat Header Harvester.
Wheat Industry Research Council: Systems Analysis of Engineering Operations in Wheat Production.
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Chairman
of department:
Professor
K. M.
Adams
Professors KEITH MEREDITH ADAMS
JOHN HENRY ANDERSON
Reader in Biophysics DAVID JOHN DEWHURST
Reader in Electronics ARTHUR ERIC FERGUSON
Reader in Communication Systems JAMES BA1LDON POTTER
Senior Lecturers DONALD FRANCIS HEWITT
DONALD ARCHIBALD HARVEY JOHNSON
JOHN CHARLES McCUTCHAN
KENNETH WALTER MACKLEY
JOHN STUART PACKER
Lecturers JEAN BROWN
IAN CLYDE COCHRANE
ROBIN JOHN EVANS
DAVID JOHN HILL
Tutors DAVID JOHN CADDY
GEOFFREY GARTH JARMAN
WAYNE PETER MARRIOTT
PHILLIP LAWRENCE NICHOLSON
Research Assistant ROBERT GLENN WALKER
A.
WAVE DIGITAL FILTERS -
K M . Adams
1. Wave digital filter hardware design and operation.
2. Theoretical studies of wave digital filters.
B.
P O W E R - E L E C T R O N I C S Y S T E M A N A L Y S I S A N D DESIGN C. B I O E N G I N E E R I N G -
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
K. M . Adams
D. J. Dewhurst
Control of Skilled Human Limb Movements.
Electrical Safety in the Hospital Environment.
Characterisation of Respiratory Function by Complex Impedance of Airway
An Implanted Nerve Deafness Prosthesis.
Computer-assisted Training for the Physically Handicapped.
D.
MICROWAVES -
D. F. Hewitt
1. Large signal modelling of microwave MESFET transistors.
2. Broadband microwave transistor amplifiers using lossy equalisers.
3. Numerical simulation of microwave field effect transistors.
E.
N O N L I N E A R C I R C U I T S A N D S Y S T E M S — D . J. H i l l
1. Development ofa comprehensive set of criteria for various stability properties of nonlinear circuits and systems.
2. Instability results for interconnected systems using functional analysis techniques.
F.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
E L E C T R I C F E N C E S Y S T E M S - J. C. MeCutchan
Development of Automatic Observation Equipment.
Training Cattle to Respect Electric Fences.
Field Performance of Electric Fence Components.
Electric Fencing for Kangaroos.
Solar Powered Electric Fence Systems.
Fence Pulse Strength Monitor Systems.
G. POWER S Y S T E M S -
K . W. Mackley
I . Implementation of an optimal bang-bang excitation control ofa synchronous generator, to effect improvements
in the transient stability characteristics of a power system.
87
88
H.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
C O N T R O L S Y S T E M S - J. S. Packer
A microprocessor as a general purpose countrollcr.
Modal control via Eigenvalue and Eigenvector Assignments.
Direct Digital Computer Control of Power System Voltage Profiles.
Microprocessor based Control of the Spray Boom on a Tractor.
Simulation Studies of Kidney Function.
J. COMMUNICATIONS - J. B. Potter and D. A. H. Johnson
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Application of state machine concepts to the design of computer based systems.
H.F. transmission path simulation.
High speed logic.
Time series analysis methods.
Computer music project.
Number theoretic transforms for fast convolution.
Facsimile coding studies.
PUBLISHED WORKS
ARTICLES
1. ADAMS, K. M., THIEN, R., OOI. A. M . - Design of wave-digital filter systems. Proc. Radio Res. Hoard
Symp. on Digital Communication Systems. N.S.W., 6.2, 1977.
2. ARNOLD, J. F., and PACKER, J. S. - An adaptive voltage regulator based on thc use ofa microprocessor.
Proc. 1. E. Aust. Conference on Microprocessor Systems. Melbourne, 1977, pp. 6-10.
3. CLARK, G. M.. BLACK, R., DEWHURST, D. J.'FORSTER, I . C , PATRICK, J. F„ and TONG, Y. C.
— A multiple-electrode hearing prosthesis for cochlea implantation. Med. Prog. Tech. 5 : pp. 127-140 (1977).
4. CLARK, G. M., TONG. Y. C, BLACK, R., FORSTER, I . C , PATRICK, J. F., and DEWHURST, D. J.
— A multiple-electrode cochlea implantation. J. Laryng. Otol.. 91: pp. 935-945 (1977).
5. DEWHURST, D. J. - Characterization of human limb movements by accelerometrv.A/wM Riol. Eng. 15:
pp. 462-466 (1977).
6. HARRIS, P. L., McCUTCHAN, J. C , TURNER, A. K. - Thc interaction between cattle and electric
fences. 2nd Technical section. C1GR Conf, Budapest, 1976.
7. HILL, D. J., MOYLAN, P. J. - Stability results for nonlinear feedback systems. Aulomalica 13 No. 4.
pp. 377-382 (1977).
8. MINASIAN, R. - Simplified Ga As MESFET model to 10 GHz. Electron. Leu.. 13: pp. 549-551, 1977.
9. MOYLAN, P. J., HILL. D. J. - Stability tests for multimachine power systems. 1 FAC Symp. on Automatic
Control and Protection of Electric Power Systems. Melbourne pp. 70-74, 1977.
10. PACKER, J. S„ and PACKER, J. E. - Medullary sodium depletion during diuresis - a digital computer
simulation. Med. & Biol. Eng. & Compul.. 15. 1977, pp. 134-139.
11. PACKER, J. S., and PACKER, J. E. - A teaching aid for physiologists — simulation of kidney function.
The Physiology Teacher. 6. 1977, 4, pp. 1-5.
12. POTTER, J. B. — The state machine approach to logic design. The Convention Digest. IREE, 6th
International Conf, Melbourne, 1977, pp. 107-109.
13. POTTER, J. B. — Aspects of an experimental programme for the teaching of digital systems. 771?
Convention Digest. IREE. 6th International Conf, Melbourne, 1977, pp. 112-114.
14. VASEO, A., and PACKER, J. S. — An adaptive voltage regulator for coordinated control of machine
excitation systems. Proc. IFAC Symposium, Automatic Control and Protection of Electric Power Systems.
Melbourne. 1977, pp. 210-213.
DEPARTMENTAL RESEARCH REPORTS
15. POTTER, J. B. — A microprocessor based computer facility for student use in a digital circuits laboratory.
Departmental Research Report No. 1, 1977.
16. POTTER, J. B. — Some further studies of algorithmic state machines. Departmental Research Report No. 2,
1977.
Doctor of
1. MALACHOWSKI,
Nerve Fibres
Philosophy
G. C. — Convolution Techniques Applied to the Study of Propagating Impulses in Giant
Master
of Engineering
2. CAMERON — J. D. — Patterns of Acceleration in Human
3. CROSBY, P. A. — The Determination of Force on Human
4. WILKINSON,
M. H. — Instrumentation for the Evaluation
Equipment
5. WILLIAMS, A. McK. — 77ie Control and Variability of a
Science
Limb Movement
Limb Muscles
of Electrical Safety Aspects of Electro-Medical
Simple Skilled
Movement.
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Master
of
89
Engineering
6. STEEL, J. — Partial Response Signalling for Data Transmission
PhD Theses in
Progress
FORSTER, I. C. — Dala Transmission and Processing for an Audio Prosthesis
MINASIAN,
R. A. — Large Signal Operation of Microwave Transistors
TAN, J. S. — Model Control via Eigenvalue and Eigenvector Assignments
M EngSc
Theses in
Progress
ARNOLD, J. F. — A Microprocessor as a General Purpose Controller
CAMPBELL, J. C. - Fast Number Transforms
CIDDOR, G. S. - Transient Measurement or Human Respiratory Acoustic Impedance
DAVEY, P. 1. — A Microprocessor Controlled Spray Boom
DODDRELL, H. — Generator Transient Stability: Implementation of an Optimal Bang-Bang Control Strategy
HEIM, E. J. P. - High Speed Logic
HOLMES, D. G. — Area Voltage Control of a Diverse Power System
KAYE, R. J. — Simulation of Microwave Field Effect Transistors
MACLEOD, J. R. - An Ionospheric Path Simulator
MARRIOTT, W. P. - Facsimile Methods
MIKELAITIS,
P. E. — Lossy Equalisation in Microwave Transistor Amplifiers
NEWMAN,
R. G. — The Design of Computer Generated Video Displays for the Training of Physically
Handicapped Patients
NICHOLSON, P. L. — Microprocessor Control of Wave Digital Fillers
NIVEN, R. C. — An Electric Fence Monitor System
OOI, A. M. — Design Considerations of Wave Digital Filters
ROWE, J. P. - The Electronic Music Studio
SALVANO, S. R. — The Application of Slate Machine Techniques to Small Computer Based Systems
SUM, A. — A Digital Cardiac Defibrillator Tester
SUTANTO. L. W. — Facsimile Coding Studies
THIEN, R. S. - Hardware Realization of Wave Digital Fillers
M.E
Thesis in
Progress
GOL, O. — Induction Machine Models for Design and Analysis
M.AppSc
THOMAS.
Thesis in
Progress
L. R. — Strategy of Control of Human Limb Movement
M.AgSc
MeDONALD,
Thesis in
Progress
C. L. — Animal Response to Electric Fences
ERB: Power Systems Stability Characteristics.
ERB: Optimal Design of Defibrillators for thc Emergency Treatment of Electric Shock.
ERB: Optimization of Power System Dynamic Behaviour by using Co-ordinated Control Strategies.
NHMRC: Thc Development of a Hearing Prosthesis.
Rowden White Trust: Computer-assisted Training for the Physically Handicapped.
Rural Credits Development Fund: Practical Electric Fence Design.
Australian Meat Research Council: Animal Response to Electric Fences.
ARGC: Adaptive Wave Digital Filters.
RRB: Signal Processing using Microwave Field Effect Transistors.
RRB: High Speed Wave Digital Filter.
RRB: Facsimile Coding Studies.
INDUSTRIAL SCIENCE
Chairman of department:
Reader JOHN BAGG
Senior Lecturers OSKAR DF.LATYCKI
MALCOLM HILL
JOHN HERBERT KILLIP
JOHN W I L L I A M TYLER MEREWETHER
Lecturers PETER ANTHONY BROSNAN
GRAEME JOHN PRATT
Senior Tutor SYLVIA JEAN MAINWARING
Dr J.
Bagg
1. Structure and relaxational behaviour of polyester networks
2. Composition and properties of epoxies
3. Studies of environmental stress cracking of:
(a) PVC
(b) Polyethylene
4. Flow of expanded polyethylene melts
5. Properties of structural sealants
6. Dielectric response of selected polymeric materials (joint study with University of Warwick, U.K.).
7. Concentrations of polyaromatic hydrocarbons in Antarctic ice samples
8. Air pollution in the planning process
9. Distribution of pollutants in the various size ranges of Atmospheric Particulates
10. Phosphate exchange with river and estuarine sediments
11. Determination of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in bottom sediments and marine fauna.
PUBLISHED WORK
ARTICLES
1. COOK, W. and DELATYCKI, O. - Low Temperature Relaxation in Styrene-Crosslinked Polyester
Networks I I . They' Relaxation. J. Polvmer Science (Polymer Physics) 15. 1953-1966 (1977).
2. COOK, W. and DELATYCKI, O. - Low Temperature Relaxation in Styrene-Crosslinked Polyester
Networks I I I . Influence of Water concentration and Chemical Structure on they Relaxation. J. Polymer
Science (Polvmer Physicsi 15. 1967-1982 (1977).
3. McGUIRK, M. and MAINWARING, S. J. - Reversed Two-dimensional Technique for Multiple Separations
of Benzo(a)Pyrene from Atmospheric Aerosol Samples, J. Chromatog; 135. 241-244 (1977).
4. MAINWARING, S. J. and McGUIRK, M . - The Determination of Benzo(a)Pyrenc in Atmospheric
Aerosols in Melbourne, Australia. Proceedings of the Fourth International Clean Air Congress. Tokyo. 373380 (1977).
5. M A I N W A R I N G , S. J. and McGUIRK, M . - The Analysis of Benzo(a)Pyrene. Symposium Proceedings.
Clean Air Society of Australia and New Zealand. Melbourne (1977).
Doctor
1. BROSNAN,
of
Philosophy
P. A. - Interstate Migration in Australia
Master
of Applied
Science
2. BIRCH, A. A. - Poly(elhylene) Screw Extrusion
3. HOLLERAN, G. — Environmental Stress Cracking and Crazing in Unplasticised Poly (Vinyl) Chloride
PhD Theses in
Progress
COOK, W. D. - Structure and Relaxational Behaviour of Polv(ester) networks
CHARLESWORTH,
J. - Structure and Properties of Epoxy Resins
M.AppSc
Theses in
Progress
BUCZMA, E. - Flow of Poly(ethylene) foams
LONGMORE, A. - Phosphate Exchange with River and Esluarine Sediments
MAHER, W. — B(a)P and Perylene Concentration in Sediments from Hobson's Bay. Yarra River and Corio Bay
OLSZEWSKI,
A. — Environmental Stress Cracking
90
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Chariman
of department:
Mr W. W. S.
Charters
Professor PETER NUMA JOUBERT
Readers EDWIN JOSEPH ANTHONY ARMAREGO
W I L L I A M WALLACE STEWART CHARTERS
W I L L I A M POWELL LEWIS
ANTHONY EDWARD PERRY
Senior Lecturers SIDNEY JOHN CLIFTON
MALCOLM CAMPBELL GOOD
ERROL ROBERT HOFFMANN
LESLIE JAMES JONES
VENDELIN RASO MEGLER
ERIC EDWARD MILKINS
PETER MILNER
CECIL JOHN PENGILLEY
ABRAM ROTENBERG
ANDREW EMERY SAMUEL
HARRY CHARLES WATSON
JOHN FRANCIS WILLIAMS
Senior Lecturer in Industrial Engineering ERNEST A L L A N KAYE
Lecturers KENNETH CHARLES BROWN
EDWARD JOHN COLVILLE
DALE I A N PULLIN
Research Officers M I N SEONG CHONG
PETER HAROLD HOFFMANN
PETER OHANESSIAN
ALEXANDER JOHN SMITS
A. APPLIED THERMODYNAMICS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Solar heat pipe collectors.
Solar heat pumps for building heating and cooling.
Performance of passive solar energy systems.
Natural convection phenomenon in inclined cells.
Solar absorption cycle air-conditioning.
Reduction of free convection losses in solar collectors.
Effectiveness of exhaust gas lead filters.
Heal transfer in automobile radiators.
Modelling of HC, CO and NOx emissions from cars.
Modelling of automotive fuel comsumption.
Cycle-by-cyclc variability in spark ignition engine combustion.
Flame propagation in spark ignition engines.
Simulation and study of traffic patterns.
Hydrogen engine combustion.
B. DYNAMICS
1. Vehicular crashes with ulilily poles.
2. Simulation of open-loop and closed-loop driver/vehicle dynamics on low friction surfaces.
C. ENGINEERING DESIGN
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Problem solving and decision making processes.
Social and environmental factors in design.
Engineering judgement.
Information processing and computer aided design.
Diagnostic problem solving.
Design education.
D. FLUID MECHANICS
1.
2.
3.
4.
Viscous resistance of ship shapes.
Turbulent flow- in curved ducts.
The structure of self similar unsteady rolled-up vortex sheets.
An experimental study of the stability of the starling vortex.
91
92
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Improved schemes lor the numerical treatment of general vortex sheet dynamics.
Heat conduction in a gas in the rarefied limit.
Coherent structures in coflowing jets and wakes.
Motion of smoke rings.
Steady and unsteady separation.
Structure of wall turbulence.
Boundary layer transition.
E. HUMAN ENGINEERING
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
The effects of steering wheel forces on drivers' steering control using a variable characteristic car.
Design of turn restriction signs.
Motor-cycle conspicuity and road accidents.
Mathematical modelling of drivers in lateral and longitudinal control.
Traffic signs for poor readers.
Human movements in simple assembly tasks.
Indirect measurement of task difficulty.
F. INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Development of general cutting analyses for machining operations.
Geometrical specifications of single point tools.
Surface finish and force predictions in turning operations.
Economical selection of cutting conditions in single and multipass turning operations.
The geometrical specification of twist drills.
Investigations of the geometry and grinding of the conventional twist drill point.
Mechanics of cutting analysis of drilling geometry.
Geometrical and force variability in manufactured twist drills.
Quality control of manufactured drills.
Fundamental and practical aspects of machining with power hacksaws.
Temperatures and tool-life in machining operations.
Machining with form tools.
Standardization of cutting tool specifications.
Financial modelling of a firm.
G. SOLID MECHANICS AND BIOMECHANICS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Estimation of residual stress distribution in the vicinity of a propagating fatigue crack.
Mathematical models for fatigue crack growth rate with constant and variable stress intensity factors.
The influence of the Bauschinger effect on the stresses al the tip of a crack.
The effect of mean stress level on the low cycle fatigue properties of metals.
The effect of overload ratio and crack length on residual stresses at the tip of a crack.
Crack growth arrest.
Crack closure and compliance.
Time dependent effects in fatigue crack growth.
Structural stability of stayed yacht masts.
Failure criteria for carbon fibre reinforced plastics.
H. SYSTEMS THEORY AND TECHNOLOGY
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Analysis of Complex Systems.
Multi-Criteria Decision Making.
Fluid Amplifier Characteristics.
Automatic Typing of Speech.
Pulse Control of Systems using d.c. Motors.
Some Comparisons between Optimal and Classical Control System Responses.
Numerical Control of Machine Tools using Micro Processors.
PUBLISHED WORK
CHAPTERS OF BOOKS
1. CHARTERS, W. W. S. - Ch. 6, "Solar energy utilization with liquid flat plate collectors", pp. 105-135 and
Ch. 7, "Convective effects within honeycomb structures for flat plate solar collectors", pp. 137-153. "Solar
Energy Engineering", Academic Press, N.Y., December, 1977.
2. SAMUEL, A. E. — "A Cement Mill Failure". Chapter 2, pp. 16-54 in Engineering Cases 1977. Washington,
D. C. American Society for Engineering Education, 1977.
93
ARTICLES
3. ARMAREGO, E. J. A. - "A General Cutting Analysis for Machining with Plane Rake Face Tools",
Proceedings of the Australian Conference on Manufacturing Engineering. Inst. Engrs., Aust., 42-46 (1977).
4. ARMAREGO, E. J.A. - "Geometrical Specification of Single Point Lathe Tools and the Normal Rake
Method", Proceedings of the Australian Conference on Manufacturing Engineering. Inst. Engrs., Aust., 96101 (1977).
5. ARMAREGO, E. J. A. and UTHAICHAYA, M . - "A Mechanics of Cutting Approach for Force
Prediction in Turning Operations". Int. J. Engg. Prod.. 1, 1-18 (1977).
6. BLOCK, T. E. and LEWIS, W. P. - Computer-Aided Plant Layout - Management Tool for the 1980's.
The Institution of Engineers, Australia. Proceedings of Conference on Management. Newcastle: 105-109
(1977).
7. BLOCK, T. E. and LEWIS, W. P. - On Comparison of Computer Algorithms and Visual Based Methods
for Plant Layout. Management Science. 24: 235-238.
8. FOX, J. C , GOOD, M . C. and JOUBERT, P. N . - Research into Victorian Pole Crashes. Joint
ARRB/DOT Fixed Roadside Hazards Symposium. Paper No. 3 (1977).
9. GOOD, M . C. and JOUBERT, P. N . - Driver Vehicle Behaviour in Restricted - Path Turns. Ergonomics
20: 217-248 (1977).
10. GOOD, M . C. — Evaluation of Transition Curve Design Parameters Using an Analytical Vehicle Model.
Aust. Rd Res. 7: 14-22 (1977).
11. GOOD, M . C. - Sensitivity of Driver-Vehicle Performance to Vehicle Characteristics Revealed in Openloop Tests. Veh. Syst. Dynamics 6: 245-277 (1977).
12. HOFFMANN, E. R. and MACDONALD, W. A. - "A Comparison of Stack and Diagrammatic Advance
Direction Signs". Australian Road Research, Vol. 7, No. 4, December 1977, pp. 21-26.
13. HUNT, I . A. and JOUBERT, P. N. - Turbulent Flow in a Rectangular Duct. 6th Aust. Hydraulics and
Fluid Mechanics Conference, 403-406, l.E.Aust Adelaide, December 1977.
14. JOUBERT, P. N . - Viscous drag of ship bodies. Paper presented at 2nd AINSE Engineering Conference.
Lucas Heights, August 1977.
15. L I M , T. T. — Coherent structures in co-flowing jets and wakes. Paper presented at 2nd AINSE Engineering
Conference, Lucas Heights, August 1977.
16. MACDONALD, W. A. and HOFFMAN, E. R. - "A Secondary Task Measure of Driving Demands: Test
Track Evaluation". Australian Road Research Board, Research Report ARR 70, December 1977.
17. OHANESSIAN, P. and CHARTERS, W. W. S. - "Theoretical Performance o f a Passive Solar Energy
Collection System for Home Heating". Revue Internationale d'Heliotechnique. 2nd Sentestra, 1977.
18. PERRY, A.'E. and HOFFMANN. P. H. - An experimental study of turbulent convective heat transfer
from a fiat plate. JFM 77. (1976) pp. 355-369.
19. PERRY, A. E. and ABELL, C. J. — Asymptotic similarity of turbulent structures in smooth and roughwalled pipes. JFM 79. (1977) pp. 785-799.
20. PERRY, A. E. - The time response of an aspirating probe in gas sampling. Journal of Physics E. /0, (1977),
pp. 898-902.
21. PERRY, A. E. . Flow patterns in coherent and non-coherent structures. Paper presented at 2nd AINSE
Engineering Conference. Lucas Heights, August 1977.
22. PULLIN, D. I . . DAVIS, J. and HARVEY, J. K. - Monte Carlo Calculations of the Rarefied Transition
flow past a Bluff Faced Cylinder, in Progress in Aeronautics and Astronautics (Ed. Potter), Vol. 51, Part I ,
pp. 379-91, AIAA, N.Y. (1977).
23. PULLIN, D. I . and HARVEY, J. K. - A Numerical Simulation ofthe Rarefied Hypersonic Flat Plate
Problem. J. Fluid Mech.. 78. 4, pp. 689-707 (1976).
24. PULLIN, D. I . and HARVEY, J. K. - Direct Simulation Calculations of the Rarefied Flow past a Forward
Facing Step. AIAA J.. 15. pp. 124-126 (1977).
25. PULLIN, D. I . - On Starting Flow past a Wedge. Paper presented at 2nd AINSE Engineering Conference.
Lucas Heights, August 1977.
26. WATMUFF, J. H., CHARTERS, W. W. S. and PROCTOR, D. - "Solar and Wind Induced External
Coefficients — Solar Collectors". Revue Internationale d'Hiliotechnique: 2nd Semestra. 1977.
27. WATMUFF, J. H. - Turbulent structures as viewed from moving frames of reference. Paper presented at
2nd AINSE Engineering Conference. Lucas Heights, August 1977.
28. WATSON, H. C. - A review ofthe Technology of motor vehicle exhaust lead traps, including proposals for
methods oftheir adoption in Australia. Paper presented to Lead Filter Sub-committee of COMVE. 1977.
29. WATSON, H. C. - Proposed methods for adoption of lead traps in Australia. A.LP. Symposium on Energy
Conservation and Exhaust Gas Filler Development, April 1977.
30. WATSON, H. C. - Particulate traps - the current technology costs and benefits from lead traps. S.A.E.A.
paper No. 771006.
31. WATSON, H. C. and MILKINS, E. E. - The prediction of urban vehicle fuel consumption. S.A.E.J. and
S.A.E.A. 3rd International Automotive Convention, paper No. 12. Tokyo, 1977.
32. WILLIAMS, M . J. and HOFFMANN, E. R. - "The Influence of Motorcycle Visibility on Traffic
Accidents". Australian Department of Transport. July, 1977.
Doctor of
Philosophy
1. BLOCK, T. E. - Aspects of the Quadratic Assignment of Indivisible Activities to Locations
2. CHONG, M. S. — Air Motion in Engine Cylinders
3. WIRIYACOSOL,
S. - An Investigation of Some Geometrical and Performance Aspects of Twist Drills
94
Master
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
of Engineering
Science
CHIA, D. T. H. — A Study of the Surface Finish in Turning
HII. S. — The Residual Gas Ignition of Hydrogen
HO, P. Y. K. — An Analysis for Maximum Production Rates in Rough Turning Operations
KAY, H. K. - Natural Convection Effects in Flat Plate Collectors
KOUTSOHERAS,
W. — Convective Neat Transfer in Inclined Cells — Numerical Simulation
OHANESSIAN,
P. — Computer Simulation ofa Passive Solar Energy Collector
VOKACH-BRODSKY,
B. R. B. - Solar Energy System Simulation
WILLIAMS, M. J. — Motorcycle Visibility and Traffic Accidents
YOUNG, P. A. — Anthropometric Studies of Quadriplegics
RONOSULISTYO,
C. W. - A Study of Automobile High-Speed Steering Response
PhD Theses in
Progress
BROWNE, J. M. - Analysis of Complex Systems
DOREY, A. - The Effects of Steering Wheel Forces on Drivers' Steering Control
FOX, J. C. - Studv of Utility Pole Collisions
GOLDSWORTHY,
L. C. - Cycle by Cvcle Variability in Exhaust Emissions
JOHNSON. R. C. - Multi-Criteria Decision Making
LIM, T. T. — Free Shear Flows
MACDONALD, W. A. - Indirect Measurement of Task Difficulty
McFADDEN, P. D. — The Relationship between Flame Propagation and Cylinder Pressure
PARKER, M. — Fluid Amplifier Characteristics
PRYOR, T. - Heat and Mass Transfer in Desicanl Beds
ROTENBERG, J. - Automatic Typing of Speech
UBER, C. — Driver Gap Acceptance in Traffic Flows
WATMUFF. J. H. - Wall Shear Flows
WINCH, K. - Effects of Road Lighting on Vehicle Control
WIRIYACOSOL,
S. - An Investigation of Some Geometrical and Performance Aspects of Twist Drills
WRIGHT, J. D. - The Influence of Point Geometry on the Performance of Manufactured Twist Drills
M.EngSc
Theses in
Progress
ABD-EL-SAYED,
M. - Geometrical and Force Variability of'As Bought' Twist Drills
ARMSTRONG.
G. — Study of Human Movements in Simple Assembly Tasks
BONOLLO, E. — The Geometry and Specification of Single Point Tools
BORG. G. — Innovation in Australian Industry
BULACH, V. - Driving Patterns and Vehicle Emissions
CHIA, D. — Theoretical and Experimental Investigations of Surface Finish in Turning Operations
CHUA, C. B. — Analysis of Heat Transfer Performance of Automobile Radiators
CHEN, W. D. — Air Cooled Solar Absorption Cycle Air-Conditioning
DIXON, C. W. - Solar Boosted Heal Pump Air Conditioning
DOHERTY, B. S. - Pulse Control of Systems using d.c. Motors
GRIFFITHS, J. G. — Judgement in Engineering Design
HENBEST, S. - Structure of Wall Turbulence
HENDERSON, J. — Numerical Control of Machine Tools using Micro Processors
HO, P. — Economical Selection of Cutting Conditions for Single and Multipass Turning Operations
HUNT, K. — Development of the Hydrogen Engine
LAMBERT, J. F. — Some Comparisons between Optimal and Classical Control System Responses
LAW, S. P. — An Investigation of Pressure Distribution on Two and Three Dimensional Bodies
MARSHALL,
G. — Traffic Pattern Characteristics for Emissions Prediction
McADAM. A. — Design of Emergency Medical Suction Equipment
MCCARTHY. J. V. - Design of Traffic Signs for Poor Readers
McKAY, R. — Motion of Smoke Rings
POUND, L. - The Structural Stability of Stayed Yacht Masts
RONOSULISTYO.
C. W. - A Study of Automobile High-Speed Steering Response
SASADEUSZ,
C. L. - Layout of Industrial Plant
SENG, J. O. - Machining wilh Hacksaw Blades
SIER. G. H. - Engineering Diagnostics and Design Problem Solving
SMITH, A. — Temperatures and Tool Life in Machining Operations
TAYLOR, L. E. - Solar Boosted Heal Pump
Associated Octcl: Cycle-by-CycIc Variability in Emission.
AINSE: Turbulent Convective Heat Transfer.
ARGC: Convective Effects in Inclined Fluid Layers.
95
ARGC: Solar Energy System Evaluation.
ARGC: Turbulent Diffusion and Its Role in Environmental Pollution
ARGC: Viscous Resistance of Ship Shapes
ARRB: Driver Behaviour on Curves.
Australian Department of Transport: Study of Utility Pole Impacts.
CSIRO: Controlled Atmosphere Generator.
ERB: Solar Boosted Heat Pump System.
Reserve Bank of Aust., Rural Credits Development Fund: Energy Conservation Techniques and Solar Energy
Applications in Agriculture.
METALLURGY
Chairman
of department:
Dr C. J.
Osborn
Readers JOHN STUART HOGGART
CYRIL JOHN OSBORN
GEORGE MERVYN WILLIS
Senior Lecturers DOUGLAS WILSON BORLAND
JOHN JAMES CARTER
NEIL BOON GRAY
BRUCE DIXON GUERIN
Lecturer: PETER JAMES BUNYAN
Principal Tutor SOPHIA MAJ
Senior Tutor DAVID MARTIN POLLARD
Research Fellows WALTER BOAS
ROBERT CECIL GIFKINS
TERENCE GEORGE LANGDON
HAROLD ALFRED STEPHENS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Mixing studies in metallurgical reactors.
Controlled atmosphere roasting of sulphides in a fluidized bed.
Chemical reactivity of carbon, including brown coal char.
Reduction of iron oxides by carbon-containing materials.
The cobalt-iron-silica system at high temperatures.
Precipitation hardening.
Structure and properties of steels.
Acoustic emission during phase changes.
Electrical resistance changes in iron-nitrogen alloys.
Hydrogen embrittlement in high strength steels.
The energy and potential dependence of model potentials.
Calculation of heats of formation, using the density functional formalism of Hohenberg and Kohn.
Creep and superplasticity.
Grain boundary sliding and high-temperature fatigue.
PUBLISHED WORK
BOOK
1. VAN VLACK, L. H. and OSBORN. C. J. - Studv Aids f o r Introductory Materials Courses. AddisonWesley, Reading, Mass., 1977.
ARTICLES
2.
AIGELTINGER, E. H. and GIFKINS, R. C. - "Comments on grain-boundary sliding in diffusion creep",
Scripta Met.. 10. 161-2, 1976.
3. AIGELTINGER, E. H. and GIFKINS, R. C. - "Cavitation during diffusion creep of a magnesium alloy".
J. Mater. Sci.. 12. 915-8. 1977.
4. BUNYAN, P. J. - "Hartree-Foek-Slater procedure for the calculation of optimised model potential
parameters for aluminium", J.Phys.F: Metal Phys. 7. 1207-17, 1977.
5. BUNYAN. P. J. and NELSON, j . A. - "The valence charge density in aluminium". J.Phys.F: Metal Phvs.
7. 2323-30, 1977.
6. BRYAN, R., POLLARD, D. M. and WILLIS, G. M . - "Removal of bismuth from copper by vacuum
refining". Extractive Metallurgy Symposium, U. of N.S.W., 7-9 November, 1977.
7. CONOCHIE, D. S. and GRAY, N . B. - "An onstream spectrophotometer for mixing studies in a channel
reactor", Chem. Engg. Science, (in press).
8. DAVEY, T. R. A. and WILLIS. G. M . - "Lead, zinc and tin. Annual review of commodity metals". Jnl.
Metals. 29. 24-29, 1977.
9. EICKE, C. E. and GRAY, N . B. — "Kinetics of reduction of manganese oxides". Extractive Metallurgy
Symposium, U. of N.S.W., 7-9 November, 1977.
10. GIFKINS, R. C. and PARKER, B. A. - "Introductory paper: Modern Metallography Forum". J. Aust.
Inst. Metals. 21. 139-40, 1976.
11. GIFKINS, R. C. - "E.D.T.A. as an aid to metallography", J. Aust. Inst. Metals. 21. 175-77. 1976.
12. GIFKINS, R.C. - "The effect of grain size and stress upon grain-boundary sliding". Met. Trans.,SA, 150716, 1977.
13. GIFKINS, R. C. — "Controlling factors in creep involving grain-boundary sliding". Sih New Zealand
Science of Materials Conference, pp. 16-20, 1977.
14. GRAY, N . B. — Discussion of "Continuous sulphur drossing of lead" by F. Lawson et al.. Advances in
Extractive Metallurgy Symposium. Imperial College, London, April 18-20, 1977.
96
METALLURGY
97
15. LANGDON, T. G. - "The Relationship Between Strain Rate Sensitivity and Ductility in Superplastic
Materials," Scripta Metallurgica 11. 997-1000 (1977).
16. LANGDON, T. G. - "Thc Conditions Required for Superplasticity in Metals," Proceedings of the Fifth
New Zealand Science of Materials Conference. Wellington, New Zealand, pp. 11-15. Department of
Scientific and Industrial Research, Lower Hutt, New Zealand (1977).
17. LANGDON, T. G. and MOHAMED. F. A. - "The Characteristics of Independent and Sequential Creep
Processes," Journal of the Australasian Institute of Metals 22. 189-199 (1977).
18. MAJ, S and OSBORN, C. J. - "The effect of striking velocity on perforation energy for mild steel plates".
Fracture, 3, 1977, 617-20, ICF.4, Waterloo, Canada.
19. NELSON, J. A. and BUNYAN, P. J. - "Calculation of the band structure of aluminium using the model
potential method". J.Phys.F.: Metal Phys.. 7, 1467-75, 1977.
20. WILLIS, G. M . — "Thermodynamics of metal-sulphur melts". Extractive Metallurgy Symposium. U. of
N.S.W., 7-9 November, 1977.
Doctor
of
Philosophy
1. NELSON, J. A.
Aluminium: Calculation of Some Basic Properties Through Model Potentials
2. PARKER, A. R.
3. WRIGHT, R. A.
Bainite
The Work-Hardening Rate in Copper-Chromium Alloys
Mechanical Properties of a Steel Having a Microstructure of Tempered Martensite and
4. MOODIE, J. P.
Debi.smuthi:ing Lead
5. PADDLE, G. S.
6. PRINCE, K. C.
Precipitation in Dilute Copper Zirconium Alloy
Microstructure of Nilrided Sleel
Master
Master
of Applied
Science
of Engineering
Master
of
Science
Science
PhD Theses in
Progress
I. D. GILLIES — Strain-Ageing Parameters for Pure Iron
M. P. HARDING - Computer Prediction of Atom Patterns in Metallic Alloys
N. UDOMPONGSANON
- Substructure and Tempering of Martensite
M.AppSc
Theses in
Progress
R. C. BARNES - Effect of Residual Stresses in Fatigue Life
A. K. CAVANAGH — Continuous-Cooling Transformation Behaviour of XK1340 Steel
T. J. GIBSON - Cleavage Fracture Resistance of Deformed Structural Steels
M. DE GLAS — Recrystallizalion of Carbon-Manganese and Carbon-Manganese-Niobium
V. E. JELENIEWSKI
- Hydrogen embrittlement in high strength steels
J. C. JULIAN - 77ie Effect of Stress Stale on Strain Hardening Behaviour
D. A. SIMPSON - Metal Dusting Corrosion in High Nickel Alloys
A. J. WHITE - Degradation in Double-V Butt Welds
M EngSc
Theses in
Steels
Progress
C. E. E1CKE - Alternative Reducing Agents for the Direct Reduction of Metal Oxides
1. H. G. KUK — Resistivity Changes During Strain-Ageing of High Purity Iron and Iron Alloys
S. S. NYUNT - Extraction of Metals from Solutions by Brown Coal
M.Sc
Theses in
Progress
R. BRYAN — Vacuum Removal of Bismuth from Copper
G. M. PEARSON - Reactivity of Brown Coal Char in Reduction of Hematite
D. M. POLLARD
- The Distribution of Non-Ferrous Metals in Copper Malle Smelling
M.E
N. F. HERBST
Thesis in
- Modification to a Brass Foundry
Progress
MINING
Chairman
of department:
Mr J. S.
Carr
Senior Lecturers W I L L I A M EDWARD BAMFORD
JOHN STEWART CARR
Lecturers JOHN STUART FERGUSON DUNLOP
NORMAN W I L L I A M JOHNSON
Junior Research Fellow DESMOND JAMES FITZGERALD
Graduate Research Assistant ROBERT KYNASTON LANE
A. MINING
1.
2.
J.
4.
5.
6.
7.
S.
9.
Design of tunnel support systems.
Prediction of rock cuttability and correlation with tunnel boring machine performance.
Modelling of sublevel caving by equivalent material models and computer techniques.
Assessment of rock properties which involve other than ideal elastic behaviour.
Equivalent material models to assess the stability of underground mining excavations.
Design of underground excavations in rock with nonlinear properties.
Equivalent rock column design system for tunnel linings.
Assessment of long-term regional rock stability by means of a three-dimensional finite clement technique
Orebody modelling using geostatistical techniques.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Aspects of complex sulphide mineral flotation systems.
The flotation response of various lead sulphides.
Behaviour of nickel sulphide minerals in flotation systems.
Selective separation of minerals hy flocculation.
Aspects of the recovery of valuable and gangue particles by physical entrainment in the rougher and cleaner
stages of flotation.
B. MINERAL PROCESSING
PUBLISHED WORK
ARTICLE
1. STEWART, R. D. and BAMFORD, W. E. - Sensitivity to Expected Ranges of Rock Strengths and Stress
Fields, of Stress Analyses of Underground Caverns, First int. Symp. on Storage in Excavated Rock Caverns.
Vol. 2, pp. 125-130. Roy. Swedish Acad. Engng Sciences, Stockholm (1977).
REPORTS
1. C. ALFORD and W. E. BAMFORD - Stochastic Flow Model using Monte Carlo Simulation. Report to
Mount Isa Mines Ltd. September 1977.
2. J. S. F. DUNLOP - Geostatistical Study of Mesa 2400E. Reports to Cliffs Robe River Iron Associates, WA
(No. 1 - January 1977: No 2 - August 1977).
1. D.J. FITZGERALD - Panel 0 Regional Stability Analysis. Final Report to Zinc Corporation Ltd. May 1977.
4. D. J. FITZGERALD and R. K. LANE - Sand-Fill Stability Analysis: Arching in Mine Fills. Report to Zinc
Corporation Ltd. June 1977.
Doctor of
Philosophy
1. CUTTRISS, R.H. — Thc Flotation Properties of Some Western Australian Nickel Sulphides and Associated
Minerals
2. FITZGERALD,
D. J. — Some Aspects of Time-dependent Rock-structure Interactions for a Braced
Excavation wilh particular reference to the Museum Station, M.U.R.L.
Master
of
Science
3. LAMB, C. M. - Selective Flocculation of Cassiterite and Quartz from Mixtures ofthe
Master
4. PANCZAKIEWICZ,
Models
98
of Engineering
Two Minerals
Science
T. - Optimization of the Sublevel Caving Mining Method investigated by Physical
MINING
5. STEWART. R. D. — Design of Large Underground Caverns in Rock
6. ROBINSON, K. J. - Some Tunnel Design Problems invesiigaled using ihe Finile Element Method
PhD Theses in
Progress
N. R. P. BACZYNSKI
- Stability of Shale Hanging-walls
W. E. BAMFORD - Some Geomechanical Studies for Tunnelling Projects
I. G. PATTISON — Sulphite and Oxygen in Sulphide Mineral Flotation Systems
J. A. WASHUSEN — Time-dependent Properties of Melbourne Silurian Mudslone
M.Sc
P. J. RAFTERY
Thesis in
Progress
- A Computer Model of Sublevel Caving
M EngSc
Theses in
Progress
C. G. ALFORD - Computer Simulation of Sublevel Caving
J. S. F. DUNLOP - Geostatistical Modelling of an Iron Orebody
A. J. H. NEWELL - The Effect of Specific Impurities in Lead Sulphide on its Flotation Behaviour
G. RECHNITZER
- Nonlinear Finile Element Analysis of Underground Openings
G. ROME — Automated Design of Underground Structures Incorporating Rock Restraint
Zinc Corporation Ltd: Assessment of long-term regional rock stability.
Mount Isa Mines Ltd: Stability of shale hanging-walls.
John Connell & Associates: Time-dependent properties of Melbourne Silurian mudstone.
Mount Isa Mines Ltd: Modelling of sublevel caving.
SURVEYING
Chairman
of department:
Mr S. G.
Bervoets
Readers SIMON GERRIT BERVOETS
BRIAN THOMAS MURPHY
Senior Lecturer FRANCIS JOSEPH LEAHY
Lecturers LEO JAMES RIVETT
ROBERT EDWARD EDEN
Graduate Research Assistant DAVID BRUCE McMORRAN
1.
2.
3.
4.
Adjustment of survey networks.
Application of photogrammetry to architectural and archaeological recording.
Engineering application of terrestrial photogrammetry.
Title boundaries in Victoria.
REPORT
I. RIVETT, L. J. - The Application of Photogrammetry to the Recording of Monuments and Sites in Australia.
Bulletin No. 42 Department of Surveying.
ARTICLES
2. COOPER, M . A. R. and LEAHY, J. F. - Phased Adjustment of Engineering Control Surveys. X V
International Congress o f Surveyors. Stockholm 1977.
3. LEAHY, F. J. - Bowdilch Revisited. The Australian Surveyor. December 1977. Vol. 28 No. 8.
4. RIVETT, L. J. — Photogrammetry Applied lo Urban Conservation Surveys. Proceedings 48th ANZAAS
Congress Section 4: Architecture and Planning, Melbourne 1977.
5. RIVETT, L. J. — Photogrammetry — Its Potential Application to Problems in Australian Archaeology.
Proceedings I.C.CM. Workshop on Conservation of Rock Art. Penh 1977.
M.SurvSc
C. J. EGAN — .Survey Coordination at Daylesford
A. R. HOFF - Peripheral Critique on Satellite Doppler Control
P. T. LOUGHREY — Volume Determination by Aerial and Terrestrial Photogrammetry
M. R. SHORTIS — Computer Aided Orientations uf Terrestrial Models
100
LAW
Chairman
of department:
Professor
S. D. Clark
Professor of Commercial Law HAROLD ARTHUR JOHN FORD
Hearn Professor of Law COLIN HOWARD
Harrison Moore Professor of Law SANDFORD DELBR1DGE CLARK
Kenneth Bailey Professor of Law DAVID JOHN LANHAM
George Paton Professor of Law HAROLD LUNTZ
Reader MARY ELIZABETH HISCOCK
Senior Lecturers ADRIAN JOHN BRADBROOK
ETHEL RUTH CAMPBELL
W I L L I A M BREEN CRE1GHTON
BRIAN MICHAEL LAKE CROMMELIN
MANFRED PAUL ELLINGHAUS
IAN DOUGLAS ELLIOTT
IAN JAMES HARDINGHAM
MARCIA A N N NEAVE
JULIAN PHILLIPS
KEVIN SOL POSE
MARK SAMUEL WEINBERG
Lecturers SUSAN LATHROP CAMPBELL
ANTHONY JAMES DUGGAN
ROBERT CHARLES EVANS
ANNE MAREE LANTERI
FRANCIS KEVIN HEATHCOTE MAHER
SUSAN MARY MORGAN
BERNARD MICHAEL O'BRIEN
KEVIN PATRICK O'CONNOR
RALPH BENJAMIN PLINER
STANIFORTH RICKETSON
JOSEPH GERARD SANTAMARIA
CHERYL A N N SAUNDERS
ROSALIE PAM SCHAFFER
JAGINDER SINGH
RICHARD ROSS SINCLAIR TRACEY
GILLIAN DOREEN TR1GGS
Temporary Lecturer SUSAN VIRGINIA MACCALLUM
Senior Tutors GARY FORRESTER
BETTY ARMSTRONG HAYES
Research Fellow JUDITH GAIL BUTCHER
1. A submission to the Joint Committee on Foreign Affairs and Defence, sub-committee on Law ofthe Sea and
Antarctica,on the development ofthe Third U.N, Conference on the Law ofthe Sea and their impact on
Australia's proposed two hundred mile extension of the territorial sea.
2. The legal status of women in employment in the United Kingdom.
3. A textbook on the laws relating to easements and restrictive convenanls in Australia.
4. The concept of an equity as a proprietary interest.
5. The study of the constructive trust.
6. A textbook on administrative law.
7. A comparative analysis of due process and natural justice rules in Australia, England and the United States.
8. Locus standi rules for the prerogative writs of certiorari and prohibition.
9. Legal liability for fire.
10. Aggravated damages in contract law.
11. Recent Australian developments in the law relating to murder.
12. The law and practice relating to the duties of stockbrokers lo accounts for client's funds and securities.
13. The law relating to insolvent companies.
14. The use of the procedures relating to schemes of arrangement to effect takeovers under Part VIB of the
Uniform Companies Acts 1961.
15. Consumer protection through tort law.
16. Cluster title legislation and its impact on planning land use.
17. Injurious affection and compensation in land acquisitions.
18. Control of urban air quality through planning law.
19. Legal aspects of child abuse in Australia.
20. The law relating to securities over movables in international trade.
21. The law relating to investment in Malaysia.
22. Legal problems of the development of Asian capita] markets, especially cofinancing and thc Asian dollar
market.
23. A commentary on the law of damages for Halshury's Laws of England
101
102
FACULTY OF LAW
24. A book of cases and commentary on the law of torts.
25. A textbook on administrative law.
26. The use of privilege and confidence and the defence of public interest as a general defence in actions for
copyright and breach of confidence.
27. A casebook on industrial and intellectual property.
28. Australian mining and petroleum law.
29. Government management of oil and gas resources in Australia.
30. An economic analysis of property rights.
31. A casebook on constitutional law.
32. The economic implications of intensive advertising: the feasibility of legislative controls.
33. Privity of contract and exemption clauses in shipping contracts.
34. A study ofthe 1977 Amendments to the Trade Practices Act 1974 (Cth.).
35. The law of intestate succession in Australia and New Zealand.
36. The consequences of failure to object to inadmissible evidence in criminal cases.
37. Drafting instructions for the amended River Murray Agreement.
38. The legal status and security of tenure of lodgers and long-term occupants of caravan parks.
39. The role of the State Housing Commissions in securing repairs to rented dwellings.
40. A study of the effectiveness of sub-standard housing control legislation.
41. A comparative analysis of rent control legislation in Commonwealth countries.
PUBLISHED WORK
BOOKS
1. CROMMELIN, B. M . L. and THOMPSON, A. R. (ed.) - Mineral Leasing as an Instrument of Public
Policy, University of British Columbia Press, Vancouver, 1977.
2. FORD. H. A. J., BAXT, R. and SAMUEL, G. J. - An Introduction lo the Securities Industry Acis,
Butterworths, Svdncv, 1977.
3. HARDINGHAM. f. J., NEAVE. M. A. and FORD, H. A. J. - The Law of Wills, Law Book Company,
Sydnev, 1977.
4. HISCOCK. M . E., ALLEN, D. E., ROEBUCK, D. and MASEL, L. - Credit and Security in Australia.
University of Queensland Press, St. Lucia, 1977.
5. WEINBERG. M . S. and WILLIAMS, C. R. - 77if Australian Law of Theft. Law Book Company, Sydnev,
1977.
CHAPTERS OF BOOKS
1. CLARK. S. D. - Interstate Rivers in Australia, in Interjurisdictional River Basin Administration, pp. 169188, Centro de Economia, Legislacion y Administracion del Agua, Mendoza, 1977.
2. CROMMELIN, B. M. L. - Explorations and Adventures with Commonwealth Powers, in Labor and ihe
Constitution 1972-1975. ed. G. Evans, pp. 24-66, Heinemann Press, Melbourne, 1977.
3. ELLIOTT, I . D. — Theft — The Law in Victoria, in Howard, Criminal Law. 3rd ed., Law Book Company,
Sydney, 1977.
4. HOWARD, C. - Legal and Constitutional Implications, in Republican Australia? ed. G. Dutton, pp. 6070. Sun Books, Melbourne, 1977.
5. HOWARD, C. — The Constitution as a Legal Document, in Change the Rules! ed. S. Encel, E. Thompson,
pp. 21-42, Penguin Books, Melbourne, 1977.
6. HOWARD, C. and SAUNDERS, C. A. - The Blocking of the Budget and the Dismissal of the
Government, in Labor and the Constitution 1972-1975. ed. G.Evans, pp. 251-287, Heinemann Press,
Melbourne, 1977.
7. LUNTZ, H. - Law of Torts, in An Annual Survey of Law 1976. ed. R. Baxt, pp. 211-230, Law Book
Company, Sydney. 1977.
ARTICLES
8. BRADBROOK, A. J. - The Discretionary Powers of the Hong Kong Housing Authority. Hong Komi L J .
7: 209-241 (1973).
9. BRADBROOK, A. .1. - The Role of State Government Agencies in Securing Repairs to Rented Housing.
Melb. Univ. L. Rev. I I : 145-163 (1977).
10. BRADBROOK, A. J. — The Application ofa Principle of Mitigation of Damages to Landlord-Tenant Law.
Syd. L. Rev. 8: 15-30 (1977).
11. BRADBROOK, A. J. - Methods of Improving the Effectivess of Standard Housing Control Legislation in
Australia. U. Tas. L. Rev. 5: 166-187 (1977).
12. BRADBROOK, A. J. - Thc Rieht of a Mother to Change her Child's Surname Unilaterally, Ausi. Current
Law Digest: 111-117 (1977).
13. BUTCHER, J. G. — Government Regulation of Construction and Operation of Hydrocarbon Pipelines.
Melh. Univ. L. Rev. I I : 246-251 (1977).
14. CREIGHTON, W. B. - The Bullock Report - The Coming of Age of Our Democracy? Brit. J. Law and
Society 4: 1-17 (1977).
15. DUGGAN, A. J. - Criminal Sanctions for Misleading Advertising: the Penalty of Fine and Related
Matters. Aust. L.J. 50: 625-635 (1977).
LAW
103
16. DUGGAN, A. J. - Fairness in Advertising-, in Pursuit ofthe Hidden Pursuaders. Melh. Univ. L. Rev. I I :
50-90 (1977).
17. DUGGAN, A. J. - The Criminal Liability of Corporations for Contraventions of Part V of the Trade
Practices Act. Ausi. Business L. Rev. 5: 221-247 (1977).
18. ELLIOTT, I . D. - Theft and Related Problems — The Position in England, Australia and the United States.
Int. Comp. L.Q.. 110-147 (1977).
19. L A N H A M , D. J. - Killing the Fleeting Offender. Crim. L J . I : 16-24 (1977).
20. L A N H A M , D. J. - Obtaining a Financial Advantage by Deception in Victoria - the Meaning of Financial
Advantage. Crim. L J. I : 188-203 (1977).
21. NEAVE. M. A. - Conveyancing under the Ontario Registry Act: An Analysis of the Priority Provisions and
Some Suggestions for Reform. Can. B. Rev. 55: 500-548 (1977).
22. RICKETSON, S. - Breach of Confidence: A New Proprietary Interest? Melb. Univ. L. Rev. I I : 223-245
(1977).
23. TRACEY, R. R. S. — Determination of the Validity of the Rules of Organizations under Section 140 of the
Conciliation and Arbitration Act. Fed. L. Rev. 8: 57-76 (1977).
Master
of
Laws
1. FORREST, J. H. L. — Consumer Redress Mechanisms
2. KARKAR, J. H. - Nationalization in the Conflict of Laws
LLM Theses in Progress
1. G. 1. K. BROMLEY — Drainage Law in the Melbourne Metropolitan Area
2. J. G. BUTCHER — Government Regulation of the Construction and Operation of Hydrocarbon Pipelines in
A ustralia.
3. J. M. GALVIN — Law of Credit Unions in Victoria
4. R. A. LEWITAN - Floating Charges
5. C. R. MeDONALD — The Legal Issues Arising out of the Use of New Energy Sources, in Particular Solar
Energy
6. S. M. B. MORGAN - 77ie Nature of the Interest Acquired Under Various Mining Titles
7. W. S. ROBSON — A Review of the Developments ofthe Doctrine of NaturalJustice with Particular Reference
to the Area of Education
SUBSTANTIAL GRANT RECEIVED
Grant has been received as follows: —
ARGC: Government Management of Oil and Gas Resources in Australia.
ANATOMY
Chairman o f department: Professor L. J. Ray
Professor LESLIE JOHN RAY
Senior Associate Professor Emeritus KEITH CAMPBELL BRADLEY
Readers JOHN OCHILTREE LAVARACK
NEIL CAMERON RAOUL MERRILLEES
Senior Lecturers BOYCE DARRYLE BOWDEN
CYRIL HARCOURT CHAMBERS
GEOFFREY CHARLES TREADGOLD KENNY
PETER MAXWELL ROBINSON
BERNICE FRANCES STRATFORD
Senior Demonstrators DAINE ALCORN
PETER FRANCIS BURT
NORMAN EIZENBERG
JOSEPH G1RAMONDO
ROSLYN ANNE PERRY
MARY BLYTHE WHEELER
J I L I A N ROSE WHITNEY
1. Photic regulation of pineal serotonin in the cynomolgus monkey, Macaca Fascicularis.
2. Light and electron microscopic study of retinal burns produced in the cynomolgus monkey by
photocoagulation.
3. Morphology of brain as revealed in computerized axial topography.
4. An experimental study of retino-hypothalamic connections in the cynomolgus monkey,
5. Serial studies of anthropometric measurements.
6. Serial studies of craniofacial growth.
7. Computer assessments of results of surgical and orthodontic treatments for craniofacial anomalies.
8. Serial studies of maturity markers.
9. Serial studies of dental caries.
10. Locomotion of embryonic cells.
11. Morphology of the primitive streak.
12. Placental studies.
13. Development of thc juxtaglomerular complex.
14. The cytology and cytochemistry of the mammalian adrenal medulla.
15. The fine structure of adrenal cortical cells in vitro.
16. The effect of ACTH on the fine structure of sheep adrenal cortical cells.
17. The development of the sheep adrenal cortex.
18. Further investigations on factors influencing foetal sheep lung development.
PUBLISHED WORK
1. BOWDEN. B. D. — "Manual for Digitising Lateral Radiographs" Technical Notes. Monograph Series.
1977. Child Growth Unit, University of Melbourne.
2. BOWDEN, B. D., JOHNSON, J., RAY, L. J., TOWNS, J. - "Height, Weight and other Anthropometric
Measurements of Melbourne Children". Technical Notes, Monograph Series. 1977, Child Growth Unit,
University of Melbourne.
3. BOWDEN, B. D. - "Manual for Digitising Dental Study Models" Technical Notes. Monograph Series.
1977, Child Growth Unit, University of Melbourne.
4. BOWDEN. B. D. - "Computer Assessments of Variations in Facial Development". I.A.D R. Abstracts (A.
& N.Z. Div.), Melbourne, August, 1976.
5. BOWDEN, B. D. — "Manual of Description of Dala for Cephalometric Measurements". Technical Notes,
Monograph Series. 1977. Child Growth Unit, University of Melbourne.
6. SMOL1CH, .1. J., STRATFORD. B. F.. MALONEY, J. E. and RITCHIE, B. C. - "The development of
the upper respiratory epithelium of thc rat." J.Anal. 124: (1977), (3): 657-673.
7. ALCORN, D., ADAMSON. T. M . , LAMBERT, T. F., MALONEY. J. E.. RITCHIE. B. C. and
ROBINSON. P- M . - "Morphological effects in the foetal lamb lung." J.Anat.. 123: (1977) (3): 649-660.
8. ROBINSON. P. M„ PERRY, R. A., HARDY, K. J„ COGHLAN, J. P. and SCOGGINS, B. A. - "Thc
innervation of the adrenal cortex in the sheep." Ovis ovis. J. Anal.. 124: 117-129 (1977).
9. W I L L I A M S , I . M . , K O H M A N , S., MERRILLEES, N . C. R„ OPPERMANN, B. L. and
ROBINSON. P. M . - "Microembolism in the nervous system" in Platelet Aggregation in the Pathogenesis
of Cerebrovascular Disorders. Ed. Agnoli & Fazio. Springer Verlag, 1977.
10. GORDON, T , PERRY, R., SRIHARI, T.and VRBOVA, G. - "Differentiation of slow and fast muscles in
chickens". Cell & Tissue Res.. 180: 211-222 (1977).
T H E S E S PASSED FOR H I G H E R D E G R E E S
Master
ofScience
1. BOURNE, B. R. — Locomotion of pigmented retinal epithelium in vitro
2. MILLAR, T. J. - An investigation of the cytology and cytochemistry of the mammalian adrenal medulla
104
ANATOMY
THESES IN PROGRESS
1. PERRY, R. A. — The cytology and histochemistry of steroid cells in vitro
2. ALCORN, D. — The development of the mammalian foetal lung
105
BIOCHEMISTRY
Chairman
of department:
Dr C. M.
Mauritzen
Professors FRANCIS JOHN RAYMOND HIRD
SIMON JOSHUA LEACH
Professor of Biochemistry (Medical) GERHARD HANS SCHREIBER
Readers PATRICK ROBERT CARNEGIE
LLOYD ROSS FINCH
JOHN WILLIAMSON LEGGE
MARY TERESA McQUILLAN
CHARLES ALBERT MICHAEL MAURITZEN
Senior Lecturers BARRIE ERNEST DAVIDSON
KENWYN RONALD GAYLER
BRUCE RAYMOND GRANT
ROBERT W I L L I A M HENDERSON
MAXWELL ARTHUR MARGINSON
W I L L I A M HUGH SAWYER
Lecturers ROBERT CORNELIS AUGUSTEYN
PAMELA ELLEN EMINA TODD
Senior Tutors FLORENCE CHUN I FELLOWS
GEOFFREY HAMILTON McKENZIE
ALANA MITCHELL
V I M L A PATEL
JOHN W I L L I A M PHILLIPS
KARL MALCOLM ROGERS
Senior Research Fellow GEORGE RICHARD JAGO
Research Fellows ALAN JAMES HILLIER
NEIL W I L L I A M ISAACS
JORG URBAN
Research Assistants HEIDE 1LSE DRYBURGH
LEONIE HORVATH
A. INTERMEDIARY METABOLISM
I. The precursors and site of formation of ammonia as a major excretion product in the Yabbie (Cherax
destructor).
' 2. The significance in various animals of glutamate-aspartate aminotransferase and of adenylic acid deaminase
in tissues.
3. The significance in various animals of the circulating level of non-esterificd fatty acids in the blood to the
metabolism of the liver.
4. Regulation of nucleotide metabolism in microorganisms.
5. Regulation of nucleotide metabolism and differential sensitivity to cytotoxic agents in mammalian tumour
cell lines.
6. The binding of porphyrins to tumour tissue.
7. Carbohydrate metabolism in lactic acid bacteria.
PROJECT DIRECTORS: I , 2, 3 - F. J. R. Hird; 4, 5, - L. R. Finch; 6 - R. W. Henderson; 7 - G. R. Jago.
B. STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION STUDIES ON PROTEINS
8. Identification of antigenic determinants in proteins using solid phase peptide synthesis.
9. Fluorescent labelled specific anti-HbF antibodies for diagnostic use. (With Haematology Dept.. Queen
Victoria Hospital.)
10. The ratios of the non-allelic y- and y 8
products in the HbF of neonates of thalassaemic parents.
(With Haematology Dept., Queen Victoria Hospital.)
11. Synthesis, circular dichroism and NMR conformational analysis of tetrapeptides as models for biological
recognition sites in proteins. (With Chemistry Dept.. Monash University.)
12. Conformational energy maps and random coil dimensions of copolypeptides containing
hydroxyethylglutamine.
13. Application of the stochastic approach to thc evolution of distantly related monomeric globins.
14. Immunological cross-reactivities of mammalian myoglobins using sheep and rabbil antisera.
15. Evolution of myelin basic protein.
16. Influence of serum from patients with multiple sclerosis on myelin metabolism.
17. Evolution of enzymes involved in aromatic amino acid biosynthesis.
18. Structure-function studies on chorismate mutase/prephenate dehydratase and chorismate
mutase/prephenate dehydrogenase.
e n e
106
BIOCHEMISTRY
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
107
Isolation of proteins involved in regulation of aromatic amino acid biosynthesis.
The redox potential of leghaemoglobin in the presence of added ligands.
New fluorescent probes for the study of membrane fluidity and protein-lipid interactions.
The membrane fluidity of normal and leukaemic lymphocytes. (With Dept. of Medicine, Austin Hospital.)
The mechanism of senile cataract formation.
PROJECT DIRECTORS: 8.9, 10, 11, 12 - S.J. Leach; 13, 14 - P. E. E.Todd; 15, 16 - P. R. Carnegie; 17, 18,
19 - B. E. Davidson; 20 - R. W. Henderson; 21, 22 - W. H. Sawyer; 23 - R. C. Augusteyn.
C. PROTEIN BIOSYNTHESIS
24.
25.
26.
27. '
Posltranslational processing of serum albumin.
Metabolism of transferrin.
Synthesis and secretion of a,-acid glycoprotein.
Synthesis and secretion of a,-antitrypsin.
PROJECT DIRECTOR: 24, 25, 26, 27 - G. H. Schreiber.
D. ASPECTS OF PLANT AND MARINE BIOCHEMISTRY
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
The effects of thermal variations on phytoplankton productivity in Port Phillip Bay.
Amino acid biosynthesis during photosynthesis in marine algae.
Protein synthesis in developing seeds and leaves.
The biochemistry of algal chloroplasts.
The biochemistry and cytology of wound healing in coenocytic algae.
The physiology and biochemistry of the interaction of the fungus Phytophthora cinnamomi with its host
species.
PROJECT DIRECTORS: 28, 29, 30 - K. R. Gayler; 31, 32, 33 - B. R. Grant.
E.
BIOCHEMICAL HISTORY
34. The development of ideas concerning D-amino acids and D-amino acid oxidase as an exemplar of the
development of biochemistry in the period 1936-1976 — M . A. Marginson.
35. The historical significance of the suffix "-ese" for enzymes catalyzing synthetic processes — M . A.
Marginson.
PUBLISHED WORK
CHAPTERS OF BOOKS
1. CARNEGIE. P. R. and SIMS, N . R. - Myelin Proteins and Enzymes, in Multiple Sclerosis, a Critical
Conspectus, cd. E. J. Field, pp. 165-206, MTP, Lancaster, England. 1977.
2. CARNEGIE. P. R. and MACKAY, I . R. - Cell Surface Receptors and Autoimmune Responses, in
Autoimmunity, ed. N. Talal, pp. 597-620, Academic Press, New York, 1977.
ARTICLES
3. AUGUSTEYN, R. C. — Senile Cataracts - A Biochemical Review of Senile Cortical and Nuclear
Cataracts. Aust. J. Ophthal. 5: 76-80 (1977).
4. BERKOV1C, S. F. and MAURITZEN, C. M . - Acetylation of Histones in Isolated Avian Erythroid
Nuclei. Biochim. Biophys. Acta 475: 160-167 (1977).
5. CARNEGIE. P. R., FELLOWS, F. C. I . and SYMINGTON, G. R. - Urinary Excretion of Methylarginine
in Human Disease. Metabolism 26: 531-537 (1977).
6. CHRISTOPHERSON, R. I. and FINCH, L. R. - The Assay of Orotate by an Isotope Dilution Procedure.
Anal. Biochem. SO: 159-167 (1977).
7. CHRISTOPHERSON. R. I . and FINCH. L. R. - Regulation or Aspartate Carbamoyltransferase of
Escherichia coli by the Interrelationship of Magnesium and Nucleotides. Biochim. Biophvs. Ada 481: 80-85
(1977).
8. COGHLAN, S. D. and AUGUSTEYN, R. C. - Changes in the Distribution of Proteins in the Aging
Human Lens. Exp. Eve Res. 25: 603-611 (1977).
9. COLLINS, F. D., FEHER, A. I . and HEALY. T. W. - Mixed Monolayers of Simple Saturated and
Unsaturated Fatty Acids. Aust. J. Chem. 30: 511-519 (1977).
10. GAYLER, K. R. and GRANT, B. R. - Heated Effluent Study. Part 11. Effects of Temperature Stress on
Productivity of Phytoplankton Species from Hobson's Bav. Report to the State Electricity Commission of
Victoria, 30 pp. (1977).
11. GETHING, M.-J. H. and DAVIDSON, B. E. - Chorismate Mutase/Prephenate Dehydratase from
Escherichia coli K 12. Modification with 5, 5'-Dithio-bis (2-nitrobenzoic acid). Eur. J. Biochem. 78: 103-110
(1977)
108
FACULTY OF MEDICINE
12. GETHING, M.-J. H. and DAVIDSON, B. E. - Chorismate Mutase/Prcphenatc Dehydratase from
Escherichia coli K12. Effects of Chemical Modification on the Enzymic Activities and Allosteric Inhibition.
Eur. J. Biochem. 78: 111-117 (1977).
13. HOWARD, R. J., GRANT, B. R. and FOCK, H. - The Flow of Carbon into Storage Products during Long
Term Photosynthesis in Caulerpa simpliciuscula. J. Phvcol. IS: 340-345 (1977).
14. HURRELL, J. G. R. and LEACH, S.J. - The Amino Acid Sequence of Soybean Leghaemoglobin c,. EEBS
Letters 80: 23-26 (1977).
15. HURRELL, J. G. R., SMITH, J. A. and LEACH, S. J. - Immunological Measurements of
Conformational Motility in Regions of the Myoglobin Molecule. Biochemistry 16: 175-185 (1977).
16.. HURRELL, J. G. R., SMITH, J. A., TODD, P. E. and LEACH, S. J. - Cross-Reactivity between
Mammalian Myoglobins: Linear vs Spatial Antigenic Determinants, lmmunochemislrv 14: 283-288 (1977).
17. HURRELL, J. G. R., THULBORN, K. R. and LEACH, S. J. - Leghaemoglobins: Immunochemistrv and
Phylogenetic Relationships. FEBS Letters 84: 244-247 (1977).
18. LEACH, S. J., NEMETHY, G. and SCHERAGA. H. A. - Use of Proton Nuclear Overhauser Effects lor
the Determination of the Conformations of Amino Acid Residues in Oligopeptides. Biochem. Biophvs. Res.
Commun. 75: 207-215 (1977).
19. LEES, G. J. and JAGO, G. R. - Formation of Acetaldehyde from 2-Deoxy-D-ribose-5-phosphate in LacticAcid Bacteria. J. Dairy Res. 44: 139-144 (1977).
20. MITCHELL, A. and FINCH, L. R. - Pathways of Nucleotide Biosynthesis in Mycoplasma mycoides
subsp. mycoides. J. Bacterial. 130: 1047-1054 (1977).
21. NICOLA, N . A. and LEACH, S. J. - Structural Rearrangements Due to Ligand Binding and Haem
Replacement in Myoglobin and Leghaemoglobins. Eur. J. Biochem. 78: 133-140 (1977).
22. NICOLA, N . A. and LEACH, S. J. - Structural Basis of Heme Reactivity in Myoglobin and
Leghemoglobin: Thermal Difference Spectra. Biochemistry 16: 50-58 (1977).
23. PHILLIPS, J. W. and HIRD, F. J. R. - Gluconeogenesis in Vertebrate Livers. Comp. Biochem. Phvsiol.
57B: 127-131 (1977).
24. PHILLIPS, J. W. and HIRD, F. J. R. - Ketogenesis in Vertebrate Livers. Comp. Biochem. Physiol. 57B:
133-138 (1977).
25. PHILLIPS, J. W., McKINNEY, R. J. W., HIRD, F. J. R. and M A C M I L L A N , D. L. - Lactic Acid
Formation in Crustaceans and the Liver Function ofthe Midgut Gland Questioned. Comp. Biochem. Phvsiol.
56B: 427-433 (1977).
26. REYNOLDS, E. C. and FINCH, L. R. - Estimation of ["P] Deoxyrihonucleoside Triphosphates in Cell
Extracts Using Periodate Treatment. Anal. Biochem. 82: 591-595 (1977).
27. SAWYER, W. H„ CAMERON, D. W. and TRIKOJUS, V. M . - Colouring Matters of the Aphidoidea.
X L I I . Purification and Properties of the Cyclising Enzyme (Protoaphin Dehydratase (Cyclising)) concerned
with Pigment Transformations in the Woolly Aphid Eriosoma lanigernm Hausmann (Hcmiptera, Insecta).
Aust. J. Biol. Sci. 30: 173-181 (1977).
28. SHAMGAR, F. A. and COLLINS, F. D. - Incorporation of [2- H] Ethanolamine into Rat Muscle
Phosphoglycerides. Aust. J. Esp. Biol. Med. Sci. 55: 371-378 (1977).
29. SHAMGAR, F. A. and COLLINS, F. D. - Pool Sizes and Metabolism of CDPcholine and
CDPethanolamine in Skeletal Muscle. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 76 550-558 (1977).
30. SMITH, J. A., HURRELL, J. G. R. and LEACH, S. J. - Conformational Integrity of Myoglobin after
Immunization with Freund's Adjuvant. J. Immunology 118: 226-228 (1977).
31. SMITH, J. A., HURRELL, J. G. R. and LEACH, S. J. - A Novel Method for Delineating Antigenic
Determinants: Peptide Synthesis and Radioimmunoassay using the Same Solid Support. Immunochemistry
14: 565-568 (1977).
32. SULLIVAN. J. j . , MUCHNICKY, E. E., DAVIDSON, B. E. and JAGO. G. R. - Purification and
Properties of the Pyrrolidonccarboxylate Peptidase of Streptococcus faecium. Aust. J. Biol. Sci. 30: 543-552
(1977).
33. THULBORN, K. R., SAWYER, W. H. and SMITH, J. A. - Membrane Fluidity in R h i | and Normal
Erythrocyte Ghosts. Blood 50: 964-965 (1977).
34. TRUSCOTT, R. J. W. and AUGUSTEYN, R. C. - Oxidative Changes in Human Lens Proteins during
Senile Nuclear Cataract Formation. Biochim. Biophvs. Ada 492: 43-52 (1977).
35. TRUSCOTT, R. J. W. and AUGUSTEYN, R. C. - Changes in Human Lens Proteins during Nuclear
Cataract Formation. Exp. Eve Res. 24: 159-170 (1977).
36. TRUSCOTT, R. J. W. and AUGUSTEYN, R. C. - The State of Sulphvdryl Groups in Normal and
Cataractous Human Lenses. Exp. Eve Res. 25: 139-148 (1977).
J
n u
Doctor of
1. DENBOROUGH,
Science
M. A. — Studies on Malignant Hyperpyrexia and on Glycoproteins in Man
Doctor of
Philosophy
2. HURRELL, J. G. R. — Immunological and Structural Studies on Some Plant and Animal Glohins
3. SIMS, N. R. - 2', 3'-Cyclic Nucleotide 3'-Phosphodiesterase
Master
4. MILLERSHIP,
Master
5. BROOME,
of
Science
A. S. - Synthesis and Secretion of Bovine Serum Albumin
of Agricultural
Science
M. C. — Inhibition of Group N Streptococci by Linoleic Acid
BIOCHEMISTRY
109
PhD Theses in
Progress
P. N. BYRT - Biochemical Investigations in Phylophlhera cinnamomi
M. CHELLADURAI
— Intermediate Forms of Secretory Proteins
A. L. CH'NG — Uptake. Storage and Excretion of Nitrogenous Compounds by Marine Benthic Algae
SIVAPRASAD
DAVULURI - Amino Acid Metabolism in relation to End-Products of Nitrogen Metabolism
T. W. DREHER - The Biochemistry of the Wound Response in the Algal Genus Caulerpa
K. J. EDWARDS - Biosynthesis of Albumin in Rat Liver
D. J. EVANS — Studies on the Synthesis and Tertiary Structure of Peptides and their Relationship to Protein
Folding
E. A. HA1GH - Fluorescent Probes as Indicators of Membrane Structure
D. B. HAWTHORNE
- Structure and Function of I. i-B Linked Glucans Found in Siphonous Algae
I. W. MITCHELSON
— Investigation of Side Chain Modification lo the Nuclear Proteins of Chicken
Erythrocytes during their Development
Y. J. PATERSON — The Dimensions of Randomly Coiled Co-Polypeptides
I. R. RADFORD - Effect of Cytotoxic Drugs on DNA Synthesis
E. REYNOLDS — Thymidine Sensitivity of Murine Myeloma and Lymphoma Celts
D. H. SMALL — Synthesis of Myelin Basic Protein in relation to Multiple Sclerosis Serum Factors
J. A. SMITH — Synthesis. Structure and Immunochemistry of Peptide Sequences in Globins and Staphylococcal
Nuclease
K. R. THULBORN - Fluorescent Probes for Studying Membrane Structure
S. W. WRIGHT — Special Properties associated with Chloroplasts of Siphonous Green Algae
M.Sc
Theses in
Progress
A. H.-H. BUI — Cations Transport and Membrane Fluidity of Human Blood Lymphocytes (jointly with Dept. of
Medicine, Austin Hospital)
K. T. BURGESS - Phosphorylation of Myelin Membrane
E. C. CORNISH — Investigations into the Nature and Structure of ihe Tyr R Gene Product o/Escherichia coli
(jointly with Microbiology Dept.)
R. M. DAVY - The Effect of Altered Haem-Llgand Binding and other Modifications on the Properties of
Cytochrome c
1. J. EAST — Interrelationships between Globin Proteins
S. M. GREEN
Effect of Fumaratc on the Metabolism of Streptococcus lactis
G. S. HUDSON — Comparative Studies on Chorismate Mutase-Prephenate Dehydratase and Chorismate
Mutase-Prephenate Dehydrogenase from E. coli
J. MITCHELL — Nucleotide Contents and DNA Synthesis in Fibroblasts Treated with Hydroxy Urea
M. NAGASHIMA
— Biochemical Study of On-Acid Glycoprotein
F. H. STONE — Regulation of Nucleotide Metabolism in Mammalian Tumour Cell Lines
M. THOMAS — Aspects ofthe Metabolism of Pyruvate by Group N Streptococci
S U B S T A N T I A L GRANTS R E C E I V E D (OVER $5,000)
Grants have been received as follows:Anti-Cancer Council of Victoria: Regulation and Inhibitors of Nucleotide Metabolism of Tumour and Other Ceu
Lines in Liquid Culture.
Anti-Cancer Council of Victoria: The Relation between Rates of Growth and Albumin Synthesis in Minimal
Deviation Hepatoma.
Australian Research Grants Committee (ARGC): Structure and Function of Myelin Proteins.
ARGC: Investigations into the Structure and Function of Some Bacterial Enzymes.
ARGC: Amino Acid Biosynthesis during Photosynthesis of Marine Algae.
ARGC: Chloroplast Metabolism.
ARGC: The Structure and Evolution of Primitive Haemoglobins.
ARGC: Protein-Lipid Interactions in Natural and Model Membranes.
ARGC: Comparative Studies on the Structures of Three Isofunctional DAHP Synthetases from Escherichia coli
K-12 (with Microbiology Dept.).
National Health and Medical Research Council: Phosphorylation of Myelin Basic Protein and Multiple Sclerosis.
National Health and Medical Research Council: Synthesis and Secretion of Protein by the Liver.
National Health and Medical Research Council: Diagnostic. Biosynthetic and Molecular Studies on
Haemoglobinopathies (with Dept. of Haematology. Queen Victoria Hospital).
National Institutes of Health, U.S.A.: The Mechanism of Senile Cataract Formation.
National Multiple Sclerosis Society. U.S.A.: Characterization of Antibrain Factors in Serum from Patients wilh
Multiple Sclerosis.
Wool Research Trust Fund (Australian Wool Corporation): Synthesis and Conformation of Peptides Forming pTurns in Proteins.
In addition, 15 grams of between SI,000 and $5,000 were received from the following donors:Australian Research Grants Committee: Forests Commission, Victoria; Ministry for Conservation, Victoria;
Multiple Sclerosis Society of Victoria; National Health and Medical Research Council; Medical Research
Committee, University of Melbourne; Research and Graduate Studies Committee, University of Melbourne.
COMMUNITY HEALTH
Chairman o f department: Professor R. W. Webster
Professor ROSS WHARTON WEBSTER
First Assistant in Clinical Epidemiology DAVID GORDON STUART CHRISTIE
Senior Lecturer DENIS URMSTON SHEPHERD
Lecturer NICHOLAS PETER SIEMENSMA
Research Associate LORRAINE LAWRENCE
1. Epidemiological and health service research into aspects of cerebrovascular disease.
2. Attitudes of medical students towards primary care.
3. Epidemiological study of occupational dermatitis.
PUBLISHED WORKS
1. WEBSTER, R. and CHRISTIE, D. - Community Health in the University of Melbourne. Med. J. Aust. 2:
128 (1977).
2. HUNT, D„ SLOMAN, G., CHRISTIE, D. and PENINGTON, C. - Changing patterns and profiles of
patients with acute myocardial infarction seen in a coronary care unit over a 13 year period. Brit. Med. J. I : 795
(1977).
3. CHRISTIE, D. - Screening for breast cancer: the role of mammography. Med. J. Aust.. 2: 398 (1977).
4. CHRISTIE, D. and LAWRENCE, L. - Patients and Hospitals: a study of attitudes of stroke patients. Soc.
Sci <$ Med. 12: 49 (1977).
The following grant has been received: NH & MRC: A Stroke Register in Melbourne.
110
MEDICAL BIOLOGY:
THE WALTER AND ELIZA HALL INSTITUTE OF MEDICAL
RESEARCH
Director:
Professor
Sir Gustav Joseph
Victor
Nossall
Senior Associates I A N REAY MACKAY
DONALD METCALF
JACQUES FRANCIS ALBERT PIERRE MILLER
GRAHAM FRANK MITCHELL
KENNETH DOUGLAS SHORTMAN
Research Fellows ADAMS, J. M .
ANDERS, R. F.
ARNOLD, B.
BATTY E, F. L.
BEADLE, G. F.
BURGESS, A. W.
BURTON, R. C.
CORY; SUZANNE
GODING, J. W.
GOLDSCHNEIDER, I .
H A N D M A N , EMANUELA
HARRIS, A. W.
HOLMES, MARGARET, C.
HOWARD, MAUREEN
HOWARD, R. J.
JOHNSON, G. R.
LALA, P. K.
L I N T H I C U M , S. D.
LUCIIENBACH, G. A.
MARCHALONIS, J. J.
MACKENZIE, M .
MANDEL, T. E.
NICOLA, N . A.
PYE, J.
ROBERTS THOMSON, I . C.
SCHRADER, J. W.
SCHUMACHER, M . J.
SCOTT, D. W.
STABER, F. G.
STANLEY, JANET
SZENBERG, A.
TANIGUCHI, M .
TEALE. JUDY
TEW, J, G.
WHITTINGHAM, SENGA F.
Research Assistants CULVENOR, JANETTA
LAYTON, JUDITH
McPHEE, DORA
RODGER, BELINDA
RUSSELL, SUE
STEWART, ANN
WEBB, ELIZABETH
WHITELAW, ALISON
WILSON, ELIZABETH
A. CELLULAR IMMUNOLOGY UNIT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Tolerance induction in immature B lymphocyte populations.
Further testing of the clonal selection theory of B lymphocyte stimulation.
The role of B lymphocyte surface IgD in the immune response and tolerance.
Size fractionation of B lymphocytes susceptible to clonal abortion.
Development of B lymphocytes from stem cells,
Study of Ig-like molecules on T lymphocytes.
Organ culture of foetal mouse thymus and spleen.
Maintenance and regulation of the immune response by antigen retained on dendritic cells.
111
112
FACULTY OF MEDICINE
B. CANCER RESEARCH UNIT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Purification and structural analysis of granulocyte-macrophage colony stimulating factor,
Clonal analysis of normal and leukemic cells from mice and humans.
Purification of factors controlling eosinophil and megakaryocyte proliferation.
Analysis of lymphoma serum of B-lymphocyte stimulating activity.
C. CLINICAL RESEARCH UNIT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Immunopathogenesis and genetic aspects of chronic active hepatitis.
Human histocompatibility antigens and disease associations.
Cloning human T lymphocytes in agar in health and disease.
Immunological and cellular aspects of premature ageing.
Mucosal mechanisms in desensitization of hay-fever patients and allergen-primed mice.
Isolation and purification of allergens from mice.
The structural basis of the autoantibody response to liver-specific F antigen.
The nature and origin of amyloid precursor proteins.
Carcinoembryonic antigen in Busselton population.
Effect of cytotoxic drugs on immune responsiveness.
Transfer of human tumours to the immunodeficient "nude" mouse.
Identification and mode of action of the multiple-sclerosis-associated antigen.
Experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis in the mouse.
Computer-processing of specific medical record data.
Applications of techniques of survival analyses.
D. EXPERIMENTAL PATHOLOGY UNIT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Delayed type hypersensitivity to allogeneic cells in mice.
Macrophage — T lymphocyte interactions.
Mechanism of H-linked Ir gene effect.
Differentiation of receptor for self-H-2 in thymus.
T cell dependent suppression of antibody responses.
T cell dependent suppression of delayed type hypersensitivity.
Characterization of factors from specific suppressor T cells.
Hybridization of suppressor T cells and T cell lymphomas.
Adjuvanticity of lysolecithin and its analogues.
IMMUNOPARASITOLOGY LABORATORY
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
T cell dependent effects in eosinophilia in parasitized mice.
Induction of various classes of antibodies by parasite antigen.
Cell surface changes in Plasmodium and Babesia parasitized blood cells.
Vaccination of mice against Taenia taeniaeformis.
Resistance to Nippostrongylus brasiliensis in mice injected with ES antigens.
Studies on the immunobiological properties of various allergens.
Mouse strain variations in susceptibility to Nematospiroides dubius.
Mouse strain variations in susceptibility to Giardia muris.
Mouse strain variation in susceptibility to Leishmania tropica.
E. BIOCHEMISTRY AND BIOPHYSICS UNIT
1. Differentiation of T and B lymphocytes.
2. Gene Expression in Mouse Myeloma Cells.
3. Physical Studies on gene organization.
PUBLISHED WORK
CHAPTERS OF BOOKS
1. ADAMS, J. M . — Immunoglobulin messager RNA. Progress in Immunology I I I , Canberra, Australian
Academy of Science, 1977. pp. 236-242.
2. GODING, J. W. — Genetic factors in the immune response: the immune response genes. 77ie lymphocyte:
structure and function, ed. by J. J. Marchalonis. New York, Marcel Dekker, 1977. pp. 309-364.
3. KINCADE, P. W. and MOORE, M . A. S. - Ontogenetic emergence of immunocytes. 77ie lymphocyte:
structure and function, ed. J.J. Marchalonis. Part 1. New York, Marcel Dekker, 1977. pp. 115-148.
4. MACKAY, I . R. — HLA and liver disease. "HLA and disease", ed. by J. Dausset and A. Svejgaard.
Copenhagen, Munksgaard, 1977. pp. 186-195.
5. MACKAY, I . R. — The lesion of autoimmunity-overview. Progress in Immunology I I I . Canberra,
Australian Academy ofScience, 1977. pp. 485-496.
MEDICAL BIOLOGY
113
6. MACKAY, I . R. and CARNEGIE, P. R. - Cell surface receptors and autoimmune responses.
Autoimmunity: genetic, immunologic, virologic and clinical aspects, ed. by N . Talal. New York, Academic
Press, 1977. pp. 597-620.
7. MACKAY, I . R., WHITTINGHAM, S. and MATHEWS, J. D. - The immunocpidemiology of ageing.
Immunology and ageing, ed. by Takashi Makindan and Edmond Yunis. New York, Plenum Medical Book
Co., 1977. pp. 35-49.
8. MANDEL, T. E. — The ultrastructure of mannalian lymphocytes and their progeny. The lymphocyte:
9. MANDEL, T. E. and SANTER, V. B. - Ultrastructure of the lymphocyte surface. 77tf lymphocyte:
10. MARCHALONIS, J. J. — The lymphocyte plasma membrane: isolation and properties of biologically
relevant proteins. 77ie lymphocyte: structure and function, ed. by J. J. Marchalonis. New York, Marcel
Dekker, 1977. pp. 373-432.
11. MILLER, J. F. A. P. — Cell interactions in the regulation of the immune response. Progress in Immunology
I I I . Canberra, Australian Academy ofScience, 1977. pp. 353-357.
12. MILLER, J. F. A. P. — Lymphocytes: past, present and future: The lymphocyte: structure and function, ed.
by J. J. Marchalonis. New York, Marcel Dekker, 1977. pp. 1-7.
13. MILLER, J. F. A. P. - The major histocompatibility complex and the immune response. Progress in
Immunology I I I . Canberra, Australian Academy of Science, 1977. pp. 309-310.
14. MITCHELL, G. F. - Host protective immunity in parasitic diseases. Progress in Immunology I I I .
Canberra, Australian Academy of Science, 1977. pp. 675-680.
15. MITCHELL, G. F. - Observations and speculations on the influence of T cells in the cellular events of
induction of antibody formation and tolerance in vivo. The lymphocyte: structure and function, ed. by
J. J. Marchalonis. New York, Marcel Dekker, 1977. pp. 227-256.
16. NOSSAL, G. J. V. - B. lymphocyte receptors and lympocyle activation. International Cell Biology, 19761977. cd. by B. R. Brinkely, K. R. Porter. New York. Rockefeller University Press, 1977. pp. 103-111.
17. NOSSAL, G. J. V. — Immunology and epidemiology of communicable tropical diseases. Progress in
Immunology 111. Canberra, Australian Academy ofScience, 1977. pp. 665-666.
18. NOSSAL, G. J. V. - Immunology, health and ethics. Progress in Immunology I I I . Canberra, Australian
Academy of Science, 1977. pp. 724-727.
19. SHORTMAN, K. - The pathway of T-cell development within the thymus. Progress in Immunology 111.
Canberra, Australian Academy ofScience. 1977. pp. 197-205.
20. WARNER, N . L. and McKENZIE, I . F. C. - Surface antigens and receptors of normal and neoplastic
lymphocytes: nature and distribution. The lymphocyte: structure and function, ed. bv J. J. Marchalonis. New
York, Marcel Dekker. 1977. pp. 433-492.
ARTICLES
21. ATWELL, J. L. and MARCHALONIS, J. J. - Immunoglobulin gamma chains of a montreme mammal,
the Echidna (Tachyglossus aculeatus): amino acid composition and partial amino acid sequence. J.
Immunogenet. 4: 73-80 (1977).
22. BERNARD, C. C. A. - Suppressor T-cells prevent experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis in mice.
Clin. Exp. Immunol. 29: 100-109 (1977).
23. BERNARD, C. C. A., LEYDON, J. and MACKAY, I . R. - AntiT cell activity of niridazole in
experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis. Int. Arch. Allergy 53: 555-559 (1977).
24. BERNARD, C. C. A., ROBERTS, I . M . and MACKAY, I . R. - Experimental autoimmune
encephalomyelitis in mice: antigen binding lymphocytes to basic protein of myelin in susceptible and resistant
strains. J. Immunogenet. 4: 277-285 (1977).
25. BERNARD, C. C. A., SYMINGTON, G. R. and MACKAY, 1. R. - Binding properties of radiolabeled
basic protein of myelin: reassessment in relation to diagnostic immunoassays. Scana. J. Immunol. 6: 11271 137 (1977).
26. BERNARD, O..CORY, S. and ADAMS, J. M . - Synthesis of complementary RNA on RNA templates
using the DNA-dependent RNA polymerase of escherichia coli. Biochim. Biophys. Acta 478:407-416 (1977).
27. BERNARD, O. D , JACKSON, J , CORY, S. and ADAMS, J. M . - Non-coding nucleotide sequence in the
3'-terminal region of a mouse immunoglobulin kappa chain mRNA determined by analysis of
complementary DNA. Biochemistry 16: 4117-4125 (1977).
28. BRACKERTZ, D., MITCHELL, G. F. and MACKAY, I . R. - Studies on antigen-induced arthritis I .
Induction of arthritis in various strains of mice. Arlhr. and Rheum. 20: 841-850 (1977).
29. BRACKERTZ, D., MITCHELL, G., VADAS, M. A., MACKAY, I . R. and MILLER, J. F. A. P. Studies on antigen-induced arthritis: I I . Immunological correlates of arthritis susceptibility in mice. J.
Immunol. 118: 1639-1644 (1977).
30. BRACKERTZ, D., MITCHELL, G. F., VADAS, M . A. and MACKAY, I . R. - Studies on antigeninduced arthritis. I I I . Cell and serum transfer experiments. J. Immunol. 118: 1645-1648 (1977).
31. BURGESS, A. W. and METCALF. D. - The effect of colony stimulating factor on the synthesis of
ribonucleic acid by mouse bone marrow cells in vitro. J. Cell Phvsiol. 90: 471-484 (1977).
32. BURGESS, A. W. and METCALF, D. - Serum half-life and organ distribution of radiolabeled colony
stimulating factor in mice. Exp. Hematol. 5: 456-464 (1977).
33. BURGESS, A. W.. WILSON, E. C. and METCALF, D. - Stimulation by human placental conditioned
medium of hemopoietic colony formation by human marrow cells. Blood 49: 573-583 (1977).
34. BURTON, R. C. and WARNER, N . Lr- ln vitro induction of tumor specific immunity IV. Specific adoptive
immunotherapy with cytotoxic T cells induced in vitro to plasmacytoma antigens. Cancer, Immunology and
Immunotherapy. 2: 91-99 (1977).
35. BURTON, R. C. and WARNER, N . L. — Tumor immunity to murine plasma cell tumors. I I I . Detection of
common tumor associated antigens on BALB/c, C3H and NZB plasmacytomas by in vivo and in vitro
induction of tumor immune responses. J. Natl. Cancer Inst. 58: 701-710 (1977).
114
FACULTY OF MEDICINE
36. BURTON, R.C, CHISM, S. E. and WARNER, N . L. - In vitro induction of tumor specific immunity. I I I .
Lack of requirement for H-2 compatibility to lysis of tumor targets by T cells activated in vitro to self,
oncofetal and plasmacytoma. J. Immunol. 118: 971-980 (1977).
37. BURTON, R. C . CHISM. S. E. and WARNER, N . L. - In vitro induction of tumor specific immunity.
V I I . Does autosensitization occur with in vitro culture of T lymphocytes?/ Immunol. 119- 1329-1339(1977).
38. CAMAKARIS, J., BURGESS, A. W. and METCALF, D. - The purification and properties of colony
stimulating factor from mouse lung conditioned medium. J. Biol. Chem. 252: 1998-2003 (1977).
39. CARNEGIE, P. R , FELLOWS, F. C.I. and SYMINGTON, G. R. - Urinary excretion of methylarginine
in human disease. Metabolism 26: 531-537 (1977).
40. CHISM, S. E„ BURTON, R. C, GRAIL, D. L., BELL, P. M . and WARNER, N . L. - In vitro induction
of tumor specific immunity. VI. Analysis of specificity of immune response by cellular competitive inhibition:
limitations and advantages ofthe technique. J. Immunol. Methods. 16: 245-262 (1977).
41. CHISM, S. E., WARNER, N. L., WELLS, J. V., CREWTHER, P., HUNT, S., MARCHALONIS. .1. I .
and FUDENBERG, H. H. — Evidence for common and distinct determinants on colon CEA, CCA-III, and
molecules wilh CEA activity isolated from breast and ovarian cancer. Cancer Res. 37: 3100-3108 (1977).
42. CLAESSON, M . H. and METCALF, D. - B.-lymphocyte colony-forming cells in theSJL/J mouse thymus.
J. Immunol. 118: 1208-1212 (1977).
43. CLAESSON, M . H., RODGER, M . B., JOHNSON, G. R., WHITTINGHAM, S. and METCALF, D. Colony formation bv human T lymphocytes in agar-medium. Clin. Exp. Immunol. 28: 526-534 (1977).
44. CLAESSON, M . H. WHITTINGHAM, S., RODGER, M . B. and BURGESS, A. W. - Colony growth of
human T lymphocytes in agar: effect of a soluble factor from adherent cells. Eur. J. Immunol. 7: 608-612
(1977).
45. CLARKE, A. E„ HARRISON, S„ RAFF, J., KNOX, R. B , SMITH, P. and MARCHALONIS, J. J. Common antigens and male-female recognition in plants. Nature 265: 161-163 (1977).
46. COATES, A. S. and CRAWFORD, M . - Growth of human melanoma in nude mice; suppression by Tlymphocytes from the tumor donor. J. Nat. Cancer Inst. 59: 1325-1328 (1977).
47. COATES, A. S. and PETERS, M . - Complete remission of metastatic malignant melanoma following
immunotherapy with Bacillus Calmette-Guerin (BCG). Aust. N.Z. J. Surgery 47: 362-365 (1977).
48. CORY, S. and ADAMS, J. M. - A very large repeating unit of mouse DNA containing the 18S, 28S and
5.8S rRNA genes. Cell. 11: 795-805 (1977).
49. COX, K. O., HOWARD, R. J. and MITCHELL, G. F. - Studies on immune responses to parasite antigens
in mice. VII. Cells secreting antibodies lo modified mouse erythrocytes in Babesia rodhaini infected mice.
Cell. Immunol. 32: 223-227 (1977).
50. DECKER, J. M . and MARCHALONIS, J. J. - Molecular events in lymphocyte differentiation: stimulation
of nonhistone nuclear protein synthesis in rabbit peripheral blood lymphocytes by anti-immunoglobulin.
Biochem. Biophvs. Res. Commun. 74: 584-591 (1977).
51. DECKER, J. M , WARR, G. W. and MARCHALONIS, J. J. - A membrane glycoprotein which binds
antilymphocyte globulin and Concanavalin A is implicated in stimulation of murine T lymphocytes. Biochem.
Biophys. Res. Commun. 74: 1536-1543 (1977).
52. DRESCH, C , JOHNSON, G. R. and METCALF, D. - Eosinophil colony formation in semi-solid cultures
of human bone marrow cells. Blood 49: 835-844 (1977).
53. DUMBLE, L. J. and MACKAY. I . R. - HLA and chronic active hepatitis (CAH). Digestion 15: 254-259
(1977).
54. DUMBLE, L. J„ TAIT, B. D., WHITTINGHAM, S. and ASHTON, P. W. - The immunological privilege
of the foetus; decreased expression of paternal HLA. Immunogenetics 5: 345-350 (1977).
55. FIDLER, J . M . and PIKE, B. L. - Antigen-initiated B lymphocyte differentiation X. Sedimentation velocity
characterization of antigen-binding cells and AFC progenitors in the in vitro microculture immune response
of unprimed CBA mice to NIP-POL antigen. Cell. Immunol. 31: 163-171 (1977).
56. FIDLER, J. M . , HOWARD, M . , SCHLEGEL, R. A„ VADAS, M . and SHORTMAN, K. - Antigen
initiated B-cell differentiation. IX. Characterisation of memory AFC progenitors by buoyant density and
sedimentation velocity separation. J. Immunol. 118: 1076-1082 (1977).
57. GODING, J. W„ SCOTT, D. W. and LAYTON, J. E. - Genetics, cellular expression and function of IgD
and IgM receptors. Immunological Reviews 37: 152-186 (1977).
58. GUTMAN, G. A. and MITCHELL, G. F. - Ascaris suum: location of phosphorylcholine in lung larvae.
Exp. Parasit. 43: 161-168 (1977).
59. HOWARD, M . C. and FIDLER, J. M . - Antigen-initiated B lymphocyte differentiation. X I . Non-specific
stimulation changes the physical properties of virgin AFC-progenitors in neonatal mouse spleen. Aust. J.
Exp. Biol. Med. Sci. 55: 510-507 (1977).
60. HOWARD, M . C , CLAESSON, M . H. and JOHNSON, G. R. - Surface immunoglobulin characteristics
of B-lymphocyte developmental slates and B-lymphocyte colony-forming-cells. Scand. J. Immunol. 6: 13171322 (1977).
61. JOHNSON, G. R. and METCALF, D. - Pure and mixed erythroid colony formation in vitro stimulated by
spleen conditioned medium with no detectable erythropoietin. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci 74: 3 879-3882 (1977).
62. JOHNSON, G. R , DRESCH, C. and METCALF, D. - Heterogeneity in human neutrophil, macrophage
and eosinophil progenitor cells demonstrated by velocity sedimentation separation. Blood 50: 823-831 (1977).
63. MACKAY, I . R. — Changes in human lymphocyte activity with age. lnterdiscipl. Topics Ceront. 11: 75-80
(1977).
64. MACKAY, I . R , WHITTINGHAM, S. and TAIT, B. - Genetic control of immune responsiveness in man.
Vox Sang. 32: 10-19 (1977).
65. MARCHALONIS, J. J. - Antigen recognition by T lymphocytes: status of the minimal hypothesis. Ric.
Clin. Lab. 7: 1-10 (1977).
66. MARCHALONIS, J. J., DECKER, J. M . , DELUCA, D., MOSELEY, J. M., SMITH, P. and
WARR, G. W. — Lymphocyte surface immunoglobulins: evolutionary origins and involvement in activation.
Cold Spr. Harb. Symp. Quant. Biol. 41: 261-273 (1976).
MEDICAL BIOLOGY
115
67. MARCHALONIS, J. J., WARR, G. W., BUCANAN, C , HOYER L., SZENBERG, A. and WARNER,
N. L. - Demonstration and partial characterization of murine B and T cell surface immunoglobulins using
avian antibodies. ICN-UCLA Symposium on Regulation of the immune system: Genes and cells in which
they function. Park City, Utah, 20-25 March, 1977. Abstracts: J. Supramol. Struct., suppl. I , 1977.
68. METCALF, D. - In vitro cloning techniques hemopoietic cells: clinical applications? Ann. Intern. Med.87:
483-488 (1977).
69. METCALF, D , JOHNSON, G. R. and WILSON, J. - Radiation-induced enlargement of granulocytic and
macrophage progenitor cells in the mouse bone marrow. Exp. Hematol. 5: 299-309 (1977).
70. MILLER, J. F. A. P. — The cellular basis of immune responsiveness. Clinics in Haematology 6: 277-298
(1977).
71. MILLER, J. F. A. P. and VADAS, M . A. — Antigen activation of T lymphocytes: influence of major
histocompatibility complex. Cold Spr. Harb. Symp. Quant. Biol. 41: 579-588 (1976).
72. MILLER, J. F. A. P. and VADAS, M . A. -r The major histocompatibility complex: influence on immune
reactivity and T-lymphocyte activation. Scand. J. Immunol. 6: 771-778 (1977).
73. MILLER, J. F. A. P., VADAS, M . A., WHITELAW, JS... GAMBLE, J. and BERNARD, C. Histocompatibility linked immune responsiveness and restrictions'imposed on sensitized lymphocytes. J. Exp.
Med. 145: 1623-1628 (1977).
74. MITCHELL, G. F. - Some expectations for immunology in veterinary medicine. Viclorian Veterinary
Proceedings pp. 6-7 (1977).
75. MITCHELL, G. F. — Studies on immune responses to parasite antigens in mice. V. Different susceptibilities
of hypothymic and intact mice to Babesia rodhaini. Int. Arch. Allergy 53: 385-388 (1977).
76. MITCHELL, G. F. and HANDMAN, E. — Studies on immune responses to larval cestodes in mice: a simple
mechanism of nonspecific immunosuppression in mesocestoides corti infected mice. Aust. J. Exp. Biol. Med.
Sci. 55: 615-622 (1977).
77. MITCHELL, G. F„ GODING, J. W. and RICKARD, M . D. - Studies on immune responses to larval
cestodes in mice. I . Increased susceptibility of certain mouse strains and hypothymic mice to Taenia
laeniaeformis and analysis of passive transfer of resistance with serum. Aust. J. Exp. Biol. Med. Sci. 55: 165186 (1977).
78. MITCHELL, G. F , HOGARTH-SCOTT, R. S., EDWARDS, R. D. and MOORE, T. - Studies on
immune responses to parasite antigens in mice. I I I . Nippostronglylus brasiliensis infections in hypothymic
nu/nu mice. Int. Arch. Allergy 52: 95-104 (1977).
79. MITCHELL, G. F , MARCHALONIS, J. J., SMITH, P. M„ NICHOLAS, W. L. and WARNER, N . L.
— Studies on immune responses to larval cestodes in mice. I I . Immunoglobulins associated with the larvae of
Mesocestoides corti. Aust. J. Exp. Biol. Med. Sci. 55: 187-211 (1977).
80. MOORE, M. A. S„ BURGESS, A. W., METCALF, D„ McCULLOCH, E. A , ROBINSON, W. A ,
DICKE, K. A., CHERVENICK, P. A., BULL, J. M„ WU, A. M , STANLEY, E. R , GOLDMAN, J. and
TESTA, N . - Report of a workshop on standardization of selective cultures for normal and leukaemic cells
- International Cancer Research Workshop Programme (Icrew). Brit. J. Cancer 35: 500-518 (1977).
81. MORRIS, P. J , VAUGHAN, H , TAIT, B. D. and MACKAY, I . R. - Histocompatibility antigen (HLA):
associations with immunopathic diseases and with responses to microbial antigens. Aust. N.Z. J. Med. 7:
616-624 (1977).
82. MOSELEY, J. M . , MARCHALONIS, J. J., HARRIS, A. W. and PYE, J. - Molecular properties of T
lymphoma immunoglobulin. I. Serological and general physicochemical properties. J. Immunogenet. 4: 233248 (1977).
83 MYERS, J. B , FROST, M„ COATES, A. S„ MATHEWS, J. D. and KINCAID-SMITH, P. Carcinoembryonic antigen in renal allograft recipients and immunosuppressed renal patients. Aust. N.Z. J.
Med. 7: 16-19 (1977).
84. NOSSAL, G. J. V. — Scientific research and medical progress — nemesis or nirvana? World Hospitals 13:
185-188 (1977).
85. NOSSAL, G. J. V„ SHORTMAN, K., HOWARD, M . and PIKE, B. L. - Current problem areas in the
study of B lymphocyte differentiation. Immunological Reviews. 37: 187-209 (1977).
86. RAISON, R. L. and MARCHALONIS, J. J. — Comparative peptide mapping of radioiodinated light chains
derived from homogeneous rabbit anti-streptococcal antibodies. Biochemistrv 16: 2036-2039 (1977).
87. RAISON, R. L. and MARCHALONIS, J. J. - Structural restriction and similarities ofthe light chains of
antibodies to group B streptococcal carbohydrate produced in a single rabbit. J. Immunogenet. 4: 221-231
(1977).
88. RUBEN, L. N., WARR, G. W , DECKER, J. M . and MARCHALONIS, J. J. - Phylogenetic origins of
immune recognition: Lymphoid heterogeneity and the hapten/carrier effect in the goldfish. Carassius
auratus. Cell. Immunol. 31: 266-283 (1977).
89. SCHMECKPEPER, B. J , CORY, S. and ADAMS, J. M . - Comparison of immunoglobulin chains made
in an ascites extract and reticulocyte lysate programmed with mRNA from four mouse myelomas. Biochim.
Biophvs. Acta. 476: 303-320 (1977).
90. SCOTT, D. W., LAYTON, J. E. and NOSSAL, G. J. V. - Role of IgD in the immune response and
tolerance. I . Anti-u pretreatment facilitates tolerance induction in adult B cells in vitro. J. Exp. Med. 146:
1473-1483 (1977).
91. SHORTMAN. K.. RYDEN, A., DUNKLEY, M . and VON BOEHMER, H. - Some requirements for the
response of separated T-cell sub-populations to the mitogens phytohaemagglutinin and concanavalin A. Aust.
J. Exp. Biol. Med. Sci. 55: 585-603 (1977).
92. STEVENS, D. P, STAGG, R. and MACKAY, I . R . ' - What happens when hospitalized patients see their
own records? Ann. Intern. Med. 86: 474-477 (1977).
93. STOCKER, J. W. - Function maturation of B cells in vitro. Immunology 32: 275-282 (1977).
94. STOCKER, J. W. - Tolerance induction in maturing B cells. Immunology 32: 283-290 (1977).
95. SYMINGTON, G„ MACKAY, I . R. and CURRIE, T. T. - Functional improvement in multiple sclerosis
during prolonged induced hvpothermia: Report of two cases. Neurology 142: 302-303 (1977).
96. SYMINGTON, G. R , MACKAY, I . R. and LAMBERT, R. P. - Cancer and teratogenesis: Infrequent
occurrence after medical use of immunosuppressive drugs. Aust. N.Z. J. Med. 7: 368-372 (1977).
116
FACULTY OF MEDICINE
97. SZENBERG, A , MARCHALONIS, J. J. and WARNER, N . L. - Direct demonstration of murine
thymus-dependent cell surface endogenous immunoglobulin. Proc. Nal. Acad. Sci. 74: 2113-2117 (1977).
98. TANIGUCHI, M and MILLER, J. F. A. P. - Enrichment of specific suppressor T cells and
characterization of their surface markers./. Exp. Med. 146: 1450-1454 (1977).
99. VADAS, M . A. and MILLER, J. F. A. P. — Influence of the major histocompatibility complex on the
transfer of delayed hypersensitivity to antigens under Ir gene control in mice. ICN-UCLA Symposium on
Regulation of the immune system; genes and cells in which they function. Park City, Utah, 20-25 March,
1977. Abstracts: J. Supramol. Struct, suppl. 1, 1977.
100. VADAS, M. A., MILLER, J. F. A. P., WHITELAW, A. M . and GAMBLE, J. R. - Regulation by the H-2
gene complex of delayed type hypersensitivity. Immunogenetics 4: 137-153 (1977).
101. WARNER, N . L , GODING, J. W , GUTMAN, G. A., WARR, G. W„ HERTZENBERG, L. A.,
VANDER LOO, W , BLACK, S. J. and LOKEN, M. R. - Allotypes of mouse'Igm immunoglobulins.
Nature 265: 447-449 (1977).
102. WARR, G. W. and MARCHALONIS, J. J. - Lymphocyte surface immunoglobulin ofthe goldfish differs
from its serum counterpart. Development and Comparative Immunol. 1: 15-22 (1977).
103. WARR, G. W., DECKER, J. M . , MAlMDEL, T. E., DELUCA, D., HUDSON, R. and
MARCHALONIS, J. J. - Lymphocyte-like cells of the tunicate, pyura stolonifera: binding of lectins,
morphological and functional studies. Aust. J. Exp. Biol. Med. Sci. 55: 151-164 (1977).
104. WHITELAW, A., MILLER, J. F. A. P. and MITCHELL, G. F. - Studies on immune responses to parasite
antigens in mice. V I . Delayed type hypersensitivity to blood cells from Plasmodium berghei infected mice.
Cell. Immunol. 32: 216-222 (1977).
105. W H I T T I N G H A M , S. and MACKAY, I . R. — Tissue antigens: Autoantigens, alloantigens, xenoantigens
and neoantigens. Aust. N.Z. J. Med. 7: 172-194 (1977).
106 WHITTINGHAM, S„ PITT, D. B„ SHARMA, D. L. B. and MACKAY, I . R. - Stress deficiency ofthe
T lymphocyte system exemplified by Down's syndrome. Lancet 1: 163-166 (1977).
107. WOODRUFF, M. F. A. and WARNER, N. L. - The effect of corynebacterium parvum on tumor growth in
normal and athymic (nude) mice. J. Nat. Cancer Inst. 58: 111-116 (1977).
Doctor
of
Philosophy
BURTON, R. C. — In vitro induction of T cell mediated immunity to murine tumour antigens
GODING, J. W. - Lymphocyte surface immunoglobulin and la antigens in the mouse.
HOWARD, M. C. — B lymphocytes differentiation in the mouse.
PhD Theses in
Progress
BUCKLEY, J. D. — Cancer epidemiology and diagnosis
CEREDIG, R. - In vitro studies of cell mediated immunity lo human and murine tumour associated antigen
GOUGH, N. M. — Control of immunoglobulin gene expression
IMANISHI,
K. — Electron microscopic studies of the surface membranes of normal and neoplastic murine
lymphoid cells and of membrane models.
LAMBERT, R. P. — Computer processing of medical record data in a cardiac surgery unit.
LAYTON, J. E. — The function of lymphocyte surface IgM and IgD during B cell maturation
McCARTHY, J. H. — Regulation of granulocyte and macrophage populations in leukaemia
SCHUMACHER,
M. J. — Immunological mechanisms in immediate hypersensitivity diseases of the respiratory
tract
SMITH, F. I. — Activation of T lymphocytes in cellular immunity
WATT, S. M. — Molecular aspects of haemopoietic differentiation
M.Sc
Theses in
Progress
MOTTRAM, P. — The role of the macrophage in delayed type hyposensitivity
PIKE, B. — Humoral immune responses by mouse B lymphocytes in vitro
RUSSELL, S. — Characteristics of serum factors inhibiting or potentiating the action of colony stimulating factor
WILSON, E. — Colony stimulating factor for human cells
MEDICAL HISTORY
Chairman
of department:
Professor
Emeritus
K. F.
Russell
Senior Associates KENNETH FITZPATRICK RUSSELL
JEAN FOGO RUSSELL
Research Student ROBERT ANDREW CUTHBERTSON
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Early history of anatomy and thc work of Mondino dei Luzzi (1275-1326).
History of the teaching of anatomy in Britain.
Early printed books in the library of the Royal Australasian College of Surgeons.
Music and medicine.
The dancing manias.
Tarantism and the tarantellas.
Work and life of Duchenne of Boulogne (1806-1875).
PUBLISHED WORK
BOOK
RUSSELL, K. F. - 77ie Melbourne Medical School 1862-1962. Melbourne University Press, 1977.
ARTICLES
RUSSELL, K. F. - Medicine in Melbourne - the first fifty years. Med. J. Aust.. 2. 17-21 (1977).
117
MEDICINE
AUSTIN HOSPITAL A N D REPATRIATION GENERAL HOSPITAL
Chairman o f department: Professor A . E. Doyle
Professor AUSTIN ERIC DOYLE
Professor (Repatriation General Hospital) THOMAS JOHN MARTIN
Professor of Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics W I L L I A M JOHN LOUIS
Reader I A N FARQUHAR CAMPBELL McKENZIE
Reader in Psychiatry RUSSELL A1NSL1E MEARES
First Assistant (Austin Hospital) FREDERICK ARTHUR OSCAR MENDELSOHN
First Assistant (Repatriation General Hospital) RICHARD GRAEME LARKINS
Second Assistants NEVILLE DAVID YEOMANS
JAMES SAVILLE WILEY
Second Assistant in Psychological Medicine (Repatriation General Hospital) PAUL EDWARD DEBENH AM
Senior Lecturer in Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics BEVYN JARROTT
Lecturer in Psychiatry BRUCE JOHN TONGE
Senior Research Officer in Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics PHILIP MARK BEART
National Health and Medical Research Council Senior Research Officer JEANNETTE FRIEDMAN
National Heart Foundation of Australia Research Fellow SADANAND NEGESHRAO ANAVEKAR
National Health and Medical Research Council Postgraduate Research Scholars
NICHOLAS CHRISTOPHIDIS
PETER JOHN MIACH
National Blood Pressure Study Research Fellow MARY STEWART
Visiting Research Fellow in Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics ROGER JAMES SUMMERS
Postgraduate Research Scholars ANDREW BUI
OLAF HE1NO OSKAR DRUMMER
STUART GRANT DUFFY
ANDREW SIMON GIRAUD
PHILLIP MARK HOGARTH
BRUCE EDWARD LOVELAND
MARY M1CHAEL1DES
GEORGE W I L L I A M MIHALY
G I L L I A M MARGARET MORGAN
TERRANCE ADRIAN POTTER
A L A N GREGORY RIGLAR
MAURO SERGIO SANDRIN
ELIZABETH LYN CONWAY
ANNE JULIA CULVENOR
ARLIE McQUEEN
Trainee Fellow in Gastroenterology RICHARD BLAMIRE SEWELL
Professorial Associates PETER FRANCIS BLADIN
PETER ANTHONY CASTALDI
JOHN KINGSLEY DAWBORN
RICHARD ALAN SMALLWOOD
Senior Associate in Social Medicine DAVID GEORGE LEGGE
Senior Associates (Austin Hospital) JOHN PAUL COGHLAN
A L A N JAMES GOBLE
WALTER FRANCIS HEALE
GEORGE JERUMS
ROBIN MACINTOSH LATHROP MURRAY
MARY ROSE STEWART
FRANK JOHN EMERY VAJDA
Senior Associates (Repatriation General Hospital) WILLIAM ROBERT ADAM
COLIN EDWIN BARTER
ALAISTAIR HERIOT CAMPBELL
JOHN GREEN
JOHN DESMOND PARKIN
Associates (Austin Hospital) JOHN COURTNEY DUGGAN
(Medicine
1.
2.
3.
4.
118
— Austin
Hospital)
Investigation ot the local role of the renin angiotensin system in the kidney.
Control of aldosterone secretion from isolated zona glomerulosa cells.
Radio nucleotide detection of experimental cortid ulceration.
Handling of drugs and protein metabolites in renal failure.
MEDICINE
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
A study of 'H-ouabain binding to normal and leukaemic lymphocytes.
Platelet sizing by measurement of intracellular water content.
Evolution of trace proteinuria in diabetes mellitus.
Effects of thyroid status on lymphocyte Na-K ATPase.
Comparative structural and functional studies of the gastric mucosa of chordates.
The mucoid cells in the gastric mucosa: their role in gastric physiology and pathophysiology.
Studies of the mechanism of the peptic ulcerogenic effects of tabacco smoking.
Transport and excretory function of the foetal liver.
Bile acid transport. Its relationship to bile acid structure and biliary lipid composition.
Platelet membrane proteins in coagulation.
Lymphocyte surface alloantigens.
H-2 mutants.
The H-2 complex in transplantation tolerance and enhancement.
The human Ia System.
Ia+cells in mouse bone marrow.
The padrenergic receptor of murine lymphocytes.
Methods of detection of circulating immune complexes in man.
(Medicine
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
119
— Repatriation
General
Hospital)
Hormones and guanyl nucleotides in the regulation of adenylate cyclase in normal and tumour cells.
Prostaglandins in the pathogenesis of malignant hypercalcaemia.
Role of prostocyclin and thromboxanes in platelet-vessel wall interaction.
Secretion and action of vitamin D metabolites.
Regulation of insulin secretion.
Pathogenesis of Paget's Disease and of renal bone disease.
(Clinical
Pharmacology
and
Therapeutics)
1. Thc role of central nervous system-transmitters and blood pressure regulation.
2. Specific labelling and isolation of cardiac beta adreno-receptors using radioactive photo affinity agents.
3. Structure activity relationship of beta adreno-receptor drugs and the relationship of alterations of beta
adreno-receptors to disease states.
4. Vascular cyclic AMP and blood pressure regulation.
5. Pharmacokinetics of anti-cancer drugs.
6. Amino acid transmitters in central nervous system diseases.
7. Pharmacokinetics and clinical evaluation of anti-hypertensive drugs.
8. Pharmacokinetics and clinical evaluation of anti-epileptic drugs.
9. Mechanisms of action of methyldopa.
10. Control of noradrenaline synthesis.
(Psychiatry)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
Post-natal depression and its effects on attachment and child development.
Emotional disturbance in the physically ill hospitalized child.
Outcome studies of group play psychotherapy for latency age children.
A study of sensory screening and its relation to personality.
Stimulus intensity control in personality.
Stimulus intensity control in hysteria and psychogenic pain.
Stimulus intensity control in anxiety states, and the effect of treatment.
Stimulus intensity control of depression, and the effect of treatment.
Psychophysiology of the menstrual cycle.
Pschopnysiological effects of tobacco smoking.
Stimulus intensity control and tobacco smoking.
Repression and hypertension.
The circannial variation in suicide rates and attempted suicide.
A study of temporal patterns of gaze and vocalization in mother-child interaction.
A longitudinal study of mother-child interaction and its relation to attachment.
Some physiological changes occurring during mother-child interaction.
Attachment in children referred for "Hyperactivity"
Cortical evoked potentials in hyperactive children.
Naturopathic treatment in hyperactivity in children.
Attention in hysteria.
PUBLISHED WORK
BOOK
I . MEARES, R. A. — The Pursuit of Intimacy: An Approach to Psychotherapy, Nelson, Australia, 1977.
120
FACULTY OF MEDICINE
CHAPTERS IN BOOKS
1. LIPTON, G. L. and TONGE, B. J. — The essence of Mothering Children under Five, in Modern Perspectives
in the Psychiatry of Infancy, ed. J. G. Howells, Brunner/Mazel Inc., New York.
ENCYCLOPAEDIA ARTICLE
1. MEARES, R. A. — Psychiatry in Australia, in International Encyclopaedia of Neurology, Psychiatry,
Psychoanalysis and Psychology, ed. B. Wolman, Van Nostrand Reinhold and Aesculapius Publishers, N.Y.
1977.
ARTICLES
1. ATKINS, D , HUNT, N . H., INGLETON, P. N . , UNDERWOOD. J. C. E. and MARTIN, T. J. - Rat
osteogenic sarcoma cells. Isolation and effects of hormones on the production of cyclic AMP and cyclic
GMP. Endocrinology, 101: pp. 555-562, 1977.
2. ATKINS, D , IBBOTSON, K. J., HILLIER, K , HUNT, N . H.. HAMMONDS, J. C. and MARTIN, T. J.
— Renal cortical carcinoma. Secretion of prostaglandins as bone resorbing agents by renal cortical carcinoma
in culture. Brit. J. Cancer 36: pp. 601-607, 1977.
3. ATKINS, D. and MARTIN, T. J. — Rat osteogenic sarcoma cells: effects of some prostaglandins, their
metabolites and analogues on cyclic AMP production. Prostaglandins 13: pp. 861-871, 1977.
4. ANAVEKAR, S. N . — Management of acute hypertensive crises. Rational Drug Therapy 11 (8): 1, 1977.
5. ANAVEKAR, S. N. — Propranolol in the management of hypertension. Drug Therapy, Vol 8: pp. 99. 1977.
6. BACQ. A. M , BLAKELEY, A. G. H. and SUMMERS, R. J. - The effects of 1.93494 on adrenergic
transmission in the cat spleen. Bri. J. Pharmac. 60: 286P, 1977.
7. BEART, P. M. and BILAL, L. - L.-2,4-diaminobutyric acid and thc GACA system. Neuroscience Letters 5:
pp. 193-198, 1977.
8. BEART, P. M . and LEE, V. — Transmitter enzymes in weaver and staggerer neurological mutant mice.
Brain Res. 124: pp. 171-171, 1977.
9. BEART, P. M. and ROFFLER-TARLOV, S. - GABA synthesis in the Purkinje cell deficient mouse. Proc.
Australian Physiol. Soc. 8 (1): 45P, 1977.
10. BEST, L. C , MARTIN, T. J , RUSSELL, R. G. G. and PRESTON, F. E. - Prostacyclin (PG) stimulates
the accumulation of cyclic AMP and adenylate cyclase activity in human blood platelets. Nature 267:
pp. 850-852. 1977.
11. BEVERLEY, P. C. L , FELDMANN, M , DUNKLEY, M . and McKENZIE, I . F. C. - Antigenic
Phenotypes of T Cell subsets. Transplant Proc. 9: 703, 1977.
12. BLADIN, P. F., VAJDA, F. J. E. and SYMINGTON, G. - Therapeutic problems related to tonic status
epilepticus. Assoc. Neurologists Proceedings. 1977.
13. BLAKELEY, A. G. H. and SUMMERS, R. J. - The effects of labetalol (AH5258) on adrenergic
transmission in the cat spleen. Br. J. Pharmac. 59: pp. 643-650, 1977.
14. BLANDEN, R. V.. McKENZIE, I . F. C , KEES, U., MELVOLD, R. W. and KOHN. H I - Cytotoxic T
Cell response to ectromelia virus-infected cells. Different H-2 requirements for triggering precursor T Cell
induction or lethal hit by effector T Cells defined byan H-2D°mutation./. Exp. Med. 146: pp. 869-880, 1977.
15. BOYD, H. and MARTIN, T. J. — The effect of propranolol on induction of rat liver tumours by a chemical
carcinogen. Molec. Pharmacol. 13: pp. 576-578, 1977.
16. BOYSE, E. A., CANTOR, H , SHEN, ,F. W. and McKENZIE, I . F. C. - Nomenclature for antigens
demonstrable on lymphocytes. Immunogenelics 5: 189, 1977.
17. CALDWELL, A. B. and JARROTT, B. - A photoaffinity probe for the beta adreno-reccptor. Adv. Cyclic
Nuc. Res. 9: 75. 1977.
18. CONNELLAN, J. M., CASTALDI, P. A. and MUNTZ, R. H. - The role of factor X I in the coagulant
activity of platelets. Haemostasis 6: 41, 1977.
19. CONWAY, E. L„ JARROTT, B. and LOUIS, W. J. - Alpha methyldopaminc as a false transmitter in thc
corpus straitum. Clin. Exp. Pharmac. Physiol. 4: pp. 216-217, 1977.
20. CULVENOR, A. J. and JARROTT, B. - Effect of chronic administration of L-a-methyldopa on Laromatic amino acid decarboxylase in thc rat. Proc. Aust. Phvsiol. Pharmacol. 8: 37P, 1977.
21. DAWBORN, J. K , SEMMENS, K. and STORY, H. F. R. — Urinary tract infection in men. Patient
Management. Issue 8. Vol.6: pp.47, 1977.
22. DAWBORN, J. K., MacNEIL, S. and MARTIN, T. J. - Diuretics and thc renal adenylate cvclase system.
Brit. J. Pharmacol. 61: pp. 657-667, 1977.
23. F E L D M A N N , M . , BEVERLEY, P., ERB, P., HOWIE, S., K O N T I A I N E N , S, MOAZ, A ,
MATHIES, M , McKENZIE, I . F. C. and WOODY, J. - Current concepts of the antibody response heterogeneity of lymphoid cells, interactions and factors. 41 si Cold Spring Harbor Symposium 61: 113, 1977.
24. FELDMAN, M.i BEVERLEY, P. B. L , WOODY, J. and McKENZIE, I . F. C. - T-T interaction in the
induction of suppressor and helper T Cells. Analysis of membrane phenotvpe of precursor and amplifier cells.
J. Exp. Med. 145: 793, 1977.
25. FREEMAN, M . and TONGE, B. J. - A case study of emotional and cognitive growth. A joint treatment
approach, Aust. J. of Human Comm. Dis. 5: pp. 61-67, 1977.
26. GEFFEN, L. B. and JARROTT, B. - Cellular aspects of catecholaminergic neurons. Handbook of
Physiology, Section 1: The nervous system, pp. 521-571, 1977.
27. GIRAUD, A. S., YEOMANS, N . D. and ST. JOHN, D. J. B. - Comparative ultrastructure and
histochemistry of vertebrate gastric mucosa. 1. Reptilia (genus Tiliqua). Clin. Exper. Pharmacol. Phvsiol. 4:
478, 1977.
MEDICINE
121
28. HEYMA, P., LARKINS, R. G.. PERRY-KEENE, D , PETER, C. T , ROSS, D'. and SLOMAN, J. G. Thyroid hormone levels and prolein binding in patients on long-term diphenvlhydantoin treatment. Clinical
Endocrinology 6: pp. 369-376, 1977.
29. HUNTER, C. R , GIRAUD, A. S. and ST. JOHN, D. J. B. - Surface epithelium cytoarchitecture ofthe
proximal gastrointestinal tract in the blue tongue lizard. (Tiliqua scincoides). J. Anlat. 124: 525. 1977.
30. HUNT, N. H.. ELLISON, M . , UNDERWOOD, J. C. E. and MARTIN, T. J. - Calcitonin-responsive
adenylate cyclase in a calcitonin-producing human cancer cell line. Brit. J. Cancer 35: pp. 777-784, 1977.
31. INGLETON, P. M . , UNDERWOOD, J. C. E., HUNT, N . H., ATKINS, D., GILES, B.,
COULTON, L. A. and MARTIN. T. J. — Radiation induced osteogenic sarcoma in the rat as a model of
hormone-responsive differentiated cancer. Lab. Animal Sci. 27: pp. 748-756, 1977.
32. JACKSON. D. C , PARISH, C. R. and McKENZIE, 1. F. C. - Detection and isolation of an la
glycoprotein antigen from mouse serum. Immunogenetics 4: 267. 1977.
33. JARROTT, B. - Drugs and receptors I . An overview, Clin. Pharm. I : pp. 1-4, 1977.
34. JARROTT, B. — Drugs and receptors I I . The adenyl cyclasc/cyclic AMP system. Clin. Pharm. 2: pp. 5-12,
1977.
35. JARROTT. B. - Drugs and receptors I I I . Acetyl-choline and its receptors, Clin. Pharm. 3: pp. 13-20, 1977.
36. JARROTT,' B. - Drugs and receptors IV. Opiates and their receptors. Clin. Pharm. 4: pp. 21-24, 1977.
37. JARROTT, B. and LOUIS. W. J. - Abnormalities in enzymes involved in catecholamine synthesis and
catabolism in phaeochromocytoma. Clin. Schi. Mol. Med. 53: pp. 529-535, 1977.
38. JARROTT, B. and SPECTOR, S. - Development ofa radio immunoassay for clonidine. Fed. Proc. 36: 949,
1977.
39. JONES, E. A , CAIN.G. D , SMALLWOOD, R. A. and ROSENOER. V. M. - Possible adverse effects of
corticosteroids on nitrogen metabolism in fulminant hepatic failure. Proceedings of conference on Fulminant
Hepatic Failure. N.I.H.. Bethesda, February, 1977, Page 356.
40. LARKINS, R. G. and SIMEONOVA, L. - The relationship between glucose utilization cyclic AMP
generation and insulin secretion in C57BI6J and NZO islets. Diabetologia 13: 412, 1977.
41. LARKINS, R. G. - Vitamin D metabolism. Med. J. Aust. 2: pp. 175-176, 1977.
42. LESTER, R, SMALLWOOD, R. A , LITTLE, J. M . , BROWN, A. S., PIASECKI, G. J. and
JACKSON, B. T. - Fetal bile salt metabolism. The intestinal absorption of bile salt. J. Clin. Invest. 59:
pp. 1009-1016, 1977.
43. LOUIS, W. J., JARROTT, B., BURNSTOCK, G. and WATANABE, H. - Studies of neurotransmitter
release in the pathogenesis of hypertension. Conlr. Nephrol. 8: pp. 182-189. 1977.
44. LOUIS, W. J. and McNEIL, J. J. — The clinical pharmacology and therapeutics of beta-blocking drugs.
Sandoz Therapeutic Quarterly 413: pp. 1-11, 1977.
45. LOUIS, W. J„ McNEIL, J. j . and DRUMMER, O. H. - How safe are beta-blocking drugs. Med.J. Aust.
Special Suppl: 2: pp. 20-24, 1977.
46. MacINTYRE, I . , EVANS, I. M . A. and LARKINS, R. G. - Vitamin D. Clinical Endocrinology 6: pp. 6579. 1977.
47. McCLELLAND, M. J , SMALLWOOD, R. A , HOFFMAN. N. E. and HOOGENRAAD, N. J. Binding of cholic acid to soluble proteins from rat liver. FEBS Letters 82: 2, 1977.
48. McNEIL, J. J.. LOUIS, W. J., VIJAYASEKARAN, V. and VAJDA, F.J. E. - Bioavailability comparison
of two generic preparations of Frusemide. Med. J. Aust. 2: 505, 1977.
49. McKENZIE, I . F. C , MORGAN, G. M„ MELVOLD, R. and KOHN, H. I . - H - 2 mutant which
separates H2-D into 2gcncs. Immunogenetics4: 133, 1977.
50. McKENZIE, I. F. C, CLARKE, A. E. and PARISH, C. R. - Ia Antigenic specificities areOligosaccharid
in Nature. Hapten Inhibition Studies. J. Exp. Med. 145: 1039, 1977.
51. McKENZIE, 1. F. C, MORGAN, G., MELVOLD, R. and KOHN, H. I . - Studies of H-2 mutations in
C57BL/6 and Balb/c. Transplant Proc. 9: 551, 1977.
52. McKENZIE, I . F. C . GARDINER, J , CHERRY, M . and SNELL, G. - Lv lymphocyte antigens Ly-4.
Ly-6 and Ly-7. Transplant Proc. 9: 667, 1977.
53. McKENZIE. I . F. C. and PARISH, C. R. — Detection and characterisation of serum la material in the
mouse. Transplant Proc 9: 621, 1977.
54. McKENZIE. I. F. C. and HENNING, M. - Studies of immunogenicity and enhancement of alloantigens of
the various regions ofthe H-2 complex. Transplant Proc. 9: 609. 1977.
55. McKENZIE, I. F. C . MORGAN. G , MELVOLD, R. W. and KOHN, H I - Studies on H-2 mutations in
C57BL/6 and Balb/c. Folia Biol. 22: pp. 389-390, 1977.
56. McKENZIE, I . F. C. and HENNING, M . - The immunogenicity of alloantigens of thc various regions of
the H-2 complex. Folio Biol. 22: 417-418, 1977.
57. McKENZIE. I. F. C. - The HLA system and its relationship to disease. Proc. Aust. Inst. Med. Tech. 1977.
58. McKENZIE, 1. F. C. - Histocompatibility antigens and the immune response. Aust. Blood Transfusion
Society. 1977.
59. McKENZIE, I . F. C. and HENNING, M . - The H-2 complex. Immunogenicity and enhancement studies of
H-2K region alloantigens. J. Immunogenetics 4: 249, 1977.
60. McKENZIE, I . F. C. and HENNING, M . — The I region transplantation antigens, immunogenicity and
enhancement. J. Immunogenetics 4: 259. 1977.
61. McKENZIE, I. F. C , PANG, T. and BLANDEN, R. V. - The use of H-2 mutants as a model for studying
T Cell activation. Immunol. Rev. 35: 181, 1977.
62. McKENZIE. I . F. C. and PARISH, C. R. — Detection and characterisation of serum Ia material in the
mouse. Folia Biol. 22: 413, 1977.
63. McKENZIE. I. F. C. - Inbred and genetically defined strains of laboratory animals. Section III 37a. b, c.
F.A .S.E.B. Office of Biological Handbooks. 1977.
64. MUNTZ, R. H. and CASTALDI, P. A. - Use of rabbit antisera in the preparation of Factor X I I - free
platelet rich and platelet poor plasma. Haemostasis 6: 35, 1977.
65. PARISH, C. R. and McKENZIE, I . F. C. — Mitogens and T-independent antigens stimulate T lymphocytes
to secrete la antigens. Cellular Immunology 33: 134, 1977.
db
d
122
FACULTY OF MEDICINE
66. PARISH. C. R. and McKENZIE, I . F. C. — Direct visualization of T Ivmphocvtes bearing la antigens
controlled bv the I-J subregion. J. Exp. Med. 146: 332, 1977.
67. PERRY-KEENE. D. A., ALFORD, F. P., CHISHOLM, D. J , FINDLAY, D. M.. LARKINS. R. G. and
M A R T I N . F. I . R. — Glucagon and diabetes I . The failure of hyperglucagonacmia to influence thc response
of diabetic keto-acidosis to therapv. Clinical Endocrinology 6: pp. 471-477, 1977.
68. SEWELL, R. B , HOFFMAN, N . E, IRETON, H. J. C and SMALLWOOD, R. A. - Plasma
disappearance of intravenously injected radiolabeled glycocholic acid in patients wilh liver disease. Ausi.
N.Z.J. Med. 7: pp. 148-150, 1977.
69. SNOW. D. H. and SUMMERS, R. J. - Thc actions of the beta adrcno-ceptor blocking agents propranolol
and mctoprolol in the maximally exercised horse. J. Physiol. 271: pp. 39-40, 1977.
70. SUMMERS, R. J. and JANET T I L L M A N — An investigation of supersensitivity produced by cocaine in
isolated strips of cate splenic capsule. Proc. Aust. Phys. Pharmac. 8: 157, 1977.
71. SUMMERS. R. J. and JANET T I L L M A N - The effects of labetalol (AH5I58) on metabolism of H(-)
noradrenaline released from the cal spleen by nerve stimulation. Biochem. Pharmac. 26: pp. 2137-2143, 1977.
72. MARTIN, T. J. — Mode of action of calcitonin. In "Human calcitonin and Paget's disease". Ed. I .
Maclntvre, Hans Huber, Bern. pp. 34-49, 1977.
73. M A R T I N . T. J., JERUMS, G., MELICK, R. A., XIPELL, J. M . and ARNOTT, R. - Clinical,
biochemical and histological observations on the effect of porcine calcitonin in Paget's disease of bone. Aust.
N.Z.J. Med. 7: pp. 36-43, 1977.
74. MARTIN, T. J , HUNT, N . H., ELLISON, M , UNDERWOOD, J. C. E. and MICHEI.ANGELI. V. P.
— Physiology and pharmacology of calcitonin action. Molecular Endocrinology ed. I . Maclntyre and M .
Szelke, Elsevier/North Holland Biomedical Press, pp. 179-192. 1977.
75. MARTIN, T. J. - Secretion of hypothalamic and pituitary hormones by non-endocrine tumours. / Clin.
Path. 7S: pp. 26-30, 1977.
76. MEARES, R. and HOBSON, R. - The persecutory therapist. Brit. J. Med. Psychol. December, 1977.
77. MENDELSOHN, F. A. O. - Intra-renal angiotensin I I during sodium deficiency in the rat. Aust. M.Z.J.
Med 7(2): 206, 1977.
78. MENDELSOHN, F. A.O. - Measurement of intra-renal angiotensin U.Atut. N.Z.J. Med. 7(6): 678, 1977.
79. MENDELSOHN, F. A. O. - Intra-renal angiotensin I I in acute renal failure Aust. N.Z.J. Med. 7(4): 447,
1977.
80. M1HALY, G. W , PHILIPS, J. A., LOUIS, W. J. and VAJDA, J. F. E. - Measurement of carbamazepine
and its epoxide metabolite by High-Performance Liquid Chromatograph, and a comparison of assay
techniques for the assay of carbamazepine. Clin. Chem. 23: pp. 2283-2287, 1977.
81. VAJDA. F. J. E„ SYMINGTON, G. and BLADIN, P. F. - Rectal administration of sodium valproate.
Lancet fi): pp. 359-360, 1977.
82. WILEY, J. S. and SHALLER, C. C. - Selective loss of calcium permeability on maturation of human
reticulocytes. J. Clin. Invest. 59: pp. 1113-1119, 1977.
83. WILEY, J. S. - Genetic abnormalities of cation transport in the human erythrocyte. Membrane transport
in red cells. Academic Press {London), pp. 337-361, 1977.
84. WILEY, J. S., KRAFT and COOPER, 1. A. - H-Ouabain binding sites on normal and leukaemic
lymphocytes. Clin. Exp. Pharm. Physiol. 4: 473, 1977.
85. WILEY, J. S., WRAY, G. and COOPER, I . A. - Platelet water content is decreased by gel nitration.
Thrombosis and Haemostasis 38: 214, 1977.
86. WILEY, J. S, KRAFT, N. and COOPER, I . A. 'H-Ouabain binding sites are reduced on chronic
leukaemic lymphocytes. (CLL). Proc. Haem. Soc. Aust.. 1977.
87. WOODHOUSE. N. J. Y , MOHAMEDALLY, S. M„ SAED-NAJAD, F. and MARTIN. T. J. Development and significance of antibodies lo salmon calcitonin in patients with Paget's disease on long-term
treatment. Brit. Med. J. 2: pp. 927-929, 1977.
88. WOODY. J. N„ FELDMANN, M , BEVERLEY, P. C. L. and McKENZIE, I . F. C. - Expression of
alloantigens Ly-5 and Ly-6 on cytotoxic effector cells. J. Immunol. 118: 1739. 1977.
89. YEOMANS, N . D. - Cell differentiation in developing fundic mucosa. Aust. N.Z.J. Med. 7: 102. 1977.
90. YEOMANS, N . D. - Differentiation of the mucoid cells in developing gastric antrium. CVin. Exper.
Pharmacol. Physiol. 4: 479, 1977.
!
J
Doctor
1. HOFFMAN,
of
Medicine
N. E. - Bile Acid Physiology
Doctor of
Philosophy
1. CALDWELL, A. - Studies Toward the Isolation of the Beta-adreno Receptor
2. FRIEDMAN,
J. — Psychopharmacological and Psycho-physiological Studies in Normal Subjects and
Psychiatric Patients
(Medicine
— Austin
PhD Theses in
Hospital)
Progress
A. BUI — Volume Regulation by Human Blood Lymphocytes
C. F. BUTTIGIEG — Control of Renin Release in vitro
S. DUFFY — Exchangeable Sodium and Experimental Hypertension
MEDICINE
123
A. GIRAUD — A Comparative Study of the Gastric Mucosa in Chordata
M. HOGARTH — The Alloantigens of Murine Tumours
B. LOVELAND — Models of Transplantation Rejection, Enhancement and Tolerance
M. MICHAELIDOS
— The Alloantigenic Phenotypes of Mitogen Responsive Lvmphocvtes
0. MORGAN - H-Z Mutants
T. POTTER — Lvmphocvte Surface Alloantigens
M. SANDRIN -' The Human la System
BSc (Hons)
C. THOMSON
MSc
A. RIGLAR
Thesis in
Progress
— Identification of the cell mediating suppression of delayed type hypersensitivity in mice
Thesis in
Progress
— Methods of Detection of Circulating Immune Complexes in Man
MD Theses in
Progress
A. MARSHALL
— Hepatic Transport of Drugs
R. SEWELL - Ontogenesis of Bile Acid Metabolism
THESES IN PROGRESS
(Clinical
Pharmacology
PhD Theses in
and
Therapeutics)
Progress
N. CHRISTOPHIDIS
- Pharmacokinetics of Cytotoxic Drugs
E. L. CONWAY — Interactions ofa-methyldopa with Aminergic Pathways in the Central Nervous System
A. CULVENOR — The Subcellular Distribution and Regulation of Noradrenaline Synthesising Enzymes
J. J. McNEIL — Clinical and Pharmacokinetic Studies of Beta Blockers
A. McQUEEN — The effects of Serotonin on Blood Pressure and Social Dominance in Rats
P. MIACH — Sympathetic Nervous Activity in Renal Hypertension
G. M1HALY — Clinical Pharmacology of Anticonvulsants
MSc (Prelim)
O. H. O. DRUMMER
Thesis in
Progress
- Studies ofthe Metabolism of Anti-epileptic Drugs
National Heart Foundation: Role of Central Nervous System Transmitters and Blood Pressure Regulation
National Heart Foundation: Control of Aldosterone Secretion from Isolated Zona Glomcrulosa Cells.
National Heart Foundation: Specific Labelling and Isolation of Cardiac Beta Adreno-receptors using Radioactive
Photo-affinity Agents.
National Heart Foundation: Renal Response to Aldosterone.
National Health and Medical Research Council: The Significance of Brain Adrenaline and its Role in Blood
Pressure and Hypertension.
National Health and Medical Research Council: Investigation ofthe Local Role ofthe Renin Angiotensin System
in thc Kidney.
National Health and Medical Research Council: The Structural and Functional Variation in the Surface
Lymphocyte and Tumour Cells.
National Health and Medical Research Council: Modulation of Cellular Cyclic AMP Response by Thyroid
Hormones.
National Health and Medical Research Council: The Mucoid Celts in the Gastric Mucosa: Their Role in Gastric
Physiology and Pathophysiology.
National Health and Medical Research Council: Vascular Cyclic AMP and Blood Pressure Regulation.
National Health and Medical Research Council: Transport and Excretory Function of the Foetal Liver.
National Health and Medical Research Council: Bile Acid Transport. Its Relationship to Bile Acid Structure and
Biliary Lipid Composition.
National Health- and Medical Research Council: A Physiological Study of Attachment.
Anti-Cancer Council of Victoria: The Detection of Ia Antigens and their Relevance to Cancer in Man.
Anti-Cancer Council of Victoria: Pharmacokinetics of Anti-Cancer Drugs.
Life Insurance Fund of Australia and New Zealand: Structure Activity Relationship of Beta Adreno-receptor
Drugs and the Relationship of Alterations of Beta Adreno-receptors to Disease States.
Life Insurance Fund of Australia and New- Zealand: Genetic and Functional Studies of the Receptors for
Catecholamines in the Mouse.
Tobacco Research Foundation of Australia: The Production of Ia Antigcnetic Specifications on Exposure to
Tobacco Smoke in Mouse and Man.
Tobacco Research Foundation of Australia: Aspects of Central Nervous System Function as it Relates to
Smoking.
124
FACULTY OF MEDICINE
Australian Kidney Foundation: Investigation ofthe Local Role of the Renin-Angiotensin System in the Kidney.
The Clive and Vera Ramaciotti Foundations: Comparative Ultrastructural and Function Studies of the Gastric
Mucosa.
National Institutes of Health: Studies of la Antigenic Specifications in Mouse and Man.
MEDICINE
D E P A R T M E N T O F T H E J A M E S S T E W A R T PROFESSOR.
THE ROYAL MELBOURNE HOSPITAL
Chairman
of department:
Professor
R. R. H.
Lovell
Professor RICHARD ROBERT HAYNES LOVELL
Professor PRISCILLA SHEATH KINCAID-SMITH*
First Assistant, Assistant Director and Reader JOSEPH ROBERT EMMOTT FRASER
First Assistants and Readers ROGER AZIZ MELICK
KENNETH DAVID MUIRDEN
First Assistant (Clinical Pharmacology) JOHN SHAW
First Assistant (Clinical Epidemiology) DAVID GORDON STUART CHRISTIE
Second Assistant (Temporary) ROBERT FRANCIS WESTLAND MOULDS
Third Assistant ANTHONY LAWRENCE CUNNINGHAM
NH & MRC Research Fellow JOHN DUNCAN MATHEWS
NH & MRC Fellow in Rheumatology BARRY JAMES CLARRIS
NH & MRC Senior Research Officer ELSMAREE BAXTER
NH & MRC Postgraduate Research Scholars MARIO DE LUISE
LINUS DZIUKAS
JOHN DACRE FOUNTAYNE ENGLAND (to 14.2.77)
Postgraduate Medical Research Scholar ANDREW SU PING HUA
Commonwealth Scholar CHOI KIT YEUNG
Research Student JOHN DAVID HOBSON
Graduate Research Assistants STELLA CLARK
DOUGLAS BIRCH
ROLF ALEXANDER JAUERNIG
SHARON LEE JOHNSON
ILEENE MARGARET MACDONALD
HELEN LOUISE PHILLIPS
KAYLENE JOY QUELCH
ANDREW DAMIAN ROBINSON
CHRISTOPHER WESTON SLEE
SIEW K I M TAY
JANETTE ROSE TEMPERLEY
ROBIN LOIS THATCHER
Professorial Associates KENNETH FAIRBAIRN FAIRLEY
THOMAS HENRY HURLEY
IAN REAY MACKAY
FRANK IAN RUSSELL MARTIN
JOHN GRAEME SLOMAN
Senior Associates in Medicine ANTHONY JOHN FEDERICK D'APlCE
PETER BERT GREENBERG
VERE DAVID URQUHART HUNT
RICHARD GRAEME LARKINS
MICHAEL COWPER FRANKLYN PAIN
JOHN RICHARD SULLIVAN
ALFRED JOHN WALL
JUDITH WHITWORTH
Senior Research Associate KINGSLEY WALLIS MILLS
Associates DAVID ROY EGERTON BARRACLOUGH
MARGARET URSULA BULLEN
JENNIFER JOY MARTY
MARGARET ELIZABETH MITCHELL
JOHN DENNIS WARK
* Personal Chair in the department of Medicine
1. HYPERTENSION - Epidemiology, pharmacology,-immunogenetic aspects, association with renal disease
and treatment.
2. H U M A N SYNOVIUM — Biochemical, cultural and immunological aspects including metabolism of
hyaluronic acid in joints.
3. ARTHRITIS — Experimental, epidemic and virus associated forms. Studies on immunological changes and
joint tissues in various forms of arthritis and comparisons of different drug treatments.
4. RENAL DISEASE - Immunology, occult infections and histopathology of glomerulonephritis.
125
126
FACULTY OF MEDICINE
5. INSULIN — Receptors, release, binding and studies on the aetiology of vascular disease in diabetes mellitus.
6. IMMUNOGENETICS — Hypertension and heart disease. The Victorian Registry.
7. ASTHMA — Interactions of beta-agonists and methylated xanthines, clinical and biochemical aspects.
PUBLISHED WORKS
CHAPTERS OF BOOKS
1. LOVELL, R. R. H. — Hypertension as a risk factor, in Der Herzinfarkt. eds. Schettler. G , Horsch, A , Mori,
M , Orth, O. and Weizef, A , pp. 43-48, F. K. Schaltauer Verlag, Stuttgart, New York, 1977.
2. MUIRDEN, K. D. — Lysosomal enzymes arid tissue damage in rheumatoid arthritis, in Non-Articular Forms
of Rheumatoid Arthritis, ed. Fellkamp, T. E. VV., pp. 77-79, Staflen's Scientific Publishing Co, Leyden, 1977.
3. MACKAY, I . R , WHITTINGHAM, S. F. and MATHEWS, J. D. - Thc immunoepidemiology of ageing, in
Comprehensive Immunology — Immunology and Ageing, ed. Makinodan. T , pp. 35-49, Plenum, 1977.
ARTICLES
1. BAXTER, E, CLARRIS. B. J. and FRASER, J. R. E. - Indications of structural heterogeneity found in
biosynthesis of hyaluronic acid from minor substrates. Upsala J. Med. Sci. .12 11977).
2. BECKER. G. J , d'APlCE, A. J. F , WALKER, R. G. and KINCAID-SMITH. P. - Plasmapheresis in the
treatment of Glomerulonephritis. Med. J. Aust. 2: 693 (1977).
3. BINGHAM. P. J , MELICK. R. A. and MERCURI, S. M . - The effect of growth retardation and of
osteomalacia on the uptake of albumin by bone. Calc. Tiss. Res. (in press).
4. CLARRIS. B. J. and FRASER, J. R. E. - Cytological variation in established synovial cell lines. Upsala J.
Med. Sci. H2 (1977).
5. CLARRIS, B. J , FRASER, J. R. E , MORAN, C. J. and MUIRDEN. K. D. - Rheumatoid synovial cells
from intact joints: morphologv. growth and polykaryocvtosis. Ann. Rheum. Dis. 36: 293-301 (1977).
6. DOLL, R , MATHEWS, J. D. and MORGAN, L. G. - Cancers ofthe lung and nasal sinuses in nickel
workers. Brit. J. Industrial Med. 34: 102-105 (1977).
7. FRASER, J. R. E„ MURDOCH, W. S, CURTAIN, C. C. and WATT, Beverley J. - Proteins retained
with hyaluronic acid during ultrafiltration of synovial fluid. Connective Tissue Research. 5: 61-65 (1977).
8. HARRISON, L. C , BILL1NGTON, T , CLARK, S, NICHOLS, R , EAST, I . and MARTIN. F. I. R. Decreased binding of insulin by receptors on placental membranes for diabetic mothers. J. Clin. Endocrinol.
Metab. 44: 206-209 (1977).
9. HARRISON, L. C , BUCKLEY, J. D. and MARTIN, F. I . R. - Use of a computer-based questionnaire for
the detection of hypothyroidism following radioiodine therapy for thyrotoxicosis. Aust. N.Z.J. Med. 7: 27-32
(1977).
10. HEYMA, P, LARKINS, R. G , PERRY-KEENE, D , PETER, C. T , ROSS, D. and SLOMAN, J. G. Thyroid hormone levels and protein binding in patients on long-term diphenylhydantoin treatment. Clinical
Endocrin. 6: 369-376 (1977).
11. HUA, A. S. P, MACDONALD, I . M , MYERS, J. B , FANG. P. and KINCAID-SMITH. P. - Studies
with prazosin - a new effective hypotensive agent. I I . Two double-blind crossover studies comparing the
effects of prazosin and hvdrallazinc. Med. J. Aust. 2: 1-36 (1977).
12. HUA, A. S. P, MYERS, J. B. and KINCAID-SMITH, P. - An acute double-blind crossover study
comparing the effects of single doses of prazosin and hydralazine in combination wilh propranolol and a.
diuretic. Submitted to Med. J. Aust. (1977).
13. KINCAID-SMITH, P. - Renal disease and hypertension. Symposium on Hypertension. Medical Clinics of
North America, Vol. 61, No. 3, May (1977).
14. KINCAID-SMITH, P. - Prazosin in the treatment of hypertension. (Pfizer Forum on Hypertension). Med.
J. Aust. Vol. 2, No. 2, Special Suppl. 27-28 (1977).
15. LE MARSHALL, Jennifer, FRASER, J. R. E. and MUIRDEN, K. D. - Lysosomal activation by neutral
saccharides in cell cultures of synovium. Ann. Rheum. Dis. 26: 130-138 (1977).
16. LOVELL, R. R. I I . — Problems of interpretation in secondary prevention trials in coronary heart disease.
Med. J. Aust. I : 224-226 (1977).
17. LOVELL, R. R. H , STEPHENS, W. B. and ULMAN, R. D. - Changes in blood pressure and
antihypertensive treatment in a community over four years. Med. J. Aust. T 806-808 (1977).
18. LOVELL, R. R. H , ULMAN, R. D. - Managing mild hypertension. Brit. Med. J. I : 1-62 (1977).
19. MACINTYRE, I . M . A , EVANS and LARKINS, R. G. - Vitamin D. Clinical Endocrin. 6: 65-79 (1977).
20. MARSHALL. V. C , ROSS, H , SCOTI', D. F , MclNNES, S, THOMSON, N , ATKINS, R. C ,
MATHEW, T. H. and KINCAID-SMITH, P. - Preservation of cadaver renal allografts: comparison of ice
storage and machine perfusion. Med. J. Aust. Vol. 2, No. I I . 345-378, Sept. 10 (1977).
21. MARTIN, T. J , JERUMS, G , MELICK, R. A , XIPELL, J M . and ARNOTT. R. - Clinical,
biochemical and histological observations on the effect of porcine calcitonon in Paget's disease of bone. Aust.
N.Z. J. Med. 7: 36-43 (1977).
22. MATHEW, T. H , KINCAID-SMITH, P. and V I K R A M A N . P. - Risks of vcsicouretcric reflux in the
transplanted kidney. New Engl. J. Med. 297: 414-418, August 25, (1977).
23. MATHEWS, J. D. - Assessment of HLA heterogeneity: Alternative tests of the null hypothesis in disease
association studies. Proceedings 1st South East Asian and Australasian Tissue Typing Workshop, pp. 119121 (1977) (University of Western Australia).
24. MATHEWS. J. D. — Genetic and environmental determinants of ageing. Ini. Top. Gerontology. I I : 81-88
(1977).
25. MELICK, R. A , MERCURI, S. and BINGHAM, P. J. - Svnthesis of hyaluronic acid by rat osteogenic
sarcoma cells in culture. Calc. Tiss. Res. Vol. 22 (Suppl.) 508-510 (1977).
MEDICINE
127
26. MOULDS, R. F. W. — A comparison of the effects of sodium thiocyanate and dantrolene sodium on an
isolated mammalian skeletal muscle. Brit. J. Pharmacol. 59: 129-133 (1977).
27. MOULDS. R. F. W. - Is malignant hyperpyrexia muscle denervated ? J. Neurol. Neurosurg. & Psvchialrv
40: 975-978 (1977).
28. MOULDS, R. F. W. and JAUERNIG. R. A. - Mechanism of prazosin collapse. Lancet I : 200-201 (1977).
29. MOULDS, R. F. W., YOUNG, A.. JONES, D. A. and EDWARDS, R. H. T. - A study of the
contractility, biochemistry and morphology of an isolated preparation of human skeletal muscle. Clin. Sci. &
Molec. Med. 52: 291-297 (1977).
31. MYERS. J., COATES, A. S, FROST, M . . MATHEWS, J. D. and KINCAID-SMITH, P. Carcinoembryonic antigen in immunosuppressed and renal allograft patients. Aust. N.Z. J. Med. 7: 16-19
(1977).
32. PERRY-KEENE, D , ALFORD, F , CHISHOLM, D , FINDLAY. D.. LARKINS, R. and MARTIN, F.
I. R. - Glucagon and Diabetes I . The failure of hyperglucagonaemia to influence the response of established
diabetic ketoacidosis to therapy. Clin. Endoc. 6: 471 (1977).
33. SHAW. J. and ENGLAND, J. D. F. - Nightmares, Asthma and Pindolol. Med. J. Aust. 2 (Suppl. 2): 12-14
(1977).
34. SHAW, J., HEMMING. M . P., HOBSON, J. D. and MARTY, J. J. - A comparison of English and nonEnglish speaking outpatients' comprehension of medications. Aust. J. Hosp. Pharm. 2: 116-119 (1977).
35. SHAW, J., HEMMING, M. P., HOBSON, J. D.. NIEMAN, P. and NAISMITH, N . W. Comprehension of therapy by non-English speaking hospital patients. Med. J. Aust. 2: 423-427 (1977).
36. TAIT, B. D.. WILLIAMS. A. L.. MATHEWS, J. D. and COWLING. D. C. - HLA and the sudden infant
death syndrome. Monogr. Allergy I I : 55-59 (1977).
37. UNGA'R, B., MATHEWS, J. D., COWLING, D. C. and TAIT. B. D. - HLA patterns in pernicious
anaemia. Brit. Med. J. I : 798-800 (1977).
38. WALKER, R. G., d'APlCE, A. J. F , BECKER, G. J. KINCAID-SMITH, P. and CRASWELL. P. W. T.
— Plasmapheresis in Goodpasture's syndrome with renal failure. Med. J. Aust. I : 875 (1977).
Doctor
of
Philosophy
1. CHUSI LP, S. — In vivo Microscopic and Ultramicro-ohservations of Vascular Mechamisms in Experimental
Acute Tubular Necrosis and Experimental Hypertension
Doctor of
I. HARRISON.
Medicine
L. C. — Adipose Tissue Morphology Metabolism in Human Obesity
Bachelor o f Science (Hons.)
I. HOBSON, J. D. - Pharmacological Studies of Human Blood Vessels in vitro
1. DE LUISE, M. — Insulin receptors in renal tissue
2. HARRISON, L. C. - Studies on the insulin receptor
3. HEYMA, P. — The Regulation of the Formation of 3,5.3' — triiodothyronine and its Metabolic Role in
Health and Disease
4. HUA, A. S. P. — Hypertension and Drugs — Clinical and Experimental Studies
5. MACDONALD,
1. M. — Clinical and Experimental Studies in Glomerulonephritis
6. ULMAN. R. - Fractured Neck of Femur — An Operational Study
M.D
Theses in
Progress
1. DZIUKAS, L. — Experimental Pyelonephritis in Relation to Focal Hyalinosis
2. TREMBATH,
P. W. — Adrenergic Responsiveness in Asthma
3. YEUNG, C. K. — Focal and Segmental Forms of Glomerulonephritis
M.Sc
1. QUELCH,
Theses in
Progress
K. - Proteins of Human Bone
2. TAY. S. K. — Sperm Antibody:
Radioimmunoassay
B MedSc
I. MATHIESON,
Thesis in
Progress
1. D. — Immunogenelic Studies in Hypertension
Grants have been received as follows: National Health and Medical Research Council: Research Fellow and a Fellowship in Rheumatology and a
number of projects concerned with joint disease, bone structure, renal disease, insulin secretion and immunological
and pharmacological aspects of human vascular disease.
Anti-Cancer Council of Victoria: The Victorian Twin Registry and pharmacokinetics of high dose methotrexate.
128
FACULTY OF MEDICINE
Asthma Foundation of Victoria: Studies on the cyclic AMP response to altered bronchial reactivity.
Australian Kidney Foundation: Support for a number of projects on renal infections, glomerulonephritis and
transplantation.
Ian Potter Foundation: Aetiology of idiopathic forms of immune complex induced glomerulonephritis.
John Claude Kellion Foundation: Metabolic effects of insulin in renal tissue and diabetic vascular disease.
National Heart Foundation of Australia: National Blood Pressure study and sodium balance, and extra renal
control mechanism.
United States of America Public Health Service: Blood pressure and immunogenctic factors in the young.
Thc Victor Hurley Medical Research Fund: Insulin-receptor binding and metabolic activity in isolated cells. Also
studies on thc sites of action of Prazosin and its effects on cyclic AMP levels in Man.
MEDICINE
ST. VINCENT'S
Chairman
of department:
HOSPITAL
Professor
D. G.
Penington
Professor DAVID GEOFFREY PENINGTON
First Assistant GREGORY WHELAN
Reader in Clinica] Pharmacology MAURICE LAURENCE MASHFORD
Second Assistants COLIN NICHOLSON CHESTERMAN
DONALD JOHN CHISHOLM
FRANK CALEB FIRKIN
Lecturer PETER JAMES KEARY
Research Fellows DANIEL JOSEPH DOYLE
MARGARET BEVERLEY WOOD
Graduate Research Assistants ROSS WILLIAM BURY
GLORIA MARIA CARUSO
HELEN AUDREY CULL1VER
ALISON MARJORIE GOODE
GAEL MARJORIE JENNINGS
PAUL WILLIAM KENT
JANICE MARGARET LYALL
JENNIFER ROBIN McGREADY
IAN DAVID MANSELL
SUSAN HOPE PROCTOR
Professorial Associates IAN GREGORY MeDONALD
FRANCIS JOHN MORGAN
Senior Associates FRANK PETER ALFORD
KERRY JOHN BREEN
RUDOLPH LEOPOLD CHMIEL
OLGA MARGARET GARSON
Associate VLADIMIR MICHAEL JELlNEK
1. Preparation and structural studies of platelet derived proteins (with St. Vincent's School of Medical
Research).
2. Blood levels of platelet derived proteins in vascular and malignant disease (with St. Vincent's School of
Medical Research).
3. Abnormal platelet involvement in patients with coronary artery disease (with St. Vincent's School of Medical
Research and Royal Melbourne Hospital).
4. Evaluation of radionuclide blood pool imaging in the diagnosis of deep vein thrombosis (with Department of
Nuclear Medicine, St. Vincent's Hospital).
5. Incidence and mechanism of heparin-induced thrombocytopenia.
6. Growth and development of disordered human red and white blood cell precursors in tissue culture.
7. The investigation of red cell involvement in leukaemia and preleukaemic conditions.
8. Chromosome studies in human leukaemia and other haematological malignancies.
9. Cytogenetic studies in males with testicular malignancies.
10. Glucagon and glucagon-related peptides in normal glucose homeostasis and in the pathogenesis of diabetes
mellitus.
11. In vivo metabolism of glucagon in normal and cirrhotic subjects.
12. Islet cell transplants in normal and diabetic dogs. (With Department of Surgery.)
13. Pre- and post-operative pituitary hormone release in subjects with pituitary tumours.
14. Studies on hepatic transport — the effect of enhancing and depressing agents.
15. Studies of incidence and significance of hepatitis B antigen in a general hospital.
16. Vitamin and amino acid absorption in man.
17. Evaluation of the erythrocyte transketolase assay in the assessment of thiamine status in rats and man.
Application to alcoholism.
18. The use of anticonvulsant drugs in pregnancy.
19. Monitoring of drug use in a hospilal.
20. Effect of liver disease on drug metabolism.
21. Pharmacokinetics of cytosine arabinoside.
22. Serial echocardiography — clinical value and problems in patients with chronic aorlic regurgitation.
23. Artefacts and errors in M-mode echocardiography.
24. Diagnosis of left atrial myxoma by echocardiography.
25. Factors determining prognosis in chronic aortic regurgitation.
26. The role of early exercise testing in rehabilitation after acute myocardial infarction.
27. The prognosis of chronic recurrent chest pain after investigation.
129
130
FACULTY OF MEDICINE
PUBLISHED WORK
ARTICLES
1. ALFORD, F. P., BLOOM, S. R. and NABARRO, J. D. N. - Glucagon levels in normal and diabeticsubjects: Use of specific immuno-absorbent for glucagon radioimmunoassay. Diabetologia 13: 1-6 (1977).
2. Australian Multicentre Trial of Streptokinase in Acute Myocardial Infarction. Med. J. Austr. 1: 553 (1977).
3. BARNES, A. J , BLOOM, S. R, ALBERTI, K. G , ALFORD, F. P. and CHISHOLM. D. J. - Glucagon
and ketoacidosis: Studies in pancrcatectomised man. New Engl. J. Med. 2%: 1250-1253 (1977).
4. BLACKSTOCK. A. M . and GARSON, O. M . - Direct evidence of involvement of erythroid cells in acute
myeloblastic leukaemia. Year Book uf Cancer 203-204 (1976).
5. BREEN, K. J. - Diagnosis and management of reflux oesophagitis. Med. J. Austr. I : 184-188 (1977).
6. BURY. R. W. and MASHFORD, M . L. - The stability of synthetic substance P in blood. Europ. J. Pharm.
45: 257-260 (1977).
7. BURY, R. W. and MASHFORD, M . L. - Cardiovascular effects of synthetic substance P in several species.
Europ. J. Pharm. 45: 335-340 (1977).
8. BUR Y, R. VV. and MASHFORD, M. L. — A pharmacological investigation of synthetic substance P on the
isolated guinea-pig ileum. Clin. exp. Pharmacol. Phvsiol. 4: 453-461 (1977).
9. BURY, R. W. and MASHFORD, M . I , - Substance P: Its pharmacology and physiological roles. Aust. J.
exp. Biol. med. Sci 55: 671-735 (1977).
10. CHESTERMAN, C. N.. CF.DERHOLM-WILLIAMS. S.A.. ALLINGTON, M . .1. and SHARP, A. A. The formation of fibrinogen-activator complex bv the action of streptokinase. Thromb. Res. 10: 421-430
(1977).
11. CHESTERMAN, C. N , McGRF.ADY, J. R.. BEGG, G. S. and MORGAN, 1-. .1. - Partial structure and
radioimmunoassay of human platelet factor 4. Clin. exp. Pharmacol. Phvsiol. 4, 496 (1977).
12. CHESTERMAN! C. N , McGREADY, J. R and MORGAN, F. J. - Radioimmunoassay of human
platelet factor 4, Thromb. Haemost. JS: 211 (1977).
13. CHISHOLM. D. J. and ALFORD, F. P. - The nature ofthe A cell abnormality in human diabetes mellitus.
Int. Excerpta med. Scries (1977).
14. FIRKIN. F. C , HAYS, E. F. and CLINE, M . J. — Effect of hypertransfusion on granulopoiesis in bone
marrow depression: Studies in the irradiated mouse. Brit. J. Haemat. 35: 225-231 (1977).
15. FIRKIN, F. C. and MAR I AN I. A. F. - Agranulocytosis due to Dapsone. Med.J. Austr 2: 247-251 (1977).
16. FIRKIN, F. C. and MOORF. M . A. — Atypical sensitivity of marrow agar colony forming units in
Phenylbutazone induced aplastic anaemia in International Symposium on Aplastic Anaemia. Universitv of
Tokyo Press. Tokyo (1977).
17. GARSON, O. M . and I.YALL, J. M . — Identification of chromosome abnormalities in human leukaemia.
Cancer Forum 10: 256-257 (1977).
IS. JELlNEK, V. M„ ZII-FFR, R. VV., MeDONALD, I . G„ WASIR. I I . and HALF, Ci. S. - Early exercise
testina and mobilization after myocardial infarction. Med. J. Austr. 2. 589-593 (1977).
19. I.YALL, J. M , WEBB, G. C and GARSON. O. M. - Application of banding techniques to thc
chromosomes of geno-typicall> abnormal patients. Clin. expt. Pharmacol. Physiol. 4. 485-486 (1977).
20. MeDONALD, I. G. - Clinical value of echocardiography: Is echocardiography worthwhile? Med. J. Austr.
/. 6 (1977).
21. MeDONALD. I . Ci. - Echocardiography in ischaemic heart disease. Med J. Austr. I : 4 (1977).
22. MeDONALD, I . G. — Echocardiography in valvular heart disease: Mitral, tricuspid and pulmonary valve
disease. Med. J. Austr I : 2 (1977).
23. MORGAN, F. J , CHESTERMAN. C. N , McGREADY, J. R. and BFGG. G. S. - Studies in the
chemistry of human platelet factor 4. Haemostasis 6: 53-58 (1977).
24. PENINGTON, D. G. - A cell growih factor derived from platelets. New Clinical Science (Istanbul) 50-58
(1977). Vol. 12.
25. PERRY-KEEN. D , ALFORD. F. P., CHISHOLM, D. J. FINDLAY. D. M , LARKINS. R. G. and
MARTIN, F. R — Glucagon and diabetes I. The failure of hyperglucagonacmia to influence the response lo
established diabelic ketoacidosis to iherapv. Clin. Endocr. 6: 417-423 (1977)
26. PETERS, M . and CHISHOLM. D. J. - Phaeochromocyloma in a footballer. Mai../. Austr. I : 484 (1977).
27. ROBERTSON. M. B , BREEN, K. J , DESMOND, P. V , MASHFORD. M . L. and McIIUGH. A. M. Incidence of antibiotic-related diarrhoea and pseudomembranous colitis. A prospective study of Lincomycin.
Clindamycin and Ampicillin. Med. J. Austr. I : 243-246 (1977).
28. TIBBUTT, D. A , CHESTERMAN. C. N , WILLIAMS, F. W , FAULKNER. T. and SHARP. A. A. Controlled trial of Ihe sequential use of streptokinase and ancrod in the treatment of deep vein thrombosis of
lower limb. Thromb. Haem. 2: 222-232 (1977).
29. WARNE. U , ALFORD. F. P, CHISHOLM, D. J. and COURT. J. - Glucagon and diabetes I i . Complete
suppression of glucagon bv insulin in human diabetes mellitus. Clin. Endocr. 6: 277-284 (1977).
30. WOOD. M . B, BREEN, K. J. and PENINGTON. D. G. - Thiamine status in alcoholism. Austr. N.Z. .1.
Med. 7: 475-484 (1977).
31. WOOD, M . B. - l-'ish consumption in Victoria. Food Nutr. Notes Revs. 34. 19 (1977).
M.D
Thesis in
Progress
DOYLE, D. .1. — Platelet involvement in coronary artery disease
M.Sc
'Theses in
Progress
GULLIVER, H. A. — Mechanism of vasomotor activity induced by stabilized plasma protein solutions
FINDLAY, D. M. — Plasma immunoreaciive glucagon
MEDICINE
131
NH & MRC:
(!) A cell growth factor front platelets — its nature and role in biological processes.
(2) Characterization and assav of soluble platelet proteins as a measure of clinical thrombosis (with
S.V.S.M.R.).
(3) The evaluation of the erythrocyte transketolase assay in the assessment of thiamine status.
(4) Red cell involvement in leukaemia.
(5) Glucagon and glucagon-related peptides in normal glucose homeostasis and in thc pathophysiology of
diabetes mellitus.
(6) B vitamin and peptide absorption: Normal kinetics and the effect of alcohol and alcoholism.
(7) Hepatic drug metabolising capacity and the effect of liver disease.
(8) Studies on the pathophysiology of disordered human erythropoiesis and myelopoiesis in vitro.
National Heart Foundalion of Australia: Platelet and thrombosis activitv following coronary vascular surgery
(with S.V.S.M.R.).
Herman Trusl - University of Melbourne: Intravascular coagulation in leukaemia and cancer.
Anti-Cancer Council of Victoria: Chromosome studies in human leukaemia.
Clive and Vera Ramaciotti Foundation: Monitoring of drug use in a hospital.
MICROBIOLOGY
Chairman
of department:
Professor
D. O.
White
Professors ALFRED JAMES PITTARD
DAVID OGILV1E WHITE
Readers W I L L I A M BOYLE
IAN HAMILTON HOLMES
NANCY MILLIS
Senior Lecturers CHRISTINA CHEERS
JOAN FORREST GARDNER
DORIS MARY GRAHAM
BRIAN HODGSON
RUSSELL GEORGE WILKINSON
GWENDOLYN LESLEY GILBERT - part-time
DOROTHY JOAN SCHIAVONE - part-time
Senior Tutors ENE READE
NEVILLE JOHN TUDROSZEN
ROSEMARY DAVIDSON - part-time
LYNETTE HOWDEN - part-time
DOROTHY SLATER - part-lime
Professor Emeritus
SIR FRANK MACFARLANE BURNET
Research Fellows ELIZABETH MARGOT ANDERS
JOHN BAULD
HERBERT JOHN BAVOR
ROBERT BRENT DAVEY
NIGEL JOHN DIMMOCK
DAVID JACKSON
ROGER DIETER SCHNAGL
HIROSHI WATANABE
Senior Associate
part-time
JOCELYN ROBERT LANE FORSYTH (Director, Microbiological Diagnostic Unit)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
132
Comparative studies of thc three isofunctional DAHP synthetases from Escherichia coli K-12.
Regulation of aromatic biosynthesis in Escherichia coli K-12.
Transmissible antibiotic resistance in enteric organisms.
Antibiotic resistance in anaerobic bacteria.
Metabolic control mechanisms in Bacillus brevis:
(a) function of polypeptide antibiotics;
(b) biosynthesis of diaminopimelic acid, dipicolinic acid and lysine.
Ring cleavage mechanisms ofa-pinene.
Marine microbial ecology: nutrient cycling and stress evaluation.
Occurrence o i Salmonella and Escherichia coli in marine and aquatic systems.
Medical microbiology and epidemiology:
(a) prevalence of parasites and chlamydias
(b) sexually transmitted diseases;
(c) enteric diseases;
(d) food bacteriology.
Trachoma:
(a) Clinical, microbiological and immunological investigation among aborigines in Northern Australia
elsewhere.
(b) Immune response of mice to trachoma.
Viral gastroenteritis in aboriginal communities.
Biochemical and immunological properties of rotaviruses.
In vitro studies of antiviral immunity:
(a) Antigenic determinants on influenza viral haemagglutinin;
(b) T-B cell interaction in immunological memory;
(c) Natural killer cells and ADCC;
(d) Fc receptors in herpesvirus infection;
(e) Recovery and persistence in reovirus infection.
Cell-mediated resistance to intracellular bacteria:
(a) Cell interactions;
(b) Host genetics.
Antigen requirements for reaction with allogeneic T-lymphocytes.
Production of hybrid cell lines synthesizing specific antibody.
Theoretical immunology and human biology.
MICROBIOLOGY
133
PUBLISHED WORK
BOOKS
1. FENNER, F. J , McAUSLAN, B. R., MIMS, C. A., SAMBROOK, J. F. and WHITE, D. O. - The
Biologv of Animal Viruses. 2nd cd, Russian translation, 624 p. Moscow, 1977.
2. FENNER, J. F. and WHITE, D. O. - Medical Virology. Spanish translation, 505 p. Academic Press, New
York, 1977.
3. MANDEL, T. E , CHEERS, C , HOSKING, C. S, McKENZIE, I . F. C. and NOSSAL, G. J. V. (eds.) Progress in Immunology I I I . Australian Academy ofScience, Canberra, 1977.
CHAPTERS OF BOOKS
4.
BURNET, F. M . — Autoimmunity and Aging. In Autoimmunity: Genetic. Immunologic. Virologic and
Clinical Aspects, ed. N . Talal, pp. 513-530, Academic Press, New York, 1977.
5. BURNET, F. M. - Clonal Selection and After, ln Theoretical Immunology, eds. G. I . Bell. A. S. Perelson
and G. H. Pimbley. pp. 63-85. Marcel Dekker, New York, 1977.
6. BURNET, F. M . - Implications of a Somatic Mutational Approach to Ageing lor Gerontological Research.
In Interdisciplinary Topics in Gerontology. Vol. I I ed, 1. R. Mackay, pp. 30-36. S. Karger, Basel, 1977.
ARTICLES
7. BISHOP, L. R , MORONEY, S. G. and FORSYTH, J. R. L. - Handling Problems in Gonococcal
Isolation. Asian J. Inf. Dis. I : 93-95 (1977).
8. BURNET, F. M . - Morphogenesis and Cancer. Med. J. Aust. I : 5-9 (1977).
9. BURNET, F. M . - The Probable Relationship of some or all Mast Cells to the T-cell System. Cell.
Immunol. SO: 358-360 (1977).
10. DAVEY. R. B. and PITTARD, A. J. - Plasmids Mediating Resistance to Gentamicin and Other Antibiotics
in Enterobacteriaceae from Four Hospitals in Melbourne. Aust. J. Exp. Biol. Med. Sci. 55: 299-307 (1977).
11. FEERY, B. J , HAMPSON, A. W , FORSYTH, J. R. L. and EVERED, M . G. - Effect of Dose on
Antibody Response to Subunit Influenza Vaccine. Med. J. Aust. 2: 324-327 (1977).
12. HARVEY, K. J , BISHOP, L. R , SILVER, D. and JONES, T. - A Case of Chancroid. Med. J. Aust. I :
956-957 (1977).
13. IVERSON, W. G. and MILLIS, N. F. — Succession of Streptococcus bovis Strains with Differing
Bacteriophage Sensitivities in the Rumens of Two Fistulated Sheep. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 33(A): 810-813
(1977).
14. LEBEN, M . L. and BOYLE, W. - Difference in the Induction of Cytotoxic Lymphocytes by Public
Antigens of H-2b and H-2d Cells. Transplantation 24: 201-210 (1977).
15. MacFARLAN, R. L, BURNS, W. H. and WHITE, D. O. - Two Cytotoxic Cells in Peritoneal Cavity of
Virus-Infected Mice: Antibody-Dependent Macrophages and Non-Specific Killer Cells. J. Immunol. 119:
1569-1574 (1977).
16. RODGER, S. M , SCHNAGL, R. D. and HOLMES, I . H. - Further Biochemical Characterization,
Including the Detection of Surface Glyco-proteins, of Human, Calf and Simian Rotaviruses. J. Virol. 24: 9198 (1977).
17. SCHNAGL, R. D , HOLMES, I . H , MOORE, B , LEE, P, DICKINSON-JONES, F. and GUST, 1. D.
— An Extensive Rotavirus Outbreak in Aboriginal Infanls in Central Australia. Med. J. Aust. I : 259-260
(1977).
18. TUDROSZEN, N . J , KELLY. D. P. and MILLIS, N. F. -a-Pinene Metabolism by Pseudomonas putida.
Biochem. J. 168: 315-318 (1977).
19. WATANABE, H. and HOLMES, I . H. - Fillerpaper Solid-phase Radioimmunoassay for Human
Rotavirus Surface Immunoglobulins. J. Clin. Microbiol. 6: 319-324 (1977).
20. WHIPP, M . J. and PITTARD, A. J. — Regulation of Aromatic Amino Acid Transport Svstcms in
Escherichia coli K-12. J. Bad. 132: 453-461 (1977).
21. WHITE. D. O. - Antiviral Immunity. Progr. Immunol. 3: 459-462 (1977).
REPORTS
22. BAULD, J. and MILLIS, N. F. - Role of Bacteria in Nitrogen Cycling in the Werribee Zone.
Environmental Studies Section, Victorian Ministry for Conservation (1977).
23. BAVOR, H. J. and MILLIS, N . F. - Bacteriological Studies in Westernport Bay. Environmental Studies
Section, Victorian Ministry for Conservation (1977).
24. MILLIS. N . F. - Swimming and Public Health. Environmental Protection Authority, Victoria (1977).
25. SMITH, H. and MILLIS, N. F. - Effect of Heavy Metals on Nutrient Cycling by Bacteria: A Review.
Environmental Studies Section. Viclorian Ministry for Conservation (1977).
Doctor of
Philosophy
1. ELY, B. — Aromatic Biosynthesis: the Regulation of Shikimate Kinase in Escherichia coli K-12
2. WHIPP, M. — Aromatic Amino Acid Transport Systems in Escherichia coli K-12
134
FACULTY OF MEDICINE
Master
of
Science
3. R1GLAR, C. — In vitro Studies on ihe Mechanisms of Chronicity in Murine Brucellosis
4. I.A MONT, G. — Some Aspects of Salmonella typhimurium Phage Typing
THESES I N PROGRESS
PhD Theses in
Progress
A. ACKERMAN
— Studies of Lymphocyte Membrane Antigens
J. W. BASTARDO - Characterization of Rotavirus Antigens
R. BEKTASH - Effects of High Pressures on Bacillus eereus spores
K. C. BERTRAM - Bacterial Degradation of 1.8-Cineole
M. L. BRITZ — Mechanisms of Drug Resistance in Anaerobic Gram Negative Bacteria
L. E. BROWN — Immune Response to Reovirus Infection
H. M. GEYSEN — Growth Kinetics of a Pseudomonad on Phenol
A. I. GRANT — Incompatibility and Other Interactions of Locally Isolated R Plasmids
M. A. KELSO — Role of Allo-antigen Preparations in Cell Mediated Immunity
R. I. MacFARLAN — Specific and Non-Specific Cell Mediated Immunity in Togavirus Infection
5. M. RODGER — Biochemical and Biophysical Chaclerization of Rotaviruses
R. RUSSELL — Antigenic Determinants on Influenza Virus llaemagglutinins
J. H. G. STEPHENS — Nitrogen Transformations in Mangrove Sediments
II. Y. SYME - Methods of Specific Depletion of Allo-Immune T Cells
D. SYMONS - Polypeptide Antibiotic Production and Sporulation in Bacillus brevis
N. J. TUDROSZEN - a-Pinene Metabolism by Pseudomonas putida
M.Sc
Theses in
Progress
E. C. CORNISH — Purification of the TyrR Gene Product
S. JENNINGS - Immune Response of Mice to Trachoma
M. I , l.EBEN - Specificity of T-Cell Alloimmune Reactions in vitro
B. McLEAN - Rotavirus Infections in Neonates
S. M. McTAGGART - Fc Receptors Induced by Herpes Simplex Virus
K. M. NG - Characterization of Genital Chlamydiae in Melbourne
I. NISBE'I — Epidemiological Studies of Trachoma in Aborigines in Northern Territory
NH & MRC: Transmissible Antibiotic Resistance in Enteric Organisms.
NH & MRC: Antigen Suppression of Allograft Response.
NH & MRC: Cellular Interactions in Cell Mediated Resistance to Bacterial Infection.
NH & MRC: Genetics and Mechanisms of Resistance and Susceptibility to Bacterial Infection.
NH & MRC: The Pathogenesis of Viral Infections: In vitro Studies of Antiviral Immunity.
NH & MRC: Infantile Gastroenteritis.
N i l & MRC: Department of Aboriginal Affairs: Viral Gastroenteritis in Aboriginal Communities.
ARGC: A Study ofthe Mechanisms Involved in the Establishment of a Flow of Carbon into Dipicolinate and
Diaminopimelate during Sporulation in Bacillus brevis.
ARGC: Comparative Studies of the Three Isofunctional DAHP Synthetase from Escherichia coli K-I2.
ARGC: Regulation of Aromatic Biosynthesis in Escherichia coli K-I2.
Australian Department of Aboriginal Affairs: Clinical, Microbiological and Immunological Investigation of
Trachoma in Aborigines at Three Centres in the Northern Territory.
Australian Department of Health via Royal Australian College of Ophthalmologists: Microbiological
Investigation of Trachoma among Aborigines throughout Australia.
Australian Department of Health, Aboriginal Health Branch: Viral Enteritis Vaccine.
Victorian Ministry for Conservation: Investigation into the Role of Marine Racteria in Westernport Bay.
Environment Protection Authority: Occurrence of Salmonella in Inland Wastewaters.
Centre for Environmental Studies. University of Melbourne: Port of Melbourne Environmental Study (Phase 11).
Clive and Vera Ramaciotti Foundation: Characterization of Genital Chlamydiae.
OBSTETRICS AND GYNAECOLOGY
Chairman
of department:
Professor Sir Lance
Townsend
Professor SIR LANCE TOWNSEND
Professor JAMES BOYER BROWN
First Assistants JOHN RICHARD HENRY FLIEGNER
WILLIAM HENRY KITCHEN
ROGER JAMES PEPPERELL
JAMES SMI BERT - part-time
Second Assistants DAVID CAMPBELL DOWNING
THOMAS RONALD EGGERS
RAPHAEL KUHN
Registrar in Endocrinology JOHN CLARK McBAIN
Clinica! Assistant JAMES HENRY EVANS - part-time
Senior Lecturer MARGERY SMITH
Research Staff ANDREW ANDREWS - part-time
LESLEY ANN BAKER
JANE BASCOMB
ANGELA BRENTON - part-time
MARGARET ISOBEL BRIGHT
SHIRLEY ELIZABETH CAMERON - part-time
GARY CLARKE - part-time
ANNE RICKARDS - part-time
JOCELYN SEARBY - part-time
MARGARET MARY RYAN - part-time
RHYL WINIFRED WADE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Investigation and treatment of patients with disorders of ovulation.
Investigation and treatment of patients with unexplained infertility.
Role of oestrogen in the induction of endometrial cancer.
Development of "do-it-yourself kits" for detection of ovulation.
Premature labour - its aetiology and treatment.
Multi discipline longtitudinal study of infants of very low birth weight.
Longtitudinal study of infants born to mothers with low oestriol excretion.
Mortality and morbidity associated w-ith breech presentation.
Hysterectomy and its aftermath.
Stress and urge incontinence in thc human female.
Cancer of cervix.
1
PUBLISHED WORK
ARTICLES
1. BROWN. .1. B. - Timing of ovulation (Brush Up Your Medicine). A M . J. Must.. 2: 780 (1977).
2. DAWOOD, M. Y.. BROWN, J. B. and NEWMAN, K. L. I I . - Scrum free estriol and estriol glucuronide
fractions in hydatidiform mole measured bv radioimmunoassay. Obstet. (ivnec. 49: 303 (1977).
3. ETHERIDGE. M. J.. and PEPPERELL. R. J. - Heart disease and pregnancy at the Roval Women's
Hospital. Med. J. Aust.. 2: 111 (1977).
4. EVANS, J. H. - Diabetes in pregnancy. Hulieni Management. 6: 51 (1977).
5. FLIEGNER. J. R. H. — Third stage management — how important is it? tiurop. J. Obstet. (ivnec. 7: 263
(1977).
6. FLIEGNER, J. R. H. — Placental function and renal tract studies in pre-eclampsia with proteinuria and long
term maternal consequences. Amer. J. Obstet. Cvnec, 126: 211 (1977).
7. FORTUNE. D. W. and KITCHEN. W. H. - Malformations in infants of verv low birth weishl. Med. J.
Aust.. I : 239-242 (1977).
8. HEALY. D. I . . . PEPPERELL, R. J., STOCKDALE. J., BREMNER. W.J. and BURGER. I I . G. Evidence of pituitary autonomy in hyperprolactinaemic secondary amenorrhoea: results of hvpolhalamicpituitarv testing. J. Clin. Endocrin. & Metab.. 44: 809 (1977).
9. JEFFERY, P, MARTIN. F. I . R, HEATH. P., DAI ILENBERG. Ci. W , MOUNTAIN, K. R. and
EVANS. J. H. — Precnancy in diabetic women. Aied. J. Aust.. 2: 41 (1977).
10. KUHN. R. J. P. and PEPPERELL. R. J. - Cervical ligation: a review of 242 pregnancies. Aust. it N.Z. J.
Obstet. Gvnaec. 17: 79 (1977).
11. MIGLIORINI. G. D. and PEPPERELL. R.J. - Prolapse or the unbilical cord: a studv of 69 cases. Med.J.
Aust . 2: 522 (1977).
12. ROY, R. N. D. and KITCHEN. W. H, NETS: A new system for neonatal transport. Aled. J. Aust.. 2:SS55,<S5 (1977).
135
136
FACULTY OF MEDICINE
13. PEPPERELL. R. J , BRIGHT. M. and SMITH, M. A. - Serum prolactin levels in normal women and in
women with disorders of menstruation. Med. J. Ausi.. 1: 85 (1977).
14. PEPPERELL, R. J.. EVANS. J. H„ BROWN, J. B , SMITH, M. A , HEALY, D. and BURGER, H. G. Serum prolactin levels and the value of bromocriptine in the treatment of anovulatory infertility. Brii. J.
Obstet. Gvnaec.. 84: 58 (1977).
15. PEPPERELL. R. J , EVANS, J. H , BROWN, J. B.. BRIGHT, M. I , SMITH, M. A , BURGER. H. G.
and HEALY, D. - A study ofthe effects of bromocriptine on scrum prolactin, follicle-stimulating hormone
and luteinizing hormone, and on ovarian responsiveness to exogenous gonadotrophins in anovulatory
women. Brit. J. Obstei. Gvnaec. 84: 456 (1977).
16. PEPPERELL, R. J., BARRIE. J. U. and FLIEGNER. J. R. - Significance of red-cell irregular antibodies
in the obstetric palient. Med. J. Ausi. 2: 453 (1977).
17. PEPPERELL, R. J , BROWN, J. B. and EVANS, J. H. - Management of female infertility (Brush Up
Your Medicine). Med. J. Ausi.. 2: 774 (1977).
18. PEPPERELL. R. J , McBAIN, J. C. and HEALY. D. L. - Ovulation induction with bromocriptine
(CB154) in patients with hvperprolaclinaemia. Aust. & N.Z. J. Obstet. Gvnaec. 17: 181-191 (1977).
19. PEPPERELL. R. .1, RUBINS! EIN, E. and MaclSAAC. 1. A. - Motor car accidents during pregnancy.
Med. J. Ausi., I : 203-205 (1977).
20. ROME. R. M , BROWN, J. B., MASON, T., SMITH, M. A , LAVERTY. C. and FORTUNE. D. W. Oestrogen excretion and ovarian pathology in postmenopausal women with atypical hyperplasia,
adenocarcinoma and mixed adenosquamous carcinoma ofthe endometrium. Brit. J. Obstet. Gvnaec. 84- 88
(1977).
21. PEPPERELL, R. J„ McBAIN. J. C , WINSTONE. S. M , SMITH, M. A. and BROWN, J. B. - Corpus
luteum function in early prccnancv following ovulation induction wilh bromocriptine. Brit. J. Obstet.
Gynaec. 84: 898 (1977).
T H E S E S P A S S E D FOR HIGHER D E G R E E
Nil
PhD Thesis in
CLARKE,
Progress
G. N. — Studies in the biology and cryopreservalion of human spermatozoa
M.Sc
Theses in
Progress
ANDREWS, A. G. — Amniotic fluid phospholipid study assessment and relationship lo foetal maturity
BASCOMB, J. — Development of radioimmunoassay for oestrogen glucuronides and their application for
monitoring human female reproductive functions
BRIGHT, M. 1. — Development of pregnanediol glucuronide assay. Its application to ihe detection of ovulation
and as a placental function lest in pregnancy
M.D
Theses in
Progress
McBAIN, J. C. - Idiopathic infertility
WADE, R. W. — Long term follow-up of infanls born to mothers with low oestriol excretion in pregnancy
A.E. Rowden While Foundation.
National Health and Medical Research Council
Anti-Cancer Council of Victoria
Anonymous Donor
Sandoz (Australia) Pty. Lid.
OBSTETRICS AND GYNAECOLOGY
MERCY AND AUSTIN HOSPITALS
Chairman
of department:
Professor Norman
A.
Beischer
Professor NORMAN ALBERT BEISCHER
hirst Assistants DAVID A L A N ABELL
JOHN HEDLEY DREW
First Assistants (Half-time) PFTER CAPELL DOBSON
JAMES CARNEGIE GRIM WADE
GRAEME JOHN RATTEN
CHRISTOPHER STEPHEN TARGETT
Research Workers (Part-time) CHRISTINE MARY ACTON
PETER WINTER ASHTON
CHARLES BARBARO
KEVIN ALBERT BARHAM
JAMES EARNEST BREHENY
DONALD PU1-CHEE CHAN
FRANKLIN TEN-KEONG CHEW
DENYS WOODESON FORTUNE (dept of pathologv. The Royal Women's Hospital)
LAWRENCE IVAN HATHERLEY
PETER ANTHONY LONG
GERALD ARTHUR MANLY
PATRICK A L \ N MAPLESTONt
EDWARD FRANCIS O'SULLIVAN
JOSEPH MARTINUS SCHRAMP,
LEON ISRAEL TAFT (dept of patholocv. Mercy Maternity Hospilal)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Treatment of foetal growth retardation before delivery.
Study of abnormal glucose tolerance (hypoglycaemia and hyperglycaemia) in pregnancy.
Assessment of placental function in patients wilh pre-eclampsia.
Studies of foetal heart rate patterns in late pregnancy.
Effect of foclal malformations upon foetal size and mortality.
Follow-up of babies born from pregnancies associated with low maternal excretion of oestriol.
Evaluation of uterine lavage in the early diagnosis of malignancy of rhe uterine body and cervix.
Assessment of the timing of ovulation.
PUBLISHED WORK
ARTICLES
1. BEISCHER, N. A.. ABELL, D. A. and DREW, J. H. - Management of Foetal Growth Retardation.
Med.J. Aust. 2: 641-646 (1977).
2. CHANG. A.. ABELL. D.. BEISCHER. N. and WOOD. C. - Trial oflntravcnous Therapy in Women wilh
Low Estriol Excretion. Amer. J. Obstet. Gvnee. 127: 793-797 (1977).
3. CHEW, F. T. K , ABELL. D. A. and BEISCHER, N . A. - Prenatal Cardiotocography in Patients with
Persistently Subnormal Urinary Oestriol Excretion. Aust. N.Z. J. Obstet. Ovnuec. 17. IS-27 (1977).
4. COCKINGTON, R. A. and McNAMARA, J. M . - Experience with Group B beta-haemolytic
Streptococcal Infection in a Maternity Hospital Nursery. Aust. Paed. J. 13: 163-169 (1977).
5. DEAN, 1.., ABELL. D. A.. BEISCHER, N . A. - Incidence of Anencephaly and other Major
Malformations when Oestriol Excretion is Verv Low. Brit. Med. J. I : 257-258 (1977).
6. DREW, J. H. - Improved Prognosis or "al risk" Inrants. Aust. Nurses J. 6: 39-42 (1977).
7. DREW, J. H , MOUNTAIN, K. R. and BEISCHER, N. A. - Spontaneous Improvement in Severity of
Erythroblastosis with Advancing Parity. Aust. N.Z. J. Obstet. Gvnaec. 17: 229-236 (1977).
8. DREW, J. H , PARKINSON. P., WALSTAB, J. E. and BEISCHER, N . A. - Incidences and Types of
Malformations in Newborn Infants. Med. J. Aust. 26: 945-949 (1977).
9. DREW, J. I I , SMITH, M . B. and KITCHEN, W. H. - Glucose-6-phosphate Dehydrogenase Deficiency in
Immigrant Greek Infants. J. Paediatr. 90: 659-677 (1977).
10. LONG. P. A , ABELL, D. A. and BEISCHER. N . A. - Importance or Abnormal Glucose Tolerance
(Hypoglycaemia and Hyperglycaemia) in the Aetiology or Pre-eclampsia. Lancet 923-925 (1977).
11. MAPLESTONF, P. - Pain Relief in Labour. Med. J. Aust. 2: 610-612 (1977).
12. PAULL, J. D. and RATTERN. G. J. - Ergometrine and Third Stage Blood Loss. Med.J. Aust. I : 178-179
(1977).
13. PEPPERELL, R. J , RUBINSTEIN, E. and MuclSAAC. I. A. - Motor-car Accidents durine Pregnancy.
Med. J. Aust. 1: 203-205 (1977).
14. RATTEN. G. J. and BEISCHER. N. A. - The Influence or Maternal Weight Loss on the Outcome or
Pregnancy, Aust. N.Z. J. Obstet. Gvnaec. 17: 121-125 (1977).
15. TARGETT, C. S, RATTEN, G. J , ABELL, D. A. and BEISCHER, N. A. - The Influence of Smoking on
Intrauterine Foetal Growth and on Maternal Oestriol Excretion. ,4tt$r. N.Z. J. Obstet. Gvnaec. 17: 126-130
(1977)
137
OPHTHALMOLOGY
Chairman
of department:
Professor
G. W.
Crock
Ringland Anderson Professor GERARD WILLIAM CROCK
First Assistant HECTOR MACLEAN
Second Assistants JAMES DAVID CAIRNS
PETER NEIL HENDERSON
Research Assistants MAGDA HORVAT
BARBARA PAULINE HOBAN
Senior Associates COURTNAY HUGH GREER
JULIAN BERNARD HEINZE
KENNETH GEORGE HOWSAM
BERNARD McCARTHY O'BRIEN
RONALD W I L L I A M PARKER
IAN FLETT ROBERTSON
GEOFFREY SUTHERLAND
Research Associates JOHN LLEWELLYN COLV1N
A L A N ISAACS
HUGH RINGLAND TAYLOR
JOSEPH WING SANG YEUNG
Senior Research Fellow WALTER CHARLES C H A I R
Research Fellows JOHN CHAPMAN-SMITH
BABU RAJENDRAN
WILFRED NYUNT WIN
MARY GEMMA NIGHTINGALE, jointly with Microsurgical Research Unit, St. Vincent's Hospital
1. CORNEA - During 1977 research development was completed on a new and revolutionary system of culling
the cornea. The instrument known as a Contact Lens Corneal Cutter is now being manufactured under licence
to Melbourne University by the Grieshaber company in Switzerland. The C.L.C.C. system simplifies existing
methods of corneal grafting, offers a very rapid and safe technique for cataract operations and opens up new
possibilities for basic research into corneal graft rejection and drug effects in corneal tissue.
2. LENS — Development of computer programme (jointly with Otolaryngology) for assessing natural history of
cataract and for controlled trials of anti-cataract drugs.
Improvements to instrumentation (oscillating knife) for cataract surgery.
3. PHOTOGRAPHY - Use of 16 mm and Super 8 Cine film for instructional films in ocular microsurgery.
Modification ot processing techniques to suit new Plus X film for retinal fluorescein angiography.
4. ELECTRON MICROSCOPY - Effects of storage on corneal endothelium. Appearances of microsurgical
needles and sutures. Characteristics of microvascular anastomosis (jointly with Microsurgical Research Unit,
St. Vincent's Hospital).
Ultrastructural characteristics of lens proteins denatured wilh hyperosmolar urea (jointly with
Dr. R. Augusteyn, Biochemistry).
Effect of alpha chymotrypsin on Zonule of Zinn in primates and man.
Ultraslructural characlcrisls of Zonule of Zinn from birth to old age.
Scanning and lighl microscopy of iridoschisis and "Tapioca iris" (with Drs. R. West and 11. Greer.
R.V.E.E.H.).
C H A P T E R S OF BOOKS
1. CARROLL, N. — Histopathology of Microvascular Repairs: Scanning Electron Microscopy, Chaplcr 6 in
Microvascular Reconstructive Surgery, ed. Bernard McC. O'Brien, Churchill Livingstone, pp. 90-101.
2. GREER, H. C. - Ocular Pathology. Third Edition, Blackwell (1977). Scanning electron micrographs from
the department are included in this new edition.
ARTICLES
3. CAIRNS, J. D. - Current Concepts in the Investigation of Macular Disease. Ausi. Orthop. J.. Vol. 15.
pp. 6-8 (1977).
4. CHAPMAN-SMITH, J. - Further Examination of Short-Term Corneal Storage, Invest. Ophthal. Vis. Sci..
16: 556-558 (1977).
5. CHAPMAN-SMITH. J. - Cryptococcal Chorioretinitis, Brit. J. Ophthal.. 61- 511-413 (1977).
6. CHAPMAN-SMITH. J. S. and CROCK, G. W. - Urokinase in the Management of Vitreous
Haemorrhage, Brit. J. Ophthal.. 61: 500-505 (1977).
7. CROCK, G. — Kapillaren der Makula and Fovea der menschlichen Retina, Klin Mhl. Augenheilk. 171: 5359 (1977).
138
OPHTHALMOLOGY
139
8. HUESTON, J. T. and HEINZE. J. B. - A Second Case of Relief of Blindness following Blcpharoplasty,
Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery. Vol. 5°: No. 3, 430-431 (1977).
9. LAZELL, R. W. - Non-Traumatic Detachments of the Pars Ciliaris Retinae in Phakic Eves, Aust. J.
Ophthal.. 5: 95-100 (1977).
10. LOWE. R. F. and CARROLL. N . - The Myoepithelium of the Human Iris: Stereoscopic Studies, The
Structure ofthe Eye, Jap. J. Ophthal.. 119-125 (1977).
11. MACLEAN. H. - The Melbourne Catalin Trial - Current Protocol and Some Earlv Results, Aust. J.
Ophthal.. No. 3, 183-187 (1977).
12. MACLEAN, H. - The Ocular Myopathies. Aust. Orihop. J.. Vol. 15. pp. 36-37 (1977).
13. TAYLOR. H. R.. HOLLOWS. F. C. and MORAN, D. - Pseudo-Exfoliation ofthe Lens in Australian
Aborigines, Brit. J. Ophthal.. 61: 473-475 (1977).
14. TAYLOR. H. R. and TURNER, A. J. - A Case Report of Fowl Plague Keratoconjunctivitis, Brit. J.
Ophthal.. 60: 600 (1977).
Alcon Laboratories (Aust.) Pty. Ltd.
William Angliss Charitable Trust
Edward Alexander Cato Memorial Gift
Felton Bequest
Hecht Trust
Sir William Kilpatrick
O.P.S.M. Pty. Ltd.
Ophthalmic Research Institute of Australia
Potter Foundation
Reckitts Pharmaceutical Division
Myra Sloicesco Charitable Trust
Sir A. E. Rowden White Bequest
OTOLARYNGOLOGY
Chairman
of department:
Professor
G. M. Clark
William Gibson Professor GRAEME MILBOURNE CLARK
First Assistant QUENTIN BAILEY
Lecturer in Audiology FIELD WINSTON RICKARDS
Research Fellows JOHN EDWARD DELAHUNTY
DON STEWART McMAHON
BRIAN PYMAN
RAYMOND BLACK
JOHN GWYTHER
IAN FORSTER
THEODORUS NIENHUYS
BERNARD O'LOUGHLIN
JAMES FINLAY PATRICK
MARGARET PERIL
YIT CHOW TONG
n 1977 research progressed toward the development of a cochlear implant for deaf patients. Support from the
National Health and Medical Research Council and the ATVO Nerve Deafness Appeal continued.
1. Surgical anatomy and histology - cochlear implant - G. M . Clark.
This study has shown that an electrode array can be inserted around the turns of the cochlea without
significant loss of the auditory nerve fibres providing infection does not occur.
2. The development of a multiple-electrode array for cochlear implantation - R. Black. G. M . Clark, 1. C.
Forster, J. F. Patrick, B. Pyman.
Further work is being undertaken to examine the mechanical properties of thin films of metal and the
mechanical and histological properties of plastics for the realization of a robust electrode.
3. The development of the receiver-stimulator component of a cochlear implant prosthesis - I . C . Forster,
D. J. Dewhurst.
This has now been developed and tested. It has a dual transfer system with independent inductive links for
both power and dala. It has a stimulating pulse shape that minimizes the production of toxic substrates and
loss of metal. Independent stimulation of 10-15 electrodes can also be carried out. Further work is being done
to improve the design and restrict the electrical stimuli to groups of nerve fibres.
4. Packaging of the electronics — J. F. Patrick.
Methods for hermetically sealing the receiver-stimulator have been developed and tested. Work to
miniaturize the device further is proceeding.
5. Connector — cochlear implant — J. F. Patrick.
Work has been undertaken to develop a special connector that will enable the receiver-stimulator to be
connected to the electrode array in a biological environment.
6. Cochlear modelling — Y. C. Tong, C. J. Pengilley, G. M . Clark.
Two mathematical models of the cochlea have been developed. The first model includes coupling between
adjacent parts of the model partition, and hydrodynamical considerations. Thc response characterics of the
first model indicate that coupling between adjacent parts of the cochlear partition by an elastic element is a
possible mechanism that is responsible for the amplitude/phase notches in the frequency response of the
cochlear partition. The second model is a functional model that simulates the nonlinear amplitude behaviour
of the cochlear partition. The other nonlinear responses (click, phase, twortone responses) of this second
model are consistent with physiological findings.
7. Speech Analysis and Synthesis - Y. C. Tong, J. F. Patrick, G. M. Clark, J. L. Gwyiher, R. J. Walkerden.
A serial-parallel terminal-analog speech synthesizer was developed, and then realized using analog and digital
hardware. The synthesizer provides the user with a choice of three configurations of formant filters: serial,
parallel, or a combination of both. External inputs lo the synthesizer are in digital formal. Thesc inputs
control the operation and specify the parameter values of the synthesizer for a synthetic sound. Control and
parametric information is inputed at a pre-selected frame rate (externally controllable from 100 Hz to
10 kHz in 8 steps). The information is updated at the beginning of each frame period.
8. Behavioural studies on frequency coding and electrical stimulation ofthe cochlea of cats — T. Nienhuvs and
G. M. Clark.
Frequency discrimination was measured behaviourally before and after drug-induced lesions of cochlear hair
cells in the cat. Discrimination was unaffected by complete loss of outer hair cells provided that at least 50%
of inner hair cells were intact. Thus inner hair cells are important for frequency discrimination, and they can
function normally in this regard without the influence of outer hair cells.
9. Electrophysiological studies of the cochlea as an electrical transmission line - R. Black, G. M. Clark.
A three dimensional computer model of the resistance patterns in the cochlea has been constructed by
resistively coupling together sixteen two dimensional cochlea cross section models. This model shows that
when currents are introduced into the cochlea with a variety of stimulus electrode configurations, the
potentials in the hair cell-nerve ending region of the organ of Corti may exhibit attenuation characteristics
quite different to those measured in the scala fluids. The current distribution of the hair cell-nerve ending
region was measured bv examining the excitability characteristics of units in the auditory nerve and inferior
140
OTOLARYNGOLOGY
10.
11.
12.
13.
141
colliculus during stimulation of the cat's scala tympani. In the basal turn it was found that monopolar
stimulation with reference electrode in neck muscle produced gross excitation of the auditory nerve with
attenuation of less than ldB/mm cochlear length. When the reference electrode was in scala vestibuli, the
attenuation is approximately 1.8 dB/mm and with bipolar stimulation of the scala tympani the attenuation
was 3-4 dB/mm. These results are in close agreement with the model predictions. It appears that these
generally small attenuation values are due to longitudinal shunting of the current along the spiral ligament.
The model also predicts that the scala tympani potential would he expected to show significantly greater
attenuation for each of these stimulus configurations.
Speech perception studies - B. O'Loughlin, Y. C. Tong and G. M . Clark.
A study is being undertaken to determine whether the relative format amplitudes may be utilized as cues for
the identification of phonemes when temporal and frequency cues are ambiguous.
An epidemiological study of industrial deafness — M . Peril, F. W. Rickards, D. S. McMahon.
Studies are being undertaken to establish an unbiased estimate of the auditory thresholds of males and
females of various ages - an unbiased estimate ofthe proportion of deafness in the community lhat is due to
noise. Also, the effect, if any, of smoking and/or regular consumption of alcohol on the auditory threshold.
Tinnitus — Q. Bailey.
Research is being conducted into the cause and treatment of tinnitus, and attempts to localize the site of
origin of tinnitus and to evaluate possible treatment methods are being undertaken at a recently established
tinnitus clinic.
Total organ laryngeal section — J. E. Delahunly.
Corneal sections of adult larynxes is continuing with particular regard to endo-laryngeal invasion of the fibros
anatomical compartments, the results being applied retrospectively lo the patient's clinical presentation.
PUBLISHED WORKS
ARTICLES
1. CLARK, G. M . An Evaluation of Per-scalar Cochlear Electrode Implantation Techniques — An
Histopathological Study in Cats. / . Laryngol. and Otol. 91: (3) 185-199, 1977.
2. CLARK, G. M„ O'LOUGHLIN, B. J., RICKARDS, F. W„ TONG, Y. C. and WILLIAMS, A. J. The
Clinical Assessment of Cochlear Implant Patients. J. Laryngol. and Otol. 91: 697-708, 1977.
3. BLACK, R. C. and CLARK, G. M . Electrical Transmission Line Properties ofthe Cat Cochlea. Proc. Aust.
Physiol, and Pharmacol. Soc. Aust.. pp. 137, 1977.
4. CLARK, G. M , BLACK, R., DEWHURST, D. J , FORSTER, I . C , PATRICK, J. F. and
TONG, Y. C. A Multiple-Electrode Hearing Prosthesis for Cochlear Implantation in Deaf Patients. Medical
Progress through Technology. Vol. 5. No. 3. 127, 1977.
5. C L A R K , G. M . , T O N G , Y. C , B L A C K , R., FORSTER, I . C , P A T R I C K , J. F. and
DEWHURST, D. J. A Multiple Electrode Cochlear Implant. J. Larvngol. and Otol. 91: 935-945. 1977.
PAEDIATRICS
Chairman
of department:
Acting
Chairman
Professor
D. M. Danks (on leave)
of department:
Dr J. M.
Court
Stevenson Professor DAVID MILES DANKS
First Assistants JOHN MAURICE COURT
IAN JAMES HOPKINS
DAVID ALEXANDER McCREDIE
First Assistants in Neonatal Paediatrics W I L L I A M HENRY KITCHEN
JOHN HEDLEY DREW
Second Assistant ARNOLD LAWRENCE SMITH - part-time
Research Fellows HOWARD ERNEST WILLIAMS - Senior Research Fellow - part-time
ANGELA BRENTON - part-time
A L L A N CARMICHAEL
MARJORIE ELIZABETH DUNLOP
JEFFREY MANN - part-time
DAVID BUXTON PITT - part-time
ANNE LAVINIA RICKARDS - part-time
ESTHER ROTENBERG
MARGARET RYAN - part-time
ROVAL CHILDREN'S HOSPITAL R E S E A R C H FOUNDATION
Director and Royal Children's Hospital Research Foundation Professor DONALD BROOK CHEEK
Director's
Research Fellows and Assistants
A L A N BARRY HOLT
MARGARET N I A L L
KERIN O'DEA
NICOLA PARTRIDGE
HELEN WILMOT
Unit
JOAN EVELYN GRAYSTONE
Genetics
Research
Unit
Head Professor D. M . DANKS
Research Fellows and Assistants RICHARD GRAHAM HAY COTTON - Senior Fellow
JAMES CAMAKARIS
IAN GEORGE JENNINGS
DEN1SE MARY KIRBY
JOHN GRAHAM ROGERS
PETER SCHLESINGER
DAVID OWEN SILLENCE - until Julv 1977
ROGER TRUSCOTT
A. G E N E T I C S - Professor D. M . Danks
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Purification and properties of phenylalanine hydroxylase from monkey and hitman liver
Search for phenylalanine hydroxylase cross-reacting-material in phenyl kctonuric liver and in cells in culture.
Phenylalanine hydroxylase deficient mutants induced in rat hepatoma cells.
Purification and properties of human dihydropteridine reductase.
Urinary pteridine excretion of phenylketonuria and in normal subjects.
Copper metabolism in mottled mice and in Menkes' syndrome.
Copper transport in human and murine cells in culture.
Methods of detection of inborn errors of metabolism.
Treatment of trimethylaminuria.
Ultra-structural studies in osteogenesis imperfecta.
Metabolic loading studies with stable isotopes.
Myelination in mottled mice.
A verbal-visual computer-based system of syndrome identification.
B.
1.
2.
3.
4.
142
S T U D I E S IN G R O W T H AND N U T R I T I O N - Professor D. B. Cheek
Assessment of cellular mass in Aboriginal children.
Trace metal levels in Aboriginals in North West Australia.
Diabetes in Australian Aborigines - a comparison of urban and traditional life-styles.
Growth peptides and their clinical application.
PAEDIATRICS
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Hormonal control of skeletal muscle growth.
Growth following bowel resection.
Insulin action on arterial tissue in relation to diabetes and atheroma.
Mechanism of insulin supersensitivity accompanying reduced meal frequency.
Compensatory and adaptive growth.
Cellular growth studies in obesity, chronic asthma and anorexia nervosa.
C.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
143
S T U D I E S IN O B E S I T Y ANI) IN D I A B E T E S - Dr J . M . C ourt
Development of foetal adipose tissue.
Insulin binding antibodies in diabetic children.
Investigation of insulin replacement in diabetic keto-acidosis.
Cholesterol metabolism in familial hypercholesterolemia.
Feeding habits and attitudes of mothers of obese and normally nourished infants.
D.
S T U D I E S IN R E N A L P H Y S I O L O G Y AND D I S E A S E - Dr 1). A. McCredie
1. Action of parathormone on renin release.
2. Urinary kallikrein excretion in children of hypertensive parents.
E.
C O M M U N I T Y P A E D I A T R I C N E E D S - Dr. H . E . Williams
1. Survey of community health needs in Brunswick.
F.
N E O N A T A L P A E D I A T R I C S - Dr W. Kitchen: Dr J . Drew
1. Long term follow up of infants born lo mothers with low oestriol excretion.
2. Long term follow up of infants with a low birth weight.
3. Mortality and morbidity associated with breech delivery.
C.
1.
2.
3.
4.
L I V E R D I S E A S E - Dr A. Smith
Studies of bile production and bacterial flora after portoenterostomy in extra hepatic billiary atresia.
Copper accumulation in chronic liver disease in childhood.
Antiproiease levels in infants with neonatal liver disease.
Other antiproleases in families with o, antitrypsin deficient infants.
C H A P T E R S IN B O O K S
1. DANKS. D. M. - Acute Neonatal Illness in Inborn Errors of Metabolism. Paediatric Emergencies. J. A.
Black ed. Butterworths, Kent.
2. DANKS, D. M . - Plan of Management for Newborn Babies in whom a Metabolic Disease is Anticipated or
Suspected. Clinics in Perinatology Symposium on Early Detection and Management of Inborn Errors. Mary
G. Ampola ed. W. B. Saunders Co. Philadelphia. March 1976.
ARTICLES
3. BEISCHER, N. A , ABELL. D. A. and DREW, J. H. - Management of Foetal Growth Retardation.
Med. J. Aust.. 2: 641-646. 1977.
4. BURKE. }.. GLASGOW, E., McCREDIE, D. A. and POWELL. H. R. - Glomerulopathy in Cyanotic
Congenital Heart Disease. Clin. Nephrology. 7. 38, 1977.
5. CHEEK, D. B.. HABICHT, J. P.. BERALL. J. and HOLT, A. B. - Protein-calories Malnutrition and the
Significance of Cell Mass Relative lo Body Length. Am. J. of Clin. Nutrition. SO: 851-860. 1977.
6. CHEEK. D. B. - Human Growth - methods of approach. Aust. Paediatr. J. IS: 77-87, 1977.
7. CHEEK, D. B.. GRAYSTONE. J. E. and NIALL, M. - Factors Controlling Foetal Growth. Clin. Obstet
and Cvn. 20: 925-942, 1977.
8. CHOO. K. H. and COTTON, R. I I . I I . - Genetics of the Phenylalanine Hydroxylase System I: Isolation or
phenylalanine hvdroxvlase-deiicienl tyrosine auxotrophs from rat hepatoma cells. Somatic Cell Genetics 3:
457-470. 1977.
9. CORNELL, H.J. and WILMOT. H.C. - Partial Purificanl ofSomatomedin from Human Plasma. Ausi. J.
of Experimental Diol. and Med. Sc. 55: 435-440. 1977.
10. COTTON, R. G. H. - Thc Primary Molecular Defects in Phenylketonuria and its Variants, //if. J. Biochem.
S: 333. 1977.
11. COURT, J. M . and DUNLOP. M . - Development of Adipose Tissue in the Human Foetus. Proc. Nutr
Soc. Aust.. 2: 39. 1977.
144
FACULTY OF MEDICINE
12. COURT. J. M , JOHNS. NAN and WILSON, MARGERY - Obesilv in Childhood. Med. J. Ausi. I . 888891, 1977.
13. COURT, J. M., JOHNS, NAN and WILSON, MARGERY - Obese Children and their Families: A Study
of a Discussion Group. Awn. Paediair. J.. Vol. 13, 170-175, 1977.
14. DANKS, D. M. - Can we Remake Mankind? Search 8: 16, 1977.
15. DANKS, D. M. - Copper Transport and Utilization in Menkes' Syndrome and in Mottled Mice, Inorganic
Perspective in Biol. and Med. / • "73-100, 1977.
16. DANKS, D. M. - Cost Benefits of Pre- and Postnatal Screening Programmes. Records ofthe Adelaide
Children's Hospilal I : 408-416, 1977.
17. DANKS, D. M. - Management of Neonatal Obstructive Jaundice. Aust. Paediair. J. 13: 71. 1977.
18. DANKS, D. M. - New and Important Variants of Phenylketonuria, Paediair. Digest 19 (8): 9, 1977.
19. DANKS, D. M , CAMPBELL, P. E, JACK, J , ROGERS, J. and SMITH, A. L. - Studies on the
Aetiology of Neonatal Hepatitis and Biliary Atresia. Arch. Dis. Childh. 52: 360-367, 1977.
20. DANKS, D. M , CAMPBELL, P. E., SMITH, A. L., ROGERS. J. - Thc Prognosis of Babies with
Neonatal Hepatitis. Arch. Dis. Childh. 52: 368-372, 1977.
21. DANKS. D. M. — Inborn Errors of Connective Tissue Metabolism. Records of the Adelaide Children's
Hospilal. I : 366-372, 1977.
22. DANKS, D. M , HAMMOND, J , SCHLESINGER, P, FAULL, K , BURKE, D , HALPERN, B. Trimethylaminuria: Diet docs not always Control the Fishy Odor. New Engl. J. Med. 295: 963, 1976.
23. DREW. J. H., MOUNTAIN, K. R. and BEISCHER, N. A. - Spontaneous Improvement in Severity of
Erythroblastosis with Advancing Parity, Aust. N.Z. J. Obsiei. Gvnaec. 17: 229-231, 1971.
24. DREW, J. H„ PARKINSON, P., WALSTAB, J. E. and BEISCHER. N. A. - Incidences and Types of
Malformations in Newborn Infanls. Med. J. Aust. 26: 945-949, 1977.
25. DREW, J. H , SMITH, M. B. and KITCHEN, W. H. - Glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase Deficiency in
Immigrant Greek Infants. J. Paediair. 90: 659-677, 1977.
26. FAULL. K. F , CAN, I , HALPERN, B., HAMMOND, J , I M , S, COTTON. R. G. H , DANKS, D. M„
FREEMAN, R. - Metabolic Studies on Two Patients with non-hepatic Tyrosinemia using Deuterated
Tyrosine Loads, Pediatric Research I I : 631, 1977.
27. FORTUNE, DENYS W. and KITCHEN, WILLIAM H. - Malformations in Infants of Very Low Birth
Weight. Med. J. Aust. I : 239-242, 1977.
28. McCREDIE. D. A. - Vomiting and Diarrhoea in Young Children, Patient Management. Vol. I . pp. 53-61,
1977.
29. NIEDERWIESER, A , MATASOV1C, A , TIPPETT, P. and DANKS, D. M. - A new Sulfur Amino
Acid, named Hawkinsin. Identified in a Babv with Transient Tyrosinemia and her Mother. Clin. Chim. Ada.
76: 345-356, 1977.
30. OBERKLAID, F. M , DANKS, D. M , MAYNE, V. and CAMPBELL, P. - Asphyxiating Thoracic
Dysplasia. Clinical, Radiological and Pathological Information Regarding 10 Patients. Arch. Dis. Childh.
52: 758, 1977.
31. ROY, NEIL D. and KITCHEN, W. H , NETS: A New System for Neonatal Transport, Med. J. Aust. 2:
855-858, 1977.
32. SHEFFIELD, L. J , SCHLESINGER, P., FAULL, K , HALPERN, B. J , SCIIIER, G . M . ,
COTTON, R. G. H., HAMMOND, J. and DANKS, D. M. - Iminopeptiduria, Skin Ulceration and
Edema in a Boy with Prolidase Deficiency. J. Pediat. 91: 578. 1977.
33. WARNE, G. +.. ALFORD, F. P, CHISHOLM, D.J. and COURT, J. - Glucagon and Diabetes. Complete
Suppression of Glucagon by Insulin in Human Diabetes. Clinical Endocrinology. 6. 277-284, 1977.
34. WATSON, B. M , SCHLESINGER, P. and COTTON, R. G. H. - Dihydroxanthopterinuria in
Phenylketonuria and Lethal Hyperphcnylalanincmia Patients, Clin. Chim. Acta 78: 4 1 7, 1977.
Doctor
1. CARTWRIGHT.
Culture
of
Philosophy
E. C. - Studies on Phenylanine Hydroxylase and Connective Tissue Disorders Using Cell
THESES IN PROGRESS
Doctor
of
Philosophy
CHOO. H. K. - Cell Culture and Biochemical Studies on Phenylketonuria
F1RGA1RA, F. — Studies on Human Dihvdropteridine Reductase
GRAYSTONE,
J. E. - Insulin as a Growth Hormone
McKERN, N. - Structure and Function of Serum Growth Hormones Related to Somatomedins,
Martin's Peptide
Doctor of
including
Medicine
CARMICHAEl,
A. — Epidemiology of Health and Illness in Young Families in Brunswick
SILLENCE,
D. O. - Bone Dysplasias - Genetic and Ultrastructural Studies with Special Reference lo
Osteogenesis Imperfecta
Master
of
Science
ALEXANDER.
S. - Study of Altitudes lo Food and Ealing Habits of Mothers of Obese and Normally
Nourished Infanls
BIRNER. R. — Chromosomal Location of Genes Coding for Human Immunoglobulin Production
PAEDIATRICS
145
FIELD, J. — Mechanism of Insulin Super-sensitivity Accompanying Reduced Meal Frequency
MANN, J. — Copper Metabolism of Copper Deficient Mouse Mutants in Relationship to Menkes' Syndrome
MARTIN. G. — Effects of Increased Dietary Cholesterol Intake on Metabolism on Cholesterol Levels in Children
with Familial IIypercholesterolaemia
WATSON, B. M. - Pterins in Human Urine
YAP, C. — Studies of Mammalian Phenylalanine Hydroxylase
Master
RYAN,
of Social
Work
M. M. - Psycho-social Aspects of Low Birth Weight
Grants have been recieved as follows: —
Apex Foundation for Research into Mental Retardation.
Australian Hospital and Health Services Commission.
Australian Kidney Foundation.
Clive and Vera Ramaciotti Foundation.
Department of Aboriginal Affairs.
National Health and Medical Research Council.
Percy Baxter Charitable Trust.
Royal Children's Hospital Research Foundation.
Royal Children's Hospital Research Grants Committee.
LJtah Foundation.
PATHOLOGY
Chairman
of department:
Professor
(i. S.
Christie
Professor GEORGE SWANSON CHRISTIE
Readers PRITHVIPALL SINGH BHATHAL
CHARLES RICHARD GREEN
JOHN VICTOR HURLEY
Reader in Neuropathology ROSS MeDONALD ANDERSON
Senior Lecturers KATHRYN NAKASH1AN HAM
JOHN DA M l EN TANGE
Lecturers THELMA JEAN BAXTER
CHRISTOPHER CAMPION FUNDER
REX NEWBURY LE PAGE
Principal Research Fellow (NH & MRC) in Renal Disease GRAEME BRUCE RYAN
Principal Research Fellow (Anti-Cancer Council of Victoria) GORDON CHARLES HARD
Research Fellows - Part-time JILL MERR11-YN BLUNCK
ANNE G1I.MOUR JABARA
NORMAN PETER MADSEN
R E S E A R C H TOPIC'S IN P R O G R E S S
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Studies in acute inflammation.
Neuropathology.
Selective cell toxicity.
Carcinogenesis.
Studies on liver pathology.
Studies in renal pathology.
PUBLISHED WORK
BOOK
1. RYAN. G. B. and MA.INO. Ci — "Inflammation"
Kalamazoo. The Upjohn Company, 1077.
ARTICLES
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
BOUVIER, C. A , GABBIANI, Ci, RYAN, G. B , BADONNEL, M.-C, MAJNO. G. and LUSCTIEK. E.
F. - Binding of Anti-Actin Antibodies to Platelets. Thromhos. Haemo.sla.s. 2: 321-328 (1977).
CROWE, C. A , CALDER, I . C , MADSEN, N. P, FUNDER, C. C , GREEN. C. R, HAM. K. N. and
TANGE, J. D. — An Experimental Model of Analgesic-Induced Renal Damage - Some Effects of pAminophenol on Rat Kidney Mitochrondria. Xenobiodca 7: 345-356 (1977).
CROWE, CHRISTINE A.', MADSEN, NORMAN P. and TANGE. JOHN D. - Loss of Kidney
Microsomal Glucose-6-Phosphatase Activity following Acute Administration of /)-Aminophcnol. Biochem.
Pharmacol. 26: 2069-2071 (1977).
DALE. CHERYL and HURLEY, J. V. - An Electron-Microscope Study ofthe Mechanism of Bleeding in
Experimental Thrombocytopenia. J. Path. 121: 193-204 (1977).
FIELD, JENNIFER, HURLEY, J. V. and McCALLUM, N. E. W. - The Mechanism or Escape of Plasma
Protein from Small Blood Vessels in the Mucosa ofthe Small Intestine ofthe Rat. J. Path. 121- 51-58 (1977).
K U H N . K. W , RYAN, G. B , HEIN, S. J , GAI.ASKE. R. G. and KARNOVSKY. M. J. - An
Ultrastructural Studv of the Mechanisms of Proteinuria in Rat Nephrotoxic Nephritis Lab Invest. 36. 375387 (1977).
PHILLIPS, W. A. and BLUNCK. JILL M. - Inhibition of Chemical Carcinogenesis: Increased Activity of
Soluble RNA Polymerase in the Liver of Rats Protected Against 3'MeDAR Hcpalocarcinoeenesis by
Dietary Chloramphenicol. Europ. J. Cancer 13: 729-747 (1977).
RYAN, G. B. and MAJNO. G. - Acute Inflammation: A Review. Amer. J. Path. 86: 185-274 (1977).
WYER, HELEN G , JABARA, ANNE G. and O'SHEA, J. D. - A Modified Technique for Isolating
Epithelial Cell Nuclei from Rat Mammary Gland. Analvl. Biochem. 79: 561-567 (1977).
Doctor of
Medicine
1. RYAN, G. B. - Studies on Inflammation and Repair
Doctor
2. HARD, Cr. C. - Collected Works
146
of
Science
PATHOLOGY
Master
147
ofScience
3. CROWE, C. A. - An Experimental Mattel of Analgesic Induced Renal Damage - A Biochemical Study ofpAminophenol Induced Renal Tubular Necrosis
4. SMITH, M. I, — Rat Liver RN't Content and the Mitotic Response During Early Stages oj Azo Dye
Carcinogenesis
5. WOOD, S. L. - The Role of Capillaries in the Formation of Inflammatory Exudate
PhD Theses in
Progress
B. E. CLARKE — Crescent Formation in Glomerulonephritis
J. E. LABUC — Mechanism of Inhibition by Chloramphenicol of Azo Dye Carcinogenesis
C. P. LEE — Studies on the Toxicitv of Mimosine. a Non-Protein Amino Acid
W. A. PHILLIPS - Effects of Carcinogens on RNA
M. B. SMITH — Studies in Haemoglobin Production with Particular Reference to the Thulassaemias
V. M. SURTEES - The Study ofthe Inter-Relationship of Renal Disease and Hypertension
M.Sc
Theses in
Progress
G. N. MARKS — Ejfects of a Progestogen {M edroxy-progesterone Acetate] on Tumour Initiation and Growth
Behaviour
H. A. PEREIRA — Opsonic Factors in Serum
Grants have heen received as follows: —
Anti-Cancer Council of Victoria: Identification and Analysis of Cellular Phenomena Relevant to Chemical
Carcinogenesis.
Anti-Cancer Council of Victoria: 7,I2-Dimcthylbenz(a)anthraccne Breast Cancer: Hormonal Influences on
Tumour Initiation and Promotion.
NH & MRC: Peripheral Nerve Disease in Man and Animal.
NH & MRC: Mechanisms of Cholestasis.
NH & MRC: Structure and Function of Normal and Injured Vascular Endothelium.
NH & MRC: Intracellular Changes in Analgesic Nephrotoxicity.
Nicholas: Studies on Nephrotoxicity.
Rowden White Trust: Studies on Toxicity of Abnormal Amino Acids.
PATHOLOGY
AUSTIN HOSPITAL
Chairman o f department: Professor H . D. Attwood
Full-time Officers
Professor HAROLD DALLAS ATTWOOD
Deputy Chairman and Senior Lecturer CHRISTOPHER JOHN LOUIS
Senior Lecturer SHEUNG TO CHOU
Senior Tutor XENIA DENNETT
Part-time Officers
Professorial Associate in Pathology PETER ANTHONY CASTALDI
Senior Associate in Pathology BEN MacMAHON WADHAM
Associate in Pathology HENRY JOHN COOK IRETON
Research Associate in Pathology JOHN MICHAEL CONNELLAN
Research Assistant G I L L I A N BARTON ROSE
Tutor EDWARD WOODALL GAULT
Hospital Staff JOSEPH MICHAEL XIPELL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Comparative anatomy of arachnoid villi in the brain and spinal cord of Dasyurid marsupials.
Computerised scanning programme for quantitative assessment of bone histology.
Electron microscopic study of undifferentiated tumours.
Histochemical and ultrastructural studies of skeletal muscle.
History of the Austin Hospital.
Mechanism of suppression of malignancy using human/human and human/mouse hybrid cells.
7. Surface dependent platelet reactions.
PUBLISHED WORK
ARTICLES
1. ATTWOOD, H. D. and DENNETT. XENIA - Clonorchis sinensis. Aust. J. Med. Technol. 8: 99-100
(1977).
2. CASTALDI, P. A., CONNELLAN, J. M., SMITH, I . and MICHEL, H. - Platelet Factor X I . (Abstr.)
Thrombosis and Haemostasis, 38: 211 (1977).
3. CONNELLAN, J , BOWDEN, S. and CASTALDI, P. A. - The involvement of Factors X I I and X I in
platelet coagulant activity. (Abstr.) Thrombosis and Haemostasis. 38: 127 (1977).
4. CONNELLAN, J., CASTALDI, P. A. and MUNTZ, R. - The role of Factor XI in the coagulant activity
of platelets. Haemostasis. 6: 41-52 (1977).
5. DAVIS, D. J., DOWLING, J. and XIPELL, J. M . - Gold nephropathy. Pathology. 9: 281-288 (1977).
6. GORMAN, J. and CASTALDI, P. A. — Characterization of multiple forms of human thrombin (Abstr.).
Thrombosis and Haemostasis, 38: 147 (1977).
7. GRIFFITHS, M. H , THOMAS, D. P., XIPELL, J. M. and HOPE, R. N . - Thorotrast induced bilateral
carcinoma of the kidney. Pathology, 9: 43-48 (1977).
8. LOUIS, C. J. - The effect of cigarette smoke on aryl hydrocarbon hydroxylase activity and cytochrome
P450 content in rat liver and lung microsomes. Oncology. 33: 197-200 (1977).
9. MARTIN, T. J , JERUMS, G., MELICK, R. A., XIPELL, J. M . and ARNOTT. R. - Clinical,
biochemical and histological observations on the effect of Porcine Calcitonin in Paget's disease of bone. A ust.
N.Z. J. Med.. 7: 36-43 (1977).
10. MUNTZ, R. and CASTALDI, P. A. - The use of rabbit antisera in the preparation of Factor XII free
platelet rich and platelet poor plasma. Haemostasis, 6: 35-40 (1977).
11. SEWELL, R. B„ HOFFMAN, N . E., IRETON, H. J. C. and SMALLWOOD, R. A. - Plasma
disappearance of intravenously injected radiolabeled glycholic acid in patients with liver disease. Aust. N.Z.
J. Med. 7: 148-150 (1977).
12. XIPELL, J. M . and ALLEN, P. W. - Test and teach, number 12: Ewing's sarcoma. Pathologv. 9: 268-269
(1977).
13. XIPELL, J. M., HAM, K. N , PRICE, C. G. and THOMAS, D. P. - Acute silicolipoproteinosis. Thorax.
32: 104-111 (1977).
ATRF: Lung Carcinogenesis.
NH & MRC: A platelet contribution to the initiation of coagulation. A study of the platelet - contact factor
interrelationship.
NH & MRC: Study of the mechanism of suppression of malignancy.
148
PHARMACOLOGY
Chairman
of department:
Professor
M. J.
Rand
Professor MICHAEL JOHN RAND
Reader W I L L I A M JOHN LANG
Reader in Applied Pharmacology, joint appointment with Department of Medicine, St. Vincents Hospital
MAURICE LAURENCE MASHFORD
Senior Lecturers MAX RAPHAEL FENNESSY
M A R I A N WYN McCULLOCH
DAVID FREDERICK STORY
Lecturers FRANCIS JOSEPH LASKA
MICHAEL W I L L I A M NOTT
Principal Tutor WAN SOON GAY
Tutors CATHERINE SARANTOS
ROBERT GEZA PADANYI
Senior Academic Associates JOCELYN NINA O'NEIL
COLIN RAPER
Senior Research Fellow JANINA STASZEWSKA-BARCZAK
Research Officer BRONWEN JEAN SMITH
Research Assistant WENDY HOPE
1. Studies on the release, uptake and metabolism of the sympathetic transmitter, noradrenaline, in the
peripheral and central nervous system.
2. Mode of action of clonidine, prazosin and beta-adrenoreceptor antagonist drugs in hypertension.
3. Effects of nicotinic agonists on noradrenergic transmission.
4. Neurochemical basis of drug abuse.
5. Mechanisms of blood pressure control: renin-angiotensin system and hypercapnia.
6. Sympathetic cardiovascular reflex.
7. Prostaglandins and cutaneous nociception.
8. Effects of levodopa and metabolites on skeletal muscle contractions and the cardiovascular system.
9. Involvement of cyclic nucleotides in neuronal and vascular responses to antihypertensive agents.
10. Pharmacodynamics of beta-adrenoceptor antagonists.
11. Pharmacology of vasodilator mechanisms.
12. Behavioural aspects of drug dependency.
13. The use of anticonvulsant drugs in pregnancy.
14. Monitoring of drug use in a hospjtal.
15. Pharmacokinetics of cytarabine.
16. Effects of liver disease on drug metabolism.
PUBLISHED WORK
CHAPTERS IN BOOKS
1. RAND, M . J. and JUREVICS, HELGA - The pharmacology of rauwolfia alkaloids: In Handbook of
Experimental Pharmacology, X X X I X , ed. Gross, F. pp. 77-159, Springtr-Verlag (1977).
2. RAND, M . J. and McCULLOCH, M . W. - Modes of Action of Antidepressants, in Handbook of Studies
on Depression, ed. G. Burrows, pp. 137-155, Excerpta Medica, London, 1977.
PAPERS
1. MAJEWSKI, H. and STORY, D. F. — Paper chromatographic separation of noradrenaline and its
metabolites. J. Chromatography. 139: 218-222 (1977).
2. HOPE, W , McCULLOCH, M . W., STORY, D. F. and RAND, M . J. - Effects of pimozide on
noradrenergic transmission in rabbit isolated ear arteries. Eur. J. Pharmac. 46: 101-111 (1977).
3. FENNESSY, M . R. and TAYLOR, D. A. - The effect of A'-tetrahydrocannabinol on body temperature
and brain amine concentrations in the rat at different ambient temperatures. Br. J. Pharmac. 60: 65-71
(1977).
4. TAYLOR, D. A. and FENNESSY, M . R. - Biphasic nature of the effects of A'-tetrahydrocannabinol on
body temperature and brain amines of the rat. Europ. J. Pharmac. 46: 93-99 (1977).
5. LASKA, F. J. and FENNESSY, M . R. — Dissociation of increased 5-hydroxyindoleacetic acid levels and
physical dependence: the effects of naloxone. Clin. Exp. Pharmac. Physiol.. 4: 515-523 (1977).
6. FENNESSY, M . R. and LASKA, F. J. - Animal models for the induction of alcohol dependence.
A.J.A.D.D.. 4: 63-65.
7. FENNESSY, M . R. and LASKA, F. J. - Naturally occurring opiate-like substances in the brain.
A.J.A.D.D.. 4: 28-29 (1977).
149
150
FACULTY OF MEDICINE
8. STASZEWSKA-BARCZAK, J. and DUSTING, G. J. - Sympathetic cardiovascular reflex initiated by
bradykinin-induced stimulation of cardiac pain receptors in the dog. Clin. Exp. Pharmac. Phvsiol.. 4:443-452
(1977).
9. HERBACZYNSKA-CEDRO, K. and STASZEWSKA-BARCZAK, J. - Suppression of thc release of
prostaglandin-like substances by hydrocortisone in vivo. Prostaglandins. 13: 517-531 (1977).
10. STASZEWSKA-BARCZAK, J. and DUSTING, G. J. - Circulatory response to haemorrhage in relation
to the pattern of accompanying humoral reaction. Clin. Exp. Pharmac. Phvsiol. 4: 201 (1977).
11. MOHSIN, SYED, OPPERMAN, B. L , PENNEFATHER, J. N. and TAYLOR, D. A. - Adrenergic
innervation ofthe ovarian suspensory ligament in the guinea-pig. Clin. Exp. Pharmac. Phvsiol.. 4: 231
(1977).
12. HOROWITZ, J. D. and MASHFORD, M. L. - Effects of prostaglandins on isolated blood vessels. Clin.
Exp. Pharmac. Phvsiol. 4: 197 (1977).
13. BURY, R. W. and MASHFORD. M. L. - The biological activity of C-terminal partial sequences of
Substance P. Clin. Exp. Pharmac. Phvsiol. 4: 199 (1977).
14. HOROWITZ, J. D. and MASHFORD, M. L. - Purification ofa vasodilator peptide in Cohn Fraction III-O
of human plasma proteins. Clin. Exp. Pharmac. Physiol. 4: 199-200 (1977).
15. MASHFORD, M. L. and HOROWITZ, J. D. - Perhexilene maleate, a new anti-anginal drug. Clin. Exp.
Pharmac. Physiol. 4: 206 (1977).
16. LAMBERT, G. A. and LANG, W. J. — Interaction between yohimbine alkaloids and amphetamine in mice.
Psychopharmacology. SI: 209-212 (1977).
17. LANG, W. J , LATIFF. A. A., McQUEEN, A. and SINGER, G. - Self-administration of nicotine with and
without a food delivery schedule. Pharmac. Biochem. and Behaviour, 7: 65-70.
18. BURY, R. W. and MASHFORD, M. L. - Cardiovascular effects of synthetic substance P in several species.
Eur. J. Pharmac. 45: 335-340 (1977).
19. BURY, R. W. and MASHFORD, M. L. - Stability of substance P in blood. Eur. J. Pharmac. 45/ 257-260
(1977).
20. BURY, R. W. and MASHFORD, M. L. - Pharmacological investigation of synthetic substance P on
isolated guinea-pig ileum. Clin. Exp. Pharmac. Physiol . 4: 453-461 (1977).
21. BURY, R. W. and MASHFORD, M. L. - Substance P: its pharmacology and physiological roles. .-Iiitr. J.
Exp. Biol. Med. Sci.. 55: 671-735 (1977).
22. ROBERTSON. M. B., BREEN, K. J , DESMOND, P. A , MASHFORD, M . L. and McHUGH, A. J. Incidence of antibiotic-related diarrhoea and pseudomembranous colitis — a prospective study of
Lincomycin, Clindamycin and Ampicillin. Med. J. Aust.. I : 243-246 (1977).
Doctor of
Philosophy
1. FRIEDMAN,J.
— Psychopharmacological and psychophysiological studies in normal subjects and psychiatric
patients
2. ROSS, J. W. — Pharmacological and conditional factors associated with cocaine dependence
PhD Theses in
Progress
BRYANT, B. J. — Catecholamine release and uptake in guinea-pig hypothalamus
COLE, H. A. - Mode of action of antihypertensive drugs
DEECHOl, P. — Receptor interactions of autonomic transmitters
FINNIN, B. — Pharmacology of melatonin
GOLDIE, R. — Interactions between corticosteroids and catecholamines
HOPE, W. — Factors influencing the release of noradrenaline from adrenergic nerves in cardiovascular tissue
HOROWITZ, J. D. — Vasoactivity of some plasma proteins and peptides on an isolated vein
LATIFF, A. A. — Conditional factors in administration of nicotine and related alkaloids
LASKA, F. J. — Behavioural, physiological and biochemical parameters associated with opiate dependence
LAW, M. — Modification of noradrenergic transmission by adrenoreceptor agonists and antagonists
MAJEWSKI, H. — Modification of autonomic neurotransmission by antihypertensive drugs
MEDGETT, I. C. — Structure-activity relationships of a series of N-substituted imidazoline compounds
MERICAN, Z. — Effects of levodopa and its metabolites on skeletal muscle in the cardiovascular system.
MILLER, R. C. — Comparative studies on myocardial and coronary responses to drugs
PADANYI, R. G. — Studies on vasodilator responses produced by drugs and stimulation ofthe central nervous
system
SARANTOS,
C. - Effects of nicotine on adrenergic neurotransmitter mechanisms
SIN, Y-O — The role of prostaglandins in cutaneous nociception
SUNBHANICH,
M. — Pharmacodynamics of beta-adrenoreceptor antagonists
TAYLOR, D. A. — Pharmacological and biochemical parameters associated with the acute and chronic use of
cannabis
TUNG, L-H — Transmitter dynamics in relation lo antihypertensive activity
M.Sc
Theses in
Progress
FINNIGAN, D. — Adrenergic innervation of the lung
EDDIE, G. A. — Identification of central and peripheral nerve pathways involved in vasodilator responses
PHARMACOLOGY
151
NH & MRC: Studies on release and inactivation ofthe sympathetic transmitter noradrenaline
NH & MRC: Effects of levodopa on skeletal muscle contractions
NH & MRC: Physiological mechanisms involved in the regulation of peripheral autonomic transmitter release.
NH & MRC: Mechanisms of blood pressure control.
NHF: Modulation of cardiac and vasomotor sympathetic transmission.
ARGC: Investigation ofthe neural pathways concerned in non-cholinergic vasodilatation.
ATRF: Conditional factors concerned with nicotine as a reinforcer of behaviour.
PHYSIOLOGY
Chairman
of department:
Professor
Ian
Darian-Smith
Professors I A N DARIAN-SMITH
A L L A N JOHN DAY
Readers SANDFORD LLOYD SKINNER
EVERTON ROWE TRETHEWIE
Senior Lecturers CHRISTOPHER BELL
MARY HAZEL DEAN CHENNELLS
KENNETH OLAFUR JOHNSON
PATRICIA PRICE KEOGH
JOHN SIMON McKENZIE
TREVOR GORDON REDGRAVE
KENNETH HILL SHANKLY
ELVIE MARELYN WINTOUR-COGHLAN
Lecturers JOHN MICHAEL DAVIS
ANTONY WILFRED GOODWIN
ROBERT EDWARD KEMM
YOSHIO SHIGENAGA
Senior Tutors PAUL KENINS
FELIX ALEXANDER SHAMGAR
Tutors ANDREW PAUL BENDRUPS
RAYMOND J. RODGERS
Senior Associate RODGER HENRY WATSON
Senior Research Fellow JOHN KERR FINDLAY
Research Fellows JAMES CLEMENT CERINI
MILDRED ELSIE DUNCAN CERINI
I A I N CLARKE
Junior Research Fellow ROGER DONALD HOOLEY
Senior Research Officers JEFFREY ALAN McDONELL
SIMON OLDF1ELD
ARTHUR SHULKES
Graduate Research Assistants RONALD SAMUEL CARSON
MARION JOYCE SHEERS
JOHN SWANEY
LESLEY WALKER
ROSLYN KUSHINSKI
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
152
Coding of information about changes in skin temperature in thc primate cutaneous nerve.
Coding of information in primate cutaneous nerve about textured and patterned surfaces moving on the skin.
Tactile pattern recognition: psychophysical and neural studies.
Functions of the caudate nucleus and its output targets.
Neurophysiologies! properties of thalamo-striatal neurones.
Discharge behaviour of Gamma-moloneurones.
Physiology of the Renin-Angiotensin System.
Cellular mechanisms of hormone secretion from isolated superfused glomeruli.
A morphological and micropuncture study of glomerular membrane permeability in experimental
aminonucleoside nephrosis.
Relation between intrarenal control of filtration rate and body fluid homeostasis.
Foetal fluid and electrolyte balance.
Endocrinology of thc oestrous cycle and early pregnancy in the sheep.
Clover infertility in sheep.
Endocrinology of lactation in sheep.
An immunological test for pregnancy in sheep, pigs and horses.
Mechanism of development of genetic hypertension in rats.
Presynaptic control of autonomic transmission.
Identification of dopaminergic neurones in the autonomic nervous system.
Distribution of vascular amine receptors in the dog limb.
Physiological correlates of physical fitness.
Cardiovascular system - Surface E.C.G. orthogonal recording.
Conversion of linoleic acid to arachidonic acid in vivo in control and atherosclerotic rabbits.
Incorporation of prostaglandin E into tissues of control and atherosclerotic rabbits in vivo.
The effect of cholesterol feeding on peroxide levels in rabbit tissues.
Formation and metabolism of chylomicron remnant particles.
The metabolism of dietary cholesterol.
1
PHYSIOLOGY
153
PUBLISHED WORK
CHAPTERS OF BOOKS
1. CERINI, M , FINDLAY, J. K , LAWSON, R. A. S., and STAPLES, L. D. - Pregnancy associated antigens
in early pregnancy in the ewe, in Immunological influence on human fertility, ed. B. Boettcher, pp. 131 -135.
Academic Press. 1977.
2. C U M M I N G . I . A. and FINDLAY, J. K. - Evolution of ovarian function in sheep and cattle, in Reproduction
and Evolution, eds. J. H. Calaby and C. H. Tyndale-Biscoe, pp. 225-233. Aust. Acad. Science, I977.
3. DAY, A. J , SHEERS, M . and KAR, S. - Synthesis and removal of free cholesterol and cholesterol ester by
smooth muscle cells in tissue culture, in Atherosclerosis IV, eds. G. Schettler, Y. Goto, Y. Hata and G. Klose,
pp.45, 57-62, Springer-Verlag, Berlin and Heidelberg, 1977.
4. LAWSON, R. A. S. and FINDLAY, J. K. — Embryo maternal interactions concerned w-ith recognition of
pregnancy, in Reproduction and Evolution, eds. J. H. Calabv and C. H. Tyndale-Biscoe, pp. 349-357. Aust.
Acad. Science, 1977.
5. STAPLES, L. D , LAWSON, R. A. S.. CERINI, M . and FINDLAY. J. K. - The characterization of an
anligen(s) associated with pregnancy in the ewe, in Immunological influence on human fertility, ed.
B. Boettcher. pp. 139-152. Academic Press. 1977.
6. WINTOUR. E. M , BROWN. E. H , DENTON, D. A , HARDY. K. J , McDOUGALL, J. G ,
ROBINSON, P. M.. ROWE, E. J. and WHIPP, G. T. - Cortical steroid production by fetal sheep: Effect of
Angiotensin I I , sodium deficiency ACTH in Research on Steroids Vol VII cd. C. Conti, pp. 567-573. Elsevier,
Amsterdam, 1977.
ARTICLES
1. BELL, C. and LANG, W. J. — Effects of renal dopamine receptor and p-adrcnorcceptor blockade on rises
in blood angiotensin following haemmorhage, renal ischaemia and frusemide diuresis in the dog. Clin. Sci.
Molec. Med. 54: 17-23 (1978).
2. BELL. C. and MATALANIS, G. — Dopamine-induced depression of adrenergic nerve - mediated
contraction of smooth muscle. Br. J. Pharmac. 61: 291-295 (1977).
3. BELL, C. and MYA, M . K. K. - Is the renal vasodilatation induced by P-adrenoceptor stimulants in thc
dog mediated through dopamine receptor? Experientia 33: 638-639 (1977).
4. BELL, C. and MYA, M . K. K. — Release by vasopressin of E-type prostaglandins from rat kidney. Clin. Sci.
Molec. Med. 52: 103-106 (1977).
5. BRETHERTON, K. N , DAY, A. J. and SKINNER, S. L. - Effect on hypertension of the in vitro
incorporation of [l- *C]-oleate into phospholipid and cholesterol ester in the aortac of normal-fed and
cholesterol fed rabbits. Klinische Wochenschrift. 53: 283-288 (1977).
6. BRETHERTON, K. N , DAY. A. J. and SKINNER, S. L. - Hypertension accelerated atherogenesis in
cholesterol-fed rabbits. Atherosclerosis. 27: 79-87 (1977).
7. CHAMLEY, W. A.. FINDLAY, J. K. and NAIRN, M. E. - The effect of testosterone and an antioestrogen on hypertrophy of bulbourethral glands of wethers grazing oestrogenic pastures. Aust. Vet. J. 53:
476-477 (1977).
8. DARIAN-SMITH, I . — Peripheral neural mechanisms of thermal sensibility. Proc. Aust. Phvsiol e?
Pharmacol. Soc. 8: 17-27 (1977).
9. DARIAN-SMITH. I . . JOHNSON, K. O. - Temperature sense in the primate. Br. Med. Bull. 33: 143-148
(1977).
10. DARIAN-SMITH. 1. and JOHNSON. K. O. - Thermal sensibility and thermoreceptors. J. Invest.
Dermatology. 69: 146-153 (1977).
11. DAY, A. J. and SHEERS, M . — Synthesis and removal of different cholesterol esters by aortic smooth
muscle cells in culture. Atherosclerosis. 26: 483-492 (1977).
12. DAY. A. J.. SHEERS. M , KAR, S. and MARTIN, G. - Turnover of P-labellcd phospholipids by rabbit
aortic smooth muscle cells in culture. .-Irterv. 3: 84-97 (1977).
13. DENIAN. J. M , HAMMOND-LeGUYADER, C . FEGER. .1. and McKENZIE. .1. S. - Bilateral
projection of nigro-collicular neurones: an electrophysiological analysis in thc rat. Neuroscience Letters 5:4550 (1977).
14. DENIAN, J. M.. HAMMOND-LeGUYADER, C , FEGER. J. and McKENZIE. J. S. - Excitation of
neurones in Corpus huysii by stimulation of putamen or caudate nucleus in the conscious monkey. Proc. Aust.
Phvsiol <v Pharmacol. Soc. S: IS4P (1977).
15. DUMOVIC, P., TRETHEWIE. E. R., BURROWS. G. D. - The Effect of tricyclic antidepressant drugs on
the isolated guinea pig heart. Clinical and Experimental Pharmacology and Phvsiology 4: 421 (1977).
16. FINDLAY. J. K. and CUMMING. L A . - Thc effect of unilateral ovariectomy on plasma gonadotrophin
levels, eslrus and ovulation rate in sheep. Biol. Reprod. 17: 178-183 (1977).
17. HOOLEY, R. D , CAMPBELL, J. J. and FINDLAY, J. K. - The effect of 2-br-a-ergocryptine (CR154) on
lactation in the ewe. Proc. Endocrine Soc. Aust. 10: 14 (1977).
18. HOOLEY. R. D.. WILLIAMS, D. M , FINDLAY, J. K. and SCOTT. L. G. - Thc effect of various
steroids on corpus luteum function. Contraception 15: 53-64 (1977).
19. HORSCH, A.. HUDSON, K. and DAY, A. J. - Uptake and metabolism of'll-falty acid labelled lecithin
bv normal and atheroslcrotic intima in vivo and in vitro. Atherosclerosis. 26: 493-504 (1977).
20. HUDSON. K.. DAY. A. J. and HORSCH, A. K. - Removal of fatty acid labelled cholesterol ester,
phospholipid and triglyceride from atherosclerotic rabbit aorta in vitro. Atherosclerosis. 28: 425-434 (1977).
21. JOYNSON, K. O. - Peripheral mechanisms of tactile sensibility: Vibratory intensity. Proc. Aust Phvsiol. &
Pharmacol. Soc. 8: 29-35 (1977).
22. MARSHALL, L , TRETHEWIE, E R.. CURTIN, C. - Chemical radiculities: A chemical, physiological
and immunological study. C7in. Orthopaedics. 125. (1977).
!
!:
154
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
FACULTY OF MEDICINE
McKENZIE, J. S. and BENDRUPS, A. — Inhibition des reponses somatiques unitaires du thalamus nonspecifique par stimulation de I'hippocampe et de l'aire entorlinale: effets de la section du fornix. J. de
Physiologie (Paris) 73: 49A (1977).
O'SHEA, J. D.. NIGHTINGALE, M. G. and CHAMLEY, W. A. - Changes in small blood vessels during
cyclical luteal regression in sheep. Biol. Reprod. 17: 162-177 (1977).
REDGRAVE, T. G - Catabolism of chylomicron triacvlglycerol and choleslervl ester in genetically obese
rats. J. Lipid Research. 18: 604-612 (1977).
REDGRAVE, T. G. and MARTIN, G. — Effects of chronic ethanol consumption on the catabolism of
chylomicron triacvlglycerol and cholesteryl ester in the rat. Atherosclerosis 28: 69-80 (1977).
REDGRAVE, T. G. and SN1BSON, D. A. - Clearance of chylomicron triacylglycerol and cholesteryl ester
from the plasma of slreptozotocin-induced diabetic and hypercholesterolemic hypothyroid rats. Metabolism
26: 493-503 (1977).
REDGRAVE, T. G. and VAKAKIS, N. - Hepatic vitamin A fat-storage cells and the metabolism of
chylomicron cholesterol. Aust. J. Exp. Biol. Med. Sci. 54: 519-525 (1976).
SHAMGAR, F. A. and COLLINS, F. D. - Pool sizes and metabolism of CDP choline and CDP
ethanolamine in skeletal muscle. Biochim. Biophvs. Res. Commun. 76: 550-558 (1977).
SHAMGAR, F. A. and COLLINS, F. D. - Incorporation of 2- H-elhanolamine into rat muscle
phosphoglyceridcs. Anil. J. Exp. Biol. Med. Sci. 54: 371-378 (1977).
TRETHEWIE, E. R. - Barlow's Syndrome - HIS'S E.C.G. Medical Journal of Australia I : 640-641
(1977).
TRETHEWIE, E. R. - Constancy ofthe H-V interval and contour in lead A: surface HIS'S bundle E.C.G.
Medical Journal of Australia. 2: 230-231 (1977).
TRETHEWIE, E. R. — The effect of zinc on gastric acid secretion. Australian Science and Technology. 15.
(1977).
TRETHEWIE, E. R. - Recurrence after Vagotomy. Medical Journal of Australia.3 (1977).
!
Doctor
of
Philosophy
KEOGH. E. J. — Regulation of Testicular Function
PhD Theses in
Progress
A. P. BENDRUPS - Functions of the caudate nucleus
R. S. CARSON — The endocrine control of follicular maturation
A. F. FREEMAN — Transduction mechanisms of tactile mechanoreceptors
R. D. HOOLEY — Endocrine control of lactation in the ewe
K. HUDSON — The effect of hormones on atherosclerosis in the rabbit
H. A. JONAS — Control of secretion of FSH and GnRH in the ewe
J. R. PHILLIPS — Perception of stationary tactile panerns- neural and psychophysical
D. K. ROGERS — Hippocampus and caudate nucleus: Influences on Medial thalamus
R. D. TELFORD — Studies in human power and capacity
M.Sc
Theses in
mechanisms
Progress
A. BROWN — The influence ofthe embryo on the production and release of prostaglandin F by the ovine uterus
E. J. BROWN — Adrenocortical steroids in the ovine foetus
I. DAVIDSON — Neural mechanisms of texture perception
I . GILLAM — Tachyphylaxis of exercise induced asthma (Jointly supervised by Dept. Thoracic Med. Royal
Childrens Hospilal)
G. LAMB — Neural patterns evoked by moving patterns on the skin
N. VAKAKIS - Uptake of remnants by isolated hepatocytes
;
Australian Equine Research Fund: Reproductive endocrine studies in the mare.
Australian Kidney Fund: Morphological and micropuncture study of glomerular membrane permeability in
experimental amnionucleoside nephrosis.
Australian Meat Industry Research Committee: The regulation of follicular development in the ovary ofthe ewe.
Australian Pig Industry Research Committee: Reproduction in Pigs: Development of an early immunological
pregnancy test in sows.
Australian Research Grants Committee: The hormonal mechanisms in the recognition of pregnancy in the sheep.
Australian Wool Research Trust Fund.
(1) Physiology of Circulating Hormones in the Ewe.
(2) Physiology and Pathology of Clover Disease
(3) Endocrine Control of Lactation in the Ewe.
Ford Foundation: Hypothalamic mechanisms and gonadotrophins.
PHYSIOLOGY
National Health & Medical Research Council:
(1) Neural determinants of somatic sensation in the primate
(2) Physiology of renin angiotensin
(3) Relation between intrarenal control of filtration rale and body fluid homeostasis
(4) Conversion of essential fatty acids to prostaglandins in thc arterial wall
(5) Formation and metabolism of chylomicron remnant particles.
National Heart Foundation of Australia: Peripheral autonomic control of thc cardiovascular system.
155
HOWARD FLOREY INSTITUTE
OF EXPERIMENTAL PHYSIOLOGY & MEDICINE
Director: Professor D. A . Demon
Professor DEREK ASH WORTH DENTON
Principal Research Fellows JOHN PAUL COGHLAN - Dcputv Director
BRYAN HUDSON
HUGH DAVID NIALL
Consultant ROY DOUGLAS WRIGHT - Professor Emeritus of Physiology
Senior Research Fellow JOHN REGINALD BLAIR-WEST
Research Fellows HUGH WILLIAM GORDON BAKER
BRUCE ALAN SCOGGINS
GEOFFREY W I L L I A M TREGEAR
Senior Research Officers KINGSLEY JOHN FRASER ALLEN
BJORN WILHELM BORJESSON
JAMES SHING KOON FAN
ROSS TERRENCE FERNLEY
MICHAEL JOSEPH McKINLEY
JOHN FREDERICK NELSON
RICHARD STUART WE1SINGER
Research Officers ALDONA BUTKUS
AUSMA MIROVICS
CATHERINE JANE ODDIE
SHIRLEY ATHELE PAMELA SIMPSON
JOHN RAMSAY WALSH
Research Assistants MEGAN DAI.LMORF. COLLIER - from 9/5/77
ANGELA PASSMORE GIBSON
RUTH EMILY HIGGINSON
ROBERT JOHN JAMES
MARIE JOHN
MARGARET HELEN SMITH
MERILYN ANNE THOMPSON - from 16/5/77
M A R I A CLEL1A VERONI - to 26/4/77 .
Associated Staff GRAHAM DENE BURROWS - First Assistant, Department or Psychiatry
KENNETH JOHN HARDY - Professor of Surgery, Austin Hospital
JOHN SIMON McKENZIE - Senior Lecturer, Department or Physiology
IVAN HORACEK - Assistant Director o i Pathologv, Roval Womens Hospital
PETER MAXWELL ROBINSON - Senior Lecturer, Department or Anatomy
GRAEME BRUCE RYAN - Professor or Anatomy
JUDITH ANN WHITWORTH - Physician, Department ol Nephrology, Roval Melbourne Hospital
ELVIE MARELYN WINTOUR - Senior Lecturer, Department or Physiology
Visiting Scientists RICHARD MONROE BERGLAND - Research Fellow Josiah Macv Jr. Foundation
RALPH ARDEN BRADSHAW - Research Fellow, Josiah Macv Jr. Foundation
DAVID RICHARD MOUW - Research Felluw. Fogarty International Research Fellowship
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
156
Control ol aldosterone production.
Steroid synthesis by isolated adrenal cells.
Foetal physiology.
Pituitary secretion directly lo the brain.
The control or electrolyte secretion in parotid saliva.
Characteristics or male infertility.
Purification or inhibin.
Relationship between prolactin and adrenal androgen production.
Steroid hormone secretion by hirsute women.
Phosphate appetite in phosphorus deficient cows.
The metabolism of angiotensin.
Regulation of renin and antidiuretic hormone and the renal excretion o i sodium and water during changes
body fluid balance.
Hypothalamic control of salt and water balance.
Hormonal control or salt appetite during pregnancy and lactation.
Factors influencing salt appetite in sodium deficiency.
Renal and adrenal morphology in salt deficiency.
The mechanism of ACTH & adrenal steroid hypertension.
Renal hypertension.
Synthesis of human chorionic gonadotrophin peptides ror the study or immunological regulation or hum
fertility.
Isolation and sequence determination of relaxin.
Synthesis or relaxin.
Sequence determination or human prolactin.
HOWARD FLOREY INSTITUTE
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
Synthesis of structural analogues and fragments of human parathyroid hormone.
Development of improved methodologies for solid-state synthesis of peptides.
The properties of parotid carbonic anhydrase.
Ovine renin substrate purifications.
The measurement and pharmacokinetics of psychotropic drugs.
Development of radioreceptor assays for relaxin to prolactin.
PUBLISHED WORK
CHAPTERS OF BOOKS
1. COGHLAN, J. P., DENTON, D. A., FAN. J. S. K , McDOUGALL, J. G. and SCOGGINS, B. A. Further Studies on the ACTH-induced Hypertension in Sheep - Involvement of New Hypcrtcnsinogenic
Steroid Hormones, in Juvenile Hypertension, Kroc Foundation Series, eds. M . 1. New and L. S. Levine. 8,
pp. 69-78, Raven Press, New York, 1977.
2. DENTON. D. A. - Some General Biological Aspects of Salt Appetite, in Central Nervous Control o/A'a +
Balance — Relations to the Renin-Angiotensin System, eds. W. Kaufmann and D. K. Krause. pp. 103-111,
George Thieme Publishers, Stuttgart, 1977.
3. BLAIR-WEST, J. R, COGHLAN, J. P., DENTON. D. A , NIALL. H. D„ SCOGGINS, B. A. and
TREGEAR, G. W. - Effect of Adrenal Arterial Infusion of Saralasin (PI 13) on Aldosterone Secretion, in
Drugs Affecting the Renin-Angiotensin-Aldosterone System. Use of Angiotensin Inhibitors, eds. Stokes and
Edwards, 12. pp. 53-62. Prog. Biochem. Pharmacol, Karger. Basel, 1976.
4. KEOGH, E. J , BURGER, H. G , DE KRETSER, D. M . and HUDSON. B. - Non-Surgical Management
of Male Infertility, in The Human Semen and Fertility Regulation in the Male, ed. E.S.E. Hafez, pp. 452463, Mosby, Missouri. 1976.
5. BURGER, H. G. and DE KRETSER, D. M . — Spermatogenesis and its Endocrine Control, in The Human
Semen and Fertility Regulation in the Male, ed. E. S. E. Hafez, pp. 1-16, Mosbv. Missouri, 1976.
6. LOSAY, J , MROZ. E, TREGEAR, G. W , LEEMAN, S. E. and GAMBLE. W. j . - Action of Substance
P on the Coronary Blood Flow in the Isolated Dog Heart, in "Substance P". eds. U.S. von Euler and B.
Pernow, pp. 287-293, Raven Press, New York, 1977.
ARTICLES
7. DENTON, D. A , BLAIR-WEST, J. R, COGHLAN, J. P, SCOGGINS. B. A. and WRIGHT. R. D. Gustatory-Alimentary Reflex Inhibition of Aldosterone Hypersecretion by thc Autotransplanted Adrenal
Gland of Sodium Deficient Sheep. Acta Endocrinologica 84: 119 (1977). '
8. DEMOULIN. A , HUDSON, B , FRANCHIMONT, P. and LEGROS, J. J. - Arginine Vasotocin does
not Affect Gonadotrophin Secretion in vitro. J. Endocrin. 72: 105-106 (1977).
9. COGHLAN. J. P., DENTON, D. A , FAN, J. S. K , McDOUGALL, J. G , SCOGGINS, B. A. and
SHULKES, A. A. — Further Unravelling ofthe Causes of ACTH-induced Hypertension in Sheep. Clin. Sci.
Molec. Med. 51: 3 S295, (1976).
10. BLAIR-WEST. J. R, COGHLAN, J. P, DENTON, D. A , NIALL, H. D , SCOGGINS, B. A. and
TREGEAR, G. W. — Angiotensin I I Analogues and Aldosterone Secretion in Na Deficient Sheep. (Proc.
I Vth Meeting Int. Soc. Hypertension, 1976), Clin. Sci. Molec. Med. 51: 3 S325 (1976).
11. BLAIR-WEST, J. R. — Renin Angiotensin System and Sodium Metabolism. International Review of
Phvsiology. 2: 95-143 (176).
12. BLAIR-WEST, J. R, BROOK, A. H. and SIMPSON, P. A. - On the Question of Bodv Fluid Volume or
Sodium Status Influencing Renin Release. / Phvsiol. 267: 321-328 (1977).
13. 1ARRETT. D. B , NEWELL, B , DAVIES,' B. and COGHLAN. J. P. - Adenosine 3 T Cyclic
Monophosphate Metabolism in Patients with Severe Depressive Illness. Psychol. Med. 7: 93-101 (1977).
14. COGHLAN. J. P, FAN, J. S. K , SCOGGINS, B. A. and SHULKES, A. A. - Measurement of
Extracellular Fluid Volume and Blood Volume in Sheep. Aust. J. Biol. Sci. J2: 71-84 (1977).
15. NORMAN, T. R, BURROWS. G. D , MAGUIRE, K. P.. RUBENSTEIN, G , SCOGGINS, B. A. and
DAVIES. B. - Cigarette Smoking and Plasma Nortriptyline Levels. Clin. Pharmacol. Therap. 21: 453-456
(1977).
16. BAKER. H. W. G , BURGER, H. G , DE KRETSER. D. M . and HUDSON. B. - Endocrinology of
Aging: Pituitar-Tesiicular Axis. Proc. 5th Int. Congr. Endocrinol. 479-483 (1976). International Congress
Series 403. Excerpta Medica. Amsterdam.
17. SCOGGINS, B. A , COGHLAN, I . P, BURROWS, G. D , MAGUIRE. K. and DAVIES, B. Measurement of Plasma Levels of Tricyclic Drugs. Austr. N.Z. J. Psych. 10- 7-12 (1976).
18. FERNLEY, R. T. — Equine Angiotensin Converting Enzyme: A Zinc Metalloenzymc. Clin. Exper.
Pharmacol. Phvsiol. 4: 267-281 (1977).
19. ROBINSON. P. M , KERRY, R. A , HARDY, K. J , COGHLAN, J. P. and SCOGGINS. B. A. - The
Innervation ofthe Adrenal Cortex in the Sheep Ovis J. Anal. 124: 117-129 (1977).
20. BLAIR-WEST, J. R, COGHLAN, J. P, DENTON. D. A , GIBSON, A. P., ODDIE, C . J ,
SAWYER. W. H. and SCOGGINS, B. A. - Plasma Renin Activity and Blood Corticosteroids in thc
Australian Lungfish Ncoceratodus Forsteri. J. Endocr. 74: 137-142 (1977).
21. WEISINGER. R. S, DENTON, D. A. and McKINLEY, M . J. - Inhibition ofWater Intake by Ouabain
Administration in Sheep. Pharmacol. Biochem. & Behav., 7: 2 (1977).
22. TREGEAR. G. W„ VAN RIETSCHDTEN, J , SAVER. R , NIALL, H. D , KF.UTMANN. H. T. and
POTTS, J. T. Jr. — Synthesis, Purification, and Chemical Characterization ofthe Amino Terminal 1-34
Fragment of Bovine Parathyroid Hormone Synthesized by thc Solid-Phase Procedure. Biochem. 16 2817
f 1977).
158
FACULTY OF MEDICINE
23. NEER, R. M , TREGEAR, G. W. und POTTS, J. T. Jr. - Renal Effects or Native Parathyroid Hormone
and Synthetic Biologicallv Active Fragments in Pseudo-Hypoparalhvroidism and I Ivpoparanthyroidism. J
Clin. Endocrin. Metabl. 44: 420 (I977).
24. ROSENBLATT, M . , KEUTMANN, H. T., TREGEAR. G. W. and POTTS. J. T. Jr. - Svnthesis o f a
Fragment or Human Parathyroid Hormone. J. Med Chem. 20(iil: 1452 (1977), hPTH (44-68).
Doctor of
Philosophy
1. KEOGH, E. J. - Regulation nf the Testis
PhD Theses in
Progress
L. W. EDDIE - Studies in the Regulation of Gonadotrophin Secretion
D. T. EEI — The Metabolism of Angiotensin
T. J. HUMPHREY — Experimental Hypertension in Sheep
1. A. WHITWORTH
— Hormonal and Renal Factors in Experimental and Clinical Hypertension
M.Sc
Theses in
Progress
S. HATZIKOSTAS
- Influences of the Central Nervous System on Sodium and Water Metabolism
M. C. VERON1 — Synthesis and Evaluation of Relaxin Related Peptides
Grants have been received asfollows:—
NH & MRC: Institute Grant.
State Government of Victoria: Institute Grant.
National Heart Foundation: Angiotensin Metabolism and ACTH Hypertension.
World Health Organization: Peptide Chemistry Research and Reproductive Research.
Ford Foundation: Reproductive Endocrinology.
Anti-Cancer Council or Victoria: Prolactin Receptor Studies.
McGauren Trust Fund: Hypertension.
Searle (Australia): Hypertension.
Utah Foundation: Automatic Processing oT Data from Hypertension Studies.
PSYCHIATRY
Acting
Chairman
of department:
Dr R. A.
Meares
Cato Professor of Psychiatry BRIAN MICHAEL DAVIES - on leave
Reader RUSSELL AINSLIE MEARES
First Assistants GRAHAM DENE BURROWS
IVOR HUGH JONES
Senior Lecturers in Medical Psychologv DAVID JAMES deLANCY HORNE
MURRAH OSBORNE McLACHLAN
Second Assistants HERBERT MICHAEL BOWER - half-time
EDMOND CHIU
Third Assistant BRUCE JOHN TONGE
Clinical Supervisor LORRAINE DENNERSTEIN - half-time
Research Social Worker BETTY TELTSCHER - part-time
Research Fellow TREVOR RONALD NORMAN
Research Officer JEANNETTE FRIEDMAN
R E S E A R C H T O P I C S IN P R O G R E S S - Austin Hospital
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
A study of sensory screening and its relation to personality.
Stimulus intensity control in personality.
Stimulus intensity control in hysteria and psychogenic pain.
Stimulus intensity control in anxiety stales, and the effect of treatment.
Stimulus intensity control in depression, and the effect of treatment.
Psychophysiology of the menstrual cycle.
Psychophysiological effects of tobacco smoking.
Stimulus intensity control and tobacco smoking.
Repression and hypertension.
The circannial variation in suicide rates and attempted suicide.
A study of temporal patterns of gaze and vocalization in mother-child interaction.
A' longitudinal study of mother-child interaction and its relation to attachment.
Some physiological changes occurring during mother-child interaction.
Attachment in children referred for "hyperactivity".
Cortical evoked potentials in hyperactive children.
Naturopathic treatment in hyperactivity in children.
Attention in hysteria.
Post-natal depression and its effects on attachment and child development.
Emotional disturbance in the physically ill hospitalized child.
Outcome studies of group play psychotherapy for latency age children.
R E S E A R C H T O P I C S IN P R O G R E S S - Royal Melbourne Hospital
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Establishing a register for Huntington's Disease throughout Australia.
Study on platelet Monoamine Oxidase activity in Huntington's Disease.
Investigation of students' attitudes towards teaching of medical psychology.
The nature of imagery in depression and anxiety.
The effectiveness of small group teaching in medicine.
The effects of lithium on cognitive functioning in depression.
Measurement of antidepressant drugs by gas liquid chromatography, radioimmunoassay, and double isotope
derivative dilution assay.
8. Lithium and tricyclic antidepressant drug interactions.
9. Pharmacokinetics of maprotiline.
10. Long term effects of prophylactic lithium treatment.
11. Platelet monoamine oxidase activity in affective disorders.
12. Endocrine studies in depressive illness.
13. Hypnosis and pain.
14. Biofeedback techniques and anxiety.
15. Cardiological studies with antidepressant drugs.
16. Sex steroid hormones and behaviour.
R E S E A R C H T O P I C S IN P R O G R E S S (St. Vincent's Hospital)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Non-verbal cues to psychiatric diagnosis.
Treatment of exhibitionism — development of new approach.
Self-injury — an ethologically based approach.
Stress factors involved in acute psychiatric illness in migrants.
Psychiatric disorders in western desert aboriginals.
159
160
FACULTY OF MEDICINE
PUBLISHED WORKS
BOOKS
1. BURROWS. G. D. - ed. Handbook of studies on Depression. Excerpta Medica. North Holland Pub. Co.
Amsterdam (1977).
2. BURROWS, G. D. — cd. Management of Psychiatric Problems in General Practice. Geigy Psychiatric
Symposium. Bloxham & Chambers, Sydney.
3. MEARES. R. A. — 77tf Pursuit of Intimacy: An Approach to Psychotherapy. Nelson. Australia, 1977.
C H A P T E R S O F BOOKS
4. ANDREWS. S. and CHIU. E. - The intracellular Lithium Level: Is it any use? Chapter 42 Lithium in
Medical Practice, eds. E. N. Johnson and S. Johnson, M.T.P. Press. Lancaster (1977).
5. BURROWS, G. D. — Psychiatric Education, 1976 in Management of Psychiatric Problems in General
Practice. Geigy Psychiatric Symposium, Bloxham and Chambers.
6. BURROWS. G. D. - Plasma tricyclic levels, clinical response and drug interactions, in Handbook of Studies
on Depression, ed. G. D. Burrows, pp. 173-194. Excerpta Medica, Amsterdam, 1977.
6a. DAVIES, B. M. - Problems of clinical research into affective disorders, in Handbook of Studies on
Depression, ed. G. D. Burrows, pp. 271-282. Excerpta Medica, Amsterdam, 1977.
6b. SCOGGINS. B. A. and MAGUIRE, K. P. — Measurement of tricyclic antidepressant drugs in plasma, in
Handbook of Studies on Depression, ed. G. D. Burrows, pp. 157-172, Excerpta Medica, Amsterdam, 1977.
7. JONES, I . H. — Hypochondriacal states in Tribal Aboriginals, in Cognitive Function of Tribal Aboriginals,
ed. Carney and Mcllwain. Institute of Aboriginal Studies (1977).
8. KIDSON, M. A. and JONES, l . H . - Psychiatric Disorders among Aborigines of the Australian Western
Desert, in Culture, Disease and Healing, Studies in Medical Anthropology, ed. Landv, Macmillan (1977).
9. UPTON. G. L. and TONGE. l i . J. - The Essence of Mothering Children under Five, in Modern
Perspectives in the Psychiatry of Infancy, cd. J. G. Howells. Brunner/Mazcl Inc. New York.
ENCYCLOPAEDIA
ARTICLE
10. MEARES. R. A. — Psychiatry in Australia, in International Encyclopaedia of Neurology. Psychiatry.
Psychoanalysis and Psychology, cd. B. Wolman. Van Noslrand Reinhold and Aesculapius. Publishers, N.S'.
(1977).
ARTICLES
12. BETHERAS. G.. CUMMINS. .1.. DENNERSTEIN. L.. KOADLOW, E. and WOOD, C. - Sexual
Counselling. Med. J. Aust. Nov. 706-708 (1977).
13. BETHERAS, G., CUMMINS, J., DENNERSTEIN, L., KOADLOW. E. and WOOD. C. - Sexualitv.
Med. J. Aust. Nov.. 709-710 (1977).
14. BURROWS. G. D. - Facial Pain. Roy. Aust. Coll. Dent. Surg. 5: 81-89 (1977).
15. BURROWS, G. D. - Hypnosis and Behavioural Psychotherapy. Aust. J. Clin. Ilvpnosis 5(3): 161-167
(1977).
16. BURROWS, G. D., MAGUIRE. K. P., SCOGGINS, B. A., STEVENSON, J. and DAVIES, B. M. Plasma nortriptyline and clinical response — A study using changing plasma levels. Psvchol. Med. 7. 87-91
(1977).
17. BURROWS. G. D., NORMAN. T. R.. MAGUIRE, K. P.. RUBINSTEIN. G., SCOGGINS. B. A. and
DAVIS. B. M. - A new antidepressant Butriptyline: Plasma levels and clinical response. Med. J. Aust. 2:
604-606 (1977).
18. BURROWS. G. D„ DUMOVIC. P, SMITH, J. A.. NORMAN. T. and MAGUIRE. K. - A controlled
trial of clorazepatc (Tranxene) and Diazepam (Valium) for anxiety. Med. J. Aust. 2: 525-528 (1977).
19. CHIU. E. — I ART-DIN I : The Plight or mentally ill Chinese in Victoria 1867 to 1879. Med. J. Aust. I :
541-544 (1977).
20. CHIU, E. — FART-DIN I I : More aboul thc Plight ofthe Mentally III Chinese in Victoria 1867 - 1975.
Med. J. Aust. I : 594-597 (1977).
21. DENNERSTEIN. 1... BURROWS. G. D., WOOD, C. and POYNTON. C. - The development of a scale
for the assessment of sexual behaviour in Australian women. Aust. i\.Z. J. Psychiat. I I : 233-240 (1977).
22. DENNERSTEIN. L. and BURROWS. G. D. - Non-consummation of marriage. Ausi. J. Clin. Hypnosis
5(3): 134-144 (1977).
23. DENNERSTEIN, L., WOOD, C. and BURROWS, G. D. - Sexual response following hysterectomy and
oophorectomy. Obsiei. Gvnaccol. 49(1): 92-96 (1977).
24. DENNERSTEIN. L.. WOOD. C. and BURROWS, G. D. - Sexual dysfunction following hvslerectomv.
Aust. Fam. Phys. 6: 535-543 (1977).
25. DENNERSTEIN, L. and BURROWS. G. D. - Sexual side effects of drugs. Med. J. Ausi. 2- 877 (1977).
26. DENNERSTEIN. L. and BURROWS, G. D. - Oral contraception and sexualitv. Med.J. Ausi. I : 796-798
(1977).
27. DENNERSTEIN, L. and BURROWS, G. D. - The management or vaginismus. Ausi. Fam. Phys. 6: 15451549 (1977).
28. DUMOVIC. P.. TRETHEWIE. E. R. and BURROWS. G. D. - The effect of tricyclic antidepressant drugs
on the isolated guinea-pig heart. Clin. Exp'l. Pharmacol. 4: 421-424 (1977).
PSYCHIATRY
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
161
ELTON, D , BURROWS. Ci. D. and STANLEY. G. V. - Psychological control of pain. Ausi. J. Clin.
Hypnosis S(\): 12-24 (1977).
ELTON. D. and BURROWS, G. D. - Arc phenomena necessarv in continuing therapy? Ausi. J. Clin.
Hypnosis 5(3): 158-160 (1977).
ELTON, D. and STANLEY. G. V. - Relaxation as means of pain control. Ausi. J. Phvsioiher. 12. 3: 121123 (1976).
FOENANDER. G.. BURROWS. G. D., DEBENI1AM, P. and HJORTH. R. - The electroencephalogram,
alpha activity and hypnosis. Aust. J. Clin. Hypnosis 5(2): 86-104 (1977).
FREEMAN. M. and TONGE, B. J. - A case study of Emotional and Cognitive Growth: A joint Treatment
approach. Aust. J. Human Comm. Dis. 5: 61-67 (1977).
GERSCHMAN. J. A. BURROWS, G. D. and READE, P. C. - Orofacial Pain. Aust. Fam. Phvs. 6: 12191225.
HORNE, D. J.dcL. - Behaviour therapy for trichotillomania. Behav. Res. di Therap. 15: 192-196 (1977).
HORNE. D. J.deL. - Behaviour therapy for psvehosexual dysfunction. Ausi. Fam. Phvs. 6: 1551-1555
(1977).
JONES. I . H. and ROBINSON, I . - Severe Illness wilh Anxiety following a Reputed Magical Act on an
Australian Aboriginal. Med. J. Ausi. 2: 93-96 (1977).
JONES, l . H . — Employment difficulties among Tribal Aboriginals. Med. J. Aust. Special Suppl.: S (1977).
JONES. I . H. - Social unrest in an Aboriginal Community. Med. J. Aust. Special Suppl.. I : 5-7 (1977).
JONES. I . H. and FREI, D. Z. - Induced anxiety as a Treatment for Chronic Exhibitionism. Brit. J.
Psvchiat. 131: 295-300 (1977).
MEARES. R. and HOBSON, R. - The Persecutory Therapist. Brit. J. Med. Psvchol. December (1977).
NORMAN, T. R, BURROWS, G. D.. MAGUIRE, K. P., RUBINSTEIN, G., SCOGGINS. B. A. and
DAVIES. B. M. - Ciearctte smoking and plasma nortriptyline levels. Clin Pharmacol. Ther. 21: 453-456
(1977).
NORMAN, T. R, MAGUIRE. K. P. and BURROWS, G. D. - Determination of therapeutic levels or
butriptyline in plasma by gas-liquid chromatography. J. Chrom. 134: 524-528 (1977).
T H E S I S P A S S E D FOR H I G H E R D E C R E E
Doctor
I. FRIEDMAN,
J. Psychiatric Patients
Psychopharmacological
of
Philosophy
and Psychophysiological Studies in Normal Subjects and
Doctor of
Philosophy
L. J. BRANTON - The Physiology of Hypothalamic Releasing Hormones in Affective Disorders
I.. DENNERSTEIN
— The effects of steroid hormones on sexuality, mood and behaviour
P. DUMOVIC - 1'he effects of psychotropic drugs on the cardiovascular system
K. P. MAGUIRE - Studies on the interaction and clinical response to psychotropic drugs
D. N. PROPERT — Some studies of genetic markers in the blood plasma of normal subjects and patients with
various psychiatric disorders
Doctor of
.1. J. MANN
Medicine
- Platelet Monoamine Oxidase activity in psychiatric disorders
Bachelor
M. SIM — Personality Studies in Alcoholic
of Medical
Science
Women
Master
of
Science
P. D. CUMMINS - Aspects of Psychiatric Evidence in Legal Trials
M. A. PANSA - A'on Verbal Aspects of Psychiatric Diagnosis
JULIE-MAREE SHAW - The Uses of Ruling Scales in Studies of Depression
Grunts have been received as follows: —
NH & MRC: Physiological study of attachment.
NH & MRC: Measurement ol'psychotropic drugs in biological fluids.
Australian Tobacco Research Foundation: A psychophysiological study ol' tobacco smoking.
Mental Health Research Fund: Treatment or Exhibitionism.
RADIOLOGY
Chairman
of department:
Professor
W. S. C
Hare
Edgar Rouse Professor W I L L I A M SAMUEL CALHOUN HARE
First Assistant BRIAN MAXWELL TRESS
Senior Associates (Roval Melbourne Hospital) JAMES SYME
LEON SLONIM'
Senior Associate (St. Vincent's Hospital) ERIC JOHN GILFORD
Senior Associate (Austin Hospital) DAVID POWELL THOMAS
Senior Associate (Peter McCullum Hospital) JOHN JOSEPH MARTIN
Associates (Roval Melbourne Hospital) MAURICE MALCOLM McKEOWN
JOSEPHINE KAVANAGH
PETER ROSS
Research Fellow RAYMOND S. BUDD
1
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Correlation of radiodensity of brain tumours, using computerized tomography, with histology.
Diagnostic yields from CT.
Assessment of renal vein renins.
Morphology of the foetal pyelogram.
Analgesic profile of patients presenting for IVP.
Factors affecting thc radioclide uptake of bone tumours and their detection by imaging investigations.
Audio-visual systems in teaching radiology.
The accuracy of ultrasound diagnosis in non-functioning gall bladders.
C H A P T E R S OK B O O K S
1. MOSELEY, 1. F.and TRESS, B. M. — Extravasation of contrast medium during spinal angiography: A cause
of paraplegis. Neuroradiology 13: 55-57 (1977).
2. SULLIVAN, J. R„ MEIKLE, R. G. and HURLEY, T. I I . - Subcutaneous Emphysema following Cytotoxic
Drug Treatment. Austral. Radiol. 21: 130-132 (1977).
3. BAT1STICH, A. T. - Dilatation of Azygos Vein Simulating Mediastinal Tumour. Austral. Radiol. 20: 329332 (1976).
T H E S I S IN P R O G R E S S
PhD Thesis in
Progress
R. S. BUDD — Factors affecting the radiouclide uptake of bone tumours and their detection by imaging
investigations
162
SURGERY
AUSTIN
HOSPITAL
AND
Chairman
REPATRIATION
of department:
(Surgery
GENERAL
Professor
— Austin
K. J.
HOSPITAL
Hardy
Hospital)
Professor KENNETH JOHN HARDY
First Assistant MALCOLM CHARLES DOUGLAS
ANDREW ROBERT McLEISH
Senior Lecturer ANDREW KINGSLEY ROBERTS
First Assistant JOHN EDWARD CRITCHLEY - part-time
(Surgery — Repatriation General Hospital)
Professor GABRIEL ANDREW KUNE
First Assistant AVNI SALI
Senior Lecturer TREVOR JONES - part-time
(Surgery
A.
— Austin
Hospital)
F O E T A L SURGERY I N SHEEP (Chronic in vivo studies)
1. Ontogeny of bile acids.
2. Control of adrenal steroid secretion.
3. Physiology of amniotic fluid.
B.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
VASCULAR SURGERY
Gortex Arterial Grafting: animal and patient studies.
Intra-cxtra cranial arterial anastomoses for stroke.
Clinical review of carotid artery stenosis.
Clinical review long term result varicose vein treatment.
Clinical results of coronary artery surgery (Austin Hospital).
C.
SURGICAL INFECTION
1. Prospective Wound Infection Survey; ward, theatre, surgeon and operation type comparison.
D.
1.
2.
3.
4.
GASTROENTEROLOGY
Highly selective vagotomy for upper G.I. haemorrhage.
Cimetidine and acute pancreatitis.
Gastropexy for obesity.
Rectal prolapse.
E.
SPINAL CORD INJURY
1. Bladder function after cord transection.
2. G.I. bleeding after cord transection.
F.
CANCER INVESTIGATION
1. Colonoscopy assessment of large bowel cancer.
2. Antibody mediated destruction of normal tissue and tumours.
(Surgery
A.
— Repatriation
General
Hospital)
PREOPERATIVE MANAGEMENT OF SURGICAL PATIENTS
1. Controlled trial of preoperative total parenteral nutrition in malnourished patients.
2. Assessment of risk factors before surgery.
3. Patient fears and expectations before surgery.
164
FACULTY OF MEDICINE
B.
BILIARY DISEASE
1. Value of percutaneous transhepatic cholangiography in hepato-biliary disease - a multicentre trial.
2. Studies in bile salt metabolism and diet related to dissolution of gall stones.
C.
SURGICAL INFECTIONS
1. Epidemiology and bacteriology of wound infections.
2. Relationship of delayed hypersensitivity skin tests to postoperative surgical infections.
3. Clinical and experimental study of wound closure techniques in relation to infections.
D.
PANCREATIC DISEASE
1. The accuracy of diagnosis in acute pancreatitis — a clinical study.
2. A clinical and investigational study of the natural history of acute pancreatitis.
PUBLISHED WORK
ARTICLES
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
DOWNING, R.. McLEISH, A. R , BUXTON, D. W., A L E X A N D E R - W I L L I A M S . J. and
KNIGHTLY, M . R. B. — "Duration of Systemic Prophylactic Antibiotic Cover Against Anaerobic Sepsis
in Intestinal Surgery". Di. Colon Rectum. 20; 401. 404'(1977).
GOLDBERG, S. M . and McLEISH, A. R. - "What Can You/Should You Do for the Patient with
Haemorrhoids?" Modern Medicine. 4: 54-58 (Jan. 1977).
HALL, J. and DOUGLAS, M. C. — "Carcinoma of thc Colon Presenting as Anaemia". Med. J. Aust. 2: 61
(1977).
HARDY, K. J., HOFFMAN, N. E. and SMALLWOOD, R. A. - "The Origin of the Ovine Foetal Bile Acid
Pool", Aust and N.Z. J. Surg. 47: 832 (1977).
HARGREAVE, R , SALE A. and SULLIVAN. M . - "Diurnal Variation in Urinary Oxalate", Art/. J.
Urol. 49: 597 (1977).
HARVEY, K., BISHOP, L., SILVER, D. and JONES, T. - "A Case of Chancroid", Med. J. Aust. I : 956
(1977).
HOARE, A. M . , McLEISH, A. R., THOMPSON, H. and ALEXANDER-WILLIAMS. J. "Hydrotalcite in the Treatment of Bile Vomiting", Brit. J. Surg. 64: 849-850 (1977).
JERUMS, G„ HARDY, K. J. and EISMAN, J. A. - "Thc Cyclic AMP Response to Glucagon:
Comparison of Tissue and Plasma Cyclic AMP Levels in the Rabbit", Diabetes 26: 81 (1977).
JONES, T. - "Clostridial Wound Infections: A Hazard of Small Bowel Decompression", Aust. and N.Z. J.
Surg. 47: 3 (1977).
KNIGHTLY, M . R. B , McLEISH, A. R , BISHOP, H. M , BUXTON, D. W , QUORAISHI. A. H ,
OATES, G. D„ DORR1COTT, N . J. and ALEXANDER-WILLIAMS, J. - "Identification of the
Presence and Type of Biliarv Microflora by Immediate Gram Stains", Surgery SI: 469-472 (1977).
KUNE, G. A , JUDSON. R. and SINCLAIR. R. - "Zollinger-Ellinson Svndrome Caused bv a Duodenal
Wall Tumour". Med. J. Aust. 2: 358 (1977).
KUNE, G. A. - "Anal Fissure and Anal Fistula", Modern Medicine. 20: 136 (1977).
McLEISH, A. R , KNIGHTLY, M . R. B., BISHOP, H. M , BUXTON, D. W , OUORAISHI. A. H ,
DORRICOTT, N . J., OATES, G. D. and ALEXANDER-WILLIAMS, J. - "Selecting Patients Requiring
Antibiotics in Biliary Surgery bv Immediate Gram Stains of Bile at Operation", Surgery SI: 473-477 (1977).
McLEISH, A. R , STRACHAN, C. J. L.. POWIS, S. J. A., WISE. R. and BEVAN, P. G. - "The
Influence of Biliarv Disease on the Excretion of Cephazolin in Human Bile". Surgery SI: 426-430 (1977).
ROBINSON, P. M , PERRY, R. A., HARDY, K. J., COGHLAN, J. P. and SCOGGINS, B. A. - "The
Innervation ofthe Adrenal Cortex in the Sheep", J. Anat. 124: 117 (1977).
SALI, A., MURRAY, W. R„ BLACKWOOD, A. and MACKAY. C. - "Bile Acid Binding Properties of
Antacids in Vitro". Brit. J. Surg. 64: 4 (1977).
SALI, A , MURRAY, W. R. and MACKAY, C. - "Bile Acid Binding Properties of Antacids", TheLancet
2: 1051 (1977).
SALI, A , WATKINSON, G. and MACKAY. C. - "Thc Management of Bile Acid Diarrhoea with
Aluminium Hydroxide", Gut. IS: 5 (1977).
SEWELL, R. M., SMALLWOOD, R. A , HARDY, K. J. and HOFFMAN, N. E. - "Thc Origin or the
Fetal Bile Acid Pool", Gastroenterology 73: 1246 (1977).
SMALLWOOD, R. A.. HARDY. K. J. and HOFFMAN, N . E. - "Synthesis ofthe Bile Acid Pool in thc
Fetal Sheep", Gastroenterology 72: 1133 (1977).
WHEATLEY, I . C. and HARDY. K. J. - "An Evaluation or Preoperative Methods or Preventing PostOperative Pulmonary Complications", Anaeslh. and Intensive Care 5: 56 (1977).
WHEATLEY, I . C , HARDY. K. J. and DENT, J. - "Anal Pressure Studies in Spinal Patients", Gut IS:
488 (1977).
WllEELEN, M . H., BHATTACHERJEE, S.. PSAILA, J. V., MCLEISH, A. R„ OWENS, C .
CLENDINNEN, B. G. and ALEXANDER-WILLIAMS, J. - "Studies on thc Release o( Extra-Antral
Gastrin: Evidence or Vagal Inhibition in the Dog", World J. Surg. I : 639-646 (1977).
SURGERY 165
CHAPTERS OF BOOKS
24. KEIGHLY. M . R. D. and CRAPP, A. R. - "Preventing Infection After Gastro-intcstinal Surgery". Topics
in Gastroenterology No. 4. Ed. Truelove, S. C. and Ritchie, J. A , Blackwell Scientific, Oxford, Chapter 23,
pp. 345-366 (1976).
25. WINTOUR, E. M , BROWN, E. H , DENTON, D. A.. HARDY. K. J , MCDOUGALL, J. G ,
ROBINSON, P. M , ROWE. E. .1. and WHIPP, G. T. - "Ovine Fetal Steroidogenesis", in: Conli. C , Ed.,
Research on Steroids. Elsevier. Amsterdam (1977) 567.
PhD Thesis
I. SALT, A. — "Neurohumoral Control of Hepatic Bile Secretion" in Surgery. Monash University
FILM
I . HARDY, K. J , WINTOUR. E. M. and COGHLAN, J. P. - "Chronic fetal Sheep Cannulation". University
of Melbourne and Australian Broadcasting Commission (1977).
SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS REC EIVED
National Health and Medical Research Council: Ontogeny of Foetal Bile Acids R. A. SmaUwood.
Medical Research Committee: Onlogcny of Foetal Bile Acids — K. J. Hardy.
Rowden White: Foetal Surgery - K. J. Hardy.
K.J.Hardy and
SURGERY
D E P A R T M E N T O F T H E H U G H D E V I N E PROFESSOR,
ST. V I N C E N T ' S H O S P I T A L
Chairman
of department:
Professor
R. C
Bennett
Hugh Devine Professor RICHARD CLAYTON BENNETT
First Assistant DIMITRI TAKI CARIDIS
Senior Lecturers BRUCE NATHANIEL GRAY
JOHN THOMAS GOODCHILD RENNEY
Part-time
Staff
Senior Lecturer ROY LAURENCE WILLIS FINK
THELMA JEAN BAXTER
JOHN FRANCIS GURRY
Professorial Associates JOHN KEVIN CLAREBROUGH
JOHN LEONARD CONNELL
HENRY VERNON CROCK
Senior Associates JOHN COUNDLEY DOYLE
IVO DOMINIC VELLAR
Associates JONATHAN HOWELL RUSH
ANTHONY STEWARD
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
Investigation of methods to alter cell surface immunogenicity.
Assessment of tumour antigen preparations to stimulate thc immune system in animals and man.
Monitoring non-specific serum fractions as a guide to prognosis and recurrence
Assessment of surgical adjuvant immunotherapy in colorectal cancer using BCG and neuraminidase treated
tumour cells.
Assessment of ability of transplanted pancreatic islets to reverse diabetes mellitus and prevent vascular
complications.
The effect of cimelidine on endogenous histamine after small bowell resection.
Recovery of renal function after total ureteric obstruction.
The role of the Doppler flow meter in the assessment and management of patients with peripheral vascular
disease.
An investigation into thc incidence of deep vein thrombosis in patients in a Coronary Care Unit.
Studv of platelet release factors in patients undergoing surgerv. and their relation lo the development of
D.V.T.
An investigation into thc effectiveness of various drug combinations in the prevention of post-operative deep
thrombosis.
Colonoscopy — its usefulness in the early detection and management of colon cancer.
Oestrogen receptor assay in carcinoma of the breast - Us relationship to the natural history ofthe tumour
and its responsiveness lo hormonal manipulation.
Studies of the blood supply of the vertebral column and spinal cord.
Immunological aspects of cancer with reference to C.E.A. estimations and Ihe imnuino-lhcrapy of lung
carcinoma.
The histopathology of vessels following various micro-surgical techniques.
PUBLISHED WORKS
BOOKS
1. BROOKE, B. N , CAVE. D. R, GURRY. .1. I".. KING. D. W. - Crohn's Disease. Macmillan Press
Limited. London. 1977.
2. CROCK, H. V. and YOSHIZAWA, H. - The Mood Supply o/ ihe Veriehral Column and Spinal Cord in
Man. Springer-Verlag. New York. 1977.
ARTICLES
1. BAIRD. R. J , GURRY. .1. I ' , KELLAM, J , PLUME, S. K. - Arteriosclerotic Femoral Artery
Aneurysms. Annals of the Roval College of I'hv.sicians and Surgeons of Canada. 10: 36. 1977.
2. BAIRD, R. G , FELDMAN. P., MILES. J. T , MADRAS. P Ml. GURRY. .1. I-'. - Subsequent
Downstream Repair afler Aorto-lliac and Aorto-l-'cmoral Bypass Operations - Surgerv. 82: 785. 1977.
3. BENNETT, R. C , Edited A.N.Z. J. Surg. 47: I - 47:6.
4. BENNETT. R.C. Editorial, The Kenneth G. Jamieson Neurosurgical Unit. A.N.Z. J. Surg. 47: 2. 134. 1977.
5. BRAASCH, .1. and GRAY. B. N. - Considerations that Lower Pancreaticoduodenectomy Mortality —
Amer. J. Surg. 133: 480. 1977.
166
SURGERY
167
6. CHISHOLM, D. J., ALFORD.
P.. HAREWOOD, M. S., FINDLAY, D. M . and GRAY. B. N . - The
Nature and Biological Activity of "Extra-pancreatic Glucagon". Studies in Pancrcitieciumised Cats —
Metabolism. I977.
7. CLAREBROUGH, J. K. - Editorial, Whither Cardiac Surgerv? - A.N.Z. J. Sunt. 47: I . I . I977.
8. CLAREBROUGH, J. K , WESTLAKE, G. W.. RICHARDSON. J. P.. MUI.I.ERWORTH. M..
WILSON. A. C. and NATHAN, K. - Surgerv for Unstable Angina - .-I.A'.Z. J. Sure. 47- I . 17. 1977.
9. CONNELL. J. L. - Carotid Bodv Tumours - A.N.Z. J. Surg. 47: 4. 495. I977.
10. FINK. R. L. W., MASHFORD. J. L. and CARIDIS. D. T. - The Role of Bradykinin in Endotoxic Shock
of Intestinal Original - A.N.Z. J. Surg. 47: I , 102. 1977.
11. GRAY. B. N. — Transplantation of thc Pancreas: Its Present Status and Future Application - A.N.Z. J.
Surg. 47: S. 143. 1977.
12. GRAY. B. N. - Transplantation of Pancreatic Islets in Diabetes Mellitus. Med. J. Ausi.. 764. 1977.
13. GRAY. B. N. - Surgical Adjuvant Therapy for Potentially Curable Cancer: The Rationale of Adjuvant
Chemotherapy and Anticoagulant Therapy - A.N.Z. J. Surg. 47: 5. 576. 1977.
14. GRAY. B. NV, WALKER, C. and BENNETT, R. C. - The Monitoring of Serum Factors in Paticnls wilh
Cancer - A.N.Z. J. Surg. 47: 5. 648. 1977.
15. PENFOLD, J. C. B. and RENNEY, J. T. G. - Early Detection of Colonic Cancer by Colonoscopy Diseases nf the Colon and Rectum, 20: 85. 1977.
16. PLUME. S. K , GURRY. J. F.. WILSON, D. R. and BAIRD. R. J. - Atherosclerotic Femoral Artery
Aneurysms. A Review of a 12 year Experience — Annals of the Roval College of Phvsicians and Surgeons nf
Canada. 10: 36. 1977.
17. RUSH, JONATHAN I I . - Osteomalacia in the Eldcrlv - A.N.Z. J. Surg. 47: 2. IS6. 1977.
18. RUSH, JONATHAN - Total Scapuleclomv for Hydatid Disease. A.N Z. J. Surg 47: 3. 371. 1977.
19. VELLAR. I . D. and DOYLE, .1. C. - Acute Mesenteric Ischaemia. A.N Z. J Surg. 47: I . 54. 1977.
Doctor uf Medicine
(Melbourne}
I. CROCK. H. V. — The Blood Supply uf the Vertebral Column and Spinal Cord in Man
Master
of Surgery
(Aberdeen)
I. CARIDIS. D. T. — Studies in Immunological Suppression — The Combined Use uf Amilymphocyiic
and Bone Marrow Injusion
Serum
Doctor of Philosophy
I. GRAY.
(Melbourne I
B. N. — Immunology nf Cancer
Cirants have been received as follows:Aust. Kidney Foundation: Assessment of ability of transplanted pancreatic i.ilcts to reverse diabetes mellitus and
prevent vascular complications.
Ian Potter Foundation: Investigation of methods to alter cell surface immunogenicity.
Lancaster Bequest: Studies in oestrogen receptor assays in carcinoma of the breast.
NHMRC: Investigation of methods to alter cell surface immunogenicity.
NHMRC: Monitoring non-specific serum fractions as a guide to prognosis and recurrence
St. Vincent's School of Medical Research: The role ofthe Doppler flow meter in the assessment and management
of patients w-ith peripheral vascular disease.
University of Melbourne Medical Research Grant: Methods to alter cell surface immunogenicity and thc
monitoring non-specific scrum fractions as a guide to prognosis and recurrence.
SURGERY
DEPARTMENT
OF THE JAMES
ROYAL
Chairman
James Stewart Professor
STEWART
MELBOURNE
of department:
PROFESSOR,
HOSPITAL
Professor
M. R.
Ewing
MAURICE ROSSIE EWING
First Assistant HARRY ROSS
Senior Lecturers BRIAN FOWELL BUXTON
DAVID PILKINGTON CRANKSHAW
ANTHONY ROBERT MOORE
JOHN FREDERICK FORBES
Lecturer JOHN PAXTON COLLINS
Candidate for Degree or MSc LYNETTE JOYCE DUMBLE
Graduate Research Assistant BRIAN RICHARD HALL
Honorary Research Fellow WILLIAM MAXWELL WEARNE - part-time
A.
ANAESTHESIA
1. Computer analysis ofthe eleclro-cncephalogram during anaesthesia — Crankshaw.
2. Accouslic impedence measurement of respiratory runction - Hall.
3. The distribution of thiopentone in the dog - Crankshaw.
B.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
C.
1.
2.
3.
4.
CANCER
Carcinoma oi the male breast - Collins.
Antibody dependent cytoloxity and cancer therapy - Forbes.
Phase II evaluation trial in advanced melanoma — Forbes.
Phase I I I randomised trial in advanced breast cancer — Forbes.
Drill biopsy in breast disease - Moore.
The effect oT nutrition on experimental tumour growth - Thomas.
Thc effect of parenteral nutrition on patients with malignancy and fistulae — Thomas.
GASTROENTEROLOGY
A prospective study of acute appendicitis - Collins.
Complications or colo-colic anastomosis — Collins.
Studies on colonic healing in rats — Ross.
Continent colostomy — Ross.
I).
TRANSPLANTATION
1. Antibody dependent cell cellular cytoxicity in renal transplantation - Dumble.
2. Factors affecting renal preservation — Ross.
E.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
OTHER PROJECTS
Evaluation or the saphenous vein as an arterial graft — Buxton.
Standardization of elective surgery dala for computer analysis - Forbes.
Hydatid surgery follow-up with immuno electrophoresis - Forbes.
Epidemiology of mastalgia - Forbes.
Newspaper attitudes to the medical profession — Moore.
Assessment or the leaching or medica] humanities - Moore.
Sir Thomas Brown and the History oT Medicine - Moore.
The role or antibiotics in burns patients — Thomas.
Thc influence of stress and nutrition on hepatic composition - Thomas
Clinical application of a knee prosthesis — Wearne.
ARTICLES
I.
168
BUXTON. B. F , REUL. G. Jr. - COOLEY. D. A. - Transdiaphragmatic approach lo thc descending
thoracic aorta for proximal control during surgerv on the abdominal aorta. Hull. Texas Heart 1/ivt. 4: 290-293
(1977).
SURGERY
169
2. BUXTON. B. F.. HARLAND. B. J , COOLFY. D. A. - Techniques of reinforcing Ihe ascendinc thoracic
aorta. Ausi. N.Z. J. Surg. 47: 97-101 (.1977).
3. CRANKSHAW, D. R. and HALL, B. R. - A versatile computing system for .sampling, manipulation and
display ol' biological signals using high-level language. Anaeslh. and Intensive Care 5: 381-387 (1977).
4. CUTHBERTSON, A. M . and COLLINS, J. P. - Strangulated para-ileoslomv hernia. Ausi. N.Z. J. Suri;.
47: 86-87 (1977).
5. DUMBLE, L. J. and MACKAY. I . R. - 11 LA and chronic active hepatitis (C.A.H.) Dives/inn. 15: 254
(1977).
6. DUMBLE, I.. J , TAIT, B. D., WHITTINGHAM. S. and ASHTON. P. W. - The immunological privilege
of the foetus: Immunogenetics. 5: 345 (1977).
7. EWING. M . R. - Getting ready for tomorrow. Ausi. N.Z. J. Surg. 47: 429-430 (1977).
8. EWING. M . R. - A place in posterity. Aust. N.Z. J. Surg. 47: 531-536 (1977).
9. FORBES. J. F. - Thc application of clinical trials to solid tumour management: an introduction. Aust. N.Z.
J. Surg. 47: 617-627 (1977).
10. FORBES. J. F. - Guidelines for planning clinical trials, .-lu.tr N.Z. J Surg. 47- 628-636 (1977).
11. FORBES. J. F. - Multimodal thcrapv for Stage II breast cancer. Lancet I I : 1079 (1977).
12. FORBES. L. F. - Early dclection of breast cancer. Med. J. Ausi. 2: 786 (1977).
13. HALL. B. R. and CRANKSHAW, D. P. — A computer algorithm for forced oscillation respiratory system
measurements. Anaeslh. Int. Care 5: 392-393 (1977).
14. MARSHALL. B. C . ROSS, H., SCOTT. D. F„ MclNNIS, S, THOMPSON. N.. ATKINS. R. C .
MATTHEW. T. H. and KINCAID-SMITH. P. - Preservation of cadaver renal allografts - Comparison or
ice storage and machine perfusion. Med. J. Ausi. 2: 353-356 (1977).
15. MARSHALL. V. C . SCOTT. D. F.. THOMPSON. N , ATKINS, R. C . ROSS. I I . , MclNNIS, S„
MATTHEW. T. IL, KINCAID-SMITH, P. S. - Renal Preservation for Transplantation. Ami. N.Z. J.
Surg. 47: 833-834 (1977).
16. MOORE. A. R. - A medical message from literature. Surg. Gvnec. Ohstct. 145- 90-93 (1977).
17. MOORE. A. R. - Medical humanities: an aid to ethical discussions. J. Med. liihics. 3- 36-32 (1977).
18. MOORE. A. R. — A personal view: the demands of doclorship. 4usi. Fam. Phvs. June (1977).
19. PRIESTMAN. T„ BAUM. M.. JONES, B., FORBES, J. F. - Comparative trial of endocrine versus
cytotoxic treatment in advanced breast cancer. H.M.J. I : 1248-1250 (1977).
20. ROSS. H. and ESCOTT. M. — Preservation of the damaged donor kidney in Iransplanlalion. Ami. N.Z. J.
Surg. 47: 833 (1977).
21. TEASEDALE. C . FORBES, .1. F.. WHITEHEAD. R. I I . and HUGHES. I.. E. - Sequential immune
competence tests in colorectal cancer — a two vear follow-up. Clinical Oncologv 3: 121 (1977).
22. THOMAS. R. .1. S.. MADIGAN, .1. P. and MOTTERAM. R. - Tissue diagnosis in lymphomas. Med../.
Aust. I : 636-637 (1977).
Master
of
Surgery
FORBES. .1. F. - III.A antigens in Hodgkin's disease
Master
of
Science
DUMBLE. L. J. — Features of Antibody Dependent Cellular cyloxicily in Kenul Transplantation
A grant has been received as follows: R. .1. Fletcher Research Gram: Computer analysis during anaesthesia.
MUSIC
Chairman
of the department:
Mr Max
Cooke
Professors PETER JOHN DENNISON
GEORGE FREDERICK LOUGHUN
Readers MAX COOKE
RONAED FARREN PRICE
PERCY JONES
Senior Lecturers GRAHAM BARTLE
MACK JOST
JOHN KENNEDY
MEREDITH MAXWELL MOON
DONALD W I L L I A M THORNTON
Lecturers BARRY CONYNGHAM
CHRISTOPHER MARTIN
PETER RICHARD TAHOURDIN
Associates RICHARD DIVALL
STEPHEN McINTYRE
Tutors ANTHONY GOULD
BRIAN HOWARD
GLYNN MAR1LLIER
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Direct Synthesis of Music - further development.
Composing programmes.
Special Disposition of Music by means of Computer Controller Output.
Interactive Data Input and Output for Music.
Development of algorithms for automated tonal analysis.
Thc evolution of theories concerning key relationship.
PUBLISHED WORKS
1. CONYNGHAM. B. - Compositions: Ned Mark //(1975-77), an opera in two acts (Universal Edition, 29133).
Mirror Images (1975), chamber ensemble and voices (Universal Edition, 29127).
2. DENNISON, P. J. — Matthew Locke: The Instrumental Music in The Tempest 1674. Musica da Camera
(London) 1977. Nationalism in Music. 24 hours (October 1977).
Doctor
1. TRUMBLE.
ROBERT
-
Doctor
2. RADIC, THERESE
of Mu.sic
Compositions
of
Master
3. MORONEY,
MARY
Philosophy
- Investigation into Aspects of Musical Associations in Melbourne 1888-1932
of
Mitsic
— The Influence of the Song of Songs 'on the Medieval Love Lyric
PhD Thesis in
R. STEVENS
- Music in State-Supported
Progress
Education in New South Wales and Victoria 1848-1920
Master
of
Music
P. ANDERSON
- The Innovations of Percv Grainger
W. BEBBINGTON - The Music of Marshall-Hall '
A. BLACKBURN
- A stylistic Study of and Influences within the Church Music of llenrv Purcell
R. DIVALL — The 'Pre-Reform' Opera Seria of C.W.J. Gluck and Editions - I. Dramatic Battel Alessandro
(1764). 2. La Semiramide Riconosciuta (1748)
T. FITZGERALD
- Compositions
J. LEASK — Music Theatre and Drama in Schools
W. LESLIE — Pre-lnstrunteniat Music Education
C. MIDDLETON — Performing Practices Involving the 'Cello
C. STEVENS — Computer Music
P. TURNER - Compositions
W. MADDEN — Compositions
A. MURATTI - Compositions
170
Master
of
Arts
R. HOWARD - The Operas of Luigi Dallapicrola
J. MeDONALD - Seventeenth Century English Music
K. MURPHY - Emotion and Meaning in Music
A grant has been received as follows: —
ARGC: Investigation into Computer Music Generation and related topics.
BOTANY
Chairman
of department:
Dr D. M.
Calder
Professors THOMAS CARRICK CHAMBERS
ROBERT BRUCE KNOX
Readers DAVID HUNGER FORD ASHTON
TOM FINNIS NEALES
KINGSLEY SPENCER ROWAN
Senior Lecturers PETER MUECKE ATTIWILL
DONALD MALCOLM CALDER
SUZANNE LAWLESS DUIGAN
HARING JOHANNES SWART
GRETNA MARGARET WESTE
Lecturers GERALD THOMPSON KRAFT
PAULINE YVONNE LADIGES
DAVID RONALD MURRAY
RICHARD WETHERBEE
Principal Tutor OLIVE BESSIE LAWSON
Tutors KEVIN ALLEN CLAYTON-GREENE
RODNEY DAVID SEPPELT
Research Fellows ADRIENNE ELIZABETH CLARKE
BARRY FRANCIS CLOUGH
ILMA GRACE STONE
Research Associate JENNETH MERIEL SASSE
Professor Emeritus JOHN STEWART TURNER
Senior Associates MARGARET BLACKWOOD
SOPHIE CHARLOTTE DUCKER
Graduate Research Assistants VICTORIA BAYLEY BROWN
NERINA DU PREEZ
SUSAN HARRISON
VALDA LIEPINS
NANCY JEAN LOFFLER
DOUGLAS NEWTON
K U M U D I N I VITHANAGE
(Name
of research director
A.
only
shown)
AEROBIOLOGY
R. B.
Knox
1. Aerobiology of pollens and spores in Melbourne atmosphere.
2. Grass pollen aerobiology and allergy.
3. Grass pollen allergens — isolation and purification.
B.
AQUATIC BOTANY
S. C.
Ducker
4. The biology of Australian seagrasses.
5. The aquatic vegetation of the Gippsland Lakes.
C.
C E L L BIOLOGY
R. B. Knox
ft. Antigenic determinants common to sexual and somatic plant organs.
7. Pollen-stigma interactions.
8. Isolation and characterisation of arabinogalactan proteins in plants.
D. R. Murray
9. Cell biology of protein and carbohydrate storage in legumes.
172
BOTANY
D.
173
E C O L O G Y AND C O N S E R V A T I O N
D. H. Ashton
Ecology and regeneration of mature Eucalyptus regnans F. Muell. forest.
Allelopathic effect in E. regnans forests.
Interaction of E. regnans with Acacia dealbata in relation lo nitrogen fixation.
The ecology ofthe E. camaldulensis — E. viminalis boundary in Victoria with special reference to the Yarra
Valley.
14. The ecology of sand rock scrub in the northern Olways.
15. The regeneration of mature Coast Tea Tree /Leplospermum laevigatum) on Wilson's Promontory.
10.
11.
12.
13.
D. M. Calder
16. Identification of the land-based vegetation surrounding thc Gippsland Lakes and Lake Tyers.
17. Ecology and conservation of seashore communities.
K. A.
Clayton-Greene
18. Ecology of Oawsonia superba.
19. Interactive ecology of Callitris (Cypress Pine) and Eucalypts in Victoria.
P. Y. Ladiges
20. Variation in Eucalyptus obliqua occurring on acidic and alkaline soils.
21. Morphological variation in Eucalyptus ovata and thc effect of waterlogging on seedling growth.
22. A study ofthe dieback of Phragmites australis and subsequent shoreline erosion in the Gippsland Lakes.
E.
ECOLOGICAL PHYSIOLOGY
P. M.
Attiwill
23. Nutrient cycling and productivity in mangrove and seagrass communities in Westernport Bay
24. Nutrient cycling in terrestrial ecosystems.
F.
E V O L U T I O N . S Y S T E M A T I C A AND T A X O N O M Y
D. M.
25. Variation and evolution of Craspedia glauca.
26.
27.
28.
29.
Calder
T. C. Chambers
Studies on spore morphology of the genus Blechnum.
A monograph of the genus Blechnum.
The Lower Devonian vascular flora of Victoria.
The genus Cheilanthes in Australia — a taxonomic and geographic study.
5. L.
30. Pollen analyses of Victorian Quaternary deposits.
31. Taxonomy of Victorian angiosperms.
Duigan
R. D. Seppelt
32. Study of the genera Dilrichum. Disiichium and Pseudodislichium in Australia.
33. Study of the bryoflora of Macquarie Island.
34. Study of the floristics and ecology of thc vegetation of Australian Antarctic Territory.
/. G. Stone
35. The moss genus Bruchia in Queensland.
36. A new arid /.one Acaulon
37. A new Tortula from the margins of the and zone in Australia.
G.
MORPHOGENESIS
T. C. Chambers
38. Development of thc endodermis in the root and shoot of Hibbertia
R. B. Knox
39. Morphogenesis of the dermal systems of fruits.
H. MYCOLOGY
H. J. Swan
40. Conidium wall structure in relation to thc taxonomy of some Coelomycetes.
41. A study of leaf inhabiting fungi.
174
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
FACULTY OF SCIENCE
G. M. Weste
Chlamydospores of Phytophthora cinnamomi; their production and survival period.
Extracellular enzyme production by Phytophthora cinnamomi.
Litter senescence on Macquarie Island.
Rare Victorian Discomycetes.
Phytophthora cinnamomi as a major factor of disease in Eucalypt forests of East Gippsland.
Microchemistry of Phytophthora cinnamomi.
Comparative mineral analysis of diseased and unaffected plant tissue.
Mycological studies on Antarctic soils.
I.
PHYCOLOGY
5. C. Ducker
50. History of phycology in Australia and the Pacific.
51. The genus Metagoniolilhon.
G. T. Kraft
52. Distribution and ecology of marine algae in northern Port Phillip Bay.
53. Taxonomy, distribution and ecology of Victorian encrusting coralline red algae.
54. Deep water algae of the Great Barrier Reef.
55. The marine algae of Lord Howe Island.
A'. 5.
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
Rowan
Mechanism of calcification in coralline algae.
Mechanism controlling polarity in germinating eggs of Hormosira banksii.
Nitrogen cycling in marine macrophyles at Werribee.
Correlation between net photosynthesis and pigment concentration in Lenormandia prolifera.
The location of floridorubin in Lenormandia prolifera.
R.
Wetherbee
61. Processes of subcellular evolution.
62. Characterization of cellular crystals in a red alga.
63. Post-fertilization development in Nemalion.
J.
PLANT PHYSIOLOGY
D. M.
Calder
64. Ozone pollution studies.
T. C.
Chambers
65. Drought tolerance of the gametophyte of Cheilanlhes.
T. F.
Neales
66.
67.
68.
69.
70.
71.
Control of gas exchange in CAM plants.
The development of leaves of Eucalyptus obliqua.
The gas exchange patterns of thc pineapple.
Carbon assimilation in grapevines and peach trees.
The responses of wheat seedlings to CO environment.
The physiology of the Prickly Pear (Opuntia stricta).
K. S. Rowan
72.
73.
74.
75.
Effects of heat stress on the physiology of Eucalyptus obliqua.
The physio-ecology of Pitiosporum undulatum.
The mechanism of ripening of tomato fruits.
Senescence in heath at Tidal River.
;
J. M. Sasse
76. Podolactones in Podocarpaceac
77. Growth-inhibiting substances in Garrya elliptica and other genera.
ARTICLES
1. ANDERSON, R. L., CLARKE, A. E, JERMYN. M. A , KNOX, R. B. and STONE. B. A. - A
Carbohydrate-binding Arabinogalactan-Protein from Liquid Suspension Cultures of Endosperm from
Lolium multiflorum. Aust. J. Plant Phvsiol. 4: 143-158 (1977).
2. ASHTON, D. H. and WEBB, R. N. - The Ecology of Granite Outcrops at Wilson's Promontory, Victoria.
Aust. J. Ecol. 2: 269-296 (1977).
BOTANY
175
3. BAR TANA, J , HOWLETT. BARBARA J. and KOSHLAND, D. F.. Jr. - Flagellar Formation in
Escherichia coli Electron Transport Mutants. J. Bacteriology 130: 787-792 (1977).
4. BEATON. G. and WESTE. G. M . - Some Australian Leaf Inhabiting Discomvcetcs. Trans. Brit, mvcol.
Soc. 67: 443-448 (1977).
5. BEATON, G. and WESTE, G. M. - Australian Discomycctes in Dead Logs and Branches. Trans. Brit,
mycol. Soc. 67: 449-454 (1977).
6. BEATON, G. and WESTE, G. M . - New Species of Helotiales and Phacidiales. Trans. Brit, mvcol. Soc. 68:
73-77 (1977).
7. BEATON, Ci. and WESTE, G. M. - Zoellneria Species from Victoria. Australia. Trans. Brit, mvcol. Soc.
68: 79-84 (1977).
8. BEATON, G. and WESTE, G. M . - Thc genus Labvrinthomvces. Trans. Bril. mvcol. Soc. 69: 243-247
(1977).
9. BEATON, G. and WESTE, G. M . - Australian Discomycetes. A new Vibrissea Species. Trans. Brit, mvcol.
Soc. 69: 323-325 (1977).
10. BRAWLEY, S. H., QUATRANO, R. S. and WETHERBEE, R. - Fine Structural Studies of the Gametes
and Embryo of Fucus vesiculosus (Phaeophyta). I I I . Cytokinesis and the Multicellular Embryo../ Cell Sci.
24: 275-294 (1977).
11. BROWN, V. B , DUCKER, S. C. and ROWAN, K. S. - The Effect of Orthophosphate Concentration on
thc Growth of Articulated Coralline Algae (Rhodophyta). Phycologia 16: 125-131 (1977).
12. CALDER, D. M , BROWN, V. B. and DUCKER, S. C. - The Aquatic Vegetation of the Gippsland Lakes
in Eastern Victoria. J. Phvcol. 13: I I (Suppl.) (1977).
13. CHIN, H. F , NEALES, T. F. and WILSON, J. H. - The Effects of Cotyledon Excision on Growth and
Leaf Senescence in Soya-Bean Plants. Ann. Bol. 41: 771-777 (1977).
14. CLARKE, A. E. — Function of Arabinogalactan Proteins in Plants, in Clarke, A. E. (ed.) Arabinogalactan
Protein News I : 53-56 (1977).
15. CLARKE, A. E, CONSIDINE, J. A , WARD, R. and KNOX, R. B. - Mechanism of Pollination in
Gladiolus: Roles ofthe Stigma and Pollen-tube Guide. Ann. Bol. 41: 15-20 (1977).
16. CLARKE, A. E , HARRISON, S, KNOX, R. B , RAFF, J , SMITH, P. and MARCHALONIS, .1. J. Common Antigens and Male-Female Recognition in Plants. Nature, Lond. 265: 161-163 (1977).
17. COLLIER, M. D. and MURRAY, D. R. - Leucyl p-Naphthvlamidase Activities in Developing Seeds and
Seedlings of Pisum sativum L. Ausi. J. Plant Physiol. 4: 571-582 (1977).
18. CONSIDINE, J. A. - Localization of Arabinogalactan Proteins after Freeze-Subslilulion. in Clarke, A. E.
(ed.) Arabinogalactan Protein News I : 46 (1977).
19. DUCKER, S. C. - W. H. Harvey's Australian Algae. Taxon 26: 166-168 (1977).
20. DUCKER, S. C. - Milestones in Australian Phycology. J. Phvcol. 13: 19 (Suppl.) (1977).
21. DUCKER, S. C, BROWN. V. B. and CALDER. D. M . - An Identification ofthe Aquatic Vegetation in
the Gippsland Lakes. Publication No. 136, Ministry for Conservation Environmental Studies Series (1977).
22. DUCKER, S. C, FOORD, N. J. and KNOX, R. B. - Biology of Australian Seagrasses: the Genus
Amphibolis C. Agardh (Cymodoceae). Aust. J. Bot. 25: 67-125 (1977).
23. GLEESON, P. A. and JERMYN, M. A. - Leguminous Seed Glycoproteins that Interact with Concanavalin
A. Aust. J. Plant Phvsiol. 4: 25-37 (1977).
24. KENNEDY. J. and WESTE, G. M . - Dieback Disease in the Grampians. Victorias Resources 19: 25-27
(1977).
25. KENNEDY. J. and WESTE, G. M . - Phvtophthora cinnamomi in the Grampians, Victoria. A.P.PS.
Newsletter 6: 23-24 (1977).
26. KNOX. R. B. and CLARKE, A. E. - Localization of Arabinogalactan Proteins in Plant Tissues, in Clarke,
A. E. (ed.) Arabinogalactan Protein News I : 42-45 (1977).
27. KNOX, R. B. and DUCKER. S. C. - Submarine Pollination in the Sea Nvmph Amphibolis antarctica. J.
Phycol. 13: 37 (Suppl.) (1977).
28. KRAFT, G. T. - Studies of Marine Algae in the Lesser-Known Families of the Gigartinales (Rhodophvta).
!. Thc Acrotylaceac. Ausi. J. Bui. 25: 97-140 (1977).
29. KRAFT, G. T. - The Morphology of Grateloupia imesiinalis from New Zealand, with Some Thoughts on
Generic Criteria within the Family Cryptoncmiaceae (Rhodophyta). Phycologia 16: 43-51 (1977).
30. LADD, P. G. - Pollen Morphology of Some Members of the Restionaceae and Related Families, with Notes
on thc Fossil Record. Grana 16: 1-14 (1977).
31. LADIGES. P. Y. - Differential Susceptibility of Populations of Eucalyptus viminalis Labill. to Lime
Chlorosis. Plant and Soil 46 (1977).
32. LADIGES, P. Y. and ASHTON, D. H. - A Comparison of Some Populations of Eucalyptus viminalis
Labill. growing on Calcareous and Acid Soils in Victoria, Australia. Ausi. J. Ecol. 2: 161-178 (1977).
33. LADIGES. P. Y. and KELSO, A. - The Comparative Effects of Waterlogging on Two Populations of
Eucalyptus viminalis Labill. Aust. J. Bol. 25: 159-160 (1977).
34. McKENZIE, I . F. C , CLARKE, A. E. and PARISH, C. R. - la Antigenic Specificities arc
Oligosaccharide in Nature: Hapten-inhibition Studies. J. Exp. Med. 145: 1039-1053 (1977).
35. MOORE, G. M.. ROWAN, K. S. and BLAKE, T. J. - Effects of Heat on the Phvsiology of Seedlings or
Eucalyptus obliqua. Aust. J. Plant Physiol. 4: 283-288 (1977).
36. MOORE, G. M , ROWAN, K. S. and BLAKE, T. J. - The Effects or Heat on thc Physiology or Eucalyptus
obliqua seedlings. Aust. For. Res. Newsletter No. 4: 74-75 (1977).
37. MURRAY, D. R. and COLLIER, M. D. - Acid Phosphatase Activities in Developing Seeds or Pisum
sativum L. Aust. J. Plant Physiol. 4: 843-848 (1977).
38. MURRAY, D. R , COLLIER, M. D. and KNOX, R. D. - Acid Phosphatase Localization and Activity in
Developing Pea Seeds. Proc. Ausi. Biochem. Soc. 10: 14 (1977).
39. MURRAY. D. R. and KNOX, R. B. - Immunofluotesccm Localization of Urease in thc Cotyledons of
Jack Bean, Canavalis ensiformis. J. Cell Sci. 26: 9-18 (1977).
40. RAFF. J , CLARKE. A. E, HARRISON, S. and KNOX, R. B. - Identification or Plants by their
Antigenic Determinants. Proc. Aust. Biochem. Soc. 10: 24 (1977).
176
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
54.
55.
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
61.
62.
FACULTY OF SCIENCE
RAFF, J. and KNOX, R. B. - Incompatibility in the Sweet Cherry. Hrunus avium. Incompatibility
Newsletter 8: 36-39 (1977).
R A M M , S. M. and WETHERBEE. R. - The Hne Structure of Post-fertili/.ation in Nemalion
(Rhodophvta). J. Phvcol. 13 (Suppl.): 57 (1977).
SCHOLEFIELD, P. B. and NEALES, T. F. - Harvest-pruning and Trcllising of'Sultana' Vines. I . Effects
on Yield and Vegetative Growth. Scicmia llorticulturae 7: 115-122 (1977).
SCHOLEFIELD, P. B , MAY. P. and NEALES, T. F. - Harvest-pruning and Trcllising of'Sultana' Vines.
I I . Effects on Earlv Spring Development. Scienlia Horticulturae 7: 123-132 (1977).
SMART, I , CLARKE. A. E, KNOX, R. B. and MITCHELL, G. - Fractionation or Pollen Allergens from
Ryegrass, Lolium perenne. Proc. Aust. Biochem. Soc. 10: 25 (1977).
SMITH, P. R. and NEALES. T. F. - The Growth of Young Peach Trees following Infection by the Viruses
of Peach Rosette and Decline Disease. Ausi. J. Agric. Res. 28: 441-444 (1977).
SMITH, P. R. and NEALES, T. F. - Analysis of the Effects of Virus Infection on the Photosvnthetic
Properties of Peach Leaves. Ausi. J. Plant Physiol. 4: 723-732 (1977).
STONE, I . G. — Some Morphological and Anatomical Features of Ihe Monotypic Genus Brvobartramia
Sainsbury (Musci). Aust. J. Hot. 25: 141-157 (1977).
STONE, I . G. - Bruchia queenslandica. a new Moss from Tropical Australia. J Bryol. V: 509-518 (1977).
TURNER, J. S. - Some Aspects of thc Australian Landscape The Bird Observer 548 (1977).
VEBLEN, T. T., ASHTON. D. G.. SCHLEGEL, F. M. and VEBI.EN, A. T. - Distribution and
Dominance of Species in the Understorey of a Mixed Evergreen-Deciduous Nothofagus Forest in SouthCentral Chile. J. Ecol. 65: 815-830 (1977).
VEBLEN, T. T„ ASHTON, D I I . SCHLEGEL, F. M. and VEBLEN, A. T. - Plant Succession in a
Timberlinc Depressed bv Vulcanism in South-Central Chile. J. Biogeog. 4: 275-297 (1977).
VITHANAGE, H. I . M'. V. and KNOX. R. B. - Development and Cylo-chemislry or Stigma Surface and
Response to Self and Foreign Pollination in llelianthus annutts. Phvlomorphologv 27: 168-179 (1977).
VITHANAGE, H. I . M. V. and KNOX, R. B. - Callose: its Nalureand Involvement in Self-incompatibility
Responses in sunflower, Helianthus unnuus and the grasses Lolium perenne and Secale cereale.
Incompatibility Newsletter 8: 34-35 (1977).
WESTE. G. - Future Forests - To Be or Not To Be. Victoria's Resources 19- 25-27 (1977).
WESTE, G. — The Truth about the Cinnamon Fungus. Vict. National Parks Association Journal 109: 12-15
(1977).
WESTE, G. M. and RUPP1N, P. - Phytophthora cinnamomi Population Densities in Forest Soils. Aust. J.
Bol. 25: 461-475 (1977).
WESTE, G , RUPPIN. P.. VITHANAGE. K„ HINCH, J. and KENNEDY, .1. - Phytophthora cinnamomi
in Victorian Native Forests. Aust. For. Res. Newsletter 4: 76-79 (1977).
WESTE, G. and VITHANAGE, K. - Microbial Populations of Three Forest Soils: Seasonal Variations and
Changes Associated with Phytophthora cinnamomi. Aust. J. Bol. 25: 377-383 (1977).
WETHERBEE, R. - Morphology and Distribution of Subcellular Components in Vegetative Cells of
Polysiphonia (Rhodophyta). J. Phycol. 13 (Suppl.): 72 (1977).
WETHERBEE, R. and WEST, J. A. - Golgi Apparatus of Unique Morphology during Early
Carposporogenesis in a Red Alga. J. Ullrast. Res. 58: 119-133 (1977).
WITHERS, J. R. and ASHTON, D. H. - Studies on the Status of Unburn! Eucalyptus Woodland at Ocean
Grove, Victoria. I . The Structure and Regeneration. Aust. J. Bol. 25: 623-627 (1977).
Doctor of
Philosophy
1. CANTERFORD, G. S. - Interaction between Heavy Metals and the Marine Diatom Ditylum brightwellii
2. LAI, H. H. - The Physiology of Opuntia and other CAM Plants
3. LADD, P. G. — Pollen Studies in Central and Eastern Victoria, incorporating Research on Relevant Extant
Plant Families.
Master
4. HARGREAVES,
of
Science
G. R. - The Ecology of Plant Communities at Echo Flat. Lake Mountain, Victoria
PhD Theses in
Progress
CONSIDINE, J. A. - Cell Wall Morphogenesis in the Dermal Layer of Fruit
FRIEND, D. A. - The Ecology of Amsinckia (Amsinckia spp.I
HOWLETT, B. - Characterisation of Pollen Allergens
KERRY. E. — Phylloplane Ecology of Three Sub-Antarctic Plants from Macquarie Island
LEWIS. S. - Investigation into some Aspects of ihe Physiology and Phosphate Metabolism o/Zoslera muelleri
M A R T I N . J. - Population Studies on Craspcdia glauca
MEYER, C. — The Control of Mode of Carbon Assimilation in Bryophyllum daigrcmontiana
MOORE, G. — 77ie Effects of Heal on the Physiology of Eucalyptus obliqua Seedlings
PARK. A. — An Ecological Study of the Near-Natural Vegetation ofthe Port Phillip Foreshore
PARR-SMITH,
G. A. - Taxonomy of Atriplex vesicaria Ileward in Benth (Chenopodiaceael and Related
Species
RAFF, J. W. - Cell Interactions in Plants
SKINNER, M. — Some Chemical and Biological Aspects of the Growth of Pine in Eastern Victoria
SMART, I. — Immunological Responses to Allergens
BOTANY
177
TIMS, J. — Studies of the Lower Devonian Flora of Victoria
VITHANAGE,
H. I. M. V. - Pollen-Wall Proteins and Breeding Systems of Plants wilh Special Reference to
Sunflower
WARD, R. — Leaf Development in Eucalyptus obliqua L'Herit
WILLIS. E. J. - Allelopathy in Eucalyptus regnans
M.Sc
Theses in
Progress
ANDERSON. C. A. - Variation in Eucalyptus obliqua on Acid and Calcareous Soils
BAKER, T. G. — Studies and the Distribution and Cycling of Nitrogen in Forests
BARSON, M . — Competition and regeneration in Eucalyptus viminalis and E. camaldulensis
BLAZE, K. — Mechanism Controlling Polarity in Germinating Eggs of Hormosira banksii
BROWN, V. B. - Nitrogen Cycling in Marine Macrophytes at Werribee
FARAGHER. J. - A Study of the Physiology 6f Anthocyanin Synthesis in Apple Skin
GLEADOW. R. - The Physio-ecology of Pitiosporum undulatum
GLEESON, P. A. — Study of Arabinogalactan Proteins in Plant-'Tjssues
HARRISON, T. F. - Mechanism of Calcification in Coralline Algae
HARTNEY, V. J. - The Physiology of Agave americana L
HINCH, J. M . — Enzymes of Phytophthora cinnamomi
HUNT, L. J. — The Ecology ofthe Cliff Vegetation from Eastern View to St. Georges River in the Otways, with a
View to Understanding the Processes of Erosion and Colonization
KASSABY, F. Y. — Phytophthora cinnamomi as a Major Factor of Disease in Eucalypt Forest of East Gippsland
K t N R I C K , J. B. W. - Pollen development and the Breeding System in Acacia
LF-WIS, J. A. - Ecology of Benthic Marine Algae at Gellibrand Light, Northern Port Phillip Bay, Victoria
MASON, A. J. — Photosynthesis of Exposed and Submerged Seagrasses
O'BRIEN, C. E. — Ecology of the Benthic Marine Algae in the Hobson's Bay Area
QUIRK, H. — The genus Chcilanthes in Australia - A General Study of its Systematica and Biology with
Particular Reference to Southern Australia
RAMM, S. M. - The Fine Structure of Postfertilization Development in Some of the Primitive Florideophycean
Algae (Rhodophyta)
REEDER, M. — The Development ofthe Shoot and Root of Hibbertia with Particular Reference to the VascularCortical Boundarv of \\. astrotricha
WILLIAMS,
R.Ecology
of Antarctic Saline Lakes
SUBSTANTIAL CRANTS RECEIVED
Grants have been received asfollows:—
Victorian Ministry for Conservation: Thc Aquatic Vegetation of thc Gippsland Lakes, A Study ofthe Dieback of
Phragmites australis in the Gippsland Lakes; Identification of the Land-Based Vegetation Surrounding thc
Gippsland Lakes and Lake Tyers; Nutrient Cycling and Productivity in Mangrove and Seagrass Communities in
Westernport Bay; Nitrogen Cycling in Marine Macrophytes at Werribee.
ARGC: Cell Biology of Protein and Carbohydrate Storage in Legumes: Botany of Australian Acacias with Special
Reference to Pollen and Pollination Mechanisms; Cell Recognition in Plants with Special Reference to PollenWJJII Protein/Stigma Interactions and the Human Allergic Response; Biology of Marine Flowering Plants
(Seagrasses) wilh Special Reference to Pollination Mechanisms; The Evolution of Subcellular Processes with
Special Reference to Development in Primitive and I lighly Specialized Members ofthe Rhodophyta (Red Algae):
Carbon Dioxide Assimilation Patterns in Plants and the Variation Induced by Environmental Factors; The
Taxonomy and Ecology of Lord Howe Island Benthic Marine Algae; A Taxonomic Investigation and Critical
Revision of Australian Mosses in the Order Dicranales and Potliales; Colonization and Survival in Forest Soils by
Phvtophthora cinnamomi; Studies on Spore Morphology of thc Genus Blechnum.
Rowden White Estate, Felton Bequests' Committee, Asthma Foundation of Victoria, Allen & Hanbury - Pollen
research under direction of Professor R. B. Knox.
StiUe Electricity Commission of Victoria: Study of Algal Standing Crop in Greenwich Bay Area of Hobson's Bay.
Dried Fruit Research Committee. Victorian Department of Agriculture: Morphogenesis of the Dermal Systems of
Fruits.
CHEMISTRY
Chairman
of school: Dr T. A.
O'Donnell
Chairman and Senior Lecturer in Inorganic Chemistry BERNARD FOSTER HOSKINS
Chairman and Professor of Organic Chemistry DONALD W I L L I A M CAMERON
Chairman and Reader in Physical Chemistry COLIN GRANT BARRACLOUGH
Professor of Inorganic Chemistry DONALD RICHARD STRANKS (to March 1977)
Professor or Physical Chemistry THOMAS W I L L I A M HEALY (from August 1977)
Readers in Inorganic Chemistry RAY COLTON
THOMAS ALOYSIUS O'DONNELL
Readers in Organic Chemistry RAYMOND GREAYER COOKE
REGINALD BASIL JOHNS
Senior Lecturers in Inorganic Chemistrv A L L A N TERENCE CASEY
RICHARD ROBSON
Senior Lecturers in Organic Chemistry I A N CAMPBELL CALDER
DAVID PATTERSON KELLY
JOHN MICHAEL LAWLOR
QUENTIN NOEL PORTER
EMILY FAY MORRISON STEPHENSON
Senior Lecturers in Physical Chemistrv RONALD COOPER
ROBERT ARROL CRAIG
RICHARD DAVID HARCOURT
A L A N ARTHUR HUMFFRAY
PETER TREMBATH McTIGUE
JOAN TREASURE RADFORD
PETER JAMES THISTLETHWAITE
FRANCIS EDWARD TRELOAR
Senior Lecturers in Chemistry NORMAN HENRY OLVER
COLIN LESLIE YOUNG
Lecturers in Inorganic Chemistry GEOFFREY ALAN LAWRANCE
PETER A L L A N TREGLOAN
Lecturer in Organic Chemistry MARGARITA M I N G I N
Lecturer in Marine Chemistry JAMES DAVID SMITH
Lecturer in Chemistry HEATHER MARGARET GRANT
Principal Tutors JOAN ALICE CHONG
VALDA MAY McRAE
Senior Tutors PAUL FRANCIS ALEWOOD
ROGER DAVID ALEXANDER
M A R T I N RICHARD HOUCHIN
JOHN MACKINNON MORRIS
COLIN DAVID PANNAN
ROBERT JOHN SPEAR
EILEEN GRUEN (in conjunction with RAAF Academy)
Visiting Professor A L A N STUART BUCHANAN
Honorary Professor VICTOR MARTIN TRIKOJUS
Research Fellows A L A N MAXWELL BOND
GEOFFREY I A N FEUTRILL
Research Fellow - Queen Elizabeth I I Fellowship LEE RAYMOND WHITE
Research Fellows - Melbourne University Research Fellowship BOZIDAR GRABARIC
ANDREW HOMOLA
SOREN ROSENDAL JENSEN
A L A N EDWARD WHITMARSH KNIGHT
Senior Associates ALBERT SHULMAN
A. I N O R G A N I C C H E M I S T R Y
GEORGE WINTER
Group Leader: A. IM. Bond
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
178
Electrochemical investigations or carbonyl complexes.
Theoretical electrochemistry.
Development or microprocessor and mini-computer controlled electrochemical instrumentati
Analytical uses or electrochemical techniques.
Stability constants or fluoride complexes in non-aqueous solvents.
CHEMISTRY
Croup
179
Leader: A. T. Casey
6. Measurements of thermodynamics of complex formation of metal-Schiff Base complexes.
7. Magnetic study of some vanadyl-Schiff Base complexes.
8. Electrochemical study of some derivatives ofthe bis(r|-cyclopentadienyl) vanadium(IV) cation.
Group Leader: R.
Colton
9. Electrochemical studies of carbonyl derivatives.
10. X-ray structural studies of carbonyl derivatives.
Group Leader: B. F.
Hoskins
11. X-ray crystallography and structural chemistry of transition and non-transition metal complexes.
12. Defect fluorite-related structures [with D. J. M . Bevan (Flinders University of South Australia) and
R. L. Martin (Monash University)].
Group Leader: G. A.
Lawrance
13. Inorganic reaction kinetics at high pressures.
14. Characterization of binuclear dioxygen dicobalt complexes from Raman spectroscopy.
Group Leader: T. A.
O'Donnell
15. Electronic, Raman, e.s.r. and n.m.r. spectroscopic studies of transition metal cations in anhydrous hydrogen
fluoride.
16. Voltammetric oxidation of transition metal, lanthanide and actinide ions in anhydrous hydrogen fluoride.
17. Crystallographic investigation of the structures of species crystallized from anhydrous hydrogen fluoride.
Group Leader: R.
Robson
Group Leader: A.
Shulman
18. Complexes of tailor-made ligands.
19. Biological and chemical actions of transition metal chelates and related substances.
20. Drug action in the central and peripheral nervous systems.
Group Leader: J. D.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
Smith
Reactions of oceans to trace metal inputs.
Polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons in marine sediments.
Behaviour of phosphate in estuarine and coastal waters.
Determination, distribution and behaviour of aluminium and silicon species in estuaries.
Behaviour of iodine and bromine species in the marine environment.
Trace metal and sulphur diagenesis in sediments.
Group Leader: P. A.
Tregloan
27. Substitution kinetics of labile metal ions.
Group Leader: G.
Winter
28. Metal thiolate complexes.
PUBLISHED WORKS
ARTICLES
1. BARRACLOUGH, C. G., COCKMAN, R. W. and O'DONNELL, T. A. - Electronic Spectra of Some
Transition Metal and Lanthanide Ions in Anhydrous Hydrogen Fluoride. Inorg. Chem. 16: 673 (1977).
2. BOND, A. M . , IRVINE, I . and O'DONNELL, T. A. - Electrochemical Studies of Molybdenum
Hexafluoride and Related Compounds in Anhydrous Hydrogen Fluoride. Inorg. Chem. 16: 841-4 (1977).
3. BOND. A. M.. COLTON. R. and McCORMICK, M . J. - Investigation of Isomerization and Oxidation
Reduction Reactions of Halotricarbonylbis(diphenylphosphino)methane-mangancse(l) Complexes using
Chemical and Electrochemical Techniques. Inorg. Chem. 16: 155-159 (1977).
4. BOND. A. M . and GRABARIC, B. S. - Differential Pulse Polarographv and Voltammetry with a
Microprocessor - Controlled Polarograph and a Pressurized Mercury Electrode. Anal. Chim. Acta8S: 227236 (1977).
5. BOND, A. M., PEAKE, B. M . , ROBINSON, B. H., SIMPSON, J. and WATSON, D. J. Electrochemical Investigation of the Tricobalt Carbon Cluster. Inorg. Chem. 16: 410-415 (1977).
6. BOND, A. M . and KELLY, B. W. - Investigations by Automated Differential Pulse Anodic Stripping
Voltammetrv of the Problem of Storage of Dilute Solutions. Talanta 24: 453-457 (1977).
7. BOND, A. M., DAWSON, P. A., PEAKE, B. M„ ROBINSON, B. H. and SIMPSON, J. Electrochemical Investigation of the Iron Group Carbonyls and their Phosphine Substituted Derivatives.
Inorg. Chem. 16: 2199-2206 (1977).
8. BOND, A. M., SCHWALL, R.J. and SMITH, D. E. - On-Line FFT Faradaic Admittance Measurements:
Application to A.C. Cyclic Voltammetry. J. Electroanal. Chem. 85: 231-247 (1977).
9. BOND, A. M . - A Criticism of Kondziela and Biernat's Discussion of Bond's Data for Reduction of Indium
in Halide Media. J. Electroanal. Chem. 83: 177-179 (1977).
180
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
FACULTY OF SCIENCE
BURNS. R. C. and O'DONNELL, T. A. - Preparation and Properties of Plutonium Oxide Tetrafluoride.
Inorg. Nucl. Chem. Letters 13: 657 (1977).
CAMERON, D. W. DOWN, J. G., KISSANE, P. J., LAYCOCK, G. M . and SHULMAN. A. - The
Preparation and Central Pharmacological Action of Stereoisomeric Bicyclic Imides. Ausi. J. Chem. 30: 38793 (1977).
CAMERON, D. W., DOWN. J.G., KISSANE, P. J., LAYCOCK, G. M. and SHULMAN. A. - Svnthesis
of N-Substituted Glutarimides. Ausi. J. Chem. 30: 1157-9 (1977).
CASEY, A. T. and CLARK. R. J. H. - Preparation and Properties of Vanadium ( I I I ) Complexes of
Bidentate and Terdenlate Nitrogen Donor Ligands. Transition Met. Chem. 2: 76-80 (1977).
COLTON, R., McCORMICK, M. J. and PANNAN, C. D. - X-ray Crystal and Molecular Structure of u Carbonyl bis-u-(bisdiphenvlarsinomethane)dichlorodipalladium(I). J. C. S. (Chem. Commun.) 827 (1977).
FARNWORTH. P. G., SHULMAN, A. and CASEY. A. T. - Action of 1,10-phenanthroline Transition
Metal Chelates on the Rat Isolated Diaphragm Preparation. Chem.-Biol. Interactions IS: 289-94 (1977).
FOWLESS, A. D. and STRANKS, D. R. - Selenitometal Complexes. I . Synthesis and Characterization of
Selenito Complexes of Cobalt(IlI) and their Equilibrium Properties in Solution. Inorg. Chem. 16: 1271-6
(1977).
FOWLESS, A. D. and STRANKS, D. R. - Selenitometal Complexes. 2. Kinetics and Mechanism ofthe
Reaction of Aquocobalt(III) Cations with Hydrogenselenile Anions. Anorg. Chem. 16: 1276-81 (1977).
FOWLESS, A. D. and STRANKS, D. R. - Selenitometal Complexes. 3. Kinetics and Mechanism ofthe
Reaction of Hydrocobalt(lll) and Hydroxorhodium(III) Cations with Monomeric and Dimeric Selenite
Anions. Inorg. Chem. 16: 1282-6 (1977).
HARCOURT, R. D. and WINTER. G. - The Asymmetry of the M-S Bonds in Xanthate Complexes and
Possible M-0 Interactions. B. Inorg. Nucl. Chem. 39: 360-362 (1977).
HOSKINS, B. F. and PANNAN, C. D. - The Structural Features o f a Tetrahedral 1,3-Monolhiolate
Complex: The Crystal and Molecular Structure of Bis(ethyl-3-mercaptobut-2-cnoalo)-zinc(ll). Aust. J.
Chem. 30: 993-1005 (1977).
KENDALL, P. L. and LAWRANCE, G. A. - Thc Kinetics ofthe Base Hydrolysis of i/wtj-Dichloro- and
irans-W\btomo-(meso- 5,7.7,12,14,14-hexamethyl -1.4,8,11 - tetraazacyclotetradeca-4,11-diene) cobalt (111)
Perchlorate. Aust. J. Chem. 30: 1841 (1977).
LAWRANCE, G. A. and STRANKS, D. R. - Volumes of Activation for Intramolecular Racemization
Mechanisms. High Pressure Racemization of Bipyridyl, Phenanthroline, and Oxalato Complexes of
Chromium(IIl) in Solution. Inorg. Chem. 16: 929 (1977).
MACLEOD, I . D. and O'DONNELL, T. A. - Polarography of Some p-Block Elements in Anhydrous
Hydrogen Fluoride. Inorg. Chem. 16: 1433 (1977).
O'DONNELL, T. A.. WAUGH, A. B. and RANDALL, C. H. - Reactivity ofTransilion Metal Fluorides.
IX. Protactinium Pentafluoride and Tetrafluoride. J. Inorg. Nucl. Chem. 39: 1597 (1977).
O'DONNELL, T. A. - el al — Xenon Difiuoride as a Selective Inorganic Fluorinating Reagent. J. Inorg.
Nucl. Chem. 39: 1737 (1977).
ROBSON, R. and VINCE, D. G. - Complexes of Binucleating Ligands. IX. Some Telranuclear Nickel(ll).
Cobalt(II) and Mixed Cobalt(ll) Complexes. Inorganica Chimica Ada 25: 191-202 (1977).
SCHWALL, R. J., BOND, A. M . , LOYD, R. J.. LARSEN, J. G. and SMITH, D. E. - A High Speed
Synchronous Data Generation and Sampler (Sydages) System: Application to On-Line FFT Faradaic
Admittance Measurements. Anal. Chem. 49: 1797-1804 (1977).
SCHWALL, R. J., BOND, A. M . and SMITH, D. E. - On-Line FFT Faradaic Admittance Measurements:
Real-Time Deconvolution of Heterogeneous Charge Transfer Kinetic Effects for Thermodynamic and
Analytical Measurements. Anal. Chem. 49: 1805-1812 (1977).
SCHWALL, R. J., BOND, A. M . and SMITH, D. E. - On-Line FFT Faradaic Admittance Measurements:
An Application of Broad Band Admittance Spectral Data to more Unambiguous Characterization of QuasiReversible Systems. J. Electroanal. Chem. 85: 217-229 (1977).
SHULMAN, A., LAYCOCK, G. M. and BRADLEY, T. R. - Action of 1,10-phenanthroline Transition
Metal Chelates on P388 Mouse Lymphocytic Leukaemic Cells. Chem.-Biol. Interactions 16: 89-99 (1977).
SMITH, J. D. - 'Heavy Metals in Corio Bay', Ministry for Conservation Task No. TO4-609, IBSN O909454-77-9.
Doctor of
Science
1. BOND, A. M. — Electrochemical Techniques in Inorganic and Analytical Chemistry
Doctor of
2. McCORMICK,
3. O'HALLORAN,
Philosophy
M. J. — Some Organometallic Chemistry of Univalent Palladium and Manganese
R. 3. - A. C. Cyclic Voltammetry
Master
of
Science
4. SUCH, C. H. - Some Aspects of Vanadium Chemistry
PhD
Theses in
Progress
C. I. ARBLASTER
- Studies of the Mechanism of Action of Selected Stimulant and Depressant Drugs on the
Central and Peripheral Nervous Systems
E. C. V. BUTLER — Behaviour of Halogens in the Marine Environment
CHEMISTRY
181
J. CARR - Solvent Effects in Metal Ion Substitution Processes
R. W. COCKMAN - Spectroscopic Investigations of Heavy Metal Ions in Anhydrous Hydrogen Fluoride
P. G. FARNWORTH
- Biological Actions of 1,10-Phenanihroline Transition Metal Chelates and Related
Substances
B. G. GOODMAN - Substitution Reactions of Group III Cations
M. R. HOUCHIN — Complexes of Potentially Strong Ti-Donor Ligands
J. J. JACKOWSKI — Electrochemical Investigations of Group VI Carbonyl Complexes
C. D. PANNAN — Crystal Structures of Monothioacetylaceione Derivatives
M. J. RICHARDS — Kinetics Involving Inorganic Reaction Intermediates
T. R. SULLIVAN — High Pressure Studies of Inorganic Reaction Mechanisms
S. SUVACHITTANONT
- Kinetics Studies of Inorganic Reactions at High Pressure
M.Sc
Theses in
Progress
A. T. BAKER — Some Studies of Heavy Metal i,1-Dithiolale Complexes
F. W. DAVEY — Occurences of Heavy Metals in Marine Sediments
Md. A. HASHEM — Magnetic Studies of Some Vanadyl-Schiff Base Complexes
R. KELSON - Complexes of Binucleating Ligands Containing a Bridging Sulphur Atom
MILNE. P. J. — Silicon and Aluminium Species in Estuaries
R. J. MYERS - A Study of Defect Fluorite Related Systems
I. P. TRAVERSO — Thermodynamics of Complex Formation
M AppSc
Theses in
Progress
A. LONGMORE — Behaviour of Phosphate Species in Estuaries
W. MAHER — Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons in Sediments
Grants have been recieved as follows: —
ARGC: Voltammetrie and Spectroscopic Investigations of Species Dissolved in Anhydrous Hydrogen Fluoride.
ARGC: Chemistry and Electrochemistry ofthe Early Transition Elements.
ARGC: Development of a Rapid Scan Spectrometer.
ARGC: Volumes of Activation for Reactions of Optically Active Metal Complexes.
ARGC: Reactions of Oceans to Trace Metal Inputs.
ARGC: Complexes of Binuclcating Ligands Containing a Bridging Sulphur Atom.
ARGC: Development and Application of Modern Electroanalytical Techniques.
Ministry for Conservation: Heavy Metals in Corio Bay.
US-Australia Cooperative Science Program (NSF): Study of Fluoride Complexes in Non-Aqueous Media.
B. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Insect Pigments and Related Metabolites.
Quinones and Nucleophiles: Polycyclic Aromatic Systems.
Chemistry of Plant Products.
Studies in Aldehyde Synthesis.
Rearrangements in the Diene Synthesis.
Mass Spectrometric Studies.
Photochemical Studies.
The Chemical Basis for the Toxicity of Analgesics.
C Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Studies of Reactive Intermediates.
Chemical Studies of Coal Structures.
Biological Diagenesis of Chlorophyll and Phytol.
Diagenetic Pathways for Lipids in Intertidal Sediments.
Chemical Studies of Food Chain Webs in Copepods and Barrier Reef Corals.
,J
PUBLISHED WORK
CHAPTERS OF BOOK
I . KELLY. D. P., DEWAR, M . K.. JOHNS, R. B., SHAO, W-L. and YATES, J. F. - Cross linking of Amino
Acids by Formaldehyde. Preparation and "C N.M.R. Spectra of Model Compounds, in Protein Crosslinking.
Part A. ed. M. Friedman, pp. 641-647, Plenum Publishing Corporation, New York, 1977.
ARTICLES
1. AUTERI, S. C. and CAMERON, D. W. - Mixed Carboxylate Sulphonate Esters of Glycerol. Aust. J.
Chem. 30: 2487-2492 (1977).
182
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
FACULTY OF SCIENCE
A UTERI. S. C . DRAKE, C. B. and CAMERON, D. W. - One-Step Synthesis of Mixed Carboxylate
Sulphonate Esters of Diols. Ausi. J. Chem. 30: 2479-2485 (1977).
BERGAMASCO, R. and PORTER, Q. N . - Vinylindenes and Some Heteroanalogues in the Diels-Alder
Reaction I . Preparation of 3-Vinylindene and Some Homologucs. Ausi. J. Chem. 30: 1051-1059 (1977).
BERGAMASCO, R. and PORTER, Q. N . - Vinylindenes and Some Heteroanalogues in the Diels-Alder
Reaction I I . Substituted Fluorenes from 3-Vinylindenes. ,4tis(. J. Chem. 30: 1061-1071 (1977).
BERGAMASCO, R. and PORTER, Q. N. - Vinylindenes and Some Heteroanalogues in the Diels-Alder
Reaction. I I I . Benzoquinone, 1,4-Naphthoquinone and Benzo[6]-thiophen 1,1-Dioxide as Dienophiles. Ausi.
J. Chem. 30: 1523-1530 (1977).
BERGAMASCO, R., PORTER, Q. N . and YAP, C. - Vinylindenes and Some Heteroanalogues in the
Diels-Alder Reaction. IV. Reactions of Ethenctetracarbonitrile with Some 3-Vinylindoles. Ausi. J. Chem. 30:
1531-1544 (1977).
BOWDEN, B. F. and CAMERON, D. W. - Stable Hydrocarbon Analogues of 9-Anthrone: Methyl
Substituted 9-Alkylidene-9,10-dihydroanthracenes. / . Chem. Soc. Chem. Commun. 78-79 (1977).
BOWDEN. B. F. and CAMERON, D. W. - Stable Anthraquinodimethancs. Tetrahedron Lett. 383-384
(1977).
CAMERON, D. W. and CROSSLEY, M. J. - Svnthesis or Emodin Methyl Ethers. Aust. J. Chem. 30:
1161-1165 (1977).
CAMERON. D. W., CROSSLEY, M . J., FEUTRILL, G. I . and GRIFFITHS, P. G. - Intermediates in
the l:2-Addition of 1,1-Dietho.xvcthene to Quinones: Synthesis of Deoxyerythrolaccin. J. Chem. Soc. Chem.
Commun. 297-298 (1977).
CAMERON, D. W„ DOWN, J. G.. KISSANE. P. J., LAYCOCK. G. M . and SHULMAN, A. - The
Preparation and Central Pharmacological Action of Stereoisomeric Bicyclic Imides. Aust. J. Chem. 30: 387393 (1977).
CAMERON, D. W., DOWN, J.G., KISSANE, P. J.. LAYCOCK, G. M . and SHULMAN, A. - Synthesis
of ^-Substituted Glutarimides. Aust. J. Chem. 30: 1157-1159 (1977).
CAMERON, D. W„ FEUTRILL, G. I„ LAMMERTS VAN BUEREN, L. J. H., RASTON, C. L. and
WHITE, A. H. - Crystal Structure or Methyl 8-Iodo-4,5,7-trimethoxv-2-naphthoaie. Aust. J. Chem. 30:
2313-2317 (1977).
CAMERON, D. W.. FEUTRILL, G. Land PATTI, A. F. - Lanthanide Shifts in the'H N.M.R. Spectra of
peri-Alkoxy- and -Alkylamino-quinones. Aust. J. Chem. 30: 1255-1258 (1977).
CAMERON, D. W., HALL, S. R., RASTON, C. L. and WHITE, A. H. - Colouring Matters ofthe
Aphidoidea. X L I I I . Crystal Structure of the Aphid Pigment 'Quinone A'. Aust. J. Chem. 30: 2705-2709
(1977).
CAMERON, D. W. and MINGIN. M . - 1,6-Addition or t-Butylmagnesium Chloride to 9.10Phenanthraquinonc. Aust. J. Chem. 30: 859-863 (1977).
CAMERON, D. W. and SAMUEL, E. L. - Reactions or Perimidin-4-ones and -6-ones with Amines. Aust.
J. Chem. 30: 2063-2079 (1977).
CAMERON, D. W. and SAMUEL, E. L. - Reactions of per/'-Aminonaphthoquinones and
Dihydroperimidinones with Piperidine. Aust. J. Chem. 30: 2081-2085 (1977).
CAMERON, D. W., SAWYER, W. H. and TRIKOJUS, V. M . - Colouring Matters or the Aphidoidea
X L I I . Purification and Properties of the Cyclising Enzyme [Protoaphin Dehydratase (Cyclising)] Concerned
with Pigment Transformations in the Woolly Aphid Eriosoma tanigerum Hausmann (Hemiptera: Insecta).
Ausi. J. Biol. Sci. 30: 173-181 (1977).
COOKE, R. G. and RAINBOW, I . J. - Colouring Matters of Australian Plants XIX. .-fuvi. J. Chem. 30:
2241-2247 (1977).
CROWE, C. A., CALDER. I . C , MADSEN, N . P., FUNDER, C. O . GREEN, C. R.. HAM, K. N. and
TANGE, J. D. — An Experimental Model of Analgesic Induced Renal Damage - Some Effects of pAminophenol on Rat Kidney Mitochondria. Xenobiolica 7: 345-356 (1977).
CROWE, C. A., MADSEN, N . P., TANGE. J. D. and CALDER, I . C. - Loss of Kidney Microsomal
Glucose-6-phosphalase Activitv Following Acute Administration of p-Aminophcnol. Biochem. Pharmacol.
26: 2069-2071 (1977).
DAVIES, W., ENNIS, B. C , MAHAVERA, C. and PORTER, Q. N . - Thermal and Photodimerization of
Benzo[*)thiophen-3-carboxylic Acid 1,1-Dioxide. Aust. J. Chem. 30: 173-178 (1977).
H O G E L , H . M„ KELLY. D. P., BROWNE, A. R., HALTON, B., M I L S O M , P. J. and
wOOLHOUSE, A. D. — Studies in the Cyclopropa-arene Series: Acid Catalysed and Thermal
Decompositions of I, I-Dichloro-2,5-diphenylcyclopropabenzene. J. Chem. Soc. Perkin I , 2340-2342 (1977).
JOHNS, R. B. and PERRY, G. J. - Lipids or the Marine Bacterium Ftexibacler polvmorphus. Arch.
Microbiol. 114: 267-271 (1977).
JOHNS, R. B., PERRY, G. J. and JACKSON, K. S. - Contribution or Bacterial Lipids to Recent Marine
Sediments. Esluarine and Coastal Marine Science 5: 521-529 (1977).
KELLY, D. P. and SPEAR, R. J. - Carbon-13 N.M.R. Studies of Carbocations. Determination ofocrtho
Constants Irom "C Spectra or Benzhydryl Cations. Aust. J. Chem. 30: 1993-2004 (1977).
LLOYD, E. J. and PORTER, Q. N . - Mass Spectrometric Studies. X I I . Organic Sulphates. Aust. J. Chem.
30: 569-578 (1977).
TUDROSZEN, N . J., KELLY, D. P. and MILLIS, N . F. - o-Pinene Metabolism by Pseudomonas putida.
Biochem. J. 168: 315-318 (1977).
VOLKMAN, J. K. and JOHNS, R. B. - Thc Geochemical Significance of Positional Isomers of
Unsaturated Acids from an Intertidal Zone Sediment. Nature. 267: 693-694 (1977).
Doctor of
I. FLYNN,
R. G. A. — — Ion Structures and Skeletal
Philosophy
Rearrangements
CHEMISTRY
183
2. OLSTEIN, R. - The Synthesis of Substituted Cinnamaldehydes and their Corresponding Epoxides
3. RAINBOW, I, J. — The Unequivocal Synthesis of Haemocorin Aglycone and its Derivatives
PhD Theses in
Progress
I. J. DAGLEY — Isolation and Synthesis of Pigments from Macropidia fuliginosa
P. G. GRIFFITHS - Synthesis of Anthraquinone Pigments
S. J. HART — Identification of Metabolites of Analgesics and their Role in Nephrotoxicity
A. F. PATTI — Studies on Naturally Derived and Synthetic Quinones
G. J. PERRY — Lipids in the Marine Environment
J. K. VOLKMAN - Studies of Biological Diagenesis in Recent Marine Sediments
A. C. YONG - Study of Analgesic Metabolites in Rats
1
M.Sc
Theses in
Progress
K. R. DEUTSCHER - Synthetic Organic Chemistry
K. HEALEY — Chemical Basis of Drug Induced Nephrotoxicity
D. IAKOVID1S - Mass Spectrometric Studies
J. D. LAMBERT - Vinylindoles in the Diels-Alder Reaction
P. J. MILNE — Aspects of Suspended Matter — Disolved Species Interaction in Estuarine Systems
L. J. H. PANNAN - Approaches Towards the Synthesis ofa Naturally Occurring Binaphihofuranquinone
J. R. PEARSON - Synthesis and Diels-Alder Reaciions of 3-Vinylbenzofurans
ARGC: Insect Constituents.
ARGC: Biological Diagenesis of Some Plant Alcohols.
ARGC: Proton Microprobe Analysis of Trace Metals in Plankton.
ARGC: "C-H Coupling Constants in Carbocations.
ARGC: Ion Structures and Rearrangements in Mass Spectrometry.
ARGC: New Heterocyclic Syntheses.
ARGC: Toxicity of Analgesics.
APM Ltd: Chemical Mechanism of Wood Pulping.
National Coal Research Advisory Committee: An Approach to Oil Formation from Coal.
C. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
1.
2.
3.
4.
i.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Colloid and surface chemistry — Prof. T. W. Healy.
Picosecond spectroscopy - Dr R. Cooper, Dr P. J. Thistlethwaite.
Pulse radiolysis of gases — Dr R. Cooper.
Photochemistry of tryptophan and related molecules - Dr P. J. Thistlethwaite.
Valence theory - Dr R. D. Harcourt.
Thermodynamic properties of liquid mixtures - Dr C. L. Young.
Electrochemistry and measurement of activity coefficients - Dr P. T. McTigue.
Effect of pressure on equilibria and rates of reaction in solution - Dr R. D. Alexander.
Fluorescence studies on polyelectrolytes - Dr F. E. Treloar.
Thermoluminescence dating of South-East Asian pottery - Dr F. E. Treloar.
Spectroscopic studies of solutes in liquid hydrogen fluoride — Dr C. G. Barraclough.
Rate studies on some organic substitution reaciions — Dr A. A. Humffray.
PUBLISHED WORK
BOOK
1. McTIGUE, P. T. ed. Melbourne, 1977.
Chemistry: Kev to the Earth (interim edition), Melbourne University Press,
CHAPTERS OF BOOKS
I.
FLEMING, G. R., KNIGHT, A. E. W.. MORRIS, J. M„ ROBBINS, R. J. and ROBINSON, G. W. Picosecond Fluorescence Studies of Rotational Diffusion, in Lasers in Chemistry, ed. M . A. West, p. 316,
Elsevier, London, 1977.
184
FACULTY OF SCIENCE
2. HEALY, T. W. - Thc Chemistrv of Mineral Slurry Processing, in 77ie Handling of Concentrates, pp. 17-33.
AMIRA, Melbourne. 1977.
3. YOUNG. C. L. — Experimental Methods for Studying Phase Behaviour of Mixtures, in Chemical
Thermodynamics Vol. 2. ed. M . L. McGlashan, pp. 71-104. Chemical Society. London, 1977.
ARTICLES
4. BARRACLOUGH, C. G., BISSET, H., PITMAN, P. and THISTLETHWAITE. P. J. - The infrared.
Raman and Ultraviolet Spectra of Phthalonitrile. Terephthalonitrile and 2.6-Dichlorobenzonitrile. Ausi. J.
Chem. 30: 753-765 (1977).
5. BARRACLOUGH, C. G., BERKOVIC, G. E. and DEACON, G. N . - The Vibrational Spectra of Some
Phenylmercuric Halides and Diphenylmcrcurv. Ausi. J. Chem. 30: 1905-1916 (1977).
6. BARRACLOUGH, C. G.. COCKMAN. R. W. and O'DONNELL, T. A. - Electronic Spectra of Some
Transition Metal and Lanthanide Ions in Anhydrous Hydrogen Fluoride. Inorg. Chem. 16: 673-677 (1977).
7. CAMPBELL, G. S., HURLE, R. L., LIE, S. P. and YOUNG. C. L. - Gas-Liquid Critical Temperatures of
Electron Donor-Electron Acceptor Mixtures. Aust. J. Chem. 30: 401-405 (1977).
8. COOPER. R., GRIESER. F. and SAUER. M . C. Jr. - A Kinetic Study or the Formation of Excited States
in the Pulse Radiolvsis or Gaseous Xenon-Iodine Systems. J. Phvs. Chem. SI: 1889 (1977).
9. COOPER, R„ GRIESER, F„ SAUER, M. C. Jr. and SANGSTER, D. F. - Formation and Decay Kinetics
or the 2p Levels or Neon. Argon. Krypton and Xenon produced by Electron-Beam Pulses. J. Phvs. Chem. HI:
2215 (1977).
10. CROSS, R. F. and McTIGUE. P. T. - Activitv Cocrficients or Alkyl Acetates in Concentrated Electrolyte
Solutions. J. Phys. Chem. SO: 814-821 (1977).'
11. CROSS, R. F. and McTIGUE. P. T. - An Analysis of the Thermodynamics of Transfer of Polar NonElectrolytes from Water to Aqueous Concentrated Salt Solutions. Ausi. J. Chem. 30: 2597-2562 (1977).
12. DAVIES. W. D. and TRELOAR, F. E. - The Application o( Racemization Dating in Archeology: A
Critical Review. The Artefact. 2: 63-94 (1977).
13. FEHER, A. 1„ COLLINS, F. D. and HEALY, T. W. - Mixed Monolayers o! Simple Saturated and
Unsaturated Fatty Acids. Aust. J. Chem. 30: 511-519 (1977).
14. FLEMING, G. R., HARROWFTELD, I . R., KNIGHT, A. E. W., MORRIS, J. M., ROBBINS, R. J. and
ROBINSON, G. W. - Properties or Single Picosecond Pulses from Ncodymium Phosphate Glass. Opt.
Commun. 20: 36 (1977).
15. FLEMING, G. R„ KNIGHT, A. E. W., MORRIS, J. M., ROBBINS, R. J. and ROBINSON, G. W. Picosecond Spectroscopic Studies ol Spontaneous and Stimulated Emission in Organic Dvc Molecules.
Chem. Phvs. 23: 61 (1977).
16. FLEMING, G. R.. MORRIS. J. M . and ROBINSON. G. W. - Picosecond Fluorescence Spectroscopy
using a Streak Camera. Aust. J. Chem. 30: 11 (1977).
17. FLEMING, G. R., KNIGHT, A. E. W.. MORRIS, J. M., MORRISON. R.J. S. and ROBINSON, G. W.
— Picosecond Fluorescence Studies o( Xanthene Dves. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 99: 4306 (1977).
18. FLEMING, G. R., MILLAR, D. P., MORRIS, G. C , MORRIS. J. M . and ROBINSON, G. W. Exciton Fission and Annihilation in Crystalline Tetracene. Aust. J. Chem. 30: I I (1977).
19. FLEMING, G. R., KNIGHT, A. E. W., MORRIS, J. M., ROBBINS, R. J. and ROBINSON, G. W. Rotational Diffusion orthe Mode Locking Dye DODCI and its Photoisomer. Chem. Phvs. Leu. 49: I (1977).
20. FLEMING, G. R., KNIGHT, A. E. W„ MORRIS, J. M.. ROBBINS, R. J. and ROBINSON, G. W. Slip Boundary Conditions (or Molecular Rotation: Time Dependent Fluorescence Dcpolarisalion Studies of
BBOT. Chem. Phvs. Lett. 51: 399 (1977).
21. FLEMING. G. R, KNIGHT, A. E. W., MORRIS, J. M.. MORRISON. R. J. S. and ROBINSON. G. W.
— Picosecond Fluorescence Studies ofthe Fluorescence Probe Molecule, 1.8-Anilinonaphthalene Sulphonate
(ANS). Israel J. Chem. (Special Issue), Autumn, 1977.
22. HARCOURT, R. D. and MARTIN, G. E. - Superexehange and Some Molecular Orbital Calculations of
the Exchange Parameter for Copper(H) Carboxylate Dimers. J. Chem. Soc. Faradayll. 73: 1-14 (1977).
23. HARCOURT, R. D. - "Increased-Valence" Bonding Units: 6-Elcctron 5-Ccntre Bonding forS.,N , Pyrrole
and XcrFA and then-Bonding for S A ' j t S-N. and (SN) . J. Inorg. and Nucl. Chem. 39: 237-242 (1977).
24. HARCOURT, R. D. - "Increased-Valence" Formulae and the Reactions o( l-c(ll) Porphyrin Complexes
with 0, to form Binuclear Oxo-Bridgcd Dimers. J. Inorg. and Nucl. Chem. 39: 243-247 (1977).
25. HARCOURT, R. D. - A Semi-Classical Derivation of the Shell Structure for Moms.Naturwissenschafteii
64: 485-486 (1977).
26. HARCOURT. R. D. - Valence Formulas'for the Fe(ll)0; linkage of O.xyhemaglobin and Cytochrome P450-Dependent Mono-Oxvgcnases. Inl.J. Quantum Chem.. Quumum Hiologv Svmp. 4- 143-153 (1977).
27. HARCOURT, R. D. and WINTER, G. - The Asymmetry of M-S Bonds in Xanthate Complexes and
Possible M-O Interactions. J. Inorg. and Nucl. Chem. 39: 360-362 (1977).
28. HEALY, T. W., YATES, D. E., WHITE, L. R. and CHAN. D. - Ncrnstian and Non-Ncrnstian Potential
Differences at Aqueous Interfaces. J. Electroanal. Chem. SO: 57-66 (1977).
29. HICKS. C. P. and YOUNG. C. L. - Theoretical Prediction of Phase Behaviour at High Temperature
Pressures for Non-Polar Mixtures: Part I Computer Solution Techniques and Stability Tests. J. Chem. Soc.
Faradav I I 73: 597-612 (1977).
30. HICKS, C. L„ HURLE. R. L. and YOUNG. C. L. - Theoretical Prediction of Phase Behaviour al High
Temperatures and Pressures for Non-Polar Mixtures: Pari IV Comparison wilh Experimenlal Results for
Carbon Dioxide + n-Alkane Mixtures. J. Chem. Soc. Faraday I I 73: 1884-1887 (1977).
31. HICKS. C. P. and YOUNG, C. L. - Prediction of Vapour-Liquid Equilibrium: Theorv. Computer
Techniques and Application to Permanent Gas Mixtures at Pressures in excess of Five Bar. Ausi. J. Chem.
30: 2583-2590 (1977).
32. HOMOLA, A. M. and JAMES. R. O. - Heterocoagulation ol Amphoteric Colloids. J. Chem. Soc. Faradav
I . 73: 1436-1442 (1977).
4
X
CHEMISTRY
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
185
HOMOLA. A. and JAMES. R. O. - Preparation and Characterization of Amphoteric Polystyrene Latices.
J. Colloid & Interface Sci. 59: 123-134 (1977).
HOMOLA. A. M . . SNOOK. I . and VAN M EG EN, W. - Excess Pressures in Colloidal Dispersions. J.
Colloid & Interlace Sci. 61: 493 (1977).
JAMES, R. O., WIESE. G. R. and HEALY, T. W. - Charge Reversal Coagulation of Colloidal Dispersions
by Hydrolysable Metal Ions. J. Colloid & Interface Sci. 59: 381-385 (1977).
HURLE. R. L., TOCZYLKIN, L. S. and YOUNG. C. L. - Theoretical Prediction of Phase Behavioural
High Temperatures and Pressures for Non-Polar Mixtures: Part I I I Comparison with Upper Critical
Solution Temperatures for Perfluoromethylcyclohe.xanc + Hydrocarbons. J. Chem. Soc. Faradav I I . 75:
618-622 (1977).
HURLE. R. I . . . JONES, J. and YOUNG, C. L. - Theoretical Prediction of Phase Behaviour at High
Temperatures and Pressures for Non-Polar Mixtures: Part I I . Gas-Gas Immiscibility. J. Chem. Soc. Faradav
I I . 73: 613-617 (1977).
MARSH. K. N. and YOUNG, C. L. - The Gas-Liquid Critical Properties of Alkane Mixtures:
Cvcloalkancs + n-Alkanes and Cycloalkanes + Branched Alkanes. Aust. J. Chem. 30: 2103-2106 (1977).
MOIGNARD. M. S., JAMES. R. O. and HEALY, T. W. - Adsorption of Calcium at the Zinc SulphideWater Interface. Aust. J. Chem 30: 733-740 (1977).
MOIGNARD, .M. S., DIXON, D. R. and HEALY, T. W. - Electrokinetic Properties of the ZnS and NiSWater Interfaces. Proc. Aus. I M M . No. 263: 31-40 (1977).
ROBINSON. G. W„ MORRIS, J. M., ROBBINS, R. J. and I T E M I N G . G. R. - Picosecond Emission
Spectroscopy. Loser Spectroscopy 133 (Proceedings SPIE Symposium, San Diego. August. 1977.)
THISTLETHWAITE, P. J. - The Vibrational Analysis of the 274 nm Svstem of Benzonitrile: A
Reinterpretation. Aust. J. Chem. 30: 1595-1600 (1977).
TOCZYLKIN, L. S. and YOUNG. C. L. - Comparison of the Values of the Interaction Parameter ? from
Upper Critical Solution Temperatures of Acetone + Alkanes with Values obtained from Gas-Liquid Critical
Temperatures. Aust. J. Chem. 30: 767-770 (1977).
TOCZYLKIN, I . . S. and YOUNG, C. L. - Vapour Pressures of Some Liquids composed of QuasiSpherical Molecules near their Critical Point and Applicability of the Principle of Corresponding Stales.
Ausi. .1. Chem. 30- 1591-1593.(1977).
YATES. D. E.. GRIESER. F„ COOPER, R. and HEALY, T. W. - Tritium Exchange Studies on Mclal
Oxide Colloidal Dispersions. Aust. J. Chem. 30: 1655-1660 (1977).
Doctor of
Philosophy
1. SCOLLARY,
C. E. — Non-Empirical Valence Electron Calculations on Croup V Halides and Transition
Metal Pi Complexes
2. GRIESER, F. - Radiolylic Excitation of Cases
3. PITT, M. G. — Physical and Photochemistry of Conjugated Nitramines
Master
I. HURLE,
of
Science
R. L. — Theoretical Predictions of Phase Behaviour in Binary Mixtures
PhD Theses in
Progress
R. L. BRUCE — Electrophilic Substitution of Naphthalene
H. E. IMBERGER - Oxidation of Organic Sulphides
D. J. KEW — Vibrational Spectra of some Transition Metal Compounds
J. RALSTON — Heavy Metal Ion Activation of Zinc Sulphide
.1. A. ROPER — Electronic Excitation in Electron Irradiated Gases
B. A. SCHAEFER — 77re Mechanism of Formation of Ions in Flames
MSc
Theses in
Progress
J. T. FRAYNE — A Spectroscopic Study of Ion Solvation in Mixed Solvents
.1. S. LYONS - Studies of Monodispersed Sols
L. S. TOCZYLKIN
- Phase Behaviour of Binary Mixtures
ARGC: Excitation Processes in Electron Irradiated Gases.
ARGC: Nanosecond Pulse Radiolysis Study of Gaseous OH Radicals.
ARGC: Kinetics of Adsorption at thc Solid-Liquid Interface.
ARGC: The Coagulation of Dispersed Colloids in Water by Aluminium Salts.
ARGC: Time-Resolved Fluorescence Studies of Conformational Transitions in Synthetic Polyelectrolytes.
ARGC: Molecular Photokinctics, Spectroscopy and Energy Transfer.
COMPUTER SCIENCE
Chairman
of department:
Professor
P. C. Poole
Professor PETER CYRIL POOLF
Senior Lecturers W I L L I A M ROY FLOWER
REX PHILIP HARRIS
PETER GEORGE THORNE
Lecturers LLOYD ALLISON
JEAN-LOUIS LASSF.Z
KENNETH JOHN McDONELL
PRABHAKER MATETI
Senior Tutor CALVERT LEONARD COOK
Research Fellow PAUL ALEXANDER DUNN
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Factorization of formal languages.
Computer assisted instruction.
Computer design.
Computer graphics.
Information retrieval.
Computer synthesis of music.
Numerical analysis.
Programming languages.
Programming methodology.
Software engineering techniques.
Analysis of synthesis of vocalizations.
PUBLISHED WORK
ARTICLES
1. ALLISON, L. and WILDE, D. - Phrase structures in PASCAL. Proceedings of Seminar /Workshop on
Programming Language Systems. A N U , Canberra, February 1977.
2. ELZ, K. R. and POOLE, P. C. - An implementation of Janus. Proceedings of Seminar/Workshop on
Programming Language Systems, A N U , Canberra, February 1977.
3. GUIGNARD, P. A. and LASSEZ, J-L. - Filtration of a profile of activity using the domain of the point
sources. Australian and New Zealand Society of Nuclear Medicine. Sih Annual Meeting. Hobart (1977).
4. LASSEZ, J-L. and SHYR, H. J. - Factorizations in the monoid of languages. International Conference on
Combinatorial Theory, sponsored by the Australian Academy ofScience and the International Mathematical
Union, Canberra - Springer Verlag Lecture Notes in Mathematics. D. Holton and .1. Scberry (Eds.) (1977).
5. LASSEZ, J.-L. and SHYR, H. J. - Prefix properties and equations in the monoid or languages. Tamkang
Journal of Mathematics (1977).
6. POOLE, P. C. - Towards improved reliability and efficiency through hybrids. Proceedings of IFIP TC2
Working Conference on Constructing Quality Software. Novosibirsk, USSR, May 1977.
7. SACKS-DAVIS. R. - Solution of stiff ordinary differential equations bv a second derivative method. SIAM J.
Numer. Anal.. 14. No. 6 (1977).
8. SACKS-DAVIS, R. - Error Estimates (or a stiff differential equation procedure. Math. Comp.. J I . No. 140
(1977).
REPORTS
1. ALLISON, L. - An Introduction to the Technical Report Series. Technical Report I . Department of
Computer Science, University of Melbourne (1977).
2. ALLISON, L. — Library Routines by Syntax Macros. Technical Report 3. Department ol Computer Science,
University of Melbourne (1977).
3. ALLISON, L. — Cryptic Arithmetic (Additions). Technical Report 7. Department of Computer Science.
University of Melbourne (1977).
4. DIX, T. 1. — Detection of Impossible Trihedral Solids Using Depth Coefficients. Technical Report 5.
Department of Computer Science, University of Melbourne (1977).
5. HARRIS, R. P. - An improved metronome algorithm for Music V. Computer Music Research Project Paper
I . Department of Computer Science, University of Melbourne (1977).
6. LASSEZ, J.-L. and SHYR. H. J. - On the Monoid of Languages. Technical Report 2. Department of
Computer Science, University of Melbourne (1977).
7. SACKS-DAVIS, R. - Numerical Initial Value Problems in Stiff Ordinary Differential Equations. Technical
Report 6, Department of Computer Science. University of Melbourne (1977).
8. THORNE. P. G. - Conversational Remote Job Entry - A cost Effective Compromise for Computers in
Education. Technical Report 4, Department of Computer Science. University of Melbourne. (1977).
186
COMPUTER SCIENCE
187
Master
I. INCIGNERI,
M. H. - Multidimensional
of
Science
Quadrature
PhD Theses in
T.
P.
A.
R.
Progress
I. DIX — Language Facilities for Modular Programming
A. DUNN - A Distributed Logic Computer
P. KYNE — Use of Formal Methods in Limited Domain Programming
SACKS-DAVIS
- Numerical Initial Value Problems in Ordinary Differential Equations
M.Sc
Theses in
Progress
B. CURTIS — A Formal Approach to the Development of Language for the Specification of Man-Computer
Graphic Conversation
P. DIXON — Resource Scheduling and Allocation
T. HAT21 — Processing Capability in Address Translation Hardware
K. KANCHANASUT
— Graph Representation in the Computer
E. MORRIS - Simulation Aided Design of Computer Systems
J. OWEN - The Adaptability of Janus
1. SMITH — Use of Computer Graphics in Teaching Mathematics
J. L. VERBYLA — Pattern Recognition and Literary Data Classification
W. D. WILDE — Implementation of a Translator Writing System
S. F. WILLIAMS
— Portability of a Programming Language
ARGC: The development and evaluation of techniques for producing portable and adaptable computer software.
ARGC: Direct Synthesis of Music by Computer.
GENETICS
Chairman
of department:
Professor
M. J.
Whitten
Professor MAXWELL JOHN WHITTEN
Senior Lecturers BARRY THOMAS OWEN LEE
JON M A R T I N
Lecturers RAJAGOPALAN ANANTHAKRISHNAN
JOHN MICHAEL DEARN
JOHN ALEXANDER McKENZIE
DAVID LAURENCE PORTER
A N N JACOB STOCKER
Senior Tutors DONALD FORSYTH GARTSIDE
ANDREW HING CHING KUNG
Tutor PHILIP RALPH LEHRBACH
Graduate Research Assistant JENNIFER CHENEY
Research Fellows W I L L I A M PURINGTON HALL I I I
FAYE PAULA IMRAY
W I L L I A M DORSEY STUART
1. Radiation genetics and DNA repair mechanisms in the cellular slime mould Diclyoslelium discoideum. F. P. Imray.
2. Genetical and biochemical studies of chemical-mutagen and radiation sensitivity in Pseudomonas aeruginosa
- B. T. O. Lee and A. H. C. Kung.
3. Plasmid modification of radiation and chemical-mutagen sensitivity- in Pseudomonas aeruginosa P. R. Lehrbach, A. H. C. Kung and B. T. O. Lee.
4. Photoreactivation of UV-induccd DNA damage in Pseudomonas aeruginosa — A. H. C. Kung.
5. Amino acid transport in Neurospora crassa and mammalian cells — W. D. Stuart.
6. Cell-surface RNA-structure and function — W. D. Stuart.
7. Scanning Electron Microscope studies of human chromosomes — W. D. Stuart.
8. RNA-DNA in situ hybridization - W. D. Stuart and D. L. Porter.
9. Genetic aspects of antiproteases in neonatal liver disease — R. Ananthakrishnan.
10. Genelic variability, structure-function relationship of human antithrombin I I I — S. D'Souza and
R. Ananthakrishnan.
11. Functional and structural variation ofa'-macroglobulin and its relation to disease — R. Ananthakrishnan.
12. Elastase and elastasc-inhibilors variation and their role in pulmonary disease - H. McPhee and
R. Ananthakrishnan.
13. Evolution of insecticide resistance in the Australian Sheep Blowfly - M. J. Whitten. J. Dearn and
J. A. McKenzie.
14. Genetic differentiation in feral and commercial colonics ofthe honeybee Apis mellifera — D. F. Gartsidc and
M . J. Whitten.
15. Cytogenetics, oogenesis and chromosome mechanics ofthe Australian Sheep Blowfly — M. J. Whitten and
J. Cheney.
16. Genetics of storage proteins in the Australian Sheep Blowfly and cytocvolution of higher diptera - D. Boon.
17. Theoretical and experimental studies on genetic fitness — D. Colgan.
18. The ecological genetics of the colour pattern and alary polymorphisms in Phaulacridium viltatum —
J. M . Dearn.
19. Maintenance of the alcohol dehydrogenase polymorphism in Drosophila melanogaster — J. A. McKenzie.
20. Studies of comparative cytogenetics, hybridization, speciation and evolution in New World Iguanid lizards
and Australian scincid and agamid lizards — W. P. Hall.
21. Comparative cytogenetics of Iranian lizards and ruminants - W. P. Hall.
22. Cytological, metrical and biochemical studies of Chironomus oppositus — J. Martin.
23. Inversion polymorphism in Polypedilum nubifer (Diptera: Chironomidae) — D. L. Porter.
24. Banding studies on chironomid and sciarid chromosomes — A. J. Stocker and G. Lentzios.
25. Cytotaxonomy. development, and ecology of native sciarids — A. J. Stocker.
26. Population cytogenetics and cyto-syslematics of the Midges — J. Martin and D. L. Porter.
PUBLISHED WORK
ARTICLES
1. A N A N T H A K R I S H N A N , R. and SCHNEIDER. P. - Variabilitat der 6-phosphoglucomat-dchdrogenase
(6-PGD) in Blut and Geveben des Kindes. Deutsche Tierarztliches Wochenschrift 84. 30-32 (1977).
2. LEHRBACH. P. R., KUNG, A. H. C , LEE, B. T. O. and JACOBY, G. A. - Plasmid modification of
radiation and chemical-mutagen sensitivity in Pseudomonas aeruginosa. J. Gen. Microbiol. 98, 167-176
(1977).
3. LEHRBACH, P. R., KUNG, A. H. C , LEE, B. T. O. - Loss of ultraviolet light protection and enhanced
ultraviolet light-induced mutability in Pseudomonas aeruginosa carrying mutant R plasmids. J. Gen
Microbiol. 101. 135-141 (1977).
188
GENETICS
189
4. McKENZIE, J. A. - The effect of immigration on genetic control. A laboratory study with wild and
compound chromosome stocks of Drosophila melanogaster Theorel. Appl. Genet. 49. 79-83 (I977).
5. MARTIN, J. and PORTER, D. L. — Laboratory biology of the rice midge, Chironomus tepperi Skuse
(Diptera: Nematocera). Mating behaviour productivity and attempts at hybridization. J. Aust. enl. Soc. 16,
411-416 (1977).
6. PORTER, D. L., MARTIN. J. - The cytology of Polypedilum nubifer (Diptera, Chironomidae). Caryologia
30. 41-62 (1977).
7. STOCKER, A. J., PA VAN, C. - Developmental puffing patterns in salivary gland chromosomes of
Rhynchosciara hollaenderi. Chromosoma (Berl.) 62. 17-47 (1977).
8. STUART, W. D. - A proposal that malignancies represent changes in cell surface RNA. Medical
Hypotheses 3. 221-225 (1977).
9. STUART, W. D. - Transport mutants in Neurospora crassa which are deficient in production of extrinsic
RNA. Genetics 86, s62 (1977).
10. STUART, W. D. — New class of ribonucleic acid in Neurospora associated with thc outer cell envelope. J.
Bacteriol. 129. 395-399 (1977).
11. WHITE, M . J. D.. CONTRERAS, N„ CHENEY. J. and WEBB. G. C. - Cytogenetics of the
parthenogenetic grasshopper Warramaba (formerly Moraba) virgo and its bisexual relatives.
11. Hybridization studies. Chromosoma (Berl.) 61. 127-148 (1977).
12. ZIEBELL, R., IMRAY, F. P., McPHEE, D. G. - DNA degradation in wild type and repair-deficient
strains of Salmonella typhimurium exposed to unltra-violct light and pholodynamic treatment. J. Gen.
Microbiol. 101. 143-149 (1977).
PhD Theses in
D.
D.
S.
C.
P.
Progress
BOON — Characterization and genetics of .storage proteins in Lucilia cuprina
CO LOAN - Genetic Fitness
D'SOUZA — Investigations on the biochemical and genetics aspects of antithrombin III
KUVANGKADILOK — Studies on the genetic variability in populations of Ch. oppositus
LEHRBACH — Repair and mutagenesis in Pseudomonas aeruginosa
M.Sc
Theses in
Progress
E. KRUMINS
— The role of meiotic drive in the speciation of the genus Vandiemenella IEumastacidae:
Morabinael
G. LENIZIOS - Banding studies on chironomid chromosomes
N. MORLEY — Population structure of the Brush Tailed Possum Trichosurus vulpecula
G. NEWTON — DNA studies of normal and altered wallaby cells
D. WOOD — Investigations into polymerases of Pseudomonas aeruginosa
ARGC: Insect cytogenetics; especially the role of chromosomal rearrangements in adaptation and differentiation
of populations, races and species. (1977)
ARGC: Speciation in Chironomus oppositus. The role of cytogenetic, biometric and biochemical parameters in
the differentiation of populations and races o i Ch. oppositus and its Australian relatives. (1978)
ARGC: Interaction of exogenous ecdvsone with tissues containing polvtcnc chromosomes in Rhynchosciara
(1977)
ARGC: Population genetics of insecticide resistance in the Australian Sheep Blowfly. (1978)
ARGC: A demonstration of a new class of RNA using hybridization techniques. (1978)
ARGC: The maintenance of the alcohol dehydrogenase polymorphism in natural populations of Drosophila
melanogaster. (1978)
AINSE: Genes controlling radiation response in Pseudomonas aeruginosa. (1977)
AINSE: Radiation genetics, repair and development in thc lower eukaryote. Diclyoslelium discoideum. (1977)
Anti-Cancer Council: A search for mutagenic DNA polymerases in leukaemic cells. (1978)
Apex Foundation: Research into Mental Retardation. (1977)
Australian Wool Corporation: Genetic studies on the Australian Sheep Blowfly in relation to its control by genetic
means. (1977)
NH & MRC: Investigation of some genetic aspects of o'-antitrypsin, a -macroglobulin and antithrombin I I I in
neonatal liver disease. (1978)
!
GEOLOGY
Chairman
of department:
Professor J. F.
Lovering
Professor JOHN FRANCIS LOVERING
Reader in Geophysics COLIN KERR GRANT
Readers in Geology ROGER WALTER LE MAITRE
ROBERT JOSEPH W I L L I A M McLAUGHLIN
Senior Lecturers REID RODERICK KEAYS
MARCUS ALDRIDGE HUDSON MARSDEN
REGINALD TERRENCE MATHEWS
OWEN PEMBER SINGLETON
GEORGE ANTHONY THOMAS
Lecturers ALDO CUNDARI
EDMUND BERNARD JOYCE
LINDSAY THOMAS
CHRISTOPHER JOHN LASCELLES WILSON
Tutors ANGUS KEITH FERGUSON
KENNETH GEORGE McQUEEN
Curator MICHAEL FRANCIS COOPER
Honorary & Emeritus Professor EDWIN SHERBON HILLS
Research Officer DAVID KENNETH BLACKWOOD SEWELL
Associate THOMAS LARUE LINTON
Research Fellow DAVIE JOHN HUMPHRIES
Research Fellow - Queen Elizabeth I I Fellowship ANDREW JOHN WARD GLEADOW
Graduate Research Assistants LESLEY HARLAND
GEORGE MODRICH
A. COSMOCHEMISTRY AND LUNAR STUDIES
1. Early solar system stratigraphy.
2. Mineralogical and chemical evolution o i the Ca-AI-rich inclusions in the Allende carbonaceous chondrite:
early stage condensation of the solar nebula in the solar system.
B. ECONOMIC GEOCHEMISTRY
3. Analytical methods for geology and the mineral industry: the role of X-ray fluorescence spectroscopy.
4. Distribution of Pd, Ir, Au, Cu, Ni, S in ultramafic lava flows and lenses. Distribution of Pd, Ir. Au in
coexisting mineral phases. Kambalda.
5. Au, Se, Ir, Pd, Cu, Ni, S in altered ultramafic rocks: mobilization of Au and S during alteration and
importance of ultramafic rocks to gold mineralization.
6. The use of NAA to investigate trace element occurence and movement during the extraction and use of
Victorian brown coal - with S.E.C. (Vic).
C. GEOMORPHOLOGY
7.
S.
9.
10.
Cainozoic volcanicity in south eastern Australia.
Late Quaternary geology of the Corangamite region, western Victoria.
Environmental geology of thc Moonee Ponds Creek catchment.
Geological conservation in Victoria.
D. GEOLOGICAL DATING AND ISOTOPE GEOCHEMISTRY
11. Fission track gcochronology of the Precambrian rocks from Casey to Commonwealth Bay, Antarctica.
12. Geological and gcochronological matching of the Precambrian rocks from south-western Western Australia
and the Windmill Islands (Casey area. Eastern Antarctica).
13. Ion microprobe dating of zircons in the earth's oldest crustal rocks.
14. Fission track dating of tuffs associated with the remains of early man at Lake Turkana (Rudolf) in northern
Kenya.
15. Fission track geochronology and the post-metamorphic cooling history of early Archaean gneisses from the
west coast of Greenland.
16. Fission track age patterns in Tertiary intrusive rocks from the east coast of Greenland and their relationship
to continental rifting.
17. Fission track geochronology ofthe Precambrian basement gneisses in Kenya.
190
GEOLOGY
191
18. A comparison of fission track dating methods: effects of radiation damage and crystallographic anisotropj.
19. Fission track dating of zircon from Palaeozoic sandstones at Tatong, north central Victoria.
E.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
GEOPHYSICS
Geological prospecting using electrical and electromagnetic methods.
Seismic ground noise mapping in western Victoria.
Radiometric studies of Wilson's Promontory granites.
Interpretation of some gravity data from Antarctica.
Wave-beach interaction (with Hawaiian Institute of Geophysics).
E. GLOBAL TECTONICS AND ANTARCTIC GEOLOGY
25. Fission track geochronology of Enderby Land and the Prince Charles Mountains. Antarctica.
26. Structure and metamorphism of Amundsen Bay, Antarctica.
G. MINERALOGY, PETROLOGY, GEOCHEMISTRY
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
Lead loaded ion-exhange beads as a calcergen.
Acid and intermediate tertiary lavas of eastern Australia.
Petrological data bases CLAIR and IGBA.
Metamorphism and deformation of volcanic-type nickel deposits at Widgiemoollha, Western Australia.
Nature and origin of mctascdimentary rocks associated with ultramafic volcanics, eastern Yilgarn block.
Western Australia.
Rare earth elements in selected leucite-bearing lavas and their phases.
Petrological study of leucite-bearing lavas from Bufumbira, south west Uganda.
Mineral chemistry of pyroxenes, olivines and feldspars from alkaline rocks.
Mineral chemistry of lavas and associated inclusions from Tenerifc (Canary Islands).
Mineralogy and chemistry of phases from tuffs on the eastern shore of Lake Turkana (Kenya).
Petrology, geochemistry and mineralogy of the leucite-bearing lavas from the Roman Province. Italy.
Experimental study and pedogenesis of the leucite-bearing lavas.
Rare earth element geochemistry of greenstones and basaltic rocks.
Tl in ocean ridge basalts', its significance of low-temperature interaction between sea-water and basalts.
T l in ocean-ridge basalts and Hawaiian basalts: its significance in determining saturation of silicate melts in
sulphur.
Investigation of the Tl, Rb, Cs contents of submarine basalts as indicators of sea-floor weathering and sulfur
saturation of basaltic liquids.
The geochemistry of Se. Te, Hg, Tl and Bi.
The determination of the rare earth elements in geological material by neutron activation analysis.
The investigation ol the levels of Cr, Co, Zn and Se in infant blood scrum using neutron activation analysis.
The use of preconcentration techniques with atomic absorption for trace clement distribution studies in
geological materials.
The development of specific ion electrode techniques for geochemical investigation and analysis.
Thc development of XRF techniques for geochemical analysis.
The development of the proton microprobe for geological analysis.
Fluoride activity in geological processes.
Rapid estimation of fluoride in rocks.
H.
PALAEONTOLOGY
52. Permian spirifcrinacea of Western Australia.
53. Stratigraphy and fauna of thc basal Callytharra Formation of the Carnarvon Basin, Western Australia.
54. Geology of the eastern Corangamile region and the fossil fauna of Bald Hill near Foxhow.
I. ORGANIC GEOCHEMISTRY
55. Migration direction of oil in the Barrow Island field.
56. Source of oil in the Candeias oil field. Brazil.
57. Catalytic influence of silicates on alteration of organic matter in rocks.
J.
58.
59.
60.
61
62.
63.
64.
SEDIMENTOLOGY
Geology ofthe Angahook formation.
Jan Juc Marl-Point Addis limestone stratigraphy and facies analysis.
Diagenesis of Tertiary limestones and marls.
Disconformities and diastems — recognition and diagenesis.
Morphology, bottom sediment types and facies in nearshore areas (Western Port, Gippsland Lakes).
Transport, modification and intertidal deposition of sediment in Western Port.
Dynamics and marine sediment transport studies and development of instrumentation.
192
FACULTY OF SCIENCE
K. STRUCTURE
65.
66.
67.
68.
Deformation in the Swiss Alps.
Ice deformation studies.
Incremental strain in fibrous quartz.
Deformation studies.
PUBLISHED WORK
CHAPTER OF BOOK
[.
McLAUGHLIN, R. J. W. — Atomic Absorption spectroscopy in Physical Methods in Determinative
Mineralogy, ed. J. Zussman, pp. 371-390. Academic Press 1977.
ARTICLES
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
BARRETT, F. M . , BINNS, R. A.. GROVES, D. J., MARSTON, R. J. and McQUEEN, K. G. Structural History and metamorphic modification of Archean Volcanic-type nickel deposits, Yilgarn block,
Western Australia; Econ. Geol. 72: 1195-1223 (1977).
BELL, I . A. and WILSON, C. J. L. - Defect Structures in metamorphic biotites; Phvs. Chem. Minerals 2:
153-169 (1977).
BROOKS, C. K. and GLEADOW, A. J. W. — A fission-track age for the Skaergaard intrusion and the age
of the East Greenland basalts; Geologv 5: 539-540 (1977).
EWERS, G. R. and KEAYS, R. R. - Volatile and Precious Metal Zoning in the Broadlands Geothermal
Field, New Zealand; Economic Geology. 72: 1337-1354 (1977).
FERGUSON. A. K. — The nature of aegirine-neptunite solid solution. Contrib. Mineral. Petrol. 60: 247-253
(1977).
FERGUSON, A. K. — Titanium in aegirines — a comment on "the crystallization trends of pyroxenes from
the alkaline volcanic rocks of Tenerife, Canary Islands" bv P. W. Scott. Mineral. Mag. 41: 553-554 (1977).
GATEHOUSE, B. M . . GREY, I . E., LOVERING, 3. F. and WARK, D. A. - Structural studies on
tranquillityite and related synthetic phases. Lunar Science VIII. Lunar Science Institute, Houston: 349-350
(1977).
GLEADOW, A. J. W. and LOVERING, J. F. - Geometry factor Tor external detectors in fission track
dating, Nucl. Track Detection I : 99-106 (1977).
GROVES, D. I„ BARRETT, F. M., BINNS, R. A. and McQUEEN. K. G. - Spinel phases associated with
metamorphosed volcanic-type nickel sulfide ores from Western Australia, Econ. Geol. 72: 1224-1244 (1977).
HAUKKA, M . T. and THOMAS, 1. L. — Total X-ray fluorescence analysis of geological samples using a
low dilution lithium metaborate fusion. Matrix corrections for major elements, XRav Spectrometry 6: 204211 (1977).
HOPWOOD, T. P., STEPHENS, M . P. and O'CONNOR, B. - The structure of a small complexly
deformed area within ordovician rocks near Mansfield, Victoria, Jour. Geol. Soc. Aust. 24: 219-233 (1977).
HANNAKER, P. and HUGHES, T. C. - Multi-element trace analysis of geological materials with solvent
extraction and flame atomic absorption spectrometry, Anal. Chem. 49: 1485-1488 (1977).
HURFORD, A . J . and GLEADOW, A. J. W. - Calibration of fission track dating parameters: Nucl.
Track Detection I : 41-48 (1977).
JOYCE, E. B. — Lava channels and associated caves in Victoria, Australia, in Halliday. W. R. (ed.)
Proceedings of the International Symposium on Vulcanospeleology and its Extraterrestrial Applications: a
Special Publication of the Western Speleological Survey, Seattle, U.S.A.. 51-57 (1976).
JOYCE, E. B. — Environmental Education in the Earth Sciences in Victoria, A ust. Geologist 9: 11-13(1976).
JOYCE, E. B. - Sedimentary structures associated with the Cainozoic volcanoes of the Western District
Plains of Victoria; Sedimentological Newsletter 7: 18-20 (1976).
LE MAITRE, R. W. - The Chemical Variability of some Common Igneous Rocks, J. Petrol. 17: 589-637
(1976).
NAESER, C. W., HURFORD, A. J. and GLEADOW, A. J. W. - Fission track dating or pumice from the
KBS Tuff, East Rudolf, Kenya: Reply to discussion by G. A. Wagner, Nature 267: 649 (1977).
RODER, G. H . - Adaption of polygonal strain markers, Tectonophysics 43: 1-10 (1977).
THOMAS, 1. L. and HAUKKA, M . T. - XRF determination of trace and major elements using a sinele
fused disc; Chemical Geology 21: 39-50 (1977).
THOMAS, L. - Electromagnetic Sounding with Susceptibility among the Model Parameters, Geophysics
42: 92-96 (1977).
WARK, D. A. and LOVERING, J. F. - Marker events in the early evolution of the solar system: evidence
from rims on calcium-aluminium-rich inclusions in carbonaceous chondrites. Lunar Science VIII, Lunar
Science Institute. Houston: 976-978 (1977).
WARK, D. A. and LOVERING, J. F. - Marker events in the early evolution of Ihe solar system: evidence
from rims on Ca-AI-rich inclusions in carbonaceous chondrites, Proc. Lunar Sci. Conf. 8th: 95-1 12 (1977).
WILSON, C. J. L. — Combined diffusion and infiltration of uranium in micaceous schists — a fission track
study; Contrib. Miner, and Petrol. 65: 171-181 (1977).
DAVIS, R. A., DELPORTE, B. and MARSDEN, M. A. H. - Morphology, surface facies and sediment
distribution. Gippsland Lakes, Victoria. Publication No. 146. Environmental Studies Series. Ministry for
Conservation, pp. 49 (1977).
DONALDSON, A. K. and MARSDEN, M . A. H. - Facies and bottom sediment characteristics of Western
Port. Publication No. 181, Environmental Studies Series, Ministry for Conservation, pp. 79 (1977).
GEOLOGY
193
28.
MARSDEN, M . A. H. — Transport and deposition of sediment, and implications for harbour development.
Western Port, Victoria. Proc. 3rd Aust. Conference. Coastal and Ocean Engineering, Institution of Engineers
(I977).
29. SEEDSMAN, R. W. and MARSDEN, M . A. H. - A study of methodology and of suspended sediment
activity, Hastings Bight, Western Port. Publication No. 144, Environmental Studies Series, Ministry for
Conservation, pp. 82 (1977).
PATENT
T. C. HUGHES - Decomposition Bomb. Aust. Patent No. PD.0846/77.
THESIS PASSED FOR HIGHER D E C R E E
Master
I.
HOWARD,
of
Science
R. T. - Geology and Petrogenesis of the Baw Baw Pluton. Central Victoria
Doctor
of
Philosophy
1. AHMAD, R.- Structural and metamorphic studies in the retrograde schist zones at Broken Hill, N.S. W.
2. ARCHBOLD, N. W.— West Australian Permian Brachiopoda. A study of their taxonomy, biostratigraphy
and provincialism
3. COOPER, M. F. — Studies on Australian Cainozoic Bryozoa
4. CRAWFORD, A. J. — Geochemistry and petrology of Victorian Cambrian greenstones
5. DUDDY, I. R. - Geology. Sedimentology and Geochemistry of the Lower Cretaceous Otway Group
6. EMMETT, J. K. — Source rock investigations on the Candeias oil field. Brazil
7. FERGUSON, A. K. - The petrology of leucite-bearing rocks
8. GOLDING, L. Y. — Mineralogy, Geochemistry and Origin of the Kalgoorlie Gold Deposits, Western
A ustralia
9. GRIFFIN, A. - Structural evolution of the Koolyanobbing Range, Western Australia, and its bearing on
iron ore genesis
10. HAMLYN,
P. — Petrology of the Panton and Mcintosh layered intrusions. Western Australia, with
particular reference to the genesis of the Panton chromite deposits
11. HUGHES, T. C. — The geochemistry of S. Se. Te, Hg. Tl and Bi (by neutron activation analysis)
12. MACKENZIE, D. — Volcanoes of the Papua New Guinea Highlands: volcanism on a continental margin
and its relationship to subduciion
13. MALLETT, C. W. — Studies in Victorian Tertiary Foraminifera: Neogene Planktonic Faunas
14. MORLEY, M. E. — Tectonics and magmatic evolution in relation to continental rifting in south eastern
Australia
15. O'CONNOR, B. T. — The sedimentology and structure of the Lower Devonian Liptrap formation, near
Waratah Bay. Victoria
16. REECKMAN, S. A. — Geology and environmental interpretation of selected sedimentary sequences insouth
eastern A ustralia
17. RODER, G. H. - Structure and metamorphism in a contact aureole; the Ararat granitic intrusion
18. THOMAS, I. L. - Geochemistry of nickel sulphide occurrences. Ml. Clifford, Western Australia
Master
of
Science
19. EMMETT, J. K. — Influence of Mineral Catalysts on Formation of Hydrocarbons in Non-Marine
Sediments
20. LANG, A. J. — Fission track dating: computer applications and error analysis
21. O'BRIEN, P. — The sedimentology and geochemistry of the Permian glaciogenic sediments of central
Victoria
22. REDMAN, B. — Precious metal study of Western Australian Archaean greenstones to investigate
statigraphic and for geographic control and relation to Au or Ni ores
23. SEEDSMAN, R. — The composition, concentration and movement of suspended matter in Hastings Bight.
Western Port. Victoria
24. STORER, R. M. — Petrology and geochemistry of the Mt. Hunt-Kambalda-Kalgoorlie greenstone belt
25. VINCHON, C. — Geochemical and mineralogical studies of the bottom sediments of Western Port
catchment main rivers
MATHEMATICS
Chairman
of department:
Professor
C. J.
Thompson
Professors COLIN JOHN THOMPSON
ERIC RUSSELL LOVE
SIMON ROSENBLAT
CHARLES FREDERICK MILLER
Readers BRUCE DESMOND CRAVEN
ROGER HAMILTON JAMES GRIMSHAW
W I L L I A M WILSON WOOD
Senior Lcclurers DEREK ALLAN HOLTON
JAROMIR JOSEPH KOLIHA
JOHN ANTHONY RICKARD
A L L A N MAURICE RUSSELL
EDGAR RODERICK SMITH
CHRISTOPHER JOHN FINNS UPTON
RAYMOND TREVOR WAECHTER
Lcclurers JAMES JOSEPH CROSS
EARL VERN DUDLEY
JOHN RICHARD JAMES GROVES
JOHN WYLIE LLOYD
DAVID JOHN WILSON
Senior Tutor JOHN RAYMOND IAFFE
Tutors DAVID BILI.INGTON
RICHARD JOHN HUNTER
PAUL ANTHONY PEARCE
JOHN JAMES SHEPHERD
JOHN ZELEZNIKOW
Rothmans Junior Fellow JOACHIM HYAM RUBINSTEIN
ARGC Research Fellow DOOCHUL KIM
Research Fellow DAVID HUNTER ANDERSON
Senior Associate ROBERT EDWARD JOHNSTON
A.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Finitely presented centre-by-tnctabelian groups.
Central extensions by nilpotenl groups.
Infinitely generated subgroups of finitely presented groups.
Balanced presentations of fundamental groups.
Semigroups and rings.
B.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
A L G E B R A AND L O G I C - Groses, Miller, Zele/.nikow
A N A L Y S I S - Dudley, Koliha, Lloyd, Love, Russell, Upton
Gaussian law and lacunary sets of characters.
Spectral theory of affine operators.
Poles of operators.
Generalized calculi for elements of Banach algebras.
Eberlein compacts and spaces of continuous functions.
Smooth partitions of unity on locally convex spaces.
Generalizations of Fletl's inequality.
Necessary and sufficient conditions for thc existence of kth order Riemann-Stieltjes integrals.
A Banach algebra of functions of bounded k'h variation.
Integral representation of functions of bounded klh variation.
Almost periodic functions.
C.
A P P L I C A B L E M A T H E M A T I C S - Anderson, Rosenblat, Waechter
17. Algorithms for polyhedral norm solutions of systems of non-linear equations.
18. Mathematical investigations of inter-element corrections for X-ray fluorescence with application lo thc
analysis of geological materials.
19. Approximation methods for bifurcation problems.
20.. Bifurcation from infinity.
21. Effect of random forces acting on nonlinear oscillating systems.
22. Bifurcation from multiple eigenvalues and Ihe stability of bifurcating .solutions.
23. Nonlinear oscillations in the presence of two parameters.
194
MATHEMATICS
195
24. Three-dimensional perturbations lo phase-plane oscillatory system:*.
25. Stefan's problem and matched asymptotic expansions.
26. Extensions of Frank-Karnenetskii's theory for thermal explosion
27. Inverse eigenvalue problems.
E.
C O N T I N U U M M E C H A N I C S - Cross, Grimshaw. Rnscnhtat, Wood
28. Higher order corrections to the theory of stress in shells.
29. Resonant over-reflexion.
30. Long wave resonance.
31. Coastal trapped waves.
32. The instability mechanism in pipe flow and plane Couette How of viscous fluids.
33. The eigenspectrum for small natural oscillation:, of fluids rotating in a convex axisymmetric container.
34. Effect of the Earth's liquid core on the Earth's tides.
F.
G R A P H T H E O R Y AND C O M B I N A T O R I C S - Holton
35.
36.
37.
3S.
39.
40.
41.
42
Necessary and sufficient conditions for degree sequences to be hypergraphic.
Characterization of planar graphs.
Graphs whose vertex deleted lexicographic product is again a lexicographic product.
Tournament regular representations of groups.
Structure of thc Cayley graphs of a group.
Spectrum of a graph and sufficient conditions for a graph to bc reconstructive.
An algorithm for thc graph isomorphism/automorphism problem.
Fixing subgraphs and smoothly embeddaole subgraphs.
43.
History of Green's theorem and associated ideas. 1730-1795.
G.
H.
H I S T O R Y OF M A T H E M A T I C S - Cross
MATHEMATICAE ECONOMICS -
Rickard
44.
45.
Oligopoly games with complete information.
Optimization algorithms with application to a monopolistic firm.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
Effect of spatial diffusion on ecological communities.
On the reconstruction of an evolutionary order.
Stability of the translation and transcription processes in cells.
Niche overlap and stability of model ecosystems in a fluctuating environment.
Stochastic descriptions of model difference equations in the chaotic regime.
I.
M A T H E M A T I C A L B I O L O G Y - Rosenblat. Thompson
J.
MATHEMATICAL LINGUISTICS -
Upton
51. Three-dimensional representation of deficient matrices arising from a description of verb prefixes in certain
languages.
K. O P T I M I Z A T I O N , C O N T R O L . G A M E T H E O R Y
-Craven. Holton, Johnston, Rickard, Taffc, Wilson
52. Duality theorems for nonlinear fractional programming.
53. Necessary and sufficient conditions for optimality of convex programming problems.
54. Simplification and extension ofthe non-differcntiable Pontnagin principle.
55. Brick packing in two-dimensions.
56. Branch and bound methods in integer programming.
57. The maximum change problem.
58. Thc Australian Wool Corporation wool price stabilization model.
59. Formulation of thc travelling salesman problem as an integer linear program.
60. Use of geometric methods to develop techniques for finding Nash bargaining solutions of differentiate
games.
61. Singular surfaces of differentiate games.
62. Existence of solutions for various classes of differentiable games with incomplete information.
L.
63.
64.
STATISTICAL MECHANICS -
Kim, Pearce, Smith, Thompson
Statistical theories of fluids.
Adsorption isotherms for fluids with strong inlerparticle repulsions.
196
FACULTY OF SCIENCE
65.
66.
67.
68.
69.
Competitive adsorption via thc Percus-Yevick approximation.
Critical properties of the n-vcctor and Heisenberg versions of Dyson's hierarchical model.
Correlation functions in the spherical and mean spherical models.
Kac-type models of ferromagnetic thin films.
High density limit of lattice spin models.
70.
71.
72.
73.
Calculus of jets and higher order connections.
One-sided surfaces embedded in 3-manifolds.
Involutions with fixed points on some 3-manifolds.
Free actions of finite groups on the 3-sphere.
M.
T O P O L O G Y AND G E O M E T R Y - Cross, Rubinstein
PUBLISHED WORK
ARTICLES
1. ANDERSON. D. H. and OSBORNE, M. R. - Discrete. Nonlinear Approximation Problems in Polvhedral
Norins. Numer. Math. 2S: 143-156 (1977).
ANDERSON. D. H. and OSBORNE, M. R. - Discrete, Nonlinear Approximation Problems in Polyhedral
Norms - A Lcvcnberg-like Algorithm. Numer. Maih. 2S: 157-170 (1977).
3. ARMOUR, L. J.. GATES. D. J. and RICKARD, J. A. - Production Optimization for a Monopolist Who
Does Not Set Prices. Bull. . lust. Math. Sue. 17: 351-361 (1977).
4. BAUMSLAG, S.. CANNONITO. F. B. and MILLER, C. F. - Infinitely Generated Subgroups or Finitely
Presented Groups, 1. Math. Zeii. 153: 117-134 (1977).
5. COLLINS, D. .1. and MILLER, C. F. - The Conjugacv Problem and Subgroups or Finite Index. Proc.
London Math. Soc. 131 34: 535-556 (1977).
6. CRAVEN. B. D. - Lagrangean Conditions and Quasidualilv. Bull. Aust. Math. Soc. 16: 325-339 (1977).
7. CRAVEN, B. D. and KOLIHA. J. J. - Generalizations of Farkas's Theorem. SI A M J. Maih. Anal, tt: 983997 (1977).
8. CRAVEN, B. D. and MOND, B. - Duality in Homogeneous Programming. Cahiers tin Centre a" Elude de
Recherche Operaiionelle IS: 413-414 (1977').
9. CRAVEN, B. D. and MOND, B. — Complementary for Arbitrary Cones. Zeilschriff fllr Operations
Research 21: 143-150 (1977).
10. CRAVEN, B. D. and MOND. B. - Sufficient Fritz John Optimalily Conditions for Nondiffcrentiable
Convex Programming. J. Aust. Math. Soc. (Hi 19: 462-468 (1977).
11. CRAVEN. B. D. and MOND. B. - Sufficient Optimality Conditions I'or Complex Programming with
Quasi-concave Constraints. Maih. Opcrationsfor.schung Sialistik. Ser. Optimization. S: 445-453 (1977).
12. DAVIS, S. H. and ROSENBLAT, S. - On Bifurcating Periodic Solutions at Lo» Frequency. Studies Appl.
Math. 57- 59-76 (1977).
13. GATES, D. J., RICKARD, .1. A. and WILSON, D. J. - A Convergent Adjustment Process lor Firms in
Competition. Econometrica 45: 1349-1364 (1977).
14. GODSIL, C. D., HOLTON, D. A. and McKAY, B. D. - The Spectrum or a Graph, Combinatorial
Mathematics V. Lecture Notes in Mathematics No. 622: 91-117, Springer, Berlin. 1977.
15. GRIMSHAW, R. I I . J. — Nonlinear Aspects oT Long Shelf Waves. Geoph vs. Aslrophvs. fluid Dynamics 8:
3-16 (1977).
16. GRIMSHAW, R. H. J. - The Effects of a Variable Coriolis Parameter, Coastline Curvature and Variable
Bottom Topography on Continental Shelf Waves. J. Phvs. Ocean. 7: 547-554 (1977).
17. GRIMSHAW, R. H. J. - The Stability o( Continental Shelf Waves, I . Side-band Instability and Long Wave
Resonance. J. Ausi. Math. Soc. (H) 20: 13-30 (1977).
18. GRIMSHAW. R. H. .1. - Thc Modulation of an Internal Gravity-Wave Packet, and the Resonance with the
Mean Motion. Studies in Appl. Math. 56: 241-266 (1977).
19. GRIMSHAW. R. H. J. - Nonlinear Aspects of Shelf Waves and Mean Currents. Waves on Water of
Variable Depth, ed. D. G. Provis and R. Radok. Lecture Notes in Physics 64- 206-211 (1977). (Published by
Springer-Verlag and Aust. Acad, of Science.)
20. GUTTMANN, A. J.. K I M . D. and THOMPSON, C. J. - Critical Isotherm of Dyson's Hierarchical Model.
J. Phvs. A. 10: LI25-L128 (1977).
21. HOLTON, D. A., STACEY, K. C. and McAVANEY. K. L. - Thc Semi-stability of Lexicographic
Products, Combinatorial Mathematics V. Lecture Notes in Mathematics No. 622: 128-132. Springer. Berlin,
1977.
22. HOSKINS. C. S„ GLASSER, M . L. and SMITH. E. R. - Half-space Electrostatic Lattice Sums. J. Phys.
A. 10: 879-884 (1977).
23. HUNTER, R. J. and LLOYD, J. W. - Weakly Compactly Generated Locally Convex Spaces. Math. Proc
Camb. Phil. Soc. 82: 85-98 (1977).
24. KAC, M . and THOMPSON, C. J. — Correlation Functions in the Spherical and Mean Spherical Models. J.
Math. Phvs. IS- 1650-1653 (1977).
25. K I M . D. and THOMPSON. C. .1. - Critical Properties of Dyson's Hierarchical Model. J. Phvs. A. 10: 15791598 (1977).
26. K I M , D. and THOMPSON, C . I . - Critical Behaviour ofa Modified Spherical Model../. Phvs. A. 10: 11671174 (1977).
27. KOLIHA. .1. J. — Convergence of an Operator Scries (short communication). Aequaiiones Mathematicae
15: 303-304 (1977).
2.
MATHEMATICS
197
28. KOLIHA, J. J. — Convergence of an Operator Series. Aequaliones Malhemalicar 16: 31-35 (1977).
29. LITTLE. C. H. C. and HOLTON, D. A. - A New Characterization of Planar Graphs. Hull. Amer. Maih.
Soc. 83: 137-138 (1977).
30. LOVE. E. R. - Repeated Singular Integrals. J. London Maih. Soc. (2) 15: 99-102 (1977).
31. LOVE. E. R. and CLEMENTS, D. L. — A Transformation of Cooke's Treatment of some Triple Integral
Equations. J. Ausi. Maih. Soc. (B) I'): 259-288 (1976).
32. McAVANEY, K. L., HOLTON, D. A. and GRANT, D. D. - Groups with Stable Graphs, Combinatorial
Mathematics V. Lecture Notes in Mathematics No. 622: 148-152, Springer, Berlin, 1977.
33. McKAY, B. D. - Computer Reconstruction of Small Graphs. J. Graph Theory I : 281-283 (1977).
34. McKAY, B. D. - On the Spectral Characterization of Trees. Ars Comhinaioria 3. 219-232 (1977).
35. PEARCE, P. A. - Kac-iypc Models of Ferromagnetic Thin Films. J. Phys. A. 10: 1009-1022 (1977).
36. PEARCE, P. A. and THOMPSON, C J. - Phase Transition in a Non-translationallv Invariant Spherical
Model. J. Phvs. A. 10: 571-581 (1977).
37. PEARCE. P. A. and THOMPSON, C.J. - The Spherical Limit of n-Vector Correlations../. Siai. Phvs. 17:
189-196 (1977).
38. PERRAM, J. W. and SMITH, E. R. - Approximate Law of Corresponding States for Adsorbed Layer
Phase Transitions. Colloid and Interface Sci. 60: 416-417 (1977).
39. PERRAM, J. W. and SMITH, E. R. - Competitive Adsorption Via the Percus-Ycvick Approximation.
Proc. Rov. Soc. (London) A 353: 193-220 (1977).
40. ROSENBLAT, S. - Global Aspects of Bifurcation and Stabilitv. Arch. Rational Mech. Anal. 66: 119-134
(1977).
41. RUBINSTEIN. J. H. - Isotopies of thc Projective Plane in 3-Manifolds. Topology 16: 217-226 (1977).
42. RUBINSTEIN, J. I I . - Heegaard Splittings and a Theorem of Livcsav. Proc. Amer Math. Soc. 60: 317-320
(1976) .
43. RUSSELL, A . M . — Application of Riemann-Stieltjes Integrals of Order k in Functional Analysis. SI A M J.
Math. Anal. S: 879-890 (1977).
44. SMITH, E. R. and PERRAM, .1. W. - Adsorption Isotherms for Fluids with Strong Intcrparticlc
Repulsions. J.S. Stat. Phvs. 17: 47-60 (1977).
45. STACEY. K. C. and HOLTON, D. A. - On the Automorphism Group of a Tree ./. Comb. Th 22H- 10-25
(1977) .
46. UPTON. C. J. F. — On Classes of Continuous Almost Periodic Functions. Proc. London Math. Soc. (3135:
159-179 (1977).
47. WANG, C.-C. and CROSS, J. J. - On the Field Equations of Motion for a Smooth. Materially Uniform,
Elastic Shell. Arch. rat. Mech. Anal. 65: 57-72 (1977).
48. WANG. C.-C. and CROSS, .1. J. — Universal Solutions for Isotropic Elastic Membranes. Arch. rat. Mech.
Anal. 65: 73-86 (1977).
49. WILSON. D. J. - Differential Games with No Information. .S7.4M J. Control anil Opt. 15: 233-246(1977).
50. WILSON, D. J. - Solution ofthe Game of Slash. S1AM Rev I " : 149 (1977).
51. WOOD, W. W. - A Note on the Westward Drift of the Earth's Magnetic Field. J. fluid Mech. 82: 389-400
(1977).
52. WOOD, W. W. - Torque-free Rotation o f a Cylinder. Phvs. fluids 20: 1953-1954 (1977).
53. WOOD, W. W. - Inertial Oscillations in a Rigid Axisymmetric Container. Proc. Roy. Soc. 358: 17-30
(1977).
RESEARCH REPORTS
54. CHIDZEY. K. G. - Thc Relationship between Fixing Subgraphs and Smoothly Emheddable Subgraphs.
Univ. of Melb. School of Maih. Sci. Res. Rep. 6. 1977.
55. COLLINGS, I . L. and GRIMSHAW, R. I I . J. - Thc Flow of an Ideal Fluid over a Spillway. Univ. of Melh.
School of Maih. Sci. Res. Rep. I . 1977.
56. CRAVEN. D. B. - Non-differcntiable Ponlryagin Principle Univ. of Melb. School of Math. Sci. Res. Ren.
20. 1977.
57. DUDLEY, E. V. and HALL, P. G. - The Gaussian Law and Lacunarv Sets ol" Characters. Univ. of Melb.
Maths. Res. Rep. 10. 1977.
58. GODSIL, C. D. - Neighbourhoods of Transitive Graphs and GRR's Univ. of Melh Maths. Res Rep. 2
1977.
'
59. GODSIL, C. D. and McKAY, B. D. - A New Graph Product and Its Spectrum. Univ. of Melb. School of
Math. Sci. Res. Rep. IS. 1977.
60. GODSIL. C D . - On Cayley Graph Isomorphisms. O'niv. of Melb. School of Maih. Sci. Res. Rep. 21. 1977.
61. GRIMSHAW. R. H J. - On Resonant Over-reflexion of Internal Gravity Waves from a Hclmhollz
Velocity Profile, Univ. of Melb. Maih.s. Res. Rep. 8. 1977.
62. GRIMSHAW, R. H. J. - Long Nonlinear Internal Waves in Channels of Arbitrary Cross-section. Univ. of
Melh. School of Math. Sci. Res Rep. 17. 1977.
63. HOLTON, D. A. and LITTLE, C. H. C. - A New Characterization ol Planaritv I: The Three Ring. Univ of
Melb. School of Maih. Sci. Res. Rep. 2. mi.
64. HOLTON, D. A. and RICKARD, J. A. - Brick Packing. Univ of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 3 1977.
65. HOLTON, D. A. and LITTLE. C. H. C. - A New Characterization of Planaritv II: Thc SMOCE Ring.
Univ. of Melb. School of Math. Sci. Res. Rep. 13. 1977.
06. HOLTON, D. A. and LITTLE, C. H. C. - A New Characterization of Planarily III- The SMOC Ring.
Univ. of Melb. School of Math. Set. Res. Rep. 14. 1977.
67. HUNTER. R. J. and LLOYD, J. W. - F.bcrlein Compacts and Spaces of Continuous Functions. Univ of
Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 6. 1977.
6S. IMRICH. W. - Subgroup Theorems and Graphs. Univ. of Melb. School of Maih. Sci Res Rep 4 1977
69. K I M , D. and THOMPSON, C. J. - Critical Properties of Dvson's Hierarchical Model I I I The n-Vcctor
and Heiscnberg Models. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 4. 1977.
198
70.
71.
72.
73.
74.
75.
76.
77.
78.
79.
80.
81.
82.
83.
FACULTY OF SCIENCE
K I M . U. and THOMPSON. C J. - Critical Properties of Dyson's Hierarchical Model I I . Essential
Singularities ofthe Borderline Ising Case. Univ. of Melh. School of Maih. Sci. Res. Rep. 2S. 1977.
LANDMAN, K. A. - Hopf Bifurcation at Low Frequency. Univ. of Melb. Mollis. Res. Rep. .5. 1977.
MOORE. R. R. - Singularities in Causal Space-Times. Univ. of Melb. School of Maih Sci. Res. Rep. 7.
1977.
MURRAY, I . W. and RICKARD. J. A. - The Dynamics or some Discrete Time Duopoly Price Games
Involving Cournot and Related Best-Response Strategics. Univ. of Melb. School of Maih. Sci. Res. Rep. 10.
1977.
MURRAY, I . VV. and RICKARD. J. A. - The Stability al Bishop's Warfare Strategy. Univ of Melb.
School of Maih. Sci. Res Rep. 27. 1977.
PEARCE. P. A. and THOMPSON. C. J. - The High Densitv Limit for Lattice Spin Models. Univ. of
Melh. School of Maih. Sci. Res. Rep. 26. 1977.
PURCELL. S. - Thc Four Colour Theorem. Univ. of Melh Maths. Res. Rep. I I . 1977.
ROSENBLAT, S. and LANDMAN. K. A. - Approximation Methods for Bifurcation Problems. Univ. of
Melb. Maihs. Res. Rep. 7. 1977.
RUBINSTEIN, J. H. - One Sided Heegaard Splittings of 3-Manifolds. Univ. of Melb. School of Maih. Sci.
Res. Rep. 9. 1977.
RUBINSTEIN, J. H. - Free Actions of some Finite Groups on S'. I . Univ of Melh School of Math. Sci.
Res. Rep. 16. 1977.
RUSSELL. A. M. - Existence and Addilivitv of Second Order Stieltjes Integrals. Univ. of Melb. School o j
Maih. Sci. Res. Rep. 19. 1977.
TAFFE, J. R. - The Inventory Scheme for Australian Wool. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. I . 1977.
THOMPSON, C. J. - Statistical Mechanics of Phase Transitions Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep 9. 1977.
WILLIAMS, R. J. - Pseudo-Inverses of Operators. Univ. of Melb. School of Math. Sci. Res. Rep. 3. 1977.
T H E S E S P A S S E D EOR H I G H E R D E G R E E S
Doctor of
1. SIIEPHARD,
2. PEARCE.
Philosophy
J. J. - Nonlinear Singular Perturbation Problems
P. A. — Limit Theorems and Inequalities in Statistical Mechanics
Muster
3. COI.LINGS.
of A ns
I. L. — Free Surface Flows under Gravity
Master
of
Science
4. SECOMB, T. W. — Free Boundaries in Non-Newtonian Flows
5. NIEMANN, S. 11. - Some Invariants for Classifying Bundles
6. SCOTT, C. F. - Boundary Waves
Doctor
of
Philosopy
L. J. ARMOUR — An Investigation of Some Possible Profit Maximizing Algorithms for a Monopolist under a
Free Auction System
D. BILLINGTON
- Degree Sequences in Hvpergraphs
I. L. COLL1NGS - Continental Shelf Dynamics
G. A. COMBER — Biharmonic Iunctions
C. D. GODSIL — Groups and Graphs
R. J. HUNTER — Weakly Compacted Generated Topological Linear Spaces
K. A. LANDMAN - Bifurcation und Stability theory
A. P. LEUNG — Finile Extensions of Fundamental Groups
B. D. McKAY — Computational Algorithms in Graph Theory
G. R. WHEELER — Dynamics of Spin Systems
Master
of
Science
J. R. P. CAMERON — Niche Overlap und Stability of Model Ecosystems
K. G. CHIDZEY - Fixing Subgraphs und Smoothly Embeddable Subgraphs
C. J. GARDINER
- Coverings of Seifert Manifolds
N. .1. HATHAWAY
- Asymptotic Solutions for Phase-Plane Systems
M. N. HUNTER - Tuuberian Theorems for Summability of Series
C. A. MARTINI - Mathematical Problems in Biology and Ecology
G. P. MOR R ISS - The Statistical Mechanics of Adsorption Processes
I. VV. MURRAY - Multiperiod Models
A. E. RAY — Nash Bargaining in Differential Games
G. I. ROFF - Differential Games
T. M. RULE - Differential Equations
F. R. SMITH - Applications of Higher Order Bundles
J. R. TAFFE - An Investigation of Models for a Proposed Inventory Scheme for Australian Wool
R. J. WILLIAMS
- Game Theory
A. C. Y. -WONG - Convergent and Stable Elements in llcrmilian Algebras
MATHEMATICS
Grams have been received as follows:ARGC: Balanced presentations ol'fundamental groups.
ARGC: Statistical mechanics of lattice systems.
ARGC: Statistical theories of fluids.
US/Australia Cooperative Science Program: Bifurcalion from infinity.
199
METEOROLOGY
Chairman
of department:
Full-time
Dr li.
Radok
Officers
Reader UWE RADOK
Senior Lecturers TIMOTHY TRAVERS GIBSON
MARTIN JAMES D1TMAS JENSSEN
Lecturer ROBERT CHARLES LILE
University of Melbourne Research Fellows I A N HERBERT SIMMONDS
GEORGE DALE HESS
ARGC Research Fellow TIMOTHY EDWARD KELIHER
Research Assistants SRALOEUNG KEP
BARRY JOHN MclNNES
Part-lime
Officers
Senior Academic Associate WILLIAM FRANCIS BUDD (Antarctic Division, Department ofScience)
Academic Associate I A N ALLISON (Antarctic Division, Department ofScience)
Research Workers ROSS MAINE
ROGER TAPP
KENNETH WILSON
A. SYNOPTIC METEOROLOGY AM) CLIMATOLOGY
Southern Hemisphere climatology of cyclogcnesis, storm tracks, and assimilation of monthly mean
meteorological and ocean data.
Southern Hemisphere monitoring of climate change.
Tropospheric jet streams of the Southern Hemisphere: their climatology, and role in the general circulation.
Sea-ice anomalies and their climatic significance: correlations and climatology and physical basis of this
correlation.
Synoptic climatology of precipitation anomalies in southeastern Australia: thc behaviour of individual synoptic
systems and of the general circulation during two very contrasting winter seasons (1972 and 1973) and the
underlying physical mechanisms responsible for creating precipitation anomalies.
Animated film studies of southern hemispheric pressure systems.
A study of the synoptic climatology and anomalies in cold season Victorian rainfall including the preparation
and comparison and charts representing several broad-scale climatic parameters, together with evaluation and
several measures of atmospheric humidity on a monthly mean basis.
B. URBAN METEOROLOGY
Work continues on the computer implementation of an analytical, linear, two-dimensional heat-island seabreeze model, following the general mathematical form of Hess.
Temperature and wind soundings were obtained at Laverton during the past 11 years; surface winds from up to
17 anemometers in the Melbourne region have been computed.
Analysis ofthe surface wind data was continued in 1977 to build up a climatology of light wind conditions, and
characteristics of these periods.
Computer analysis of 15 minute wind data; automatic graphic displays: data reduction.
Tethersondc probing of the very low atmosphere.
Wind profiling with height in the urban environment.
Urban meteorology of the Melbourne and Albury-Wodonga areas.
C. RADIATION
The radiation fields and the sensitivity of, for example, radiative flux divergence (absorption) and cloud albedo
on cloud macro- and micro-structure have been established using calculations by a detailed theoretical model.
Computer modelling of radiative transfer processes.
200
METEOROLOGY
201
Radiative distributions (solar and terrestrial) within cloudy atmospheres and clouds have been computed.
Studies ofthe identification of uncertainties in the radiatively active constituents of the atmosphere: these have
been clarified.
D. COMPUTER MODELLING IWEATHER)
Spectral modelling:
(i) basic model creation — completed;
(ii) modifications for boundary changes (sea-ice. sea surface temperatures) are under way;
(iii) internal changes (radiation and cloud varying with time) were initiated.
E. COMPUTER MODELLING (CLIMATE)
A basic spectral model for climate studies has been developed.
F. CONVECTIVE PROCESSES
A model of convection — including the cloud microphysics, and all stages of the water content has been
developed; this study continues.
G. AUTOMATED PUBLIC WEATHER FORECASTING SYSTEM
An analog-statistics forecasting system has been developed — a number of analogs to a predicted circulation, or
to the initial circulation, are retrieved and a weather forecast for Melbourne based on a statistical analysis of
associated weather is produced.
H. GLACIOLOGY
Computer modelling of ice dynamics and thermodynamics — a four-dimensional approach with mutual
feedback effects.
Heat budget of the atmosphere/sea ice/occan system near Mawson, Antarctica.
Ice core drilling and borehole logging on Law Dome for palaeoclimate and ice dynamics studies.
Ice thickness, ice flow, and mass balance of the Enderby Land - Kemp Land regions of Antarctica.
Cooperative program with the USSR to measure ice thickness, ice movement, and mass balance in the interior
of East Antarctica.
Ice sliding experiments.
The flow law of ice.
Low stress, low temperature creep.
Minimum strain rates for compression tests.
Shear strain rales of anisotropic ice core samples and randomly orientated laboratory made ice.
Flow rales of ice near the pressure melting point.
Numerical modelling of ice masses.
Antarctic flowline analyses.
Growth of the Laurentide Ice Sheet.
Modelling ice masses reaction lo climate changes and independent periodic surging.
The distribution and melt rales of Antarctic icebergs.
ARTICLES
1. BUDD, W. F. - Ice sliding and friction experiments. Jour, of Glac. 16. No. 74: 279-280 (1976).
2. BUDD, W. F. and MORGAN, V. I . - Isotopes, climate and ice sheet dynamics from core studies on Law
Dome, Antarctica. Proc. of Grenoble Symp.. August/September 1975. I AHS Publ. No. 118: 312-321 (1977).
3. BUDD, W. F. and YOUNG, N. W. - Computer modelling of temperature distributions in polar ice sheets.
Jour, o f Glac. 16. No. 74: 293-294 (1976).
4. JENNSSEN. D. - A three-dimensional polar ice-sheel model. Jour, of Glac 18. No. 80: 373-3S9 (1977).
5. MATSUDA, M . , WAKAHAMA, G. and BUDD. W. F. - Twinning of ice from Antarctic ice sheet
observations of a-axis orientation associated with diamond c-axis orientation fabric. Low Temperature
Science Ser. A. 34: 163-171 (1976).
202
FACULTY OF SCIENCE
6. RADOK, U. - Snow drift. Jour, of Glac. 19. No. 81: 123-139 (1977).
7. RADOK, U. — International Antarctic Glaciological Project: Past and Future. Antarctic Journal of the
United States. Mar/June 1977, X I I , No. I and 2, pp. 32-38.
8. RADOK, U. and L1LE. R. C. - A year of snow accumulation at Plateau Station. In Meteorological Studies
at Plateau Station, Antarctica, J. A. Businger, ed. Antarctic Research Series 25. American Geophysical
Union: 17-26 (1977).
9. STERN. H. - Cold end to May. Royal Met. Soc. Aust. Newsletter $16, June 1977.
10. W A K A H A M A , G. and BUDD, W. F. - Formation of the three-lavcred structure of the Amerv ice shelf.
Antarctica. Jour, o f Glac. 16, No. 74: 295-297 (1976).
DEPARTMENTAL REPORT
I. BUDD. VV. F. and MclNNES. B. J. - A movie film illustrating the numerical modelling of periodically
surging ice masses. Meteorology Department Publication No. 21: pp. 26 (1976).
PAPERS PRESENTED AT CONFERENCES
1. LI1.E, R. C. — A new- instrument for the rapid analysis of ice thin sections. Symposium on dynamics of
temperate glaciers and related problems. Munich, 6-9 September, 1977.
2. LILE, R. C. — The effect of anisotropy on the creep of polycrystalline ice. Symposium on Physics and
Chemistry of ice. Cambridge. 11-16 September, 1977.
3. LILE, R. C. and TAPP, R. — A new tethersonde system for remote measurements of temperature and wind.
Urban Meteorology Conference, Macquarie University, 10-11 February, 1977.
4. LILE. R . C , RADOK, U.. RYAN, C . TAPP, R.. WILDING. J. and MUNRO, D. - A low cost approach lo
urban meteorology. Urban Meteorology Conference. Macquarie University. 10-11 February, 1977.
T H E S E S PASSED FOR HIGHER D E G R E E
Doctor of
1. STEPHENS,
Philosophy
G. — The transfer of radiation in cloudy atmospheres
Master
ofScience
2. HASLETT, W. E. — A climatological study of southern Australian weather systems
3. TAPP, R. G. — Studies in urban meteorology
4. WALKER, D. - Glaciological and geophysical studies in Wilkes Land. Antarctica. 1962-63.
Doctor
of
Philosophy
ACKLEY. S. K. - Antarctic sea ice
LILE. R. C. - Rheology of polycrystalline ice
MAINE, R. — Numerical simulation of atmospheric convection processes
SMITH, I. N. — Numerical mode/ling of ice masses
YOUNG, N. W. — The interdependence of temperature and flow velocity in ice masses
Master
of
Science
BLUNDY. N. — Ice sliding and friction
CROUD, M. — Study of the meteorological factors responsible for the distribution of radio nuclides I fallout) over
A ustralia
HOY, R. D. — Infra-red radiation fluxes in the lower atmosphere for the period leading to fog formation
KELLY, G. A. M. — Numeric analysis of infra-red radiation data from satellites
KELLY, P. D. — Laboratory modelling of energy dispersion in atmospheric circulations
ME1GI1F.N, P. J. — Radar studies of tropical cyclones
MORGAN, V. I. — Oxygen isotope analysis of Antarctic snow and ice
NEAL, A. B. — Convection in the trades
NICHOLLS, N. — The monsoon of northern Australia audits relationship to the general circulation
PRICE, P. G. — Atmospheric energy calculations for the large scale circulation of ihe southern hemisphere
troposphere
RICH, M. J. — Some results of the 1972 Casey glaciological field programme
RUSSELL, D. S. — Properties and ages of polar ice
STERN, H. — An objective weather forecasting svstem for Melbourne
WILDING, J. R. - Urban meteorology
WOODCOCK, F. - Features of ihe Australian winter circulation in 1970 and 1973
WRIGHT, W. J. — The nature of wei and dry seasons in Victoria
Grants have been received as follows:ARGC: Mcso-term climatic change in Ihe southern hemisphere.
Environmental Protection Authority of Victoria: Urban meteorology studies.
OPTOMETRY
Chairman
of department:
Dr B. L. Cole
Readers BARRY LEIGHTON COLE
HERMANN BARRY COLLIN
Senior Lecturer ALAN W I L L I A M JOHNSTON
Lecturers LEO GERARD CARNEY
GEORGE SMITH
Senior Academic Associates DAVID MICHAEL COCKBURN
JONATHAN NATHAN
Academic Associates TERENCE IIOLYOAKE BLAKE
KENNETH JOHN BOWMAN
EDWIN RONALD HOWELL
JANF.TTE ELIZABETH KITCHIN
JAMES CARSTAIRS LOWSON
JOHN EDWARD McGIBBONY
HELEN GAIL ROBBINS
Research Kellows ROBERT JOHN JACOBS
STEPHEN ERNEST JENKINS
1.
2.
3.
4.
Early vascularization of the rat cornea - Dr Collin and Miss Hoban.
Ultrastructural studies of human corneal and conjunctival biopsy material - Dr Collin.
Architecture of the human cornea — Dr Carney and Miss Kiel)'.
Phvsiolotiical response of the cornea and tears to environmental stress — Dr Carnev. Mr Efron and
Mr" Fullard.
5. Assessment of functional visual loss in the low vision patient - Dr Johnston and Mrs Kitchin.
6. Clinical assessment of the anterior angle — Mr Cockburn.
7. Early diagnosis of acquired defects of colour vision - Mr Bowman and Dr Cole.
8. Methods of visual screening at schools — Miss Robbins and Dr Cole.
9. Measurement of visual fields in patients with ametropia — Mr Alchison and Dr Johnston.
10. Spatial processing mechanisms in normal and amblyopic vision — Mr Howell and Dr Hess.
11. Aberrations and image quality in real and schematic eyes - Dr Smith.
12. Study of road vehicle signal systems — Dr Cole.
13. Acquisition of visually displayed information — Dr Cole und Mr.lacobs.
14. Conspicuity of objects — Dr Cole and Mr Jenkins.
15. • Optical factors in roadway visibility and delineation - Dr Smith.
PUBLISHED WORK
CHAPTERS OE BOOKS
1. COLLIN. H. B. - Vision in The Eye in Veterinary Practice, ed. Blogg. J. R., 2nd cd., W. B. Saunders.
Philadelphia (in press).
ARTICLES AND REPORTS
2.
BAILEY, I . L. and CARNEY. L. G. — A survey of corneal curvature changes from contact lens wear. The
Contact Lens J. 6. 3-13 (1977).
3. CARNEY. L. G. and WOO. G. C. - Comparison of accommodation with rieid and flexible contact lenses.
Amer. J. Optom. and Physiol. Optics 54. 595-597 (1977).
4. COCKBURN. D. M. — Is quantification of continuing education desirable on social grounds? Ausi. J.
Optom. 60. 159-162 (1977).
5. COLE. B. I.. - Some observations on disability ulare. Proc. ARRB Glare Seminar (1977).
6. COLE. B. L. and DA IN. S. J. (with FISHER. A. J.) - Study of Motor Vehicle Signal Systems. Final report
to the Department of Transport, Commonwealth of Australia Project 73/844 (1977).
7. COLE. li. L. and JACOBS. R. J. — A comparison of alternative symbolic warning signs f t tr railway level
crossings. Report to Ministry for Transport. Victoria (1977).
8. COLLIN. H. B. - Clinical conditions affecting the basement membrane of the corneal epithelium Ausi. J.
Optom. 60. 234-247 (1977).
9. COLLIN. H. B. and ALLANSM1TI1. M. R. - Basophils in vernal conjunctivitis in humans. An
electronmirocoscopic study Invest. Ophthal 16. 858-864 (1977).
10. COLLIN. I I . B. and GRAHAM. D. M . - Limbal vascular response in mice infected with TRIC aacnts
Ausi. J. Optom. 611. 248-255 (1977).
11. EFRON. N. - The Optacon - a replacement or Braille? Ausi. J. Optom. 60. 118-129 (1977).
12. GARNER. L. F. — Front surface topography of spherical flexible contact lenses on the eve Ausi. J. Optom.
60. 40-45 (1977).
203
204
FACULTY OF SCIENCE
13. HESS. R. F. — Accommodative accuracy in strabismic amblyopia Ausi. J. Opiom. 60. 295-298, (1977).
14. HESS, R. F. and GA RNF.R, L. F. - The effect of corneal oedema on visual function Invest.Ophthal. 16. 513 (1977).
15. HESS. R. F. and HOWEI.L. E. R. — The threshold contrast sensitivity function in strabismic amblyopia:
evidence for a two tvpe classification Vision Res. 17. 1049-1055 (1977).
16. JACOBS. R. J. - Mixed use of alphabetic and symbolic messages Ausi. Road Res. 7 (3), 52-54 (1977).
17. SMITH. G. - The measurement ofthe refractive index of glass beads used for traffic marking* Aust. Road
Res. 7. 27-31 (1977).
18. SMITH, G. - The rainbow method for the measurement of the refractive index of glass beads Traffic Eng.
and Control If!. 4X0-485 (1977).
19. SMITH. G. - Consider spectacles Optical Spectra I I (7), 8-9 (1977).
20. SMITH. G. - The spectacle wearer and visual optical instruments Aust. J. Optom 60. 382-386 (1977).
Doctor of
Philosophy
1. HESS, R. F. — Threshold contrast sensitivity in strabismic amblyopia
Master
2. JENKINS.
of
Science
S. E. — Detection of Targets in Natural Surroundings
I'hD Theses in
Progress
HOWELL. E. R. — The visibility of low .spatial frequency gratings
JACOBS. R. .1. — Legibility of extended alphabetic displays
JENKINS, S. E. — Visual conspicuity of objects
M.ScOptom
Theses in
Progress
ATCHISON. D. A. — 77?t' effect of ametropia on measurement of the visual field
BOWMAN, K. J. — The effect of illuminance on colour discrimination in senile macular degeneration
EFRON, N. — Physiological factors relevant to the success of extended wear contact lenses
FULLARD. R. J. — An analysis of the buffering capacity of human tears
HOBA N. B. P. — A study of ihe effects of sodium salicylate and corticosteroid on corneal neovascularization and
polymorphonuclear leukocyte emmigraiion
KEILY, P. M. — Corneal architecture — its stability, variation and optical signijicance
Australian Road Research Board: Traffic sign formats.
Australian Road Research Board: Conspicuity of objects.
Viclorian Ministry for Transport: Level crossing protection
Australian Department of Transport: Motor vehicle signal systems
Bausch and Lomb Soflens: Cornea and contact lens research.
Hydron Australia Pty. Ltd: Cornea and contact lens research.
Menicon Australia Pty. Ltd: Cornea and contact lens research.
G. Nissel and Co. Pty. Ltd.: Cornea and contact lens research.
PHYSICS
Chairman
of department: Professor B. M. Spicer (to 2nd Mav 1977)
Professor B. H. J. McKellar (from 2nd May 1977}
Professors HERBERT HOWARD BOLOTIN
BRUCE HAROLD JOHN McKELLAR
GEOFFREY IVAN OPAT
BRIAN MILTON SPICER
Readers KENNETH CHARLES HINES
ANTHONY GEORGE KLEIN
EDMUND GERARD MUIRHEAD
JOHN LAYTON ROUSE
Senior Lecturers KENNETH ALBERT AMOS
ZWI BARNEA
NORMAN EDWARD FRANKEL
GIR1SH CHANDRA JOSHI
GEORGE JAMES FERGUSON LEGGE
SHU1-Y1N LO
COLIN DOUGLAS McKENZIE
VICTOR CHARLES OFFICER
DENIS GRAHAM SARGOOD
GEOFFREY GAY SHUTE
ALAN EDWIN CHARLES SPARGO
MAXWELL NORMAN THOMPSON
JOHN WILLIAM GRAYDON WIGNALL
ROBERT HARVEY WILKINSON
Lecturers RAYMOND LUDDINGTON ABBEY
ADA PHYLLIS BOOTH
LESLIE ARTHUR BURSILL
EUNICE DELL McKENZIE
GRAHAM CHESNEY MASON
STUART NORMAN TOVEY
Senior Tutor HILARY JANET STEPHEN
Tutors ANGELO ERMINIO DELSANTE
TURID PEDERSEN-SHANMUGAM
ROSS SMITH (terminated 5/8/1977)
JOHN EARL TIBBALLS (terminated 31/8/1977)
Research Staff Emeritus Professor COURTNEY BALTHAZAR OPPENHEIM MOHR
Research Fellow M. ANWAR CHAUDHRI
ARGC Research Fellows RICHARD ALLEN BRANDENBURG
JOHN COWAN PHILIP H EGG IE (terminated 28/2/1977)
BRUCE HENRY KELLETT
IAIN MORRISON
RICHARD JOHN PETTY
PETER FREDERICK PRICE
AINSE Research Fellow JOHN EARL TIBBALLS (appointed 1/9/1977)
Queen Elizabeth I I Fellow ZYGMUNT EDWARD SWITKOWSKI
A.
DIFFRACTION PHYSICS
(a)
X-ray
Diffraction
Anharmonic thermal motion in cadmium selenide; X-ray observation of anharmonicity in cadmium sulphide;
Conditions for the appearance of "forbidden" reflections resulting from the generalised structure factor
formalism; Some consequences of the presence of antisymmetric atomic features in noncentrosymmetric
structures; Anharmonic temperature factors of zinc selenide determined by X-ray diffraction from an extendedface crystal; A diffractometer technique for the precise orientation of single crystals - Z. Barnea.
(b)
Electron
Diffraction
Phase contrast studies of defects and surface structures in crystals: Computer simulation of high-resolution
electron microscope images of crystal structures and crystal defects; Correlation of hysteresis in thermodynamic
studies with crystal structures in reduced ruliles; Deformation twinning and dislocation structures in haematite
ores: Structural implications ofthe charge density wave/periodic structural distortion model for phase transitions
in transition metal dichalcogenides; Theoretical analysis and prediction of crystallographic shear plane
orientations, spacings and of composition waves in reduced rutiles; Construction and use of ultra-high-resolution
tilting and heating-tilting specimen holders for crystal studies - L. A. Bursill.
205
206
FACULTY OF SCIENCE
PhD Theses in
Progress
J. C. BARRY - High-resolution electron microscope studies of defects in crystals especially diamonds
R. A. CUTHBERTSON
— Investigation of TiO. from the dielectric function obtained by electron energv-loss
spectrum methods
D. J. NETHERWAY
- Theory of crystallographic shear plane arrays
P. G. SELF — Scattering factors and electron diffraction
B. K. WHITELEY - Anharmonic thermal vibrations in hexagonal crystals
A. R. WILSON — Electron microscopy of crystals
R. L. WITHERS — Structural implications of the charge-density-wavej periodic structural distortion model for
phase transitions in transition metal dichalcogenides
B. LOW ENERGY NUCLEAR PHYSICS
[a]
Betatron
Isospin effects in photonuclear cross sections from "Ca to "Fe; A study ofthe cross sections for (ld-2s) nuclei
using (v,n). (v,p) and (Y,Y') reactions; Measurement of photoproton cross sections to excited states for "S, " A l ,
"Mg. — M . N . Thompson.
Elastic gamma ray scattering in the E2 region for ™Pb; A study of the S(y,d) reaction near threshold; K shell
ionisation cross sections for Cu, Ni, Ag, Au; A study of the (e,2e) reactions to deduce inner shell wave functions —
B. M . Spicer.
Measurement of the (v.n) and (Y.2n) cross sections of "'"Ne; A study ofthe (y.n), tY-^n) d fyY) tactions in
'"Ar; The photoneutron angular distribution for "Pb below the giant dipole resonance; Measurement of electron
spectra in tissue and the perturbation effect of an ionisation chamber on the measurement of absorbed dose — E.
G. Muirhead.
The design and construction of an energy-loss, matched dispersion magnetic spectrometer — D. V. Webb.
Nuclear excitations by electron transitions; Instrumentation for external electron beam facility — R. J. Petty.
!:
a n
!0
PhD Theses in
Progress
P. D. ALLEN — Photoneutrons from Neon and Argon
T. J. BOAL - The E2 giant resonance in °'Pb
R. HELSTROOM — Atomic excitations by relativistic electron bombardment
R. M. MILLER — Measurement of electron energy spectra in air and tissue, and a study of the perturbative effect
of the presence of an ionisation chamber on the measurement of absorbed dose
R. E. PYWELL - Isospin studies around "Ca
P. J. P. RYAN — De-exciiation gamma ray studies around A = 40
SU SU — Some photoneutron cross section studies
L. B. ZALCMAN
- A study of"K and "P by means of de-excitation gamma rays
:
M.Sc
Theses in
Progress
R. J. FARMER — The photoneutron cross section of "Ca
E. GROSS — K.-, L-. and M-shell ionisation cross sections in heavy atoms using relativistic electrons
J. W. NORBURY - A study of the Sfy,d) reaction near threshold
JEANETTE WEISE - Isospin effects in the If shell
J:
(b)
Pelletron
Lifetimes of ground-band states in '"'Pt; Level structure of excited states in "'Au; Lifetimes and level structure of
states in " N i ; Lifetimes of excited states in "Fe; Exploitation of enhanced transient fields for the measurement of
gyromagnetic ratios of short-lived excited nuclear states; Lifetime determinations of excited nuclear states by
Doppler-shift methods - H. H. Bolotin.
Transfer reactions between heavy ions at low energies; Sub-Coulomb barrier heavy ion fusion systematics;
Investigation of "Ne-producing reactions for nuclear parity mixing experiments; Low energy direct capture
measurements; Interactions of ion beams with solid surfaces; Depth profiling of implanted neon in semiconductors
and metals: Interaction of the solar wind wilh planetary surfaces and atmospheres - Z. E. Swiikowski.
Study of (p,y) resonance strengths in the (s,d) shell; Wigner cusps in proton-induced reactions on intermediate
mass nuclei; Total Y ay yield measurements in the Sc(p,Y) " T i reaction; Role of excited state reactions during
stellar nucleosynthesis — D. G. Sargood.
_r
,!
PhD Theses in
D.
B.
B.
S.
Progress
L. KENNEDY — Nuclear structure studies of low-lying slates in f p she/1 nuclei
J. LINARD — Lifetimes and level structure of excited slates in "Ti
M. PAINE - fp.y) resonances in the {s.d) shell
B. SOLOMON - Total y-ray yield measurements in the "Stfp.y)"Ti reaction
PHYSICS
(c)
207
Cyclotron
Study of proton-induced reactions on "O between 7 and 11 MeV; ('He.p) reactions in light odd-mass nuclei ('Li,
"Be, "C. " N , "F and "Mg) - B. M . Spicer.
PhD Theses in
Progress
J. HAVLOUJIAN
- I'He.p) reaciions in tight odd-mass nuclei ('Li. 'Be. "C. "N, "F and "Mg)
L. W. J. WILD — Study of proton-induced reactions on "O between 7 and II MeV
C.
HIGH ENERGY PHYSICS
Studies of the interactions of antiprotons of momentum 320 — 930 MeV/c wilh neutrons in a deuterium Tilled
bubble chamber; Studies of antiproton-proton interactions at 4.13 GeV/c in track-sensitive-target bubble
chambers; Studies of new methods for the detection of gravitational waves - G. I . Opat.
The physics of the Fresnel diffraction of low energy neutrons — A. G. Klein.
PhD Theses in
Progress
G. J. CHAPMAN — Studies of anti-proton annihilations in a TST bubble chamber
J. N. DF ROACH — Antiproton annihilations in deuterium into 5 and 6 pi-mesons
L. J. MARTIN - Antiproton annihilations lo strange particles in deuterium
M.Sc
K. R. PARKER
Thesis in
Progress
— Studies in pn annihilations into 3 and 4 pions
D. T H E O R E T I C A L P H Y S I C S
(a)
Nuclear
and Atomic
Physics
Analyses of direct reaction (p,p') and (p.n) scattering from nuclei; Analyses of (p,2p) reactions on nuclei; Group
theoretic descriptions of nuclear structure applied to (p.p') reactions; Nuclear structure aspects of parity violation
theory; Comparisons of shell model and Hartree-Fock predictions with experimental data; Hartree-Fock
calculations of total binding energies using Petris forces; R-matrix theory and its application to nuclear reaction
analyses: Atomic and molecular structure studies using configuration interaction models; The structure of heavy
atoms — K. A. Amos.
Parity violation in nuclei; Three nucleon forces; Thc nucleon-nucleon potential: The pion vertex function B. H. J. McKellar.
A calculation of the pair emission lifetime of the 7.65 MeV stale in C — B. M . Spicer.
1!
(b)
Statistical
Physics
Superfluidity in two dimensions; relativistic quanlum electron plasma in an intense magnetic field; pulsar
emission mechanism; statistical mechanics of tachyons; hard disc Bose gas; dielectric response of a finite
temperature electron gas in thin solid films; two dimensional Bose gases; Relativistic Fermions in internal magnetic
fields — N. E. Frankel.
(c)
Plasma
Physics
Semiclassical dielectric function in thc presence of a magnetic field: Removal of divergencies in non-relativistic
and relativistic kinetic equations for systems with long range interactions; Alpha particle transport in
thermonuclear fusion devices - K. C. Hines.
(d)
Particle
Physics
Strong coupling expansions for O(N); Non-linear sigma models on a lattice: Quark confinement and phase
transitions - C. J. Hamer.
Factorization in inclusive reactions. Applications of the renormalisation group; Confinement - B. I I . Kellett.
Proton-proton elastic scattering in droplet model; Fragmentation processes in quark picture: Geometrical
picture in hadron scattering; Factorization principles in hadron scattering — S. Y. Lo.
Dual resonance models in strong interactions; Quark confinement — G. C. Joshi.
Bremsstrahlung and neutral currents; Gauge fields of weak and strong interactions - B. H. J. McKellar.
(e)
Atmospheric turbidity — B. H. J. McKellar.
Optics
208
FACULTY OF SCIENCE
PhD Theses in
Progress
R. ANDERSON — Dual Resonance Models in Strong Interactions
A. R.CARR — The Averaged-Lagrangian Method in Plasma Physics applied to the Propagation ofAlfven Waves
ANNA CASS - The Nucleon-Nucleon Interaction
A. E. DELSANTE — Magnetic Response of Dense Charged and Neutral Gases
R. G. ELLIS - A/ =Vi Rule in Nonleptonic Decays
G. R. FOX — Conformed Invariance and Particle Interactions
D. F. HINES - Studies in Statistical Physics
EVE KOVACS - Yang-Mill Gauge Field Theory
MARGARET
MALONE - Geometrical Models in Panicle Physics
P. NESC1 — Inelastic Scattering as a Probe of Nuclear Structure
L. J. RIKUS — The R-Matrtx Method of Reaction Analysts and Nuclear Structure
F. J. RUZZENE - Inelastic Alpha Particle Scattering
R. C. WARNER - Quark Confinement
M.Sc Theses in Progress
D. J. CLARKE - Elastic Proton-Proton Scattering in Droplet Model (from 7 GeV - 1500 GeV)
G. RAVALLI — A calculation of the pair emission lifetime of the 7.65 MeV stale of "C
E.
APPLIED NUCLEAR
(a)
Proton
PHYSICS
Microprobe
Applications of the proton microprobe to elemental analysis in minerals: Investigation of nuclear backscattering
as a technique for measurement of surface porosity — C. D. McKenzie.
Heavy metal uptake in phytoplankton; Heavy metal uptake and elemental distributions in wheat leaves; Copper
metabolism in mammalian tissues at the cellular level; Instrumentation of a scanning proton microprobe for
elemental microanalysis: Scanning analysis programme for the total collection, storage and interactive handling of
maps and spectra with a microprobe: Continuous X-ray spectrum from proton interactions with matter:
Defocussing of a microbcam by multiple Coulomb scattering — G. J. F. Legge.
(b)
Proton activation
analysis
Neutron spectra induced in tissue by bremsstrahlung; Non-destructive depth profiling by nuclear techniques,
Determination of heavy metal concentrations by PIXE in marine, biological and geological samples; Fluorine
determinations in international geological standards; Absolute cross section measurements of the "F(p,p'Y)"F
reaction and its application for fluorine determinations; Depth profiling of fluorine in teeth; Activation analysis
with cyclotron produced neutrons, A study of the 'Li(p,n)'Be reaction, Organ depth measurements using
radioisotopes - M . A. Chaudhri.
PIXE studies ofthe changes in mineral composition of plants due to disease caused by Phytophthora Cinnomoni
- J. L. Rouse.
PhD Thesis in
A. MAZZOLINI
Progress
— Elemental analysis of biological material by means ofa proton microprobe
M.Sc
Theses in
Progress
C. S. PAPPER - Trace element analysis in biological, geological and environmental samples by nuclear
techniques
C. W. CHITTLEBOROUGH
- Non-destructive depth profiling by charged particle induced reaciions
ELIZABETH REEN - Determination of fluorine in biological and geological samples through the "F(p.ay}"0
reaction
F. INTERMEDIATE ENERGY NUCLEAR PHYSICS
,l
(p,2p) reactions in "C and "Ca at high resolution; Proton reactions with "C and O at intermediate energies —
(p,2p) and (p,p') reactions — R. M. Spicer.
PhD Theses in
Progress
R. S. HENDERSON - Proton reactions wilh "C and "O at intermediate energies — (p.2p) and (p.p'l reactions
I. D. SVALBE - (p,2p) reaciions in "C and "Ca al high resolution
G. MISCELLANEOUS
Non-linear processing of images in medicine and its influence on the total performance of the detecting device;
Range-energy relations for electrons in the 100 — 2000 eV range — B. M . Spicer.
Studies of variable stars and novae — R. H. Wilkinson.
PHYSICS
209
PhD Thesis in Progress
P. GUIGNA RD — Non-linear processing of images in medicine, and its influence on thc total performance ofthe
detecting device
M.Sc
P. HIGGINS
Thesis in Progress
— Range-energy relations for electrons in the energy range 100 — 2000 eV
PUBLISHED WORK
ARTICLES
1. AMOS, K., MORRISON, I . , MORTON, J. and SMITH, R. - Inelastic Proton Scattering to High Spin
States of Unnatural Parity. Proc. Int. Conf. on Nuclear Structure, Tokvo. p. 495 (1977).
2. BARKER, P. H., SOF1ELD, C. J., PETTY, R. J., FREEMAN, J. M . , HOATH, S. D.,
BURCHAM, W. E. and SQUIER, G. T. A. - A Measurement ofthe Half-life of the Super-allowed Fermi
Decav "V(G""pTi. Nucl. Phvs. A275: 37-47 (1977).
3. BARNES, C. A., OVERLEY, J. C , SWITKOWSKI, Z. E. and TOMBRELLO, T. A. - Measurement of
Hvdrogen Depth Distributions by Resonant Nuclear Reactions. Appl. Phvs. Lett. 31: 239-241 (1977).
4. BOX. M . A., LO, S. Y„ McKELLAR, B. H. J. and REICH, M . H . - Atmospheric Turbidity and the
Circumsolar Radiation. Applied Optics 16: 341-344 (1977).
5. BURSILL, L. A. and WILSON, A. R. - Electron-optical Imaging ofthe Hollandite Structure at 3 A
Resolution. Acta Crvst. A33: 672-675 (1977).
6. BURSILL, L. A. and BARRY. J. C. - High-resolution Reflex Images ofDefects in Crystals. Phil Mag. 35:
797-810 (1977).
7. BURSILL. L. A., SPARGO, A. E. C , STONE, G. G., WENTWORTH, D. and WILSON, A. R. Electron-optical Imaging of Crystal Structures using Ullra-high-resolution Pole-pieces. JEOl. News 15E: 510 (1977).
8. CHAUDHRI. M . A.. BURNS, G„ REEN, E., ROUSE. J. L. and SPICER, B. M . - A Method for
Charged-particle Activation Analvsis and its Application to Fluorine Determination bv the "F(p,av) O
Reaction. J. Radioanal. Chem. 37: 243-253 (1977).
9. CHAUDHRI, M . A., ALLEN, P., M I L L A R , R. M . , MUIRHEAD, E. G., ROUSE, J. L. and SPICER.
B. M . — The Absolute Determination of Neutron Flux produced by the Interaction of High Energy
Bremsstrahlung with Tissue. Livro de Resumos X I V Congresso International de Radiologica, Rio de
Janeiro, October, 1977. p. 611.
10. CHAUDHRI, M . A. - A Simple Method for Depth Profiling. Third International Conference on Ion Beam
Analvsis, Washington, D.C, June-Julv. 1977, p. 411.
11. CHRISTENSEN, P. R„ DAYRAS, R. A. and SWITKOWSKI, Z. E. - Sub-barrier Fusion Measurements
for C + "O. Nucl. Phvs. .4280: 189-204 (1977).
12. CHRISTENSEN, P. R. and SWITKOWSKI, Z. E. - Calculations of Scattering and Fusion Cross Sections
for C, + C, "C + "0 and O + 0 Reactions for Energies near and below the Coulomb Barrier. Nucl.
Phvs. A280: 205-216 (1977).
13. DAYRAS, R. A., SWITKOWSKI, Z. E. and WOOSLEY, S. E. - Neutron Branching for the Reactions C
+ "C. Nucl. Phvs. .4279: 70-84 (1977).
14. FREEMAN, D. K., MAIR. S. L. and BARNEA, Z. - The Structure and Bijvoet Ratios of Cadmium
Selenide. Ada Crvst. .433: 355-359 (1977).
15. GABRIC, A. and AMOS, K. - The Optical Model and Elastic Proton Scattering from " N and "O. Aust. J.
Phvs. 30: 287-301 (1977).
16. GOLD, E„ MASON, G. C . OPAT, G. I . , PARKER, K. R„ WIGNALL, J. W. G.. CHAPMAN, G. C ,
DE ROACH, J. N., KING, P. A., KLEIN, A. G., MARTIN, L. J., and TOVEY, S. N . - Beam-target
reversal symmetry in antiproton — neutron interactions in flight. Phys. Rev. D16: 2679-1686 (1977).
17. GREGG, R„ SWITKOWSKI, Z. E. and TOMBRELLO, T. A. - Application ofTrack Detectors to the
Measurement of Sputtering Yields. Nucl. Instr. & Melh. 144: 613-614 (1977).
IS. HAMER, C. J. - Lattice Model Calculations for SU(2) Yang-Mills Theory in 1 + 1 Dimensions. Nucl.
Phvs. BI2I: 159-175 (1977).
19. H EGG IE, J. C. P. and BOLOTIN, H. H. - Properties of the Lowest T = 2 State in '"Mg. Aust.J. Phvs. 30:
407-415 (1977).
20. H EGG IE, J. C P. and SWITKOWSKI, Z. E. - A precise Determination of the ' C(p. )"N Reaction Qvalue. Nucl. Instr. <S Melh. 147: 425-429 (1977).
21. HELSTROOM. R., PETTY, R. J. and SPICER, B. M . - A Scaling Law for K-shell Ionization by
Relativistic Electrons. Phvs. Letts. 62A: 146-148 (1977).
22. KARBAN, O., BASAK, A. K., ENGLAND, J. B. A., MORRISON, G. C , NELSON, J. M., ROMAN, S.
and SHUTE, G.G. - The j-dependence of ('He,d) and ( He,a) Reaction Analysing Powers in the I p-shell.
Nucl. Phys. A269: 312-316 (1976).
23. KELLETT, B. H. — Hvperfine Structure in the relativistic fermion-anti-fermion svstem. Phvs. Rev. DI5:
3366-3376 (1977).
24. KELLETT, B. H. - The Physics of the Einstein - Poddsky - Rosen Paradox Foundations of Physics 7:
735-757 (1977).
25. KELLETT, B. H.. JOSHI, G. C , LO, S. Y. - Factorization in Inclusive Reactions
I - Nuovo Cim 4IA: 331-350 (1977); I I - Nuovo Cim. 4IA: 351-360 (1977).
0
la
l:
|:
13
:
lft
l6
l!
!
Y
J
210
FACULTY OF SCIENCE
26. KENNEDY, D. L„ HEGG1E, J. C. P., DAVIES, P.J. and BOLOTIN, H. H. - The 2046 keV "A l(p,Y)"Si
Resonance-Capture Reaction As A Gamma-Rav Intensity Calibration Standard. Nucl. Inslr. & Meth. 140:
519-527 (1977).
27. KENNEDY. D. L., LINARD, B. J„ H EGG IE, J. C. P. and BOLOTIN. H. H. - Lifetimes of Excited States
in ' V. Nucl. Phvs. -4293: 150-166 (1977).
28. KLEIN. A. G., MARTIN, L.J. and OPAT, G. 1. - Fresnel Diffraction of Slow Neutrons. Am. J. Phvs. 45:
295-297 (1977).
29. KLEIN, A. G. and MARTIN, L. J. - Fresnel Integrals. Am. J. Phvs. 45: 298-299 (1977).
30. KLEIN, A. G. - Polarization Flipper for Infrared Laser Beams - Comment. Appl. Opt. 16: 1489 (1977).
31. LEE, M . M . , CHAUDHRI, M. A., ROUSE, J. L. and SPICER, B. M . - Environmental and Ecological
Studies using Proton Activation Analysis. J. Radioanal. Chem. 37- 889-896 (1977).
32. LO. S. Y. and L A I , C. S. — Study of the Energy Dependence in Geometrical Models. Journal of Phvsics G3:
465-472 (1977).
33. LO. S. Y. and MALONE. M. - Minimal Rule and Fragmentation Model. Phvs. Rev. DI6: 2184-2196
(1977).
34. LO, S. Y. and KOVACS, E. - Hadron Form Factor. Phys. Rev. DI6: 2251-2255 (1977).
35. LO, S. Y., BOX, M . A. and McKELLAR, B. H . J. - Determination of Aerosol Size Distribution at a
Glance. Proceedings of the Symposium on Radiation in the Atmosphere. 19-29 August 1976, edited by
H.J. Bolle, Science Press (1977), p. 167
36. LOUEDEC. C , BORG, A., ABRAMOVICZ, H., BARLOUTAUD, R., LA FAILLE, J. M . , PONS, Y.
and WOHL, C , PALER, K., COMBER, C. and TOVEY, S., CHAURAND. B„ DREVILLON, B.,
GAGO, J. and SALMERON, R. — Inclusive and Exclusive Cross-Sections in K"p Interactions at 14.3
GeV/c. Nuovo Cim. 4IA 166-182 (1977).
37. McLAGEN, D. S., BURSILL, L. A. and SPARGO, A. E. C. - Experimental and calculated images of
planar defects at high-resolution. Phil. Mag. 35: 757-780 (1977).
38. MORRISON, [., NESCI, P., SMITH, R. and AMOS, K. - The low lying spectrum of "O. Proc. Im. Conf.
on Nucl. Structure. Tokyo (1977) p. 189.
39. MORRISON, I . . SMITH, R. and AMOS, K. - A Simple Model of "Zr J. Phvs. C3: I-10 (1977).
40. MUSGROVE, A. R. deL., ALLEN, B. J., BOLDEMAN, J. W., CHAN, D. M . H. and MACKLIN, R. L.
- Odd-even Effects in Radiative Neutron Capture by Ca, "Ca and "Ca. Nucl. Phvs. A279: 317-332 (1977).
41. NAKAGAWA, T., ISHIZAKI, Y„ THOMPSON, M . N . and others - Level Structure or "Zr and "Zr
Studied with the (p,t) Reaction. Proc. Int. Conf. on Nuclear Structure. Tokyo (1977) p. 319.
42. NESCI. P. and AMOS, K. - A Test or Large Basis PHF States for "Ne. Proc. Int. Conf. on Nuclear
Structure. Tokyo, (1977) p. 491.
43. NESCI, P. and AMOS, K. - Analyses of Inelastic Proton Scattering from "Ne. Nucl. Phvs. A2S4: 239-256
(1977).
44. OPAT, G. I . - Monte Carlo Simulation oi Experiments. TRIUMF Report TRI-77-4. 1-34 (1977).
45. de POMMIER, P., MARTIN, L. J., POUTISSOU, R., BERGHOFER, D., HASINOFF, M.,
MEASDAY, D., SALOMON, M . , BRYMAN, D., DIXIT, M., MacDONALD. J. and OPAT, G. I . New Limit on the Decay (l+ + e+Y- Phvs. Rev. Letts. 39: 1113-1116 (1977).
46. PONS, Y„ DENEGRI, D.. LAFFAILLE. J. M . , SPIRO, M . , CHAURAND. B., LABROSSE, G.,
LESTIENNE, R., PALER, K.. COMBER, C. and TOVEY, S. - Momentum Transfer Distributions or
Some Difrractive Enhancements in K p Interactions at 14.3 GeV/c. Nucl. Phvs. BI23: 349-360 (1977).
47. RIKUS, L., MORRISON, I., SMITH, R., and AMOS, K. - A Microscopic Model or the '°Zr(p.n) IAS
Transition. Nucl. Phvs. A2S6: 494-504 (1977).
48. SCALO. J. M.. HAFF, P. K., SWITKOWSKI, Z. E. and TOMBRELLO, T. A. - Sputtcrina by Fast
Electrons. Phvs. Lett. 70B: 137-140 (1977).
49. SCHWEITZER. J. S., SWITKOWSKI, Z. E. and WIELAND, R. M . — Low Energy Proton Reaciions on
"Sc or Interest in Stellar Nucleosynthesis. Nucl. Phvs. A2S7: 344-351 (1977).
50. SMITH, R., MORRISON, I . and AMOS. K. - Weak Coupling States in *°Zr. Proc. Int. Conf. on Nuclear
Structure. Tokyo, 1977, p. 314.
51. SPIRO. M . , BARLOUTAUD, R., BORG. A., DENEGRI, D., PONS, Y., COMBER. C, PALER. K.,
TOVEY, S.N., CHAURAND, B., DREVILLON, B., GAGO, J . M . and SALMERON, R. A. - The
Low-mass K Pi Svstem in K"p-»Anti-K Pi N Reactions at 14.3 GeV/c. Nucl. Phvs BI25: 162-188 (1977).
52. STONE, G. G. and BURSILL. L. A. - High Resolution Electron Microscopy of (210) Defect-pairs in
Gallia-doped Rutile. Phil. Mug. 35: 1397-1412 (1977).
53. SU SU. SAMBELL. R. H„ MUIRHEAD. E.G. and SPICER, B. M. - The Photoneutron Cross Section of
Natural Osmium. Ausi. J. Phys. 30: 677-680 (1977).
54. SWITKOWSKI, Z. E.. KENNETT, S. R., SARGOOD. D.G., SPICER, B. M . and O'BRIEN, R. - Cross
Sections for O(a,n,,,Y) 'Nc Reactions Populating the ('/', Vi*) Doublet. Phvs. Rev. CI6: 1264-1267 (1977).
55. SWITKOWSKI, Z. E., WINKLER, H . and CHRISTENSEN, P. R. - Structure in Gamma-ray Yields
from the "C + "O Reaction above the Coulomb Barrier. Phvs. Rev. CIS: 449-451 (1977).
56. SWITKOWSKI, Z. E„ HAFF, P. K., BURNETT, D. S. and TOMBRELLO, T. A. - Mass Fractionation
or the Lunar Surface by Solar Wind Sputtering. J. Geophys. Res. 82: 3797-3804 (1977).
57. SWITKOWSKI. Z. E. and HAFF, P. K. - Ion Beam Induced Atomic Mixing. J. Appl. Phvs. 48: 3383-3386
(1977).
58. SWITKOWSKI. Z. E„ STOKSTAD, R. G. and WIELAND, R. M . — " N Fusion with "C and "O at Subbarrier Energies. Nucl. Phvs. A279: 502-516 (1977).
59. SWITKOWSKI, Z. E„ WU, S. C , OVERLEY, J. C. and BARNES, C. A. - "C +'Be, "O + "Be and "F +
'Be Reactions at Energies below the Barrier. Nucl. Phvs. A289: 236-252 (1977).
60. THOMPSON, M . N., PYWELL, R. E., WEISE, J. and others - A Systematic Study of Photonuclear
Cross Sections in the I f , , Shell. Proc. Int. Conf. on Nuclear Structure. Tokyo, 1977. pp. 241-250.
61. THOMSON. J. E. M . and THOMPSON, M . N . - Photodisintegration or "Si to Excited Residual States.
Nucl. Phvs. A2S5: 84-92 (1977).
62. THOMSON, J. E. M„ THOMPSON, M . N. and STEWART, R. J. - Cross Sections for
Photodisintegration of S to Excited Residual States. A W . Phys. A290: 14-26 (1977).
C
<:
ls
;
,:
PHYSICS
211
63.
WARNER. R. C. and JOSHI, G. C. - Factorization"Test Relations and Universality. Leu. Nuovo Cim. 19:
637-640 (1977).
WEBB. D. V., PETERSON, G. A.. ITO, K., ELANZ, J. and others - Elastic Electron Scattering from the
Mullipolc Moment Distributions of "Mg. Phvs. Rev. C16: 1703-171 1 (1977).
65. WEISE, J.. THOMPSON. M. N., SHODA, fc. andTSUBOTA, H. - The Chromium Photoneutron Cross
Section. Ausi. J. Phvs. 30: 401-405 (1977).
66. WHITELEY, B.. MOSS. G. and BARNEA. Z. - X-ray Observation of Anharmonicity in Cadmium
Selenide. Phys. Lens. 60A: 429-430 (1977).
64.
Doctor of
1. WILSON,
Science
G. V. H. - Studies of Magnetic Materials
Doctor of
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
CADUSCH,
DAVISON.
JOHNSON,
KLEIN, A.
ROBBINS,
THOMSON,
Philosophy
P. J. — A Lagrangian including Particle Correlations for a Warm Plasma
A. - Aspects of the Photodisintegration of some Zirconium Isotopes
D. W. — Improved Techniques for Electron Energy Loss Spectroscopy
G. — Observation of 2TT Rotations by Fresnel Diffraction of Neutrons
F. J. - Surface Effects on the Energy Gap in Nuclei
J. E. M. — De-e.xeiiaiion Gamma Rays following Photodisiniegration
Master
of
Science
8. KENNETT, S. R. - Some (p.y) Resonance Strengths in the S-D Shell
9. LEE, M. M. — Some Applications of Charged Particle Activation Analysis
ARGC: Isospin and Deformation Effects on the Photonuclear Cross Section of Nuclei around "Ca.
Studies of Knock-out Reactions.
Thc Photodisintegration of "Ne using a Cryogenic Target.
Study of the Photo Cross Sections for (ld-2s) Shell Nuclei using (y,n), (y.p) and (y.y') Reaciions.
Improved Yield Curve Analysis and ihe Measurement of the Structure in the (y.n) Cross Section of Deformed
Nuclei.
Atomic Physics Experiments with Relativistic Electrons.
Weak Interactions.
Many-body Forces.
Principle of Factorization.
High Energy Reactions in a Track-Sensilive Target.
Nuclear Structure Studies and Measurement of Nuclear Reaction Cross Sections of Importance in
Nucleosynthesis in Stars.
Experimental Tests of the Statistical Model of Nuclear Reactions.
High Resolution Electron Microscope Study of the Interactions between Extended Defects in Crystals.
Diffraction Studies of Bonding and Anharmonicity.
Giant Resonance Effects in Inelastic Nuclear Scattering.
High Energy Proton Microprobe Analysis of Trace Metal Uptake and Localization in Plants.
RAAF ACADEMY: UNIVERSITY DEPARTMENT
CHEMISTRY
Head of department:
Supervisor:
Professor
Professor
of Physical
Victor David
Chemistry.
Hopper
University
of
Melbourne
Senior Lecturer BERNARD ARTHUR SCHAEFER
Lecturer DONALD MARDER DOUGLAS
1.
2.
3.
4.
Determination of temperatures of dilute micro hydrogen-air diffusion flames.
Sea surface hydrocarbons, sampling and analysis.
The hydrogeochemistry of an igneous sedimentary structure, the origin of cations in mineral spring waters.
Problems in teaching thermodynamics.
PUBLISHED WORK
ARTICLES
SCHAEFER, B. A. - Flow Rate and Thermal Effects of Diluents in Flame Ionization Detection. J. Chromatog.
Sci. 15: 513-519 (1977).
PhD Thesis in
B. A. SCHAEFER
Progress
— Flame Temperature and the Mechanism of Ion Production in Flames
MATHEMATICS
Chairman
of department:
Professor
M. A'.
Brearley
Professor MAURICE NORMAN BREARLEY
Senior Lecturer MICHAEL JOHN CHRISTOPHER BAKER
Lecturer JOHN LLEWELYN HOPPER
1. Mechanical aids for the disabled.
2. Stochastic processes in biology.
3. Mathematical education.
C H A P T E R S OK B O O K S
t. BREARLEY, M. N. — The Long Jump Miracle of Mexico City, in Optimal Strategies in Sports, eds. S. P.
Ladany, R. E. Machol. pp. 162-167. North-Holland Publishing Co., Amsterdam. 1977.
2. BREARLEY, M. N. — Oar Arrangements in Rowing Eights, in Optimal Strategies in Sports, eds.
S. P. Ladany. R. E. Machol. pp. 184-185. North-Holland Publishing Co.. Amsterdam. 1977.
ARTICLES
3. BREARLEY. M. N. - A Manually-Operated Portable Stairclimbing Wheel Chair. J. Bioengineering I : 413418 (1977).
PhD Theses in
Progress
J. V. DENHOLM - Mathematical Modelling of Plant Growth, with Particular Application to Wheal
N. MILESHKIN — Random Vibration of Multi Degree of Freedom Systems with Non-linear Damping
212
RAAF ACADEMY: UNIVERSITY DEPARTMENT
M.Ed
M. J. C. BAKER
Thesis in
213
Progress
— The Mathematical Curriculum
PHYSICS
Head of department
and Dean of University
Studies:
Professor
V. D.
Hopper
Professor VICTOR DAVID HOPPER
Reader JOHN ANGAS THOMAS
Senior Lecturers IAN ARTHUR BOURNE
JOHN FRANCIS DARBY
JEAN ELIZABETH LABY
Lecturers JOHN VICTOR DENHOLM
BRIAN VAUGHAN DENEHY
OWEN MACE
GARRY ROBINSON
Tutor DAVID LLOYD HOPPER - part-time
Professorial Associate GLENN McKINLEY FRYE
Senior Academic Associate YUNG KUO LIM
Academic Associate HAROLD NEAL BRANN
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Radiative transfer in circumstellar dust shells.
Infrared Scanning of dark cloud regions.
Infrared sources in the Large Magellanic Cloud.
Infrared source structure in the Carina region.
Airborne Infrared Astronomy.
Infrared survey of the southern skies.
Multiwavelength IR detector systems.
UBVRI Photometry.
Acoustic Sounding of the Atmosphere.
Doppler Acoustic Radar wind finding system.
Gamma Ray source search.
Gamma Ray pulsar analysis.
Earth Orbiting Solar Cosmic Ray Detector.
Electric Field Measurements.
Stratospheric Aerosol Measurement.
Plant growth modelling.
Marine current velocity meter.
Infrared Spectroscopy of the Atmosphere.
PUBLISHED WORK
ARTICLES AND REPORTS
1. ROBINSON, G. and HYLAND. A. R. — Emission and Absorption in circumstellar dust shells: an isothermal
approach. Mon. Not. R. Ast. Soc. ISO. 495-524 (1977).
2. THOMAS, J. A. - Airborne Infrared Astronomy. Proc. Ast. Soc. Awn.. 3. 97-99 (1977).
3. DARBY, J. F. G. — Proportions of Rectilinear Conchoid Linkages: Mechanism and Machine Theorv. V.I2,
225-236 (1977).
4. SHAW, N. A., BOURN, I . and KEENAN, T. D. - The Influence of System Parameters on Acoustic
Sounding. Applied Meteorology. V.I6. pp. 208-213 (1977).
5. DENHOLM, J. V. — Photosynthetic yield in a peach orchard ofthe Tatura Trellis type. RAAF Academy
Research Report No. 120.
6. HOPPER. V., JONES, D. and BOURNE, I . - Drift of Electric Field Patterns. RAAF Academy Research
Report No. 119 (1977).
7. DENEHY, B. V. — Absolute Phase Determination of Gamma events w-ith respect to Pulsars. RAAF Academy
Research Report No. 117 (1977).
T H E S E S PASSED FOR H I G H E R D E G R E E S
Doctor of
BARCLAY,
P. A. — Digital Radar Areal Precipitation
Philosophy
Measurements
214
FACULTY OF SCIENCE
PhD Theses in
Progress
DENHOLM. J. V. — Mathematical Modelling of Plant Growth wilh particular Application lo Wheat
KEENAN, T. D. — A High Power Acoustic Sounder
LEHM ANN, P. - Studv of D region echo structures
MITCHELL, R - The Physics of Circumstellar Dmt Shells
SMITH. R. G. - Infrared Astronomy of the Southern Hemisphere
WHITING, B. - Anomalous Propagation Over Bass Strait
YOUNG, A. — Infrared Spectroscopy of [he Atmosphere
M.Sc
Theses in Progress
IMMANUEL,
D. B. - UB VRI Stellar Photometry
MOON, T. T. - Photometry of Short Period Variables
ANTONIELLI,
V. - Infrared Astronomy
ARGC: Gamma Ray Astronomy.
ARGC: Infrared Astronomy.
ARGC: Doppler Acoustic Wind finding Radar.
Radio Research Board: Electric field measurements.
Dept. Def. (Air): Physics and Chemistry Research Topics.
STATISTICS
Chairman o f department: Professor E. J. Williams
Professor EVAN JAMES WILLIAMS
Senior Lecturer NORMAN MALCOLM HAMILTON SMITH
Lecturers PETER GAVIN HALL
KENNETH SHARPE
RAYMOND KEITH WATSON
Academic Associate RICHARD GENTRY JARRETT
Visiting Research Fellow SUSAN RUTH WILSON
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Crossing processes generated by continuous, stationary processes — K. Sharpe.
Epidemic and conflict theory — R. K. Watson.
Extreme-value theory - P. G. Hall.
Limit theory of probability — P. G. Hall.
Martingale'theory - P. G. Hall.
Regression theory and applications — E. J. Williams.
Stochastic population models - R. K. Watson.
Traffic theory - N. M . H. Smith.
PUBLISHED WORK
ARTICLES
1. HALL, P. G. - Martingale Invariance Principles. Ann. Prob. 5: 875-887 (1977).
2. HALL. P. G. - On the LP Convergence of Sums of Independent Random Variables. Math. Proc. Camb.
Philos. Soc. 82: 439-446 (1977).
3. SHARPE, K. and BEKTASH. R. M. - Heterogeneity and the Modelling of Bacterial Spore Death: the Case
of Continuously Decreasing Death Rate. Can. J. Microbiol. 23: 1501-1507 11977).
4. WILLIAMS. E. J. - Some Representations of Stable Random Variables as Products. Biometrika 64: 167-169
(1977).
Doctor of
Philosophy
1. FISHER, R. J. — Assumptions in Analysis of Survival Data
2. WATSON. R. K. - Stochastic Population Models
Master
of
Science
3. EVANS, MERRAN G. — A Comparison of Short-Term Statistical Forecasting Techniques with Australian
Macro-Economic Data
C. L. MORLEY
M.A
Thesis in
Progress
M.Sc
Theses in
Progress
- Experimental Design
P. S. ANDERSON — Merging Processes on Freewavs
H. J. GIELEWSKI - Time Series Analysis
R. J. HILTON - Extreme-Value Theorv
R. A. McDONNELL - Demand for Motor Vehicles
MARGARET
H. PERIL - Robust Estimation
ROSANNE N. PITTARD - Inference on Probability Densities
C. D. TRENGOVE - Bounds for the Mean Waiting Time in Queues
215
ZOOLOGY
Chairman
of department:
Professor
G. D.
Campbell
Professor GRAEME DUBRELLE CAMPBELL
Reader in Zoology ALASTAIR GRAEME WILLIS
Reader in Ecology MURRAY JOHN LITTLEJOHN
Senior Lecturers JOHN REGINALD McLEAN
ANGUS ANDERSON MARTIN
DONALD CAMPBELL ROGERS
DAVID GEOFFREY SATCHELL
Lecturers BARBARA KAY EVANS
DAVID JOHN GROVE
RICHARD HAMOND
RICHARD CECIL LIONEL HUDSON
DAVID LINDSAY MACMILLAN
GRAEME FIELD WATSON
DAVID YOUNG
Senior Tutors TERENCE MICHAEL BEATTIE
RALPH HERBERT MILLER
Tutor DONALD FRANCIS NEWGREEN
Senior Associate FRANK HARVEY DRUMMOND
Research Associate JOHN BARTON FURNESS
Research Fellows MICHAEL JOHN CAPRA
DONALD FORSYTH GARTSIDE
ANGELA MARY RUTHERFORD
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Speciation. biogeography and general biology of Australian amphibians.
Ecological studies of intertidal and subtidal animals and of selected freshwater and terrestrial vertebrates.
Physiology and fine structure of the autonomic nervous system of lower vertebrates.
'Purinergic' nerves in the vertebrate autonomic nervous system.
Histochemistry and physiology of adrenergic neurones.
Neuromuscular physiology and locomotion of fish.
Cardiovascular physiology of lower vertebrates.
Microvascular anatomy of vertebrate respiratory organs.
Neurophysiology of locomotion and sound production in crustaceans.
Sound production and olfaction in insects.
Differentiation, migration and locomotion of neural crest cells.
Taxonomic studies of crustaceans.
PUBLISHED WORK
CHAPTERS OK BOOKS
1. LITTLEJOHN, M . J. - Long-range acoustic communication in anurans: An integrated and evolutionary
approach, in The Reproductive Biology of Amphibians, eds. D. H. Taylor and S. I . Guttman. pp. 263-294.
2. M A C M I L L A N , D. L. - Rhythmic motor output in crustaceans - its contribution to the study of nervous
svstcms and behaviour, in Workshop on Lobster and Rock Lobster Ecology and Phvsiology. eds. B. F. Phillips
and J. S. Cobb, CSIRO, Melbourne.
3. SINGER, O , WILLIS, G. L. and EVANS. B. K. - Problems in the study of relationships between central
mechanism and consummalory behaviour, in Food Intake and Chemical Senses, eds. Y. Katsuki et al. Tokyo:
University of Tokyo Press/Baltimore: University Park Press.
ARTICLES
1. A L L A N , I . J. and NEWGREEN, D. F. - Catecholamine accumulation in neural crest cells and the primary
sympathetic chain. Amer. J. Anal. 14°: 413-421.
BROOK. A. J. - Australian biogeographical integrated grid system: Technical manual. Department of
Zoology, University of Melbourne.
3. DANN, P. M . — A further note on the nomenclature of New Zealand Spur-Winged Plovers. Nolomis 24:
284-285.
4. DESSAUER, H. C , GARTSIDE, D. F. and ZWEIFEL, R. G. - Protein electrophoresis and the
syslematics of some New Guinea hylid frogs (genus Litoria). Sysl. Zool. 26: 426-436.
5. GARTSIDE, D. F. and DESSAUER, H. C. - Immunological evidence on affinities of African Matrix.
Copeia: 190-191 (1977).
6. GARTSIDE, D. F., DESSAUER, H. C. and JOANEN, T. - Genie homozygosity in an ancient reptile
(Alligator mississippiensis). Biochem. Genet. 15: 655.663.
2.
216
ZOOLOGY
217
7. GARTSIDE, D. F.'. ROGERS, J. S. and DESSAUER, H. C. - Speciation with little genie and
morphological differentiation in the ribbon snakes Thantnophis proximus and T. sauritus (Colubridae).
Copeia: 608-705 (1977).
8. HUDSON, R. C. L. - Preliminary observations on the behaviour of the gobiid fish Signigobius biocellaius
Hoese and Allen, with particular reference to its burrowing behaviour. Z. Tierpsychol. 43: 214-220.
9. MORTON, S. R., HAPPOI.D, M., LEE, A. K. and MacMILLEN, R E - The diet of the barn owl, Tyio
alba, in south-western Queensland. Ausi. Wild. Res. 4: 91-97.
10. MOSSE. P. R. L. and HUDSON, R. C. L. - The functional roles of different muscle fibre types identified in
the myotomes of marine teleosts: A behavioural, anatomical and histochemical studv../. Fish Mol. I I : 417430.
11. MURDOCH, S. D.. EVANS, B. K., HEATH, J. W., HILL, C. E. and BURNSTOCK, G. - Effects or
chronic bretylium treatment on rat peripheral sympathetic nerves and the smooth musculature of the vas
deferens: A multidisciplinary study. Eur. J. Pharmacol. 43: 225-236.
12. NEWGREEN. D. F. and A L L A N , I. J. - A procedure for the rapid freezing of whole cmbrvos. Experientia
33: 1513-1514.
13. PHILLIPS, J. W., McKINNEY, R. J. W., HIRD, F. J. R. and M A C M I L L A N , D. L. - l actic acid
formation in crustaceans and the liver function ofthe midgut gland questioned. Comp. Biochem. Physio. 56B:
427-433.
14. ROBERTSON, A. I . - Ecology of juvenile King George Whiting Sillaginode.s punctutus (Cuvier and
Valenciennes) (Pisces: Perciformes) in Westernport, Victoria. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwater Res. 28: 34-43.
15. ROBERTSON. A. I . - Identification or Pacific and Dominican Gulls. Aust. Bird Walther 7: 5-10.
16. SMITH, D. G. and RAPSON, L. — Differences in pulmonary microvascular anatomy between Bufo
marinus and Xenopus laevis. Cell and Tiss. Res. 178: 1-5.
17. SMITH, D. G. and JOHNSON, D. W. — Oxygen exchange in a simulated trout gill secondarv lamella. Am.
J. Phvsiol. 23: R145-R161.
18. SMITH. D. G. - Sites of cholinergic vasoconstriction in trout gills. Am. J. Physiol. 233: R222-R229.
19. TYLER, M . J.. DAVIES, M. and MARTIN, A. A. — A new species of large, green tree frog from northern
Western Australia. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 101: 133-138.
20. TYLER. M . J. and MARTIN. A. A. - Taxonomic studies ol some Australian leptodactylid frogs of the
genus Cvclorana sleindachner. Rei. S. Aust. Mus. 17: 261-276.
21. WA1NER, J. W. and GIBSON, R. J. - Habitat of the swamp antechinus in Victoria. Distribution and
habitat requirements of the mainland swamp antechinus. Antechinus minimus maritiniu.s (Finlayson)
(Marsupialia: Dasyuridae). Vict. Nal. 93: 253-255.
22. WARR, G. W.. DECKER, J. M . , M A N D E L . T. E.. DeLUCA. D.. HUDSON. R. and
MARCHALONIS, J. J. — Lymphocyte-like cells of the tunicate, Pyura siolonifera: binding of lectins,
morphological and functional studies. Aust. J. exp. Biol. med. Sci. 55: 151-164.
23. WATSON. G. F. — Artificial hybridization techniques for anuran amphibians. Aust Zool. 19- 239-24],
24. WOODRUFF. D. S. - Male postmating brooding behaviour in three Australian Pseudophryne (Anura:
Leptodactylidae). lierpelologica 33- 296-303.
25. YOUNG, D. and HILL, K. G. — Structure and function of the auditory system of the cicada Cyslosoma
saundersii. J Comp. Physiol. 117: 23-45.
T H E S E S P A S S E D KOR H I G H E R D E G R E E S
Doctor of
Philosophy
1. EVANS. B. K. — Cellular effects of chronic guanethidine administration
2. MORTON, S. R. — Ecological and physiological studies of Sminlhopsis
Dasyuridae).
Master
of
CTassicaudala {Marsupialia:
Science
1. DUXSON, M. J. — Studies on the autonomic nervous system of the load IBufo marinus}.
2. McDONNELL, I.. J. — A biochemical investigation by hybridization in the Pseudophryne bibroni complex
(Anura: Leptodaclylidae)
3. WESCOTT, G. C. An analysis of hybridization between Iwo species ofthe genus Cyclograpsus (Crustacea:
Brachyura) in south-eastern Australia
PhD Theses in
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Progress
ALLAN. I. J. — Experimental studies on the development ofthe avian autonomic .system
FRIEND, G. R. — Flora and fauna of exotic pine plantations and adjacent indigenous eucalypt forests
GIBBINS, I. L. — Development of the autonomic nervous system in amphibia
MARK, G. E. — Sympathetic nerves and smooth and cardiac muscle cells in culture
MORRIS. J. L. — Control of renal function in amphibia
MOSSE, P. R. L. — Anatomical and metabolic relationships between muscle fibre types in the lateral
musculature of fish
NEWGREEN, D. F. — The neural crest of the chick embryo and its derivatives
PARRY, G. D. - The life history strategies of five .species of intertidal limpet
ROBERTSON, A. I. - Energy flow in an eelgrass (Zostera muelleri and Heterozostera tasmanica) system
RUSS, G. R. — The ecology of communities on hard substrates in the marine subtidal region
SY.N'NOT. R. N. - The foraging strategy of an intertidal carnivorous gastropod
218
FACULTY OF SCIENCE
M.Sc
Theses in
Progress
1. BARCLAY, J. H. - Population ecology of galaxiid fishes
2. DORSEY, J, H. - Ecology of ihe Ner'eidae (Polychaela) al Werribee, Port Phillip Bay. Victoria
3. HARRISON, P. A. — Acoustic territorial interactions within the Litoria ewingi complex I Anura: Hylidae fin
south-eastern Australia
4. HOWARD, R. - The ecology of caridean shrimps associated wilh seagrass flats in Westernport Bay
5. OWEN, T. S. — Ecological genetic studies of the genus Ranidella (Anura: Leptodaclylidae)
6. PARSONS, D. W. — Tension reception in crustaceans
7. RIGBY, B. - The trophic ecology of fish in ihe Gippsland Lakes
8. ROBERTSON, P. — Comparative life history strategies and ecology of Victorian scincid lizards
9. ROBINSON, .(. E. — Studies of the nervous system of marine invertebrates particularly of molluscs and
brachicipods
10. ROUNSEVELL,
D. W. — A population of Nanorchestes antarcticus/Acari: Prosiigmalu) at the Veslfold
Hills, Antarctica
11. SHERWIN, W. B. - Narrow zones of overlap and hybridization in the genus Litoria {Amphibia: Anura)
12. WAINER, J. W. — Ecological inleructions between Antechinus minimus I Marsupialia: Dasyuridae) and
Rattus fascipes {Rodenlia: Muridae) on a small island
APM: Flora and Fauna of Exotic Pine Plantations and Adjacent Indigenous Eucalypt Forest.
ARGC. Hybrid zones and the speciation process.
ARGC: Neuroethology of invertebrates.
ARGC: Investigation of the purinergic nerve hypothesis.
ARGC: Histochemical localisation and microspeclrofluorimclric identification of monoamines in neurones ofa
mollusc, Mylilus edulis.
ARGC: Histochemistry and ultrastructure of chick embryo enteric neuron differentiation in vilro.
ARGC: Relationships between neurosecretion, the vascular system and sensory receptors in insect antennae.
ARGC: Flormonal and nervous control ofthe heart and vasculature in elasmobranch fish.
ARGC: Microvascular anatomy of gas exchange organs.
Australian Biological Survey: Zoogeography of Anura of South-Eastern Australia.
MA Ingram Trust: The ecological status of and the potential interaction between the Pacific Gull Larus pacificus
and the Dominican Gull /- dominicanus in Australia.
Ministry for Conservation: The ecological role of macrofauna in eelgrass communities of Westernport Bay.
NHMRC: Investigation ofthe non-adrenergic inhibitory nervous system in human airways.
NHMRC: The transmitter substance released by 'purinergic' nerves.
Potter Foundation: Survey of the Amphibian Fauna of the Kununurra-Lake ArgxTc Area. Northern Western
Australia.
Potter Foundation: Behaviour of marine invertebrates.
VETERINARY CLINICAL SCIENCES
Chairman
of department:
Professor D. C. Blood
Medicine
Professor of Veterinary Medicine and Chairman of Department DOUGLAS CHARLES BLOOD
Senior Lecturers in Veterinary Medicine CLIVE COLLINS GAY
FREDERICK WILLIAM GRAHAM HILL
VIRGINIA PERRYMAN STUDDERT
Lecturer in Veterinary Epidemiology PHILIP THADDEUS DURFEE
Senior Research Fellow FREDERICK WILLIAM HENRY MORI EY
Technical Officer GARY ALAN ANDERSON
Surgery
Senior Lecturers in Veterinary Surgerv BRUCE ANDREW CHRISTIE
THOMAS ALFRED MASON
Lecturers in Veterinary Surgery WILLIAM THOMAS REYNOLDS
VICTOR CECIL SPEIRS
Lecturer in Veterinary Radiology ROGER BERNARD LAVELLE
Animal
Reproduction
Senior Lecturer in Animal Reproduction DAVID BRUCE GALLOWAY
Senior Lecturer in Veterinary Obstetrics VALENTIN'S SLOSS
Lecturer in Animal Reproduction PATRICK JOHN WRIGHT
Research Fellow TEODOR STELMASIAK
Veterinary
Hospital
Registrar - Medical HAMISH ROBERTSON
Residents RAYMOND JOSEPH HORSEY
STEPHEN CHARLES SKIPPER
Internes THERESE CAMPBELL
IAN IIAINE DOUGLAS
NEIL HAYWOOD
JOHN VAN VEENF.NDAAL
JILL WIDDERS
ROBERT WRIGLEY
Medicine
1.
2.
J.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Proliferative enteropathy in pigs.
Apexcardiogram in the horse.
Blood pressure in the horse.
Aspects of the ileo-caecal-colic region of the horse.
Pasture management and cattle production.
Pasture management and sheep production.
Helminth parasites control systems.
Liverlluke ecology, control and pathogenesis.
Computer simulation and disease control.
Herd health and dairy production systems.
Systems of control of cattle tick.
Flock health and sheep production.
Investigation of traceback systems for slaughter sheep.
Surgery
1. Hip Dysplasia in Dogs - (a) Evaluation of palpation of puppies as an early diagnostic procedure, (b)
Evaluation of Na Ascorbale as a prophylactic, (c) Surgical techniques for treatment."
2. Aspect of cervical spondylolisthesis in dogs.
3. Surgical treatment of deformities of the foreleg in young dogs caused by premature closure ofthe growth plates
of radius or ulna.
4. Glutaraldehyde tanned, biosynthetic conduits as xenografts in man and animals.
219
220
FACULTY OF VETERINARY SCIENCE
5.
6.
7.
8.
Evaluation of segmental analgesic anaesthesia with pcntazocaine in the dog.
Examination of the cardiac effects of some anaesthetic agents using apex cardiography.
Some aspects of the biomechanics of the metacarpophalangeal joint in horses.
An investigation of the effect of overfeeding on bone development in Great Danes.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Endocrine background of serving inability and testicular dysfunction in bulls.
Endocrinology of reproductive efficiency in rams.
Definition of clinical syndromes associated with infertility in male domestic animals.
Pituitary function in pregnant and post partum ewes.
Endocrine studies on reproductive problems in the marc.
Animal
Reproduction
PUBLISHED WORK
CHAPTERS OF BOOKS
Medicine
1. GRUNSELL, C. S. G. and HILL. F. VV. G. joint editors. Veterinary Annual John Wright and Son, Bristol
18th edn., 1977.
2. HILL, F. W. G. — Pancreatic disorders of dogs, in Veterinary Annual eds. F. W. G. Hill and C. S. Grunsell.
John Wright and Son, Bristol. 18th edn., 1977.
3. HILL. F. W. G. — Histiocvtic ulcerative colitis of Boxer dogs in Veterinary Annual eds. F. W. G. Hill and
C. S. Grunsell. John Wright and Son. Bristol 18th edn., 1977.
ARTICLES
M edicine
1. GAY, C. C , MCCARTHY. M . . REYNOLDS, W. T. and CARTER, J. - A method for indirect
measurement of blood pressure in thc horse. Aust. Vet. J. 53. 163-166 (1977).
2. GAY. C. C . MCCARTHY. M. and CARTER. J. — Indirect measurement of blood pressure in horses. Proc.
54th Ann. Conf. Aust. vet. Ann. 107-108 (1977).
3. GAY, c. c. MCCARTHY, M„ MASON, T. A., REYNOLDS, W. T.. CHRISTIE, B. A. - The value of
arterial blood pressure measurement in assessing the prognosis in equine colic. Equine vet. J. 9(4), 202-209
(1977).
4. HILL. F. W. G. - A survey of bone fractures in thc cat. J. small Anim. Pract,IS. 457-463 (1977).
5. TOOFAN1AN, F. and HILL, F. W. G. - Small intestinal cannulation in the calf. N.Z. vet. J. 25: 148-149
(1977).
6. HILL, F. W. G. - A review of the treatment of renal disease in the dog. Aust. vet. Pract. 7: 129-136 (1977).
7. HILL, F. W. G. and KELLY. D. F. — Naturally occurring small intestinal malabsorption in dogs. Vict. vet.
Proceed. 9: (1977).
8. STUDDERT, V. P. — Feline nutrition and nutritional disease. Proc. No. 32. Post Graduate Committee in
Vet. Sci. Sydney (1977).
9. STUDDERT, V. P. — Feline panleucopaenia. Proc. No. 32. Post Graduate Comm. in Vet Sci. Sydney
(1977).
10. STUDDERT, V. P. - Feline Infectious Peritonitis. Vic. vet. Proc. 25-26 (1977).
11. WILLIAMSON, N. B. - Operation o f a health programme service. In Proceedings of the 54th A.V.A.
Conf. Perth (1977).
12. WILLIAMSON. N . B. — The Victorian dairy herd health study: interim report. In Proceedings ofthe 54th
A. V. A. Conference. Perth (1977).
13. MORRIS, R. S. — Benefits and beneficiaries ofthe planned approach to animal health. In Proceedings ofthe
54th A. V. A. Conference. Perth (1977).
14. DURFEE, P. T. and PRESIDENTE, P. J. - Isolation of Leptospira interrogans serotype halcanica from a
brush-tailed possum (Trichosurus vulpecula). Aust. Vet. J. 53: 508 (1977).
CHAPTERS OF BOOKS
Surgery
I.
CHRISTIE, B. A. — The development and application of vascular conduits — In the Veterinary Annual. I8lh
edn. In press.
ARTICLES
Surgery
1. MASON. T. A. (1976) and MacLEAN, A. A. - Osteochondrosis dissecans of the humeral head in two foals.
Equine Vet. J. 9(4). 189-191 (1977).
2. MASON, T. A. — Hip Dysplasia — A review of recent developments. Aust. Vet. J.. Dec. 1976.
VETERINARY CLINICAL SCIENCES
221
3. MASON, T. A. - Cervical Vertebral Instability (Wobbler Syndrome) in the Doherman Breed. Ausi. Vet J.
53. Sept. I977.
MASON, T. A.. SPEIRS, B. C , MacLEAN, A. A. and SMYTH. G. B. - Surgical repair of cleft soft palate
in the horse using a symphysiotomy and pharvngotomv appraoch. Vet. Rec. (1977).
5. MASON, T. A. — Chronic tenosynovitis of the extensor tendons and tendon sheaths of the carpal region in
the horse. Equine Vet. J. 9 (4), 186-188.
6. MASON, T. A. — The examination ofthe equine eye with reference to vision, certification of soundness and
eligibility to race. Conf. Proc. A. V. A., 1976.
7. MASON. T. A. — A discussion of some inherited ocular defects ofthe dog. Conf Proc. A V.A.. I977.
8. MASON, T. A. — Fractures ofthe phalanges ofthe horse. Proc. Univ. ofSvdnev Post grad. refresher course.
1977.
9. MASON, T. A. — Aspects of feeding which relate to the musculoskeletal system in the growing and working
horse. Proc Uni. of Melh. Seminar. Aug. 1977.
10. MASON, T. A. — Principles of joint surgery and a review of some standard equine joint procedures. Proc.
Aus. Equine Vet. Ass. Seminar. Nov. 1977.
11. CHRISTIE, B. A. and KETHARANATHAN, V. - Biosynthetic Prostheses as xenograft vascular conduits.
Journal of Thoracic and Cardiovascular Surgerv — submitted for publication.
12. OWEN, L. N.. BOSTOCK, D. E. and I.AVELLE, R. B. - Studies on therapv of osteosarcoma in dogs using
B. C. G. vaccine. J.A.V.R.S. IS: 27-29 (1977).
4.
1
ARTICLES
Animal
Reproduction
1. BLOCKEY, M. A. de B. and GALLOWAY,
D. B. - Hormonal control of serving capacity in bulls. Accepted
1977 bv Theriogenologv.
2. STELMASIAK. T. and GALLOWAY, D. B. - A priming effect of LH-RH on the pituitary in rams. J.
Reprod. Fert. 51: 491-493 (1977).
3. WRIGHT. P. J. and MASON, T. A. - The usefulness of palpation of joint laxity in puppies as a prediction of
hip dysplasia in a guide dog breeding programme. J. small Anim. Pract. IS: 513-522 (1977).
Doctor of
Philosophy
Medicine
1. R. T. ROE — Computer simulation and public investment in the control of animal disease (Univ. of
Melbourne)
2. R. S. MORRIS — The use of computer modelling in epidemiological and economic studies of animal disease
(Univ. of Reading)
Master
of Veterinary
Science
Surgery
1. V. C. SPEIRS
— Acid-base balance in horses
PhD Theses in
Progress
M edicine
1. A. H. MEEK — Economically optimal control strategies for ovine fascioliasis: a study based on an
epidemiological field investigation and a computer simulation model
2. C. D. HAWKINS — The effect of disease on productivity: a study of liver fluke in sheep
3. J. ELDER - Decision making on the control of cattle tick
M. V.Sc Theses in Progress
M edicine
1. P. T. DU'RFEE — Studies on the epidemiology of Leptospira hardjo and Leptospira halcanica in Victoria
2. B. PARRY — Studies on blood pressure in horses
3. I . LINKS — Serological studies on Escherichia coli
4. G. B. SMYTH
— Studies on the ileocaecal colic region of the horse
Dr Vet Med (Bern)
Thesis in
Progress
Surgery
1. V. C. SPEIRS
— Effects of upper respiratory tract obstruction on airflow in horses
M.AgrSci
Animal
I. S. McCOl.M
- Endocrine studies in mares
Thesis in
Progress
Reproduction
222
Australian Wool Corporation: Flock health project.
Australian Bureau of Animal Health: Sheep traceback project.
Victorian Department of Agriculture: Computer advisory service.
Victor Hurley Foundation. Royal Melbourne Hospital: Biosynthetic prostheses as Xenograft Vascular conduits.
AMRC and WRTF: Endocrine background of serving inability and testicular dysfunction in bulls and
Endocrinology of reproductive efficiency in rams.
VETERINARY PARACLINICAL SCIENCES
Chairman
of department:
Dr J. S.
Wilkinson
Readers Veterinary Microbiology MICHAEL JUSTIN STUDDERT
Veterinary Parasitology JOHN HENRY ARUNDEL
Senior Lecturers Veterinary Microbiology KENNETH LESLIE HUGHES
Veterinary Parasitology MICHAEL DESMOND RICKARD
Veterinary Pathologv ANNE GILMORE JABARA
W I L L I A M PETER'CLIFFORD RICHARDS
RONALD JAMES HERBERT WELLS
JOHN SYDNEY WILKINSON
Lecturers Veterinary Microbiology KEVIN GEORGE WHITHEAR
Veterinary Pathology KARL EDWARD HARRIGAN
NEILL DERMOTT SULLIVAN
Research Fellows IAN BEVERIDGE
PAUL JOSEPH PRESIDENTE
Temporary Lecturer PETER MALTBY LORDING
A. MICROBIOLOGY
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Mycoplasma-cell interactions.
Mycoplasma synoviae infection in meat chickens.
Virus diseases of horses.
Primary combined immunodeficiency disease (PSCID) of Arabian foals.
Feline Caliciviruses.
Feline and Porcine Parvoviruses.
B. PARASITOLOGY
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Life cycle and pathogenicity of Eimeria acervulina.
Serological diagnosis of cysticercosis/taeniasis/hydatidosis in animals and man.
Studies on mechanisms of immunity to Taenia cestodes in the intermediate host.
Vaccination of calves and lambs against T. saginata and T. ovis infection.
Purification of antigens stimulating protective immunity to cestode infections.
Vaccination against liver fluke (Easciola hepatlca) infection.
Parasites and diseases of deer in Victoria.
C. PATHOLOGY
14. Spontaneous canine neoplasms.
15. Metabolic Encephalopathy in Ruminants.
D. WILDLIFE
16. Pathogenicity of Easciola hepatica infection in marsupials (kangaroos, possums, wombats).
17. Parasites ofthe Mountain Possum (Trichosurus caninus) in north-eastern N.S.W.
18. Pathogenicity of Leptospira interrogans serotype balconica in brush-tailed possums IT. vulpecula), wombats
(Vombalus ursinus). cattle, sheep and dogs.
19. Pathogenesis of Mycobacterium bovis infection in brush-tailed possums.
20. Histopathologic survey of 3 mammal and 4 avian species collected in the Gippsland Lakes area of Victoria.
21. The epidemiology of parasites affecting enclosed populations of red and grey kangaroos.
22. The taxonomy of nematode parasites in Australian marsupials.
PUBLISHED WORK
ARTICLES
1. ARUNDEL, J. H. — External parasites of thc cat. Proc. No. 32 Post Graduate Committee on Velerinarv
Science. Sydney, pp. 185-191 (1977).
2. ARUNDEL. J. H. - Helminth and protozoal diseases of cats in Australia. Proc. No. 32 Post Graduate
Committee on Veterinary Science. Sydney, pp. 193-200 (1977).
3. BEVERIDGE, I . - On two new Linstowiid cestodes from Australian dasvurid marsupials. J. Helminth. 51:
31-40 (1977).
4. COMAN. B. J. and RICKARD, M . D. - A comparison of in vitro and in vivo estimates ofthe viability of
Taenia pisiformis eggs aged under controlled conditions, and their abilitv to immunize against a challenge
infection. Int. J. Parasit. 7: 15-20 (1977).
223
224
5. DURFEE, P. T. and PRESIDENTE, P. J. A. - Isolation of Leptospira interrogans, serotype balconica
from a brush-tailed possum (Trichosurus vulpecula). Aust. vet. J. 53: 508 (1977).
6. GLEESON, L. J. and STUDDERT, M . J — Equine herpesviruses. Infection of a foetus with tvpe 2. Aust.
vet. J. 53: 360-363 (1977).
7. MATOSSIAN, R. M . , RICKARD, M. D. and SMYTH, J. D. - Hydatidosis: A global problem of
increasing importance. Bull. Wld. Hlth. Org. 55: 499-507 (1977).
8. MITCHELL, G. F., GODING, J. W. and RICKARD, M . D. - Studies on immune responses to larval
cestodes in mice. Increased susceptibility of certain mouse strains and hypothymic mice to Taenia
taeniaformis and analysis of passive transfer to resistance with serum. Aust. J. exp. Bio. Med. Sci. 55: 165186 (1977).
9. PRESIDENTE, P. J. A. - Diseases seen in free-ranging marsupials and those held in captivity, ln Post
Graduate Committee in Vcterinarv Science, Proceedings of Course for Veterinarians. Fauna — Part fl,
No. 36: 457-471 (1978).
10. PRESIDENTE, P. J. A. - Diseases and parasites of captive rusa and fallow deer in Victoria. Australian
Deer 3(1): 23-38 (1978).
11. PRESIDENTE, P. J. A. and DURFEE, P. T. - Playing possum. Awn. vet. J. 53: 604 (1977).
12. RICKARD, M. D. and ADOLPH. A. J. - The prevalence of cysticerci of Taenia saginata in cattle reared on
sewage-irrigated pasture. Med. J. Aust. I : 525-527 (1977).
13 RICKARD, M . D. and ADOLPH, A. J. - Vaccination of lambs against infection with Taenia ovis using
antigens collected during short-term in vitro incubation of activated T. ovis oncospheres. Parasitology 75:
183-188 (1977).
14. RICKARD, M . D„ ADOLPH, A. J. and ARUNDEL, J. H. - Vaccination of calves against Taenia saginata
infection using antigens collected during in vitro cultivation of larvae: passive protection via colostrum from
vaccinated cows and vaccination of calves protected by maternal antibody. Res. vet. Sci. 23: 365-367 (1977).
15. RICKARD, M. D., BODDINGTON, E. B. and McQUADE, N. - Vaccination of lambs against 7"ae«/a ovis
infection using antigens collected during in vitro cultivation of larvae: passive protection via colostrum from
vaccinated ewes and the duration of immunity from a single vaccination. Res. vet. Sci. 23: 368-371 (1977).
16. RICKARD, M . D. and COMAN, B. J. - Studies on the fate of Taenia hydatigena and Taenia ovis larvae in
rabbits, and cross-immunity with Taenia pisiformis larvae. Int. J. Parasit. 7: 257-267 (1977).
17. RICKARD, M . D., COMAN, B. J. and CANNON, R. M . - Age resistance and acquired immunity lo
Taenia pisiformis infection in dogs. Vet. Parasitol. 3: 1-9 (1977).
18. RICKARD, M. D., DAVIES, C. BOUT, D. I . and SMYTH, J. D. - Immunohistological localization of
two hydatid antigens (antigen 5 and antigen B) in the cyst wall, brood capsules and protoscoleces of
Echinococcus granulosus (ovine and equine) and E. multilocularis using immunoperoxidase methods. J.
Helminthol. 51: 359-364 (1977).
19. RICKARD, M . D., MACKINLAY, L. M . , KANE, G. J., MATOSSIAN. R. M . and SMYTH, J. D. Studies on the mechanism of lysis of Echinococcus granulosus protoscoleces incubated in normal serum. J.
Helminthol. 51: 221-228 (1977).
20. RICKARD. M . D. and MUNDAY, B. L. - Host specificity of Sarcocystis spp. in sheep and cattle. Aust.
vet. J. 52: 48 (1976).
21. STUDDERT, M . J. and GLEESON, L. J. - Isolation of equine rhinovirus type Ausi. vet. J. 53: 452 (1977).
22. WELLS, R. J. H„ WESTBURY, H. A., H A R R I G A N , K. E., COLEMAN, G. D. C. and
BEILHARZ, R. C. - Epidemic adenovirus inclusion body hepatitis of the chicken in Australia. Aust. vet. J.
53: 586 (1977).
23. WHITHEAR. K. C. - Mycoplasma synoviae infection in the meat chicken. Proc. of Symposium on Avian
Respiratory Diseases. Australian Chicken Meat Federation (1977).
MVS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
SHAH, M . - Veterinary Microbiology
DARVILL, F. M . - Veterinary Parasitology
ABBOTT, D. P. - Veterinary Pathology
CHULAN, U. - Veterinary Pathology
CORREA, J. - Veterinary Pathology
N I L K U M H A N G . P. - Veterinary Pathologv
SHI EL, M . J. - Veterinary Pathology
SOERIPTO - Veterinary Pathology
MVSc
9. GLEESON, L. J. - In vivo and in vitro Studies of Equine Adenovirus
10. LEWIS, P. F. — Epidemiological observations on consignments of primates imported lo A ustralia for use in
a laboratory
11. LIEFMAN, C. E. — Active and passive immunization in the horse against tetanus
12. RAHALEY,
R. G. — Pathogenesis and bacteriology of Actinobacillus spp. isolated from sheep
MAgSc
13. BLAKE, R. T. - Physiological Studies of Intestinal Parasitism in Sheep, with Special Reference to
Trichostrongylus colubriformis
VETERINARY PARACLINICAL SCIENCES
225
PhD Theses in
progress
K. E. HARRIGAN
— The Life Cycle and Pathogenicity of Eimeria acervulina in the chicken
C. LENGMAUS — In vilro und in vivo Studies of Feline and Porcine Parvoviruses
T. J. NICHOLLS — Immunological Studies on the Chicken in Health and Disease
N. D. SULLIVAN — Metabolic encephalopathy in Ruminants
M VSc Theses in
Progress
J. C. A. AJUFO - Studies of Mycoplasma synoviae
J. D. BURTON — Studies on Some Aspects of rhe Development of the Disease of Kangaroos known as "Lumpy
Jaw"
A.M. LEW — Studies of Equine Adenoviruses and of Foals with a Primary, Severe. Combined Immunodeficiency
Disease
R. G. RUSSELL — Studies of Infectious Laryngotracheitis Viruses in relation to the Selection of Attenuated
Virus for Vaccination
M VS Theses in
Progress
J. R. W. GLASTONBURY
M. HINDMARSH
Australian Meat Research Committee
Australian Department of Housing,. Community Development and the Environment
State Rivers and Water Supply Commission, Victoria
Equine Research Fund
Chicken Egg and Meal Research Committee
Deer Farmers Association
Shell Chemical (Australia)
Department of Conservation, Victoria
VETERINARY PRECLINICAL SCIENCES
Chairman
of department:
Dr./.
W.
Watson
Professor JAMES DAVIDSON STEEL
Readers JEREMY DAVID O'SHEA
DONALD ALEXANDER TITCHEN
JAMES W I L L I A M WATSON
Senior Lecturers ANDREW HENRY BROOK
JOHN GRIFFITHS McLEAN
GORDON ANTONY STEWART
Lecturer CHEE SEONG LEE
Senior Tulors JOHN PATTERSON
MARGARET AGNES WYLIE - part-time
1. Electromyographic and manomctric studies on oesophageal motility in regurgitation, swallowing and
eructation in sheep — D, A. Titchen.
2. Nervous and hormonal control of gastric secretion in ruminants — G. W. Reynolds and D. A. Titchen.
3. Development of salivary and gastric secretions in the pig — D. A. Titchen, G. W. Reynolds and J. Patterson.
4. Effects of afferent and efferent nerves on development of the parotid gland in ruminants - J. Patterson and
D. A. Titchen.
5. Gastric parasitisms and gastric function in ruminants — D. A. Titchen and G. W. Reynolds.
6. Physiological responses to water deprivation and rehydration in sheep — A. H. Brook, M . J. Morris, with
J. R. Blair-West and A. Gibson. Howard Florey Institute of Experimental Physiology and Medicine, and
P. T. Pullan, Department of Medicine, Monash University.
7. The inheritance of heart score in racehorses — J.D. Steel and G. A. Stewart.
8. Equine haematology in relation to exercise performance — G. A. Stewart.
9. Ovarian ultrastructure and changes during luteal regression - J. D. O'Shea and C. S. Lee.
10. Utrastructure and cytology of the mammary gland - C. S. Lee.
11. Polyunsaturated fatty acid metabolism in the cat — J. G. McLean.
PUBLISHED WORK
ARTICLES
1. BELL, F. R., HOLBROOK. S. E. and TITCHEN, D. A. — A radiological study of gastric (abomasal)
emptying in calves before and after vagotomy. J. Phvsiol. 272: 481-493 (1977).
2. BELL, F. R., TITCHEN, D. A. and WATSON, D. J. - The effects of the gastrin analogue, pentagstrin. on
the gastric electromvogram and abomasal emptying in the calf. Res. vet. Sci. 23: 165-170 (1977).
3. BLAIR-WEST, J. R.. BROOK. A. H. and SIMPSON, P. A. - On the question of body fluid volume or
sodium status influencing renin release. J. Phvsiol. 267: 321-338 (1977).
4. BRIGHTLING, P., PATTERSON, J. and TITCHEN, D. A. - Changes in the protein concentration in
parotid salivary secretion of sheep when fed. Proc. Aust. Physiol, and Pharmacol. Soc. S: 141 P (1977).
5. CHAMLEY, W. A. and O'SHEA, J. D. - Luteal function in sheep injected with prostaglandin F .a directly
into the corpus luteum. Prostaglandins 11: 133-142 (1976).
6. LEE, C. S. and O'SHEA, J. D. - Observations on the vasculature of the reproductive tract in some
Australian marsupials. J. Morph. 154: 95-114 (1977).
7. McLEAY. L. M . and TITCHEN, D. A. — Acid and pepsin secretion of separated gastric pouches during
perfusion of antral pouches wilh cholinergic stimulating and blocking agents and lignocaine. J. Phvsiol. 264:
215-227 (1977).
8. McLEAY, L. M . and TITCHEN, D. A. - Inhibition of HCl and pepsin secretion from gastric pouches by
antral pouch acidification in sheep. J. Phvsiol. 273: 707-716 (1977).
9. O'SHEA. J. D., NIGHTINGALE, M . G. and CHAMLEY, W. A. - Changes in small blood vessels during
cyclical luteal regression in sheep. Biol. Reprod. 17: 162-177 (1977).
10. PATTERSON, J. and TITCHEN, D. A. - Submaxillary salivary secretion in sheep on sympathetic and
sympathomimetic stimulation. J. Physiol. 272: 58 P.
11. REYNOLDS, G. W. and TITCHEN, D. A. - Inhibition of gastric acid and pepsin secretion in sheep on first
eating. Proc. Int. Union Physiol. Sci. 13: 628 (1977).
12. SINCLAIR, A. J. and McLEAN. J. G. - Consequences of severe depletion of eicosatrienoic and
arachidonic acids in the cat. Proc. i\utr. Soc. Attst. 2: 76 (1977).
13. STEEL, J. D. — Heart score, performance and inheritance in racehorses. Stud and Stable 16 (4): 17-20
(1977).
14. STEEL, J. D. - Se.x-linked inheritance in racehorse breeding. Stud and Stable 16 (5): 29-32 (1977).
15. STEEL, J. D., BEILHARZ. R. G., STEWART, G. A. and GODDARD, M . - The inheritance of heart
score in racehorses. Aust. vet. J. 53: 306-309 (1977).
16. STEWART, G. A. - Routine clinical monitoring of the racehorse during training. Proc. Post-grad.
Committee Vet. Sci.. Sydney 33: 359-375 (1977).
226
VETERINARY PRECLINICAL SCIENCES
227
17. STEWART. G. A.. RIDDLE, C. A. and SALMON, P. W. - Haematology or thc racehorse. A recent study
of thoroughbreds in Victoria. Aust. vet. J. 53: 353-359 (1977).
18. TITCHEN, D. A. and ANDERSON, N. - Aspects of the physiopathology of parasitic gastritis in the sheep.
Aust. vet. J. 53: 369-373 (1977).
T H E S I S UNDER EXAMINATION
M.Sc Thesis
PATTERSON,
J. — Studies on the structure and secretory activity of the sheep's parotid gland
T H E S E S I N PROGRESS
HOSSAIN, M. I. - Studies on the vasculature ofthe ovary
REYNOLDS, G. .W. — Studies on gastrin and gastric secretion in the sheep
WOOD, A. K. W. — A radiological study of oesophageal and gastric motility in the piglet
ARGC: Comparative studies on the nervous and hormonal control of the gut with special reference to ruminants.
ARGC: Control of antidiuretic hormone release especially following changes in body fluid balance and in children
with meningitis.
ARGC: Polyunsaturated fatly acid metabolism in the cat.
MUVRF: Studies on the corpus luteum.
MUERF: The inheritance of heart score.
A MRC: Physiological studies on intensive rearing practices in calves and parasitic gastritis.
APIRC: Gastric development, early weaning and digestive disease in the new born pig.
Dairy Research Committee: Local cellular immunity in the mammary gland.
CENTRE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
Director: Professor
G.
Seddon
Professor GEORGE SEDDON
Visiting Professor KENNETH J. POLAKOWSKI
Reader W I L L I A M TERRANCE O'BRIEN
Lecturer JEREMY PHILIP HUNGERFORD PIKE
Senior Research Fellows ALAN STRATH ATKINS
ROSS JAMES KING
Research Fellows WINIFRED BRAITHWAITE CALDER
GRAEME CLYDE DANDY
MAR I DAVIS
DESMOND ALFRED MILLS
Senior Associate JONATHAN BARRY HINWOOD
Junior Research Fellows DEREK MAXWELL BURRAGE
RUSSELL STANLEY COLMAN
Graduate Research Assistant A N N MARION McGREGOR
WORK COMPLETED OR IN PROGRESS IN 1977
A. MATHEMATICAL MODELLING AND SYSTEMS ANALYSIS
I.
Assessment of significant recent developments in multi-objective planning in the U.S.A.
B.
E N V I R O N M E N T A L A S S E S S M E N T S AND C O N S E R V A T I O N P L A N N I N G
2. Environmental assessment of alternative sites for the Newport Power Station.
3. Part 2 of social and economic impact study of the Melbourne Harbor Trust's Forward Development Plan for
the Port of Melbourne as part of thc Port of Melbourne Environmental Study.
4. Phase I I of an environmental assessment of the effects of proposed works at Webb Dock on the marine
environment as part of the Port of Melbourne Environmental Study.
5. Environmental effects assessment ofthe proposed IPEC terminal at Stony Point, Western Port.
C. ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Transmission line route planning in Western Australia.
Comprehensive recreation development plan for the Maribyrnong Valley Metropolitan Park site near Keilor.
Master plan for the development of the Royal Botanic Gardens Annexe, Cranbourne.
Master plan for the Darebin Parklands of Heidelberg and Northcote.
Site design plans for the central segment ofthe Brimbank area of the Maribyrnong Vallev Metropolitan
Park.
Conceptual plan for a proposed new square at the corner of Spencer and Collins Streets, Melbourne.
Development of an English collage garden for Cook's Cottage, Fitzroy Gardens.
Provision of special advisory service for the planning of the Canberra metropolitan open space system.
Redesign of the garden for the Melbourne Club.
Planning study of the Frankston-Baxter Corridor.
D. URBAN HOUSING, SERVICES AND TRANSPORT
16. Review of reports on thc Australian Housing Research Council's Project 67 (development of the 1977-78
AHRC research program).
17. Directory service aimed at researchers, policy-makers and groups with an interest in housing in Australia.
18. Study of the leisure and recreation needs of different groups of young people in the Diamond Valley
community.
19. Review, evaluation and publication of housing research relevant to Australian conditions in the general fields
of policy, management and design.
20. Development of guidelines for assessing the short-term and long-term social impact of changes in accessibility
and/or of severance effecls from transport or related changes.
21. Editing of titles in the Housing Research Series ofthe Building Technology Branch of the Department ofthe
Environment, Housing and Community Development.
E. ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION AND EDUCATION
22. Compilation ofa directory of pictorial sources of information concerning aspects and elements ofthe national
estate.
228
229
PUBLISHED WORK
BOOKS
1. PIKE, J. — Site planning: cluster housing. Centre for Environmental Studies, University of Melbourne, 1977.
2. REID, J. R. and REID, G. M . - Clunes: a lownscape study of a Viclorian country town. Centre for
Environmental Studies, University of Melbourne, 1977.
3. SEDDON, G. — (ed.) Urbanisation: 12 papers delivered at the 48th ANZAAS Congress, University of
Melbourne, Centre for Environmental Studies, University of Melbourne, 1977.
CHAPTER OF BOOK
3a. SEDDON, G. - Population and the environment, in Australia's population A.D. 2000, compiled bv
S. J. Rooth, pp. 66-S9, University of New England, 1977.
ARTICLES
4. ATKINS, A. S. - Thc Multi-Objective Approach to Port Planning: A New Mix of Economic and
Environmental Issues? Australian Transport Research Forum Papers. Third Annual Meeting, Melbourne,
(May 1977).
5. FENTON, J. D. and MILLS. D. A. - Shoaling Waves: Numerical Solution of Exact Equations. Waves on
Water of Variable Depth, ed. D. G. Provis and R. Radok, pp. 94-101, Lecture Notes in Physics 64,
Australian Academy of Science, Canberra and Springer — Verlag, Heidelberg (1977).
6. KING, R. J. — Social and Community Issues in Port Development, Australian Transport Research Forum
Papers, Third Annual Meeting, Melbourne (May 1977).
7. SEDDON, G. - Whither the West? Habitat 4(6): 4-5 (May 1977).
8. SEDDON. G. - Environmental and Social Problems of Cities. Urbanization. Papers ofthe Urbanization
Symposium of the 48th ANZAAS Congress. University of Melbourne (September 1977).
9. SEDDON, G. — What is happening to our environment? Australia: Towards a Post-Industrial Society, ed.
J. Birman. pp. 42-52. Extension Service, University of Western Australia, Perth (1977).
REPORTS
10. HINWOOD, J. B.. DANDY, G. C , BURR AGE, D. M., ATKINS. A. S., KING, R. J., COLMAN, R. S.,
CALDER, W. B. and McGREGOR. A. M . - (in collaboration with staff of Monash University, the
M. M.B.W. and the National Museum of Victoria) — Environmental Assessment of Alternative Sites for a
500 M W Power Station. Report to the Newport Review Panel (April 1977).
11. KING, R. J. (ed.) - Housing Research Directory: Addendum I . Report to the Australian Housing Research
Council (June 1977).
12. KING, R. J. — A Framework for Social Evaluation of Transport and Related Changes. AIR 1044-1,
Australian Road Research Board (1977).
13. KING, R. J. and McGREGOR, A. M. - Youth. Leisure and Public Policy: the Case of Diamond Valley.
Report to the Diamond Valley Shire Council (November 1977).
14. KING, R. J., ATKINS, A. S., CALDER, W. B„ DANDY, G. C. and MILLS, D. A. - IPEC Tigers
Environmental Effects ofa Proposed Tasmanian Freight Terminal at Western Port. Report for thc Ministry
of Conservation (November 1977).
15. O'BRIEN, W. T. - Multi-Objective Planning for Water Resources Management — Review of Recent
Developments in the U.S.A. Australian Water Resources Council Technical Paper No. 29 (1977).
16. PIKE. J. P. I I . and CALDER, W. B. - Darebin Parklands Master Plan. Report to the Cities of Heidelberg
and Northcote (March 1977).
17. POLAKOWSKI, K. J. — Maribyrnong Valley Metropolitan Park Master Development Plan. Report to the
Melbourne and Metropolitan Board of Works (January 1977).
18. POLAKOWSK.I, K. J. — Royal Botanic Gardens Cranbourne Annexe Master Development Plan. Report to
the Department of Crown Lands and Survev (1977).
19. SEDDON, G. and POLAKOWSKI, K. J. - Power Transmission South Western Australia: a Review of
Route Selection Procedures. Report to the State Energy Commission of Western Australia (April 1977).
20. SEDDON, G. — An Open Space Svstem for Canberra. National Capital Development Commission
Technical Paper No. 23 (October 1977).
Master
I. WII.SDON,
of Engineering
Science
J. - Regional Groundwater Systems Modelling Applied lo Groundwater Mounds
PhD Theses in
Progress
A.S. ATKINS - Economic Analysis and Modelling of the Environmental Consequences of Resource Allocation
1. D. BISHOP — Mathematical Modelling in Environmental Decision-Making
230
A. J. GABRIC — Mathematical Modelling of Thermal Discharges in Aquatic Environments
B. J. WILLIAMS
- A Systems Study Involving the Water Environment of Westernport Bay
M.Sc
A. A. THORNLEY
Thesis in
Progress
- An Evaluation of the Methods of Environmental Planning
M.L.Arch
Theses in
Progress
R. E. LONG ACRE - Princes Hill Urban Neighbourhood Open Space Study
R. NIRAN — Recreation Strategy for the South Bayside Suburbs
Grants and fees have been received from the following: —
Australian Housing Research Council
Australian Road Research Board
Australian Water Resources Council
City of Frankston
City of Heidelberg
City of Melbourne
Department of Crown Lands and Survey
Department of Environment, Housing and Community Development
IPEC
Melbourne and Metropolitan Board of Works
Melbourne Harbor Trust Commissioners
National Capital Development Commission
Premier's Department, Victoria
Shire of Diamond Valley
Slate Energy Commission of Western Australia
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Chairman
of department:
Dr A. W.
Willee
Reader ALBERT W I L L I A M WILLEE
Senior Lecturers EUNICE ELIZABETH PERROTT GILL
S1GMUND ALAN LEPHART
BRIAN NETTLETON
ERIC ROY SANDSTROM
Lecturers CHRISTOPHER ALEXANDER BRIGGS
LORNA JEAN McCONCHlE
1. Effects of training upon oxygen consumption, fractional oxygen utilization and anaerobic threshold —
C. A. Briggs and E. R. Sandstrom.
2. Effects of protracted periods of weight training on weight supporting joints and on selected fitness parameters
- C. A. Briggs.
3. Establishment of a bicycle ergometer test in the determination of anaerobic capacity — C. A. Briggs.
4. Development of functional fitness testing of selected athletic groups - C. A. Briggs and B. Nettleton.
5. Historical survey of Victorian Physical Education — E. E. P. Gill.
6. The Physical Education Teachers' Role - B. Nettleton.
7. Skill and Fitness of National Table Tennis Players — B. Nettleton.
8. Object velocity and visual angle related to prediction of flight path — B. Nettleton.
9. A programmed teaching unit for Coaching Education - B. Nettleton.
10. Initial unfamiliarity and familiarization effects on successive measurements of selected parameters during
treadmill running - E. R. Sandstrom.
11. Influence of varied test procedures upon determination of VO: max — E. R. Sandstrom.
12. Relationships between Power test results and Sprint Running — E. R. Sandstrom.
13. Investigation of parameters of human body segments — S. A. Lephart.
14. Dance resources and retrieval systems - L. J. McConchie.
15. Effects of training on middle aged and older executives — A. W. Willee.
PUBLISHED WORK
BOOKS
1. NETTLETON, B. — Soccer for Teachers. Coaches and Players. Rigby Publishing Co.
2. NETTLETON, B. — Approaches to Coaching the Junior Player. Hamilton Education Centre Ltd.
ARTICLES
3. BRIGGS, C. A. - Maximum Aerobic Power and Endurance as Predictions of Middle Distance Running
Success. Australian Sports Medicine Journal, 9/2/1977.
4. GILL. E. E. P. — Followers or Innovators? Past and present British Influences. Proceedings of the Vlth
International Congress of the International Association for the Historv of Physical Education and Sport.
Dartford. England, 1977.
5. GILL, E. E. P. — Brisbane Conference Review and Challenge. The Australian Journal for Health. Physical
Education and Recreation: 75. March 1977.
6. NETTLETON, B. - Physical Education Perspectives and Priorities for the 1970's. Bio-social Studies.
Deakin University, 1977.
7. NETTLETON, B. — Thc Role of the Teacher in Community Programmes. Community Education
Newsletter, Victorian Education Department, 1977.
8. NETTLETON, B. — The Importance of Movement. Research Findings. The Educational Magazine.
Vol. 34. No. 3. Victorian Education Department, 1977.
9. NETTLETON, B. - Communication and Improving Performance. Australian Football Coach. Vol. 5.
No. 5. pp. 3-10. 1977.
10. NETTLETON, B. - Teaching Sport. Australian Football Coach Annual. South Australian National
Football League, 1977.
11. WILLEE, A. W. - Life. Be In It. Report of Proceedings, I.C.H.P.E.R. Conference Mexico City, July 1977.
12. WILLEE. A. W. - Lost Fundamentals. Proceedings of Physical Educadon Post Primary Conference.
Monash University, 1977.
13. WILLEE, A. W. - Fitness and Children. The Educational Magazine. Vol. 34. No. 3. pp. 17-19, 1977.
231
SOCIAL STUDIES
Chairman
of department:
Professor
V. S.
Lewis
Professor VERL SAMUEL LEWIS
Reader LEONARD JAMES TIERNEY
Senior Lecturers LOUISE ARNOLD (on leave)
LAURIE ROSE CAMPBELL O'BRIEN
PF.TER ANDREW O'CONNOR
DELYS BERTHA SARGEANT
GEOFFREY BRYCE SHARP
LENA A M Y LYSBETH THOMAS
CYNTHIA JOAN TURNER
Lecturers THEA CHARLOTTE BROWN (on leave)
MAYNARD CALNEK
STEPHANIE ORMSBY CHARLESWORTH
JUDITH J. P. DUNSTER (on leave)
STUART WILLIAM EVANS
MARGARET ANN HAMILTON
WILLIAM PAUL HEALY
CATHERINE MURIEL SCANTLEBURY JAMES
FAY SURTEES MARLES
ELIZABETH ANNE OZANNE (on leave)
JOHN ROGER RIMMER
ROBYN CHRISTINE ROBINSON
Social
Biology
Resources
Centre
Senior Associate DONALD MARTIN PILCHER
Associates G I L L I A N DIAMOND
SHIRLEY HORNE
JUDITH ANNE MULHOLLAND
LAWRENCE ST. LEGER
SISTER JANET WINSTANLEY
Visiting Professor DAVID MACAROV
Research Fellow GERARD McPHEE
1. Personality variables associated with the selection and participation in in-service courses of sexuality and of
communication skills. (Funded through Victorian In-Service Education Committee and the Community
Health Programme) - Robyn Robinson.
2. Professional work outcomes of five school-based in-service courses on education in sexuality. Social Biology
Resources Centre with the Victorian In-Service Education Committee — Dclys Sargeant.
3. Integration of sex role and sexuality education. In conjunction with Monash University, funded by Schools
Commission — Delys Sargeant.
4. Survey of needs: Sexual Rights of the Handicapped. (On behalf of the Spastic Society of Victoria) - Delys
Sargeant.
5. Institutional provision for thc destitute aged in Victoria 1851-1900 - Laurie O'Brien.
6. Study of Medical Social Work in Victoria, between 1929 and 1945, in terms of an interpretation of
ideological and career conflicts of an exclusively female, para medical occupation — Cynthia Turner and
Laurie O'Brien.
7. Residential Adolescent Care - An evaluation of Unit 64 Residential Care Unit - Dr Peter O'Connor.
8. Cross-National Studies in Family Policy - 13 countries - Dr Leonard Tierney.
9. Mapping the Social Services available to residents of Victoria — Shirley Home.
10. Follow up Study of Recent BSW Graduates - John Rimmer.
11. A framework for looking at causal theories about changes in ex-nuptial birthrates - Stephanie Charlesworth.
12. An historical review of the literature on illegitimacy and ex-nuptial births — Stephanie Charlesworth.
13. The campaign to secure the supporting mothers benefits — Stephanie Charlesworth.
14. Estimating the social effects of the introduction of the Supporting Mothers Benefit in 1973 on ex-nuptial
mothers and children — Stephanie Charlesworth.
15. A critical analysis of social work services available to attempted suicide patients in public hospitals —
Carolyn Novarra.
16. The interaction of formal national and informal local groups in an overseas aid agency — CAA — Louise
Arnold.
17. Rural Social Work - context, methods, history - Margaret Hamilton.
18. Alcohol and drug dependence and drink/driving rehabilitation programmes — Margaret Hamilton.
19. The Work of Dr Vera Scantlebury Brown in the maternal and child health area - Fay Maries.
232
SOCIAL STUDIES
233
PUBLISHED WORK
ARTICLES
1. HEALY. VV. P. - Social Work Research: Emergent methods and models for the evaluation of everyday
casework practice, in Social Work in Australia — Responses to a Changing Context, edited by Phillip J. Boas
and Jim Crawley.
2. TIERNEY, L. J. - The Next Twenty Years in Social Work, in Social Work in Australia — Responses to a
Changing Context, edited by Phillip J. Boas and Jim Crawley.
3. TIENREY, L. J.. WALTERS, J., MELLOR, K. B„ COX, D. R. and TAYLOR. J. McD. - Cultures in
Context. Melb., Victorian Council of Social Services, 1977. Partially financed by Australian Research Grants
Commission.
4. TIERNEY, L. J. and McMAHON, H. - From Vague Ideas to Unfeasible Roles. Melb., Social Welfare
Commission and the Social Security Department, 1977.
Master
of
Arts
1. HEALY, WILLIAM
PAUL — The Task-Focussed Volunteer. An Evaluation of the Legacy Club of
Melbourne
2. BENN, CONCETTA — A Study of the Development of Consumer Participation in thc Family Centre
Programme: A Demonstration Anti-Poverty Programme of the Brotherhood of St. Lawrence
PhD RESEARCH IN PROGRESS
1. THEA BROWN - Potential of Local Government for the Development of Social Welfare Services, 18341974.
2. ANDREW BURBIDGE - Government policy relating to poverty.
3. LYNNE FOREMAN — The Feasibility and Implications of Establishing a Family-Orientated Social Welfare
System in Australia.
M.S. W. Theses in
Progress
DUNSTER, JUDITH - Municipal Social Work - A Practice Study
JAMES, CATHERINE - Explorations in Referral Theorv and Practice
RYAN. MARGARET
- Psycho-Social Aspects of Low Birth Weights
M.A.
Theses in
Progress
COULL, VICTOR - 77te Role of ihe Family in ihe Resocializalion of First Offenders
EVANS, STUART — The Use of Simulation and Video Techniques in Teaching Basic Interpersonal Skills lo
Social Work Students
GREIG, DEIDRE — The Relationship Between Delinquency and School Adjustment
HOLLINGWORTH,
PETER - Welfare and ihe local Anglican Church
HOUSTON. JUDITH - Self Perceptions ofa Group of Mentally Handicapped Young Adults
JOHNS, FAY - What is the Supervisory Process?
MITCHELL. BRIAN - Social Networks of Aboriginal Youth Offenders - A Case Studv
RENK1N, PETER - Role Analysis of a Social Worker - A Case Study
ARCHIVES
Head of department:
Mr Frank
Strahan
University Archivist FRANK STRAHAN
Senior Archivist CECILY CLOSE
Archivists KAY DREYFUS
ANDREW REEVES
MARK RICHMOND
Research Assistant JANICE WHITESIDE
Note: By the nature of its essentially research function, Archives provides all of its staff with active
daily involvement in a wide variety of client research projects as well as thc continuing location and
accumulation of historical research resources, and compilation of research inventories of its many
collections.
The following are the major collections acquired during 1977:
A. SOURCE MATERIAL CONCERNING UNIVERSITY HISTORY
New accessions during 1977 included personal papers of the late Professors W. A. Frederick (Education). Sir
Arthur Amies (Dentistry), and of William Stone (Faculty of Engineering): material relating to the Graduate
School of Business Administration, the Artist-in Residence, the Melbourne University Rifle Club, the
International House Refreshment Group, Melbourne University Student Theatre, and the Wilson Hall Centenary.
Further accessions were received from, or relating to. Professor T. Laby, the Faculty of Earth Sciences, the
School of Architecture, thc Institute of Applied Economic and Social Research, thc Extension Committee, the
Chemistry Department, the Faculty of Education, and the Melbourne University Staff Association. Among other
accessions were further Jubilee Addresses of 1906.
B. SOURCE MATERIAL CONCERNING THE HISTORY OF VICTORIA
New business records were received relating lo the following: John Barnes and Co. (fine fabric knitters), Tye
Furnishing Co.. Wundcrlich Industries Ltd, C. T. Alexander (Belgrave real estate). Thompson & Co.
(Castlcmaine) Ply Ltd (manufacturing engineers), Robert Bodington Pty Ltd (manufacturers of milling
machinery), and Sound Master Radio (Richmond retailer). Business collections augmented during the year
included the Western Mining Corporation Lid, Strathficldsayc Estate, the Insurance Council of Australia.
R. B. Ritchie & Son Pty Ltd (pastoral), Bulbanna Administration Pty Ltd (pastoral), the Viclorian Farmers'
Union, Leith and Bartlett (architects), and Graham Lederman & Co. (solicitors).
New labour history accessions included personal papers from Mr Berl Davies and Mr 'Bo' Williams, and
material relating to the Building Workers' Industrial Union, thc Artificial Fertilizer and Chemical Workers',
Hairdressers Employees, Telecommunications Employees, Boot Trades, Ironfounders, Ironworkers Assistants',
Iron Moulders, and United Carters and Drivers unions, and the Creswick Branch of the ALP. As well, further
records of the Te.xlile Workers', Theatrical and Amusement Employees', Amalgamated Society of Engineers,
Locomotive Enginemen's unions, and of the Ballarat Trades Hall, were received.
Other notable new accessions were from, or relating to, Professor G. N . Blainey, Dr V. H. Wallace (notably on
birth control and drug addiction), the Royal Australian Chemical Institute, the Australian Performing Group and
Ridout family, while the Scmmens, Dow, McGeorge, Eltham. Ellis, Cr Betty Marginson. Mrs W. G. Poole, and
Melbourne Beefsteak Club collections were all augmented during the year.
C. GRAINGER MUSEUM
The major accession was a substantial body of material from the estate of Percy Grainger, transferred by his
widow in White Plains, New York. Other accessions included letterL from Grainger to H. and A. Sandby. Roger
Quilter, Mrs Dagny Petersen, Burnett Cross, Cai Holten and Richard Fowler, and music manuscripts from the
estate of Dr Ian Bonighton.
PUBLISHED WORK
ARTICLES
1. DREYFUS. F. - Thc Adelaide Grainger Collection transferred to the Grainger Museum, University of
Melbourne, Australian Musicological Commission Source Report No. 3. Miscellanea Musicologica
(Adelaide), Vol. 9. 1977: 49-71.
2. DREYFUS, K. — Abstract of the thesis Beethoven's last five piano sonatas. A study in analytical method,
Beethoven-} ahrbuch. Jahrgang 1973-77 (Bonn): 37-45.
234
Australia Council, Music Board: Research assistance at Grainger Museum.
ARGC: Research assistance, Grainger Museum.
Con/Jnc Riotinto Australia: Descriptive inventory. W. S. Robinson Papers.
Western Mining Corporation: Descriptive inventory. W. M . C. Collection.
THE LIBRARY
University Librarian WALTER DENIS RICHARDSON
Associate Librarian (Administration) GRAEME JAMES LENNOX MACFARLAN
Associate Librarian (Resources) LYNN REAGAN HARD (appointed 16 May 1977)
Associate Librarian (Services) RONALD LEE WEIHER (appointed 13 April 1977)
Heads of Library Departments MARY EVELYN LUGTON
LOIS HELENA SEMMENS
VALERIE RUTH SKENE TURNBULL
Senior Librarians FLORENCE HUNTER ARNOTT
ELISABETH ROSEMARY GARRAN
W I L L I A M FORD
ANNE HARRISON
HELEN MARCIA HAYES
HELEN CHRISTINE MARTINDALE
JENNIFER ANNE MURPHY
MARGARET MURPHY
DONALD DAVID MURTAGH (appointed 31 October 1977)
SUSANNE PETERS (appointed 4 July 1977)
PATRICIA DOROTHEA PRENDERGAST
PATRICK SINGLETON
Librarians CYNTHIA BLANCHE
JANE CAROLAN (appointed 9 May 1977; resigned 30 September 1977)
BRIAN DOUGLAS CARR
ALISON RUTH CRAWN
LOIS JEAN DAVEY
LESLEY CATHERINE DU VE (resigned 28 Januarv 1977)
LYELL CLARE GOUGH
LI-HUAN HSIEN HU
MARGARET KENNEDY
PRUDENCE ELIZABETH MCCARTHY (resigned 8 December 1977)
HEATHER MeDONALD (resigned 19 December 1977)
KATHLEEN VERONICA LYNCH (appointed 28 February 1977)
NOLA DAWN McKINNON
JOHN JAKWAY MASON
JEREMY EDWARD VICTOR MAY
NICOLE MEREDITH
ALMA MAY MURRAY
CLEEVE MURRAY-SMITH
ELIZABETH NEUMANN
JUNE MARION OHLSON (appointed 10 January 1977; resigned 15 July 1977)
CAROLINE LUCILLE ROSS
W I L L I A M SMITH (resigned 5 August 1977)
LYNETTE MARION STRACHAN
PAMELA MARGARET TAYLOR (appointed 15 August 1977)
ELIZABETH WAKEFIELD
CHRISTINE WATTS
MARY GERALDINE WOODHATCH (resigned 19 August 1977)
In 1977 the research resources of the Library were again strengthened greatly by means of U.C. Equipment
Grants.
In locating material used in research, thc staff of the Baillieu Library and the Branch Libraries are participating in
many of the University's research projects.
236
Printed by McCarron Bird

View/Open - Digitised Collections

Transcription

Similar documents

Tenth decade - National Newspaper Association

VariViggen - Burt Rutan

Film Version of Marshall Court Moot Court Sponsors

Paula Brennan, Greater Dandenong

psi stress vulnerability bucket analogy 2014 .pptx

GBACC Bus News 090516 .indd

Dicerorhinus cf. hemitoechus (Mammalia, Perissodactyla) from the

GPEX_Vol 1.FOB.qxd (Page vi)